Uploaded by Khanh Trannam

F2 (MA) BPP Practice and Revision Kit (2021-2022)

advertisement
q
G
H
ACCA
Approved
Practice
&
Foundations
in
Management
For
from
to 31 August
Kit
Accountancy/ACCA
Accounting
exams
Free access
Revision
1 September
(FMA/MA)
2021
2022
to eBook & additional
digital content
Page 1 of 421
q
Foundations
in
Accountancy/
ACCA
Management
G
H
Accounting
(FMA/MA)
Practice
&
Revision
Kit
For exams
to 31 August
from
1 September
2021
2022
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 2 of 421
G
q
First
edition
May2011
Tenth
edition
February
2021
Anoteabout
copyright
Dear
Customer
ISBN
9781
50973712
3
What
does
thelittle
©mean
andwhydoes
it
(Previous
ISBN
9781
509729906)
matter?
e-ISBN
9781
509739592
Your
market-leading
BPPbooks,
course
materials
ande-learning
materials
donotwrite
andupdate
themselves.
People
write
them:
British
Library
Cataloguing-in-Publication
Data
ontheir
ownbehalf
orasemployees
ofan
Acatalogue
record
forthisbook
organisation
thatinvests
inthisactivity.
isavailable
from
theBritish
Library
Copyright
lawprotects
their
livelihoods.
Itdoes
sobycreating
rights
over
theuseofthe
Published
by
content.
BPPLearning
Media
Ltd
Breach
ofcopyright
isaform
oftheft
– as
BPPHouse,
Aldine
Place
wellasbeing
a criminal
offence
insome
London
W128AA
jurisdictions,
itispotentially
aserious
breach
ofprofessional
ethics.
www.bpp.com/learningmedia
With
current
technology,
things
might
seem
a
Printed
intheUnited
Kingdom
bithazybut,basically,
without
theexpress
permission
ofBPPLearning
Media:
ourmaterials
isabreach
of
Your
learning
materials,
published
byBPPLearning  Photocopying
copyright
Media
Ltd,areprinted
onpaper
obtained
from
traceable
sustainable
sources.
 Scanning,
ripcasting
orconversion
ofour
digital
materials
intodifferent
fileformats,
uploading
them
toFacebook
oremailing
Allourrights
reserved.
Nopartofthispublication
them
toyourfriends
isabreach
of
maybereproduced,
stored
inaretrieval
system
or
copyright
transmitted,
inanyform
orbyanymeans,
electronic,
sellyourbooks,
intheform
mechanical,
photocopying,
recording
orotherwise, Youcan,ofcourse,
inwhich
youhave
bought
them
– once
you
without
theprior
written
permission
ofBPPLearning
have
fi
nished
with
t
hem.
(Isthis
f
air
toyour
Media.
fellow
students?
Weupdate
forareason.)
Please
note
thee-products
aresoldonasingle
Wearegrateful
totheAssociation
ofChartered
user
licence
basis:
wedonotsupply
'unlock'
Certified
Accountants
forpermission
toreproduce
codes
topeople
who
have
b
ought
them
pastexamination
questions.
Thesuggested
solutions
second
hand.
inthepractice
answer
bank
have
been
prepared
by
BPPLearning
Media
Ltd,except
where
otherwise
Andwhat
about
outside
theUK?BPPLearning
stated.
Media
strives
tomake
ourmaterials
available
atprices
students
can
afford
b
ylocal
printing
©
arrangements,
pricing
policies
and
partnerships
BPPLearning
Media
Ltd
which
areclearly
listed
onourwebsite.
Atiny
2021
minority
ignore
thisandindulge
incriminal
activity
byillegally
photocopying
ourmaterial
orsupporting
organisations
thatdo.Iftheyact
illegally
andunethically
inonearea,canyou
really
trust
them?
Page 3 of 421
H
G
q
Contents
Page
Finding questions
Questionindex
v
Helping you with your revision
vii
UsingyourBPPPractice&RevisionKit
Passingthe FMA/MA
exam
Approachto examiningthe syllabus
TheComputerBasedExamination
TacklingMultipleChoiceQuestions
UsingyourBPPproducts
viii
ix
ix
x
xi
xii
Questions and answers
Questions
Answers
5
205
Mixedbank 1


Questions
Answers
147
284
Mixedbank 2


Questions
Answers
153
289
Mixedbank 3, 4 and 5


Questions
Answers
158
291
Formula sheet and tables
323
Exam practice
329
Mockexam1– Specimenexam


Questions
Answers
331
347
Mockexam2


Questions
Answers
357
373
Mockexam3


Questions
Answers
385
399
Review form
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 4 of 421
Contents iii
H
q
G
H
iv
Page 5 of 421
q
Question
index
Time
allocation
Page
Marks
Mins
Question
Answer
1Accountingformanagement
20
24
5
205
2 Data and presentinginformation
26
31
9
206
3 Cost classificationand behaviour
64
77
15
208
4 Forecasting
66
79
27
212
5 Summarisingand analysingdata
64
77
35
219
6 Accountingformaterials
42
50
45
228
7 Accountingforlabour
24
29
50
232
8 Accountingforoverheads
92
110
57
235
9 Processcosting
56
67
73
244
10Costingmethods
46
55
81
250
11Settingbudgets
82
98
91
253
12Implementingbudgets
10
12
103
261
13Projectappraisal
60
72
107
261
14Standard costing
14
17
117
267
15Varianceanalysis
98
118
118
268
16Target setting
32
38
135
279
17Financialperformancemeasurement
42
50
138
280
18Assessingnon-financialperformance
24
29
144
283
Part A: The nature, source and
purpose of management information
Part B: Data analysis and statistical
techniques
Part C: Cost accounting
and systems
methods
G
H
Part D: Budgeting
Part E: Standard costing
Part F: Performance
measurement
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 6 of 421
Questionindex v
G
q
Time
allocation
Page
Marks
Mins
Question
Answer
19MixedBank1
40
48
147
284
20 MixedBank2
40
48
153
289
21MixedBank3
40
48
158
291
22 MixedBank4
30
36
164
294
23 MixedBank5
20
24
168
298
24 Budgeting
100
120
171
300
25 Standard costing
100
120
182
307
26 Performancemeasurement
100
120
191
314
MockExam1(SpecimenExam)
100
120
331
347
MockExam2
100
120
357
373
MockExam3
100
120
385
399
Mixed banks
Multi-task questions
Mock exams
vi
Questionindex
Page 7 of 421
H
G
q
Helping
you
BPP Learning
with
your
revision
Media – ACCA Approved
Content
Provider
Asan ACCAApprovedContent Provider,BPPLearningMediagivesyou the opportunity to use
revisionmaterialsreviewedby the ACCAexaminingteam. Byincorporatingthe ACCAexamining
team's commentsand suggestionsregardingthe depth and breadth of syllabuscoverage,the
BPPLearningMediaPractice&RevisionKitprovidesexcellent,ACCA-approvedsupportforyour
revision.
Thesematerialsare reviewedby the ACCAexaminingteam. Theobjectiveof the reviewis to
ensurethat the materialproperlycoversthe syllabusand study guideoutcomes,used by the
examiningteam insettingthe exams,inthe appropriatebreadth and depth. Thereviewdoes
not ensurethat everyeventuality,combinationor applicationof examinabletopicsis addressed
by the ACCAApprovedContent.Nordoes the reviewcomprisea detailedtechnicalcheckof the
content as the ApprovedContentProviderhas its ownqualityassurance processesinplace in
thisrespect.
BPPLearningMediado everythingpossibleto ensurethe materialis accurate and up to date
whensendingto print.Inthe eventthat any errorsare foundafter the printdate they are
uploadedto the followingwebsite:www.bpp.com/learningmedia/Errata.
Selecting
questions
We providesignpoststo helpyou plan yourrevision.

Afullquestion indexlistingquestionsthat covereach part of the syllabus,so that you can
locate the questionsthat providepracticeon keytopics,and see the differentwaysin
whichthey mightbe tested
Attempting
mock exams
H
Thereare three mockexamsthat providepracticeat copingwiththe pressuresof the examday.
We stronglyrecommendthat you attempt themunderexamconditions.MockExam1is the
SpecimenExam.MockExam2 and 3 reflectthe syllabuscoverageof the exam.
Helpingyou withyourrevision vii
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 8 of 421
q
Using
your
BPP
Aim of this Practice
Practice
& Revision
Kit
& Revision Kit
Toprovidethe practiceto helpyou succeedincomputerbased examinationsforFMA/MA
ManagementAccounting.
Topass the examinationyou need a thoroughunderstandinginallareas coveredby the syllabus
and teachingguide.
Recommended
approach

Makesure you are able to answerquestionson everything specifiedby the syllabusand
teachingguide.Youcannot makeany assumptionsabout what questionsmay comeup in
yourexam.Theexaminingteam aimto discourage'questionspotting'.

Learningis an active process.Usethe DOYOUKNOW?Checkliststo test yourknowledge
and understandingof the topicscoveredinFMA/MA
ManagementAccountingby fillingin
the blankspaces. Thencheckyouranswersagainst the DIDYOUKNOW?Checklists.Do
not attempt any questionsifyou are unableto fillinany of the blanks– go back to your
BPPWorkbookand revisefirst.

Whenyou are revisinga topic,thinkabout the mistakesthat you knowthat you should
avoidby writingdownPOSSIBLE
PITFALLS
at the end of each DOYOUKNOW?Checklist.

Onceyou have completedthe checklistssuccessfully,you shouldattempt the questionson
that topic.Eachsectionhas a selectionof OBJECTIVE
TESTQUESTIONS.

Eachmarkcarrieswithit a timeallocationof 1.2minutes(includingtimeforselecting
and readingquestions).A10markmultitask questionshouldthereforebe completedin
12minutes.

Youshouldattempt each bank of questionsto ensureyou are familiarwiththeirstyles
and to practiseyourtechnique.Ensureyou read TacklingMultipleChoice Questions on
page xito get adviceon howbest to approach them.

Onceyou have completedallof the questionsinthe body of thisPractice&RevisionKit,
you shouldattempt the MOCKEXAMS
underexaminationconditions.Checkyouranswers
against our answersto findout howwellyou did.
viii
Helpingyou withyourrevision
G
H
Page 9 of 421
G
q
Passing
the
FMA/MA
exam
Toaccess FoundationsinAccountingsyllabuses,visitthe ACCAwebsite
www2.accaglobal.com/students/fia
The exam
Thisis a computer-basedexam.Allquestionsinthe examare compulsory.Thismeans you cannot
avoidany topic,but also means that you do not need to waste timeinthe examdecidingwhich
questionsto attempt.
Thereare 35 MCQsand othertypes of objectivetest question(OTQ)inSectionA(forexample,
numberentry, multipleresponseand multipleresponsematching)and three multi-taskquestions
inSectionB.
Themulti-taskquestionswillcomefromeach of syllabusareas DBudgeting,E Standard Costing
and F PerformanceMeasurement.Note:BudgetingMTQsinSectionBcan also includetasks from
B2Forecastingtechniques.B4Spreadsheetscouldbe includedinany of the MTQs,as eitherthe
basis forpresentinginformationinthe questionor as a task withinthe MTQ.
Thismeans that the examiningteam is able to test mostof the syllabusat each sitting,and that is
what they aimto do. Soyou need to have revisedrightacross the syllabusforthisexam.
Revision
ThisKithas been reviewedby the FMA/MA
examiningteam and containsthe SpecimenExam.
Workingthroughthe questionsinthe Kitprovidesexcellentpreparationforthe exam.Itis
importantto tacklequestionsunderexamconditions.Allowyourselfjustthe numberof minutes
shownnextto the questionsinthe indexand don't lookat the answersuntilyou have finished.For
questionsyou answerincorrectly,thinkabout youranswerand the correctanswer.Ifyou require
furtherclarification,referto the explanationof the topicprovidedinyourWorkbook.Question
practiceis an essentialpart of yourrevision,so don't neglectit.
Passing
the exam
Thefollowingpointswillhelpyou pass the exam:

Readthe questioncarefully.

Don'tspend morethan the allottedtimeon each question.Don'tbecomebogged down.If
you are havingtroublewitha question,stop, think,decideon yourbest optionand answer
the question.Moveon!
Approach
to examining
the syllabus
FMA/MA
is a two-hourexam.
Theexamis structuredas follows.
SectionA
35 compulsoryobjectivetest questionsof 2 markseach
SectionB
3 compulsorymulti-taskquestionsof 10markseach
Noof marks
70
30
100
Helpingyou withyourrevision ix
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 10 of 421
H
q
The computer-based
examination
Computer-based
examinations
(CBEs)areavailable
foralloftheFoundations
InAccountancy
exams.
TheCBEexams
forthemodules
canbetakenatanytimeandthesearereferred
toas
'exams
ondemand'.
Computer-based
examinations
mustbetakenatanACCACBELicensed
Centre.
How do CBEs work?

Questions
aredisplayed
ona monitor

Candidates
entertheiranswer
directly
ontothecomputer

Candidates
havetwohours
tocomplete
theexamination

Candidates
sitting
exams
ondemand
areprovided
witha Provisional
Result
Notification
showing
theirresults
before
leaving
theexamination
room.

TheCBELicensed
Centreuploads
theresults
totheACCA(asproofofthecandidate's
performance)
within
72hours.

Candidates
sitting
theOption
exams
willreceive
theirresults
approximately
fiveweeks
aftertheexamsitting
oncetheyhavebeenexpert
marked

Candidates
canchecktheirexamstatusontheACCAwebsite
byloggingintomyACCA
Benefits

Flexibility
– thefirstseven
modules,
exams
ondemand,
canbesatatanytime

Resits
forthefirstseven
modules
canalsobetakenatanytimeandthereisnorestriction
onthenumber
oftimes
a candidate
cansita CBE
G

Instant
feedback
fortheexams
ondemand
asthecomputer
displays
theresults
attheend
oftheCBE
Formoreinformation
oncomputer-based
exams,
visittheACCAwebsite.
www.accaglobal.com/gb/en/student/exam-entry-and-administration/computer-basedexams.html
x
Helping
youwithyourrevision
Page 11 of 421
H
G
q
Tackling
multiple
choice
questions
ThisexamincludesMCQs.Youhave to choose the option that best answers the question. The
incorrectoptionsare calleddistracters.Thereis a skillinansweringMCQsquicklyand correctly.
BypractisingMCQsyou can developthisskill,givingyou a better chance of passingthe exam.
Youmay wishto followthe approach outlinedbelow,or you may preferto adapt it.
Step 1
Skimread allthe MCQsand identifywhat appear to be the easierquestions.
Step 2
Attempteach question– starting withthe easier questions identifiedinStep 1.
Readthe questionthoroughly. Youmay preferto workout the answerbefore
lookingat the options,or you may preferto lookat the optionsat the beginning.
Adoptthe methodthat worksbest foryou.
Step 3
Readthe fouroptionsand see ifone matches yourownanswer.Becarefulwith
numericalquestionsas the distractersare designedto match answersthat
incorporatecommonerrors.Checkthat yourcalculationis correct.Haveyou
followedthe requirementexactly?Haveyou includedeverystage of the
calculation?
Step 4
Youmay findthat noneof the optionsmatches youranswer.

Re-readthe questionto ensurethat you understandit and are answering
the requirement

Eliminateany obviouslywronganswers

Considerwhichof the remaininganswersis the mostlikelyto be correctand
selectthe option
Step 5
Ifyou are stillunsuremakea note and continueto the nextquestion.
Step 6
Revisitunansweredquestions.Whenyou comeback to a questionafter a break
you oftenfindyou are able to answerit correctlystraightaway. Ifyou are still
unsurehave a guess. Youare not penalisedforincorrectanswers,so never leave
a question unanswered!
Afterextensivepracticeand revisionof MCQs,you may findthat you recognisea questionwhen
you sit the exam.Beaware that the detailand/or requirementmay be different.Ifthe question
seemsfamiliarread the requirementand optionscarefully– do not assumethat it is identical.
Helpingyou withyourrevision xi
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 12 of 421
H
q
Using
your
BPP products
ThisKitgivesyouthequestion
practice
andguidance
youneedintheexam.Ourotherproducts
canalsohelpyoupass:

Workbook
introduces
andexplains
theknowledge
required
foryourexam
Youcanpurchase
thisproduct
byvisiting
www.bpp.com/learningmedia.
G
H
xii
Helping
youwithyourrevision
Page 13 of 421
q
Questions
G
H
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 14 of 421
q
G
H
2
Management
Accounting
(FMA/MA)
Page 15 of 421
G
q
Do you know?
– Accounting
for management
Checkthatyoucanfillintheblanksinthestatements
belowbeforeyouattempt
any
questions.
Ifindoubt,youshouldgobacktoyourBPPWorkbook
andrevisefirst.

Goodinformation
should
be………..,………..,………..,and…….Itshould
inspire
confidence,
it
should
beappropriately
communicated,
itsvolume
should
bemanageable,
itshould
be
timely
anditscostshould
belessthanthebenefits
itprovides.

Information
formanagement
islikelytobeusedfor
–
–
–
........................................................
........................................................
........................................................

Themainobjective
ofprofitmaking
organisations
isto…………………...A secondary
objective
ofprofitmaking
organisations
mightbetoincrease
…………ofitsgoods/services.

Themainobjective
ofnon-profit
making
organisations
isusually
to……………..andservices.
Asecondary
objective
ofnon-profit
making
organisations
mightbetominimise
the…….
involved
inproviding
thegoods/services.
Long-term
………planning,
alsoknown
ascorporate
planning,
involves
selecting
appropriate
…………soastoprepare
a long-term
plantoattaintheobjectives.





Anthony
divides
management
activities
into………..planning,
…………control
and………….
control.
Tactical
(ormanagement)
control:
'theprocess
bywhichmanagers
assure
that………..are
obtained
andusedeffectively
andefficiently
intheaccomplishment
oftheorganisation's
objectives'.
Operational
control:
'theprocess
ofassuring
thatspecific
………arecarried
out……….and
………….
……………
accounts
areprepared
forindividuals
external
toanorganisation:
shareholders,
customers,
suppliers,
taxauthorities,
employees.

…………….
accounts
areprepared
forinternal
managers
ofanorganisation.


There
isnolegalrequirement
toprepare
…………..accounts.



Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
…………….
accounts
arebothanhistorical
record
anda future
planning
tool.
…………….
accounts
concentrate
onthebusiness
asa whole,
aggregating
revenues
and
costsfromdifferent
operations,
andareanendinthemselves.
Costaccounting
information
is,ingeneral,
unsuitable
for………………..
Possible
pitfalls
Writedownthemistakes
youknowyoushould
avoid.
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 16 of 421
Questions3
H
G
q
Did you know?
– Accounting
for management
Couldyoufillintheblanks?Theanswers
areinbold.Usethispageforrevision
purposes
as
youapproach
theexam.

Goodinformation
should
berelevant,
complete,
accurate,
andclear.Itshould
inspire
confidence,
itshould
beappropriately
communicated,
itsvolume
should
bemanageable,
it
should
betimely
anditscostshould
belessthanthebenefits
itprovides.

Information
formanagement
islikelytobeusedfor
Planning
–
Control
–
–
Decision
making

Themainobjective
ofprofitmaking
organisations
istomaximise
profits.Asecondary
objective
ofprofitmaking
organisations
mightbetoincrease
outputofitsgoods/services.

Themainobjective
ofnon-profit
making
organisations
isusually
toprovide
goodsand
services.
Asecondary
objective
ofnon-profit
making
organisations
mightbetominimise
thecostsinvolved
inproviding
thegoods/services.

Long-term
strategicplanning,
alsoknown
ascorporate
planning,
involves
selecting
appropriate
strategies
soastoprepare
a long-term
plantoattaintheobjectives.

Anthony
divides
management
activities
intostrategicplanning,
management
control
and
operational
control.

Tactical
(ormanagement)
control:
'theprocess
bywhichmanagers
assure
thatresources
areobtained
andusedeffectively
andefficiently
intheaccomplishment
ofthe
organisation's
objectives'.
Operational
control:
'theprocess
ofassuring
thatspecific
tasksarecarried
outeffectively
andefficiently'.

Financialaccounts
areprepared
forindividuals
external
toanorganisation:
shareholders,
customers,
suppliers,
taxauthorities,
employees.
Management
accounts
areprepared
forinternal
managers
ofanorganisation.

There
isnolegalrequirement
toprepare
management
accounts.

Management
accounts
arebothanhistorical
record
anda future
planning
tool.

Financialaccounts
concentrate
onthebusiness
asa whole,
aggregating
revenues
and
costsfromdifferent
operations,
andareanendinthemselves.


Costaccounting
information
is,ingeneral,
unsuitable
fordecision
making.
Possible
pitfalls
–
Forgetting
thedifferences
between
financial
andmanagement
accounting
4
Management
Accounting
(FMA/MA)
Page 17 of 421
H
q
1
Accounting for management
1.1 WhichTWOofthefollowing
statements
aboutqualities
ofgoodinformation
aretrue?

Itshould
berelevant
foritspurposes

Itshould
becommunicated
totherightperson

Itshould
becompletely
accurate

Itshould
beprovided
whatever
thecost
(2 marks)
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
1.2 Thesalesmanager
hasprepared
a manpower
plantoensure
thatsalesquotas
forthe
forthcoming
yearareachieved.
Thisisanexample
ofwhattypeofplanning?




Strategic
planning
Tactical
planning
Operational
planning
Corporate
planning
(2 marks)
1.3 WhichTWOofthefollowing
statements
aboutmanagement
accounting
information
are
true?




Itmayinclude
non-financial
information
Itisrequired
bylawtobeproduced
Itisusedtoaidplanning
Itisforusebyparties
external
totheorganisation
(2 marks)
G
H
1.4 Whichofthefollowing
statements
is/arecorrect?
(i)
Amanagement
control
system
isa termusedtodescribe
thehardware
andsoftware
usedtodrivea database
system
whichproduces
information
outputs
thatareeasily
assimilated
bymanagement.
(ii) Anobjective
isa course
ofactionthatanorganisation
mightpursue
inorderto
achieve
itsstrategy.
(iii) Information
isdatathathasbeenprocessed
intoa formmeaningful
totherecipient.

(i),(ii)and(iii)

(i)and(iii)only

(ii)and(iii)only

(iii)only
(2 marks)
1.5 Goodinformation
should
havecertain
qualities.
WhichTWOofthefollowing
arerequired
asqualities
ofgoodmanagement
information?

Complete

Extensive

Trueandfair

Accurate
(2 marks)
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 18 of 421
Questions5
q
1.6 Monthly
variance
reports
areanexample
ofwhichoneofthefollowing
typesof
management
information?

Tactical

Strategic

Non-financial

Operational
(2 marks)
1.7 Whichofthefollowing
statements
is/arecorrect?
(i)
(ii)




Information
fordecision-making
should
incorporate
uncertainty
insomeway.
Thedatausedtoprepare
financial
accounts
andmanagement
accounts
arethesame.
(i)istrueand(ii)isfalse
(ii)istrueand(i)isfalse
Botharetrue
Botharefalse
(2 marks)
1.8 Usethedropdownlisttoselectwhichofthefollowing
processes
occursatthebusiness
planning
stage.
Select...
Obtaining
dataaboutactualresults

Taking
corrective
action
Comparing
actualperformance
withbudget
Establishing
objectives
G
H
(2 marks)
1.9 Whichofthefollowing
statements
iscorrect?

Management
accounting
systems
provide
information
foruseinfulfilling
legal
requirements.

Management
accounting
systems
provide
information
fortheuseofdecision-makers
within
anorganisation.

Management
accounting
systems
provide
information
forusebyshareholders.

Management
accounting
systems
provide
information
forusebytaxauthorities.
(2 marks)
1.10 WhichTWOofthefollowing
would
bedatarather
thaninformation?




Salesincrease/decrease
perproduct
inlastquarter
Totalsalesvalueperproduct
Totalmaterial
usage
Salesstaffcommission
asa percentage
oftotalsales
(2 marks)
(Total= 20 marks)
6
Management
Accounting
(FMA/MA)
Page 19 of 421
G
q
Do you know?
– Data
and presenting
information
Checkthatyoucanfillintheblanksinthestatements
belowbeforeyouattempt
any
questions.
Ifindoubt,youshouldgobacktoyourBPPWorkbook
andrevisefirst.

Datamaybe………..(collected
specifically
forthepurpose
ofa survey)
or……….(collected
forsomeotherpurpose).
Youwillremember
thatprimary
dataaredatacollected
especially
fora specific
purpose.
Theadvantage
ofsuchdataisthattheinvestigator
knows
where
thedata……..………andis
awareofanyinadequacies
orlimitations
inthedata.Itsdisadvantage
isthatitcanbevery
…………
tocollect
primary
data.

Secondary
datasources
maybesatisfactory
incertain
situations,
ortheymaybetheonly
convenient
means
ofobtaining
anitemofdata.Itisessential
thatthereisgoodreason
to
believe
thatthesecondary
datausedis………and………..

Themainsources
ofsecondary
dataare:
–
–
–
–
.....................................................
.....................................................
.....................................................
.....................................................
–
–
–
–
....................................................
....................................................
....................................................
....................................................

…………..
dataisdescriptive
rather
thannumerical.
Itcanbe……………….
or……………….
…………..
datacanbethought
ofasa label,andthe……….doesnotmatter.
…………..
dataishierarchical.

…………..
datacomes
fromtheoutput
ofdevices
thatdetectinputfromtheirsurroundings
…………..
datacomes
fromthetransactions
ofa business.
…………..
dataisoftennon-numerical
anddifficult
fordataanalysis
software
tohandle.

Asimple
…………..
sample
isa sample
selected
insucha waythateveryiteminthe
population
hasanequalchanceofbeingincluded
andshould
therefore
befreefrom
…………..
…………..
sampling
isa sampling
method
thatworks
byselecting
everynthitemaftera
random
start.
…………..
sampling
isa method
ofsampling
thatinvolves
dividing
thepopulation
into
…………...
…………..
sampling
isa probability
sampling
method
thatinvolves
dividing
thepopulation
intoa number
ofsub-populations
andthenselecting
a smallsample
ofthesesubpopulations
atrandom.
…………..
sampling
isa method
ofsampling
inwhichrandomness
isforfeited
intheinterests
ofcheapness
andsimplicity.
…………..
sampling
isa method
ofnon-random
sampling
thatinvolves
selecting
one
definable
subsection
ofthepopulation
asthesample,
thatsubsection
takentobe
representative
ofthepopulation
inquestion.

Possible
pitfalls
Writedownthemistakes
youknowyoushould
avoid.
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 20 of 421
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
Questions7
H
G
q
Did you know?
– Data
and presenting
information
Couldyoufillintheblanks?Theanswers
areinbold.Usethispageforrevision
purposes
as
youapproach
theexam.

Datamaybeprimary
(collected
specifically
forthepurpose
ofa survey)
orsecondary
(collected
forsomeotherpurpose).
Youwillremember
thatprimary
dataaredatacollected
especially
fora specific
purpose.
Theadvantage
ofsuchdataisthattheinvestigator
knows
where
thedatacamefromand
isawareofanyinadequacies
orlimitations
inthedata.Itsdisadvantage
isthatitcanbe
veryexpensive
tocollect
primary
data.

Secondary
datasources
maybesatisfactory
incertain
situations,
ortheymaybetheonly
convenient
means
ofobtaining
anitemofdata.Itisessential
thatthereisgoodreason
to
believe
thatthesecondary
datausedisaccurateandreliable.

Themainsources
ofsecondary
dataare:Governments;
banks;newspapers;
trade
journals;
information
bureaux;
consultancies;
libraries
andinformation
services.

Categorical
dataisdescriptive
rather
thannumerical.
Itcanbenominal
orordinal.
Nominal
datacanbethought
ofasa label,andtheorderdoesnotmatter.
Ordinaldataishierarchical.

Machine/sensor
datacomes
fromtheoutput
ofdevices
thatdetectinputfromtheir
surroundings
Transactional
datacomes
fromthetransactions
ofa business.
Human/social
dataisoftennon-numerical
anddifficult
fordataanalysis
software
to
handle.

Asimple
random
sample
isa sample
selected
insucha waythateveryiteminthe
population
hasanequalchanceofbeingincluded
andshould
therefore
befreefrombias.
Systematic
sampling
isa sampling
method
thatworks
byselecting
everynthitemaftera
random
start.
Stratified
sampling
isa method
ofsampling
thatinvolves
dividing
thepopulation
into
strata.
Multistage
sampling
isa probability
sampling
method
thatinvolves
dividing
thepopulation
intoa number
ofsub-populations
andthenselecting
a smallsample
ofthesesubpopulations
atrandom.
Quotasampling
isa method
ofsampling
inwhichrandomness
isforfeited
intheinterests
of
cheapness
andsimplicity.
Clustersampling
isa method
ofnon-random
sampling
thatinvolves
selecting
one
definable
subsection
ofthepopulation
asthesample,
thatsubsection
takentobe
representative
ofthepopulation
inquestion.

Possible
pitfalls
–
Mixing
upthedifferent
typesofsampling.
–
Notknowing
theadvantages
anddisadvantages
ofthesampling
methods.
8
Management
Accounting
(FMA/MA)
Page 21 of 421
H
q
2
Data and presenting information
2.1 WhichTWOofthefollowing
areprimary
sources
ofdata?
2.2
2.3

Historical
records
oftransport
coststobeusedtoprepare
forecasts
forbudgetary
planning

TheAnnual
Abstract
ofStatistics,
published
bytheOfficeforNational
Statistics
in
theUnited
Kingdom

Datacollected
bya bankina telephone
survey
tomonitor
theeffectiveness
ofthe
bank's
customer
services

Focusgroupfeedback
aboutpotential
flavours
ofa newbiscuit
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
(2 marks)
WhichTWOofthefollowing
statements
regarding
different
typesofdataaretrue?

Secondary
dataaredatacollected
especially
fora specific
purpose.

Discrete
datacantakeonanyvalue.

Ordinal
dataisa formofcategorical
data.

Population
dataaredataarising
asa result
ofinvestigating
a groupofpeople
or
(2 marks)
objects.
Government
statistics
canbea useful
source
ofdataandinformation.
Whichofthefollowing
typesofdatainthedropdownlistismostlikelytobeobtained
from
government
statistics?
Select...
G

H
Foreign
exchange
rates
Population
data
Details
ofindustry
costs
Interest
rates
2.4
(2 marks)
Abankhascollected
datafromcustomers
ontheirviewsofrecent
changes
toitsapp.The
online
questionnaire
required
customers
toanswer
fivequestions
usinga scaleof1to10
with1denoting
veryunsatisfied
and10denoting
verysatisfied.
Whattypeofdataisthis?

Numerical
anddiscrete

Numerical
andcontinuous

Categorical
andordinal

Categorical
andnominal
(2 marks)
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 22 of 421
Questions9
q
2.5
WhichTWOofthefollowing
statements
regarding
datasources
aretrue?

Sensors
allowfasteranomaly
detection

GPSsystem
output
isanexample
ofa human
datasource

Transactional
datacanallowa business
tofocusonitsmostimportant
customers

(2 marks)
Datafromsocialmedia
isworthless
tobusinesses
2.6
Thecostofmaterials
forproduct
Aareasfollows.
Material
W:$2,250
Material
X:$3,000
Material
Y:$3,600
Material
Z:$150
Ifthematerial
proportions
weredisplayed
ona piechart,howmanydegrees
would
material
Yrepresent?
(2 marks)
degrees
The following information relates to questions 2.7 to 2.8.
Numberof ice-creams sold
G
April
May
June
July
Mintchocchip
600
760
725
900
Chocolate
300
335
360
525
Strawberry
175
260
310
475
100
90
Blueberry
75
90
ld
o
s
s datamaybeillustrated
2.7 The
bythefollowing
chart.
m
a
e
r
What
c- typeofchartisit?
e
cif
o
.o1,000
N
800
600
April
May
June
July
400
200
0




10
Mint-choc Chocolate StrawberryBlueberry
Simple
barchart
Multiple
barchart
Component
barchart
Cumulative
frequency
distribution
graph
Management
Accounting
(FMA/MA)
Page 23 of 421
(2 marks)
H
G
q
2.8
2.9
Whichofthefollowing
statements
istrue?

Salesofmintchocchiprosesteadily
overthefourmonths

Totalsalesfellinthemonth
ofJuly

InJune,thegapbetween
salesofstrawberry
andsalesofchocolate
reduced

Salesofblueberry
roseinMayandJuly
(2 marks)
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
Thetablebelow
shows
AVCo'ssalesfigures
forthefirstsixmonths
oftheyear.
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
June
Total
$'000
$'000
$'000
$'000
$'000
$'000
$'000
A
800
725
725
400
415
405
3,470
B
210
210
180
150
175
160
1,085
C
25
50
60
95
125
140
495
985
965
645
715
705
5,050
Product
Total
1,035
Whatkindofgraphorchartwould
youusetoshowthefluctuations
oftotalmonthly
sales
figures
acrossthesixmonths?

Percentage
component
barchart

Scatter
diagram

Linegraph

Piechart
(2 marks)
question
istakenfromtheJuly toDecember
2017examperiod
2.10 Thefollowing
Whichofthefollowing
would
bebestsuited
torepresent
therelationship
between
a
company’s
advertising
expenditure
anditssalesrevenue?
1
Apiechart
2
Abarchart
3
Ascatter
graph

1only

2 only

3 only

2 and3
(2 marks)
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 24 of 421
Questions11
H
q
2.11 Thefollowingquestion is taken from the July to August2020 exam period
1
Primarydata is usuallylessexpensiveto producethan secondarydata because it is
availablefromwithinthe organisation
2
Alldata can be classifiedas eitherdiscreteor continuous
Arethe abovestatements about data true or false?

Bothstatements are true



2.12

Ifa sampleis selectedusingrandomsampling,it willbe freefrombias.


Asamplingframeis a numberedlistof allitemsina sample.
Inclustersamplingthere is verylittlepotentialforbias.
Inquota sampling,investigatorsare toldto interviewallthe peoplethey meet up to a
(2 marks)
certainquota.
Whichof the followingexplainsthe essenceof quota sampling?




G
(2 marks)
WhichTWOof the followingstatements are true?

2.13
Bothstatements are false
Statement1is true, statement 2 is false
Statement1is false,statements 2 is true
Eachelementof the populationhas an equal chance of beingchosen
Everynth memberof the populationis selected
Everyelementof one definablesub-sectionof the populationis selected
Noneof the above
H
(2 marks)
(Total = 26 marks)
12
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 25 of 421
G
q
Do you know?
– Cost
classification
and behaviour
Checkthatyoucanfillintheblanksinthestatements
belowbeforeyouattempt
any
questions.
Ifindoubt,youshouldgobacktoyourBPPWorkbook
andrevisefirst.

A………..costisa costthatcanbetracedinfulltotheproduct,
service
ordepartment
that
isbeingcosted.
An………..costisa costthatisincurred
inthecourse
ofmaking
a product,
providing
a service
orrunning
a department
butwhichcannot
betraceddirectly
andinfull
totheproduct,
service
ordepartment.

Inclassification
byfunction,
costsareclassified
asfollows
–
........................................................
These
areassociated
withthefactory.
–
........................................................
These
arecostsassociated
withgeneral
officedepartments.
–
........................................................
These
arecostsassociated
withsales,
marketing,
warehousing
andtransport
departments.

A…………costisa costwhichisincurred
fora particular
period
oftimeandwhich,
within
certain
activity
levels,
isunaffected
bychanges
inthelevelofactivity.
A ………...costisa
costwhichtendstovarywiththelevelofactivity.
Manyitems
ofexpenditure
arepart
…………andpart…………andarecalled…………costs.

Thedistinction
between
production
andnon-production
costsisthebasisofvaluing
………

A………..centre
isa department
ororganisational
function
whose
performance
isthedirect
responsibility
ofa specific
manager.
………..centres
aresimilar
tocostcentres
butareaccountable
forcostsandrevenues.
An………..centre
isa profitcentre
withadditional
responsibilities
forcapitalinvestment
and
possibly
forfinancing,
andwhose
performance
ismeasured
byitsreturn
oninvestment.

Thebasicprinciple
ofcostbehaviour
istheconsideration
ofhowcostswillchangeasa
result
ofchanging….…..levels.

Theeffectofincreasing
activity
levels
onunitcostsisasfollows.
(Tickasappropriate)
Remains
Rises
Falls
constant
Variable
costperunit
Fixedcostperunit
Totalcostperunit

Thefixedandvariable
elements
ofsemi-variable
costscanbedetermined
bythe
.........................method.

Possible
pitfalls
Writedownthemistakes
youknowyoushould
avoid.
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 26 of 421
Questions13
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
H
G
q
Did you know?
– Cost
classification
and behaviour
Couldyoufillintheblanks?Theanswers
areinbold.Usethispageforrevision
purposes
as
youapproach
theexam.

Adirectcostisa costthatcanbetracedinfulltotheproduct,
service
ordepartment
that
isbeingcosted.
Anindirect
costisa costthatisincurred
inthecourse
ofmaking
a product,
providing
a service
orrunning
a department
butwhichcannot
betraceddirectly
andinfull
totheproduct,
service
ordepartment.

Inclassification
byfunction,
costsareclassified
asfollows
Production
ormanufacturing
costs.These
areassociated
withthefactory.
–
–
Administration
costs.These
arecostsassociated
withgeneral
officedepartments.
Marketing
orsellinganddistribution
costs.These
arecostsassociated
withsales,
–
marketing,
warehousing
andtransport
departments.

Afixedcostisa costwhichisincurred
fora particular
period
oftimeandwhich,
within
certain
activity
levels,
isunaffected
bychanges
inthelevelofactivity.
Avariable
costisa
costwhichtendstovarywiththelevelofactivity.
Manyitems
ofexpenditure
arepartfixed
andpartvariable
andarecalledsemi-variable
costs.

Thedistinction
between
production
andnon-production
costsisthebasisofvaluing
inventory.

Aresponsibility
centre
isa department
ororganisational
function
whose
performance
is
thedirectresponsibility
ofa specific
manager.
Profitcentres
aresimilar
tocostcentres
butareaccountable
forcostsandrevenues.
Aninvestment
centre
isa profitcentre
withadditional
responsibilities
forcapitalinvestment
andpossibly
forfinancing,
andwhose
performance
ismeasured
byitsreturn
on
investment.

Thebasicprinciple
ofcostbehaviour
istheconsideration
ofhowcostswillchangeasa
result
ofchanging
activitylevels.

Theeffectofincreasing
activity
levels
onunitcostsisasfollows.
(Tickasappropriate)
Rises
Falls
Variable
costperunit



Fixedcostperunit

Totalcostperunit

Thefixedandvariable
elements
ofsemi-variable
costscanbedetermined
bythehigh-low
method.
Possible
pitfalls
–
Getting
confused
between
fixedandvariable
costs– particularly
iftheyare
expressed
perunit.
–
14
Remains
constant
Notgrasping
thedifference
between
directandindirect
costs.
Management
Accounting
(FMA/MA)
Page 27 of 421
H
q
3
Cost classification and behaviour
3.1 Afirmhastopaya 20cperunitroyaltytotheinventor
ofa device
whichitmanufactures
andsells.
Howwould
theroyaltychargebeclassified
inthefirm's
accounts?
Select...
Selling
expense

Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
Directexpense
Production
overhead
Administrative
overhead
3.2
3.3
(2 marks)
WhichTWOofthefollowing
would
beclassed
asindirect
labour?

Assembly
workers
ina company
manufacturing
televisions

Astores
assistant
ina factorystore

Factorycleaning
staff

Plasterers
ina construction
company

Aconsultant
ina firmofmanagement
consultants
(2 marks)
Amanufacturing
firmisverybusyandovertime
isbeingworked.
Howwould
theamount
ofovertime
premium
contained
indirectwagesnormally
be
classed?

Partofprime
cost
G
3.4

Factoryoverheads

Directlabour
costs

Administrative
overheads
(2 marks)
WoodComakes
chairsandtables.
WhichTWOofthefollowing
items
would
betreated
asanindirect
cost?

Woodusedtomakea chair

Metalusedforthelegsofa chair

Stapletoattachfireretardant
labelstochairs

Fabrictocovertheseatofa chair

Thesalaryofthesalesdirector
ofthecompany
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 28 of 421
(2 marks)
Questions15
H
q
3.5
OverwhichTWOofthefollowing
isthemanager
ofa profitcentre
likelytohavecontrol?




3.6



G
3.8
Acostwhicharisesfroma decision
already
taken,whichcannot,
intheshortrun,
bechanged.
Acostforwhichthebehaviour
pattern
canbeeasilyanalysed
tofacilitate
valid
budgetary
control
comparisons.
Acostwhichcanbeinfluenced
byitsbudget
holder.
Aspecific
costofanactivity
orbusiness
whichwould
beavoided
iftheactivity
or
(2 marks)
business
didnotexist.
WhichTWOofthefollowing
items
mightbea suitable
costunitwithin
thecreditcontrol
department
ofa company?


Stationery
cost
Telephone
bill


Customer
account
Cheque
received
andprocessed
(2 marks)
Whichofthefollowing
bestdescribes
a period
cost?

Acostthatrelates
toa timeperiod
whichisdeducted
asexpenses
fortheperiod
and
isnotincluded
intheinventory
valuation.

Acostthatcanbeeasilyallocated
toa particular
period,
without
theneedfor
arbitrary
apportionment
between
periods.
Acostthatisidentified
witha unitproduced
during
theperiod,
andisincluded
inthe
valueofinventory.
Thecostistreated
asanexpense
fortheperiod
whenthe
inventory
isactually
sold.
Acostthatisincurred
regularly
everyperiod,
egeverymonth
orquarter. (2 marks)


3.9
(2 marks)
Whichofthefollowing
bestdescribes
a controllable
cost?

3.7
Selling
prices
Controllable
costs
Apportioned
headofficecosts
Capitalinvestment
inthecentre
Worker
Coemploys
foursupervisors
tooversee
thefactoryproduction
ofallitsproducts.
Howwould
thesalaries
paidtothesesupervisors
beclassified?

Asa directlabour
cost


Asa directproduction
expense
Asa production
overhead

Asanadministration
overhead
(2 marks)
16 Management
Accounting
(FMA/MA)
Page 29 of 421
H
G
q
3.10 ToyComanufactures
andsellstoys.
WhichTWOofthesecostsareclassified
asdistribution
costs?

Rental
ofthefinished
goodswarehouse

Depreciation
ofitsownfleetofdelivery
vehicles

Costsassociated
witha marketing
campaign

Commission
paidtosalesstaff
(2 marks)
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
3.11 Whichofthefollowing
describes
a costcentre?

Aunitofoutput
orservice
forwhichcostsareascertained


Afunction
orlocation
forwhichcostsareascertained
Asegment
oftheorganisation
forwhichbudgets
areprepared

Anamount
ofexpenditure
attributable
toa particular
activity
(2 marks)
3.12 Theoverhead
expenses
ofMachining
Coarecodedusinga fivedigitcodingsystem,
an
extract
fromwhichisasfollows:
Costcentre
Machining
Finishing
Packing
Stores
Maintenance
Codeno
10
11
12
13
14
Typesofexpense
Codeno
Indirect
materials
410
Depreciation
ofproduction
machinery
420
Indirect
wages
430
Maintenance
materials
440
Machine
hirecosts
450
Depreciation
ofnon-production
equipment 460
Thecodingforthehirecostsofa packing
machine
is12450.
Whichisthecodingfortheissueofindirect
materials
issued
fromstores
tothemachining
department?


10410
10440


13410
13440
(2 marks)
3.13 Fixedcostsareconventionally
deemed
tobewhichofthefollowing?

Constant
perunitofoutput

Constant
intotalwhenproduction
volume
changes

Outside
thecontrol
ofmanagement

Easilycontrolled
(2 marks)
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 30 of 421
Questions17
H
q
3.14 Thefollowing
datarelate
totheoverhead
expenditure
ofa contract
cleaners
attwoactivity
levels.
Square
metres
cleaned
13,500
15,950
Overheads
$84,865 $97,850
Whatistheestimate
oftheoverheads
if18,300square
metres
aretobecleaned?
$
(2 marks)
The following information relates to questions 3.15 to 3.16.
G
H
Whichoftheabovegraphsillustrates
thecostsdescribed
inquestions
3.15to3.19?
3.15 Alinear
variable
cost– whenthevertical
axisrepresents
costincurred.



Graph1
Graph2
Graph4

Graph5
(2 marks)
3.16 Afixedcost– whenthevertical
axisrepresents
costincurred.
18


Graph1
Graph2

Graph3

Graph6
(2 marks)
Management
Accounting
(FMA/MA)
Page 31 of 421
G
q
3.17 Alinear
variable
cost– whenthevertical
axisrepresents
costperunit.

Graph1

Graph2

Graph3

Graph6
(2 marks)
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
3.18 Asemi-variable
cost– whenthevertical
axisrepresents
costincurred.

Graph1

Graph2

Graph4

Graph5
(2 marks)
3.19 Astepfixedcost– whenthevertical
axisrepresents
costincurred.
3.20

Graph3

Graph4

Graph5

Graph6
(2 marks)
BakeCohasrecorded
thefollowing
datainthetwomostrecent
periods.
H
Totalcosts
Volume
of
ofproduction
production
$
Units
13,500
700
18,300
1,100
Whatisthebestestimate
ofBakeCo'sfixedcostsperperiod?
$
(2 marks)
3.21 Aproduction
worker
ispaida salaryof$650permonth,
plusanextra5 centsforeachunit
produced
during
themonth.
Howisthistypeoflabour
costbestdescribed?

Avariable
cost

Afixedcost

Astepcost

Asemi-variable
cost
(2 marks)
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 32 of 421
Questions19
q
3.22
Whattype of cost is supervisorsalary costs, whereone supervisoris needed foreveryten
employeesadded to the staff?

Select...
Afixedcost
Avariablecost
Amixedcost
Astep cost
(2 marks)
3.23
Thefollowinginformationforadvertisingand sales has been establishedoverthe past
sixmonths:
Month
Salesrevenue
Advertisingexpenditure
$'000
$'000
1
155
3
2
125
2.5
3
200
6
4
175
5.5
5
150
4.5
6
225
6.5
Usingthe high-lowmethodwhichof the followingis the correctequationforlinking
advertisingand sales fromthe abovedata?

Salesrevenue=62,500 +(25advertisingexpenditure)
G
3.24

Advertisingexpenditure=– 2,500 +(0.04 sales revenue)

Salesrevenue=95,000 +(20 advertisingexpenditure)

Advertisingexpenditure=– 4,750+(0.05 sales revenue)
H
(2 marks)
Atotal cost isdescribedas stayingthe same overa certainactivityrange and then
increasingbut remainingstable overa revisedactivityrange inthe shortterm.
Whattype of cost is this?

Afixedcost



20
Avariablecost
Asemi-variablecost
Astepped fixedcost
(2 marks)
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 33 of 421
q
3.25
TentCo incursthe followingcosts at variousactivitylevels:
Totalcost
Activitylevel
$
Units
250,000
5,000
312,500
7,500
400,000
10,000
Usingthe high-lowmethodwhatisthe variablecost per unit(tothe nearestwholenumber)?
$
3.26
(2 marks)
Thefollowingdiagramrepresentsthe behaviourof one elementof cost:
Whichof the followingstatements is consistentwiththe abovediagram?

Annualfactory powercost wherethe electricitysuppliersets a tariffbased on a fixed
charge plusa constant unitcost forconsumptionbut subjectto a maximumannual
charge.

Weeklytotal labourcost whenthere is a fixedwage fora standard 40 hourweekbut
overtimeis paid at a premiumrate.

Totaldirectmaterialcost fora periodifthe suppliercharges a lowerunitcost on all
unitsonce a certainquantityhas been purchasedinthat period.

Totaldirectmaterialcost fora periodwherethe suppliercharges a constant amount
per unitforallunitssuppliedup to a maximumcharge forthe period.
(2 marks)
G
3.27
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
Anorganisationmanufacturesa singleproduct.Thetotal cost of making4,000 unitsis
$20,000 and the total cost of making20,000 unitsis $40,000. Withinthisrange of activity
the total fixedcosts remainunchanged.
Whatis the variablecost per unitof the product(to 2 dp)?
$
(2 marks)
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 34 of 421
Questions 21
H
q
3.28 Whentotalpurchases
ofrawmaterial
exceed
30,000unitsinanyoneperiod
thenallunits
purchased,
including
theinitial
30,000,areinvoiced
ata lower
costperunit.
Whichofthefollowing
graphsisconsistent
withthebehaviour
ofthetotalmaterials
costin
a period?
A
$
0
30,000
0
G
Units
0
C
$
30,000


GraphA
GraphB


GraphC
GraphD
B
$
Units
D
$
Units
30,000
0
30,000
Units
H
(2 marks)
3.29 Thetotalcostofproduction
fortwolevels
ofactivity
isasfollows:
Level1
Level2
Production
(units)
3,000
5,000
Totalcost($)
6,750
9,250
Thevariable
production
costperunitandthetotalfixedproduction
costbothremain
constant
intherangeofactivity
shown.
Whatistheleveloffixedcosts(tothenearest
whole
number)?
$
22
(2 marks)
Management
Accounting
(FMA/MA)
Page 35 of 421
q
3.30
3.31
G
3.32
Thefollowingquestion is taken from the December2011exam.
Thefollowingshowsthe total overheadcosts forgivenlevelsof a company'stotal output.
Cost
Output
$
Units
4,000
1,000
7,000
2,000
10,000
3,000
9,500
4,000
Astep up infixedcosts of $500 occursat an output levelof 3,500 units.
Whatwouldbe the variableoverheadcost per unit(to the nearest $0.01)usingthe high-low
technique?

$1.67per unit

$1.83per unit

$2.75per unit

$3.00 per unit
(2 marks)
Thefollowingquestion is taken from the January to June 2014exam period.
Acompanyhas prepared flexedbudgets at twoactivitylevels.Thecost per unitof three
costs is givenbelow.Allthree costs behaveina linearmannerwithrespect to activity.
Activitylevel(units)
10,000
15,000
Cost
X
$3.0 per unit
$2.0 per unit
Y
$1.0per unit
$1.0per unit
Z
$3.5per unit
$3.0 per unit
Iseach of the costs variable,semi-variableor fixed?
X
Y
Z


Variable
Variable
Fixed
Fixed
Semi-variable
Variable


Fixed
Fixed
Variable
Variable
Semi-variable
Fixed
(2 marks)
Thefollowingquestion is taken from the September to June 2018exam period.
Thefollowingobservationsof output and cost have been made:
Output
Cost
Units
$
8,000
39,400
20,000
68,000
Itis knownthat at output levelsabove15,000units,variablecost per unitdropsby $1per
unitforallsubsequentunitsproduced.
Whatis the variablecost foreach unitof output above15,000units?

$1.80

$0.97

$2.80

$3.40
(2 marks)
(Total = 64 marks)
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 36 of 421
Questions 23
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
H
q
G
H
24
Management
Accounting
(FMA/MA)
Page 37 of 421
G
q
Do you know?
analysing
– Forecasting,
summarising
and
data
Checkthatyoucanfillintheblanks
inthestatements
below
before
youattempt
anyquestions.
Ifindoubt,youshould
gobacktoyourBPPWorkbook
andrevise
first.

A..............isaplanofwhattheorganisation
isaiming
toachieve
andwhatithassetasa
target
whereas
a..............isanestimate
ofwhatislikely
tooccurinthefuture.

Thedegree
ofcorrelation
between
twovariables
ismeasured
bythe............................
r=+1means
thatthevariables
are...............................correlated.
r=–1means
thatthevariables
are...............................correlated.
r=0 means
thatthevariables
are..............
Thesquare
ofthecorrelation
coefficient
iscalled
the..............of.................Itmeasures
the
..............ofthetotalvariation
inthevalue
ofonevariable
(thedependent
variable)
thatcanbe
explained
byvariations
inthevalue
oftheother
variable
(theindependent
value).

Linear
regression
analysis
isonemethod
usedforestimating
alineof.............Aswithall
forecasting
techniques,
theresults
from
regression
analysis
willnotbewholly
reliable.
There
are
anumber
offactors
which
affectthereliability
offorecasts
made
using
regression
analysis.
For
example,
itassumes
thata ...............................exists
between
thetwovariables.

Atimeseries
isaseries
offigures
orvalues
recorded
overtime.
Thetimeseries
analysis
forecasting
technique
isusually
usedto ................................

There
arefourcomponents
ofatimeseries:
...........,..........................,.......................and
…….....…………..

Onewayoffinding
thetrend
istouse...........................

.......................isdatawhere
thefrequency
isshown
interms
ofarange.
......................is
datawhere
thefrequency
isshown
interms
ofaspecific
measure
orvalue.
......................can
onlytakeonacountable
number
ofvalues.
.......................cantakeonanyvalue.

Thearithmetic
mean
isthebestknown
typeofaverage
andiswidely
understood.
Arithmetic
mean
ofungrouped
data=...............................
÷.........................
Arithmetic
mean
ofgrouped
data=...............................
÷.........................
or
...............................
÷.........................

Theaverage
which
means
'themost
frequently
occurring
value'
iscalled
the..............

Themode
ofagrouped
frequency
distribution
canbecalculated
from
a..............

The.............isthevalue
ofthemiddle
member
ofanarray.Themiddle
itemofanoddnumber
ofitems
iscalculated
as.............

The......................,which
isthesquare
rootofthe...........,isthemost
important
measure
of
spread
usedinstatistics.

Thespreads
oftwodistributions
canbecompared
using
the...........of...........calculated
as
..................................÷.........................

Properties
ofthenormal
distribution
areasfollows:
Itis................
and................
Ithasa................,
(pronounced
mew)


Theareaunder
thecurve
totals
exactly
...Theareatotheleftof=areatotherightof=....
Themaincharacteristics
ofbigdataare………..
, ……….,
…………,
….…….
and………..
ThekeyroleofBigDataistoanalyse
allrelevant
………..
andtogenerate
a………..
model
ofwhat
theoutcome
ofthedecision
willbe.Onlydatathathasbeen………..,
orinadigital
form,
canbe
analysed
(forexample
from
social
media,
audio/video
content,
financial
data,GPSdata,
banking
transactions
andwebserver
logs).
Possible
pitfalls
Write
down
themistakes
youknow
youshould
avoid.
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 38 of 421
Questions25
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
H
G
q
Did you know?
analysing
– Forecasting,
summarising
and
data
Couldyoufillintheblanks?
Theanswers
areinbold.Usethispageforrevision
purposes
asyou
approach
theexam.

Abudget
isaplanofwhattheorganisation
isaiming
toachieve
andwhatithassetasatarget
whereas
aforecastisanestimate
ofwhatislikely
tooccurinthefuture.

Thedegree
ofcorrelation
between
twovariables
ismeasured
bythecorrelation
coefficient.
r=+1means
thatthevariables
areperfectly
positively
correlated
r=-1means
thatthevariables
areperfectly
negatively
correlated
r=0 means
thatthevariables
areuncorrelated
Thesquare
ofthecorrelation
coefficient
iscalled
thecoefficient
ofdetermination.
Itmeasures
theproportion
ofthetotalvariation
inthevalue
ofonevariable
(thedependent
variable)
that
canbeexplained
byvariations
inthevalue
oftheother
variable
(theindependent
variable).

Linear
regression
analysis
isonemethod
usedforestimating
alineofbestfit.Aswithall
forecasting
techniques,
theresults
from
regression
analysis
willnotbewholly
reliable.
There
are
anumber
offactors
which
affectthereliability
offorecasts
made
using
regression
analysis.
For
example,
itassumes
thata linearrelationship
exists
between
thetwovariables.

Atimeseries
isaseries
offigures
orvalues
recorded
overtime.
Thetimeseries
analysis
forecasting
technique
isusually
usedtoforecast
sales.

There
arefourcomponents
ofatimeseries:
trend,seasonal
variations,
cyclicalvariations
andrandom
variations.

Onewayoffinding
thetrend
istousemoving
averages.

Grouped
dataisdatawhere
thefrequency
isshown
interms
ofarange.
Ungrouped
datais
datawhere
thefrequency
isshown
interms
ofaspecific
measure
orvalue.
Discrete
datacan
onlytakeonacountable
number
ofvalues.
Continuous
datacantakeonanyvalue.

Thearithmetic
mean
isthebestknown
typeofaverage
andiswidely
understood.
Arithmetic
mean
ofungrouped
data=Sumofvalues
ofitems÷ Number
ofitems.
Arithmetic
mean
ofgrouped
data=Σfx÷nor Σfx÷Σf

Theaverage
which
means
'themost
frequently
occurring
value'
iscalled
themode.

Themode
ofagrouped
frequency
distribution
canbecalculated
from
ahistogram.

Themedian
isthevalue
ofthemiddle
member
ofanarray.Themiddle
itemofanoddnumber
of
th
(n+1)
items
iscalculated
asthe
item.
2

Thestandard
deviation,
which
isthesquare
rootofthevariance,
isthemost
important
measure
ofspread
usedinstatistics.

Thespreads
oftwodistributions
canbecompared
using
thecoefficient
ofvariation
calculated
asstandard
deviation
÷mean.

Properties
ofthenormal
distribution
areasfollows:
Itissymmetrical
andbell-shaped.
Ithasamean,
(pronounced
mew)
Theareaunder
thecurve
totals
exactly
1.Theareatotheleftof=areatotherightof=0.5

Themaincharacteristics
ofbigdataarevolume
, velocity,
variety,
veracity
andvalue.
Thekeyroleofbigdataistoanalyse
allrelevant
information
andtogenerate
apredictive
model
ofwhattheoutcome
ofthedecision
willbe.Onlydatathathasbeendigitised,
orina
digital
form,
canbeanalysed
(forexample
from
social
media,
audio/video
content,
financial
data,GPSdata,banking
transactions
andwebserver
logs).

Possible
pitfalls
–
Notunderstanding
themeanings
ofcorrelation
coefficient
andcoefficient
ofdetermination
–
Forgetting
thatlinear
regression
givesanestimate
only.Itisnotwholly
reliable
26
Management
Accounting
(FMA/MA)
Page 39 of 421
H
G
q
4
Forecasting
77 mins
4.1 Thefollowing
fourdatapairshavebeenobtained:
(1,5),(2,6),(4,9),(5,11).Without
carrying
outanycalculations,
whichofthefollowing
correlation
coefficients
bestdescribes
therelationship
between
xandy?
4.2

–0.98

–0.25

0.98

0.25
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
(2 marks)
MakeCo'smanagement
accountant
isanalysing
therejectratesachieved
by100factory
operatives
working
inidentical
conditions.
Rejectrates,Y%,arefoundtoberelated
to
months
ofexperience,
X,bythisregression
equation:
Y=20– 0.25X.(Thecorrelation
coefficient
wasr=–0.9.)
Usingtheequation,
whatisthepredicted
rejectrateforanoperative
with12months'
experience?

17%
4.3

19%

20%

23%
(2 marks)
Aregression
equation
Y=a +bXisusedtoforecast
thevalueofYfora givenvalueofX.
WhichTWOofthefollowing
increase
thereliability
oftheforecast?
4.4

Acorrelation
coefficient
numerically
closeto1

Working
toa higher
number
ofdecimal
placesofaccuracy

Forecasting
forvalues
ofXoutside
therangeofthoseusedinthesample

Alargesample
isusedtocalculate
theregression
equation
(2 marks)
Ifx=12,y=42,x2=46,y2=542,xy=157andn=4,whatisthecorrelation
coefficient?

0.98

–0.98

0.26

0.008
(2 marks)
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 40 of 421
Questions27
H
q
4.5
Usingdatafromtwelve
European
countries,
ithasbeencalculated
thatthecorrelation
between
thelevelofcarownership
andthenumber
ofroaddeaths
is0.73.
WhichTWOofthestatements
shown
follow
fromthis?

Highlevels
ofcarownership
causehighlevels
ofroaddeaths

There
isa strong
relationship
between
thelevelofcarownership
andthenumber
of
roaddeaths

53%ofthevariation
inthelevelofroaddeaths
fromonecountry
tothenextcanbe
explained
bythecorresponding
variation
inthelevelofcarownership

73%ofthevariation
inthelevelofroaddeaths
fromonecountry
tothenextcanbe
explained
bythecorresponding
variation
inthelevelofcarownership
(2 marks)
4.6
Theregression
equation
Y=3+2Xhasbeencalculated
from6pairsofvalues,
withXranging
from1to10.Thecorrelation
coefficient
is0.8.Itisestimated
thatY=43when
X=20.
WhichTWOofthefollowing
aretrue?

Theestimate
isnotreliable
because
X isoutside
therangeofthedata

Theestimate
isnotreliable
because
thecorrelation
islow

Theestimate
isreliable

Theestimate
isnotreliable
because
thesample
issmall
4.7
G
(2 marks)
Incalculating
theregression
equation
linking
twovariables,
thestandard
formulae
forthe
regression
coefficients
aregiveninterms
ofXandY.Whichofthefollowing
istrue?

Xmustbethevariable
whichwillbeforecast

Itdoesnotmatter
whichvariable
iswhich

Ymustbethedependent
variable

Ymustbethevariable
shown
onthevertical
axisofa scatter
diagram (2 marks)
4.8
SaveCousesregression
analysis
toestablish
a totalcostequation
forbudgeting
purposes.
Dataforthepastfourmonths
isasfollows:
Month
Totalcost
Quantity
produced
$'000
$'000
1
57.5
1.25
2
37.5
1.00
3
45.0
1.50
4
60.0
2.00
200.0
5.75
Thegradient
oftheregression
lineis17.14.
Whatisthevalueofa?

25.36

48.56

74.64

101.45
(2 marks)
28
Management
Accounting
(FMA/MA)
Page 41 of 421
H
G
q
4.9
Regression
analysis
isbeingusedtofinethelineofbestfit(y=a +bx)fromeleven
pairsof
data.Thecalculations
haveproduced
thefollowing
information:
x=440,y=330,x2=17,986,
y2=10,366andxy=13,467
Whatisthevalueof'a'intheequation
forthelineofbestfit(to2 decimal
places)?

0.63

0.69

2.33

5.33
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
(2 marks)
4.10 Whichofthefollowing
isa feasible
valueforthecorrelation
coefficient?

– 2.0

– 1.2

0

+1.2
(2 marks)
4.11 Overan18-month
period,
saleshavebeenfoundtohaveanunderlying
linear
trendof
y =7.112
+ 3.949x,where
y isthenumber
ofitems
soldandxrepresents
themonth.
Monthly
deviations
fromtrendhavebeencalculated
andmonth
19isexpected
tobe1.12times
the
trendvalue.
Whatistheforecast
number
ofitems
tobesoldinmonth
19?

91

92

93

94
H
(2 marks)
4.12 Basedonthelast15periods
theunderlying
trendofsalesisy =345.12
– 1.35x.
Ifthe16th
period
hasa seasonal
factorof–23.62,assuming
anadditive
forecasting
model,
whatis
theforecast
forthatperiod,
inwhole
units?

300

301

324

325
(2 marks)
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 42 of 421
Questions29
q
4.13 Monthly
saleshavebeenfoundtofollow
a linear
trendofy =9.82+4.372x,where
y isthe
number
ofitems
soldandxisthenumber
ofthemonth.
Monthly
deviations
fromthetrend
havebeencalculated
andfollow
anadditive
model.
Inmonth
24,theseasonal
variation
is
estimated
tobeplus8.5.
Whatistheforecast
number
ofitems
tobesoldinmonth
24?(tothenearest
whole
number.)

106

115


123
152
(2 marks)
4.14 WhichTWOofthefollowing
arenecessary
ifforecasts
obtained
froma timeseries
analysis
aretobereliable?




There
mustbenounforeseen
events
Themodel
usedmustfitthepastdata
Thetrendmustbeincreasing
There
mustbenoseasonal
variation
(2 marks)
4.15 Whatisthepurpose
ofseasonally
adjusting
thevalues
ina timeseries?




G
Toobtain
aninstant
estimate
ofthedegree
ofseasonal
variation
Toobtain
aninstant
estimate
ofthetrend
Toensure
thatseasonal
components
totalzero
Totakethefirststepina timeseries
analysis
ofthedata
H
(2 marks)
4.16 Thefollowing
datarepresents
a timeseries:
X
36 Y
41 34 38 42
Aseries
ofthree
point
moving
averages
produced
from
thisdatahasgiventhefirsttwovalues
as38and39.
Whatarethevalues
of(X,Y)intheoriginal
timeseries?
30

(38,39)



(38,40)
(40,38)
(39,38)
(2 marks)
Management
Accounting
(FMA/MA)
Page 43 of 421
q
4.17 Usinganadditive
timeseries
model,
thequarterly
trend(Y)isgivenbyY=65+7t,where
t is
thequarter
(starting
witht =1inthefirstquarter
of20X5).Iftheseasonal
component
inthe
fourth
quarter
is–30,whatistheforecast
fortheactualvalueforthefourth
quarter
of
20X6,tothenearest
whole
number?

63

546

85

91
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
(2 marks)
4.18 Thetrendformonthly
sales($Y)isrelated
tothemonth
(t)bytheequation
Y=1,500– 3t
where
t =1inthefirstmonth
of20X8.Whataretheforecast
sales(tothenearest
dollar)
for
thefirstmonth
of20X9iftheseasonal
component
forthatmonth
is0.92usinga
multiplicative
model?

$1,377

$17,904

$1,344

$1,462
(2 marks)
4.19 WhichTWOofthefollowing
arenecessary
ifforecasts
obtained
froma timeseries
analysis
aretobereliable?
G
4.20

Thetrendmustnotbeincreasing
ordecreasing

Thetrendmustcontinue
asinthepast

Extrapolation
mustnotbeused

Thesamepattern
ofseasonal
variation
mustcontinue
asinthepast
H
(2 marks)
Under
whichofthefollowing
circumstances
would
a multiplicative
model
bepreferred
toan
additive
model
intimeseries
analysis?

Whena model
easilyunderstood
bynon-accountants
isrequired

Whenthetrendisincreasing
ordecreasing

Whenthetrendissteady

Whenaccurate
forecasts
arerequired
(2 marks)
4.21 BlueCo'sannual
profits
havea trendlinegivenbyY=20t– 10,where
Y isthetrendin
$'000andt istheyearwitht =0 in20X0.
Whataretheforecast
profits
fortheyear20X9usinganadditive
model
ifthecyclical
component
forthatyearis–30?

$160,000

$140,000

$119,000

$60,000
(2 marks)
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 44 of 421
Questions31
q
4.22
4.23
InJanuary, the unemploymentinRuritaniais 567,800.Ifthe seasonalfactor usingan
additivetimeseriesmodelis +90,100,what is the seasonally-adjustedlevelof
unemployment(to the nearest wholenumber)?


90,100
477,700


567,800
657,900
(2 marks)
Acountrymeasuresthe rate of inflationusinga base weightedindex,with20X1beingthe
base year.
Threedifferentproductsare used inthe index.Theunitpricesof these and the quantities
purchased(unitsof each product)are shownbelow.
Product
Quantity
purchased
in 20X1
(millions)
Price
in 20X1
($)
Quantity
purchased
in 20X2
(millions)
Price
in 20X2
($)
Milk
300
1
320
1.10
Cola
150
2
120
2.50
Phones
50
80
75
100.00
Whatis the weightedaverage pricerisebetween20X1and 20X2,usingthe country'sbase
weightedindex?

20.0%

24.0%

24.3%
G

4.24
77.2%
(2 marks)
Thefollowinginformationisavailableforthe priceof materialsused at P Co.
Laspeyreindexforpricein20X5(withbase year of 20X0)
CorrespondingPaasche index
Whatis Fisher'sidealindex?

12.00



32
16.98
144.00
288.24
150.0
138.24
(2 marks)
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 45 of 421
H
G
q
4.25 Alargebagofcement
cost$0.80in20X3.Thepriceindices
areasfollows.
20X3
91
20X4
95
20X5
103
20X6
106
Howmuchdoesa bagofcement
costin20X6(to2 dp)?
$
(2 marks)
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
4.26 Fouryearsagomaterial
Xcost$5perkgandthepriceindexmostappropriate
tothecost
ofmaterial
Xstoodat150.
Thesameindexnowstands
at430.
Whatisthebestestimate
ofthecurrent
costofmaterial
Xperkg?

$1.74

$9.33

$14.33

$21.50
(2 marks)
4.27 Sixyearsagomaterial
Mcost$10perkgandthepriceindexmostappropriate
tothecost
ofmaterial
Mwas130.Thesameindexnowstands
at510.
Whatisthebestestimate
ofthecurrent
costofmaterial
Mperkg?

$2.55

$29.23

$39.23

$51.00
H
(2 marks)
4.28 Thepriceindexina country
isbasedonthepurchases
ofthreeproducts:
bread,meatand
televisions.
Thetablebelow
shows
thequantities
(units)
oftheproducts
purchased
andtheirunit
prices,forthelasttwoyears.
Product
Quantity
purchased
in 20X1
(millions)
Price
in 20X1
($)
Quantity
purchased
in 20X2
(millions)
Price
in 20X2
($)
Bread
200
1
220
0.9
Meat
150
5
190
5.2
10
300
14
350.00
Televisions
Whatisthepricerisebetween
20X1and20X2usinga current
weightings
approach?

3.6%

12.9%

13.3%

54.1%
(2 marks)
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 46 of 421
Questions33
q
4.29
Thefollowingquestion is taken from the December2012exam.
Thefollowingdata relatesto a company'soverheadcost.
Time
Output
Overhead
Price
(units)
cost ($)
index
2 years ago
1,000
3,700
121
Currentyear
3,000
13,000
155
Usingthe highlowtechnique,what is the variablecost per unit(to the nearest $0.01)
expressedincurrentyear prices?

$3.22

$4.13

$4.65

$5.06
(2 marks)
4.30
Thefollowingquestion is taken from the June 2013exam.
Anadditivetimeserieshas the followingtrend and seasonalvariations:
Trend
Y=4,000+6X
where
Y=sales inunits
Xisthe numberofquarters,withthe firstquarterof2014being1,the secondquarterof2014
being2 etc.
Seasonalvariation
Quarter
1
2
3
4
Quarterlyvariation(units)
–4
–2
+1
+5
Whatis the forecastsales volumeforthe fourthquarter of 2015?

4,029

4,043

4,048

4,053
(2 marks)
G
4.31
Thefollowingquestion is taken from the July to December2015exam period.
Thefollowingspreadsheet showspart of a timeseriesanalysisof a company’ssales.
Year
Quarter
Sales(unit)
Fourquarter movingtotal (unit)
2014
1
1,100
2015
2
1,700
3
1,900
4
2,300
1
3,100
2
3,700
7,000
9,000
11,000
13,200
3
4,100
Whatis the fourquarter centred movingaverage of sales unitsforquarter 4, 2014?

2,500

5,025

5,000

10,000
(2 marks)
34
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 47 of 421
H
q
4.32
Thefollowingquestion is taken from the January to June 2017exam period.
Thefollowinginformationrelatesto a company’ssemi-variableproductionoverheads.
Year
Output
Overhead
Relevant
units
$
price
index
2012
1,000
12,000
130
2013
1,200
14,000
140
Whatis the variableoverheadcost per unit,expressedin2013prices?
4.33

$5.00

$5.38

$10.00

$11.67
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
(2 marks)
Thefollowingquestion is taken from the September to August2019exam period.
Thesales trend of a productis representedby the equationy =a +bxwhere:
y is the sales unitsina quarter
a is 40,000
b is 1,000
x is the quarter number(forexampleyear 1quarter 1is 1,year 1quarter 2 is 2)
Seasonalvariationsare appliedas a proportionof the trend and the actual sales inyear 1
quarter 1were47,560units.Ithas been decidedthat thisyear 1data is to be used to
forecastsales inyear 2.
G
Usingthe multiplicativetimesseriesmodel,what are the forecastsales foryear 2 quarter 1?
$
(2 marks)
(Total = 66 marks)
5
5.1
Summarising
and analysing
data
77 mins
Thearithmeticmean of the followingten invoicevaluesis $20:
$X, $15, $22, $14, $21, $15, $20, $18, $27, $X.
Whatdoes $Xequal?

$15

$19

$24

$48
(2 marks)
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 48 of 421
Questions 35
H
q
5.2
Afactoryemploys
staffinfourdepartments
forwhichtheaverage
(mean)
wageper
employee
perweekisasfollows.
Department
W
X
Y
Z
Meanwage
$50
$100
$70
$80
Number
ofemployees
20
5
10
5
Whatistheaverage
(mean)
wageperemployee
perweekinthisfactory?

$50



5.3
$65
$70
$75
(2 marks)
Acartravels
20miles
at30mph,then10miles
at60mph.
Whatisthemeanspeedforthewhole
journey
of30miles?

36



5.4
40
42
45
(2 marks)
Thefollowing
scores
areobserved
forthetimes
takentocomplete
a task,inminutes.
12,34,14,15,21,24,9,17,11,8
Whatisthemedian
score?
G
H
$
5.5
5.6
(2 marks)
Whatisthemedian
ofthescores
34,23,78,12,56,43,28,9,24and87?


26
28

31

34
(2 marks)
Whichofthefollowing
statements
concerning
bigdataanalytics
iscorrect?


Itrelies
ondigitalinformation
Itrelies
onwritten
information

Itrelies
onverbal
information

Itrelies
onconfidential
information
(2 marks)
36
Management
Accounting
(FMA/MA)
Page 49 of 421
q
5.7
Whichof the followingstatements are true?
1
Bigdata analyticsallowsbusinessesto analyse and revealinsightsindata which
they have previouslybeen unableto analyse.
2

Inorderfororganisationsto analyse big data and to gain insightsfromit, the source
data needs to be structuredwithina softwarepackage.
One of the keyfeatures of big data is the speed withwhichdata flowsintoan
organisation,and withwhichit isprocessed.
1and 2 only



1and 3 only
2 and 3 only
1,2 and 3
3
5.8
G
5.9
(2 marks)
Whichof the followingstatements are true?
1
One of the uses of exploitingbig data analyticsforprofitmakingorganisationsis to
lead to increasedprofitmargins.
2
3

One of the uses of exploitingbig data analyticsinnon profit-seekingorganisationsis
to lead to reducedcosts.
Bigdata analyticsshowcorrelationand causationbetweenvariables.
1and 2 only



1and 3 only
2 and 3 only
1,2 and 3
(2 marks)
Bigdata is sometimesdefinedintermsof the fiveVs.
Whichof the followingis NOTone of the fiveVs?

Veracity

Value

Volatility

5.10
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
Variety
(2 marks)
Qualitycontrolof fourindependentproductionprocessesrevealsthe lengthof certain
parts (inmm)to be as follows.
Process
Mean
Standard deviation
W
100
10
X
40
5
Y
80
8
Z
150
12
Whichprocesshas the largestrelativevariation,as measuredby the coefficientofvariation?


ProcessW
ProcessX


ProcessY
ProcessZ
(2 marks)
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 50 of 421
Questions 37
H
G
q
5.11 Whichof the followingsets of data have the widestspread?
Mean
Standard deviation

Data A



5.12
A
150
25
B
175
20
C
200
25
D
250
30
Data B
Data C
Data D
(2 marks)
Agroupof shopperswereinterviewedand asked howmany loavesof bread they would
need to buy fromthe bakersovera one-weekperiod.Theresultsare as follows.
Numberof loaves
Numberof shoppers
0
2
1
22
2
32
3
2
4
34
5
6
6
12
Whatis the modeof the numberof loavesneeded per shopperina one-weekperiod?
(2 marks)
5.13
Alarge publishingcompany, BookCo awards a 14%salary increaseto everyemployee.
Whichof the followingstatements about the distributionof BookCo's salariesis/are
correct?
5.14
38
1
2
3


Thestandard deviationwillremainunaltered
Thestandard deviationwillincreaseby 14%
Thecoefficientof variationwillremainunaltered
1and 2 only
1and 3 only


2 and 3 only
1,2 and 3
(2 marks)
Thecoefficientof variationis used to measurewhichof the following?



Thecorrelationbetweentwovariables.
Thepercentage variationinone variablecaused by variationinanother.
Thestrengthof a relationshipbetweentwovariables.

Relativedispersion.
(2 marks)
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 51 of 421
H
G
q
5.15 RyanComustdecide
between
twoprojects
– Project
AandProject
B.Theprofits
that
mightbegenerated
fromeachproject
areasfollows.
Project
A
Probability
Project
B
Profit
Probability
Profit/(loss)
$
$
0.45
4,000
0.64
8,000
0.55
2,000
0.36
(1,000)
Whichproject
should
bechosen
andwhatistheassociated
expected
valueofprofit?
Project
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
Expected
profit
$

A
2,900

A
3,000

B
4,760

B
5,480
(2 marks)
5.16 BuildCoisbidding
forthreecontracts
whichareawarded
independently
ofeachother.
Theboardestimates
itschances
ofwinning
Contract
Aas50%,ofwinning
Contract
Bas
1in5 andofwinning
Contract
C as1in3.Theprofits
fromA,BandC areestimated
tobe
$500,000,$800,000and$900,000respectively.
Theexpected
valuetoBuildCooftheprofits
fromallthreecontracts
willbeclosest
towhich
ofthefollowing?

$300,000

$710,000

$733,000

$900,000
H
(2 marks)
5.17 Singers
Coislaunching
a newsewing
machine.
Withtelevision
advertising,
salesare
estimated
toachieve
thefollowing
levels,
withassociated
probabilities.
Sales
Probability
Units
1,000
0.3
4,000
0.5
8,000
0.2
Whatistheexpected
levelofsales?

4,000

4,333

13,000

3,900
(2 marks)
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 52 of 421
Questions39
q
The following information relates to questions 5.18 – 5.20
SavvasCosellsandmanufactures
product
SX.Theselling
priceoftheproduct
is$10perunitand
estimates
ofdemand
andvariable
costsofsalesareasfollows.
Probability
Demand
Probability
Variable
costperunit
Units
$
0.1
5,000
0.1
3.00
0.6
6,000
0.5
3.50
0.3
8,000
0.3
4.00
0.1
4.50
Theunitvariable
costsdonotdepend
onthevolume
ofsales.
Fixedcostswillbe$30,000.
5.18 WhatistheEVofdemand?
(2 marks)
units
5.19 WhatistheEVofunitvariable
costs?$
(to2 decimal
places)
(2 marks)
5.20
WhatistheEVofprofit?$
(2 marks)
G
H
5.21 Anormal
distribution
hasa meanof55anda variance
of14.44.
Theprobability
ofa scoreof59ormoreisapproximately
whichofthefollowing?

0.15


0.35
0.50

0.85
(2 marks)
5.22 Anormal
distribution
hasa meanof75anda variance
of25.
Whatistheupperquartile
ofthisdistribution?
40

58.25


71.65
78.35

91.75
(2 marks)
Management
Accounting
(FMA/MA)
Page 53 of 421
q
5.23
Anormaldistributionhas a mean of 150,and a standard deviationof 20.
80%of the distributionis belowwhichof the following(approximately)?
5.24

158

170

161

167
(2 marks)
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
Anormaldistributionis to be splitintofourequal areas, twoto the rightof Z=0 and twoto
the leftof Z=0 (Z=0 at the mean).
Usingnormaldistributiontables, the |Z|valuethat splitsthe area inthisway is closestto
whichof the following?
5.25

0.0987

0.1915

0.3333

0.675099
(2 marks)
Productionof aluminiumtubes is normallydistributedwitha mean lengthof 50 cm and a
standard deviationof 5 cm.
Thepercentage of tubes at least 57 cm longis closestto whichof the following?
G
5.26

8%

42%

58%

92%
H
(2 marks)
Anormaldistributionhas a mean of 60 and a varianceof 25.
Whatisthe probabilityof a scoreof 72or more?(to 4 decimalplaces)
(2 marks)
5.27
Anormaldistributionhas a mean of 150and a varianceof 6,944.
Whatpercentage of the populationis lessthan 210?(to twodecimalplaces.)

23.58%

26.42%

72.00%

76.42%
(2 marks)
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 54 of 421
Questions 41
q
5.28
Anormaldistributionhas a mean of 650 and a varianceof 100.
Whatis the upper quartileof thisdistribution?

643.3



5.29
656.7
717.0
812.5
(2 marks)
Anormaldistributionis to be splitintoeightequal areas, fourto the rightof Z=0 and four
to the leftof Z=0 (Z=0 at the mean).
Usingnormaldistributiontables, the Zvaluethat splitsthe area inthisway is closestto
whichof the following?

0.28
5.30


0.30
0.32

0.34
(2 marks)
Theweightsof componentXare normallydistributed.Themean weightis5,200kgand the
standard deviationis 430kg.
Whatisthe probabilityof a componentXweighingmorethan 6,000kg?

0.0314

0.2343
G


5.31
5.32
0.4686
0.9686
H
(2 marks)
Whichof the followingtypes of analysisallowsa businessto makepredictionsfromdata?


Descriptiveanalysis
Prescriptiveanalysis


Inferentialanalysis
Diagnosticanalysis
(2 marks)
WhichTWOof the followingare examplesof structureddata?



Customerdetails
Videos
Transactionhistory

Webpages
(2 marks)
(Total = 64 marks)
42
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 55 of 421
q
Do you
know?
– Accounting
for materials
and
labour
Check that you can fillin the blanks in the statements belowbefore you attempt any
questions. Ifin doubt, you should go back to your BPPWorkbookand revisefirst.

FIFOpricesmaterialsissuesat the pricesof the newest/oldestitemsininventory,and
valuesclosinginventoryat the valueof the mostrecent/oldestitemsininventory.(Delete
as appropriate)

LIFOpricesmaterialsissuesat the pricesof the newest/oldestitemsininventoryand values
closinginventoryat the valueof the mostrecent/oldestitems.(Deleteas appropriate)

…………………………
is usuallycarriedout annually,whenallitemsof inventoryare counted
on a specificdate. …………………………………
involvescountingand checkinga numberof
inventoryitemson a regularbasis so that each itemis checkedat least once a year.

Inventorycontrollevelsare calculatedinorderto maintaininventoryat the optimumlevel.
Thefourcriticalcontrollevelsare as follows.
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
………………….…..
(maximumusage maximumlead time)
………………………
(quantityofinventoryto be reorderedwheninventoryreachesreorderlevel)
………………………
(reorderlevel– (averageusage average lead time))
………………………
(reorderlevel+reorderquantity– (minusage minlead time))

The…………………………..
is the orderingquantitywhichminimisesinventorycosts (holding
costs and orderingcosts),and is calculatedas follows.
EOQ=
2C D
0
C
h
Where
Ch =…………………………………..
Co =…………………………………..
G
H
D =…………………………………..
EOQ=…………………………………..

Labourattendance timeis recordedon an ………………
or on a ……………….
Job timeis
recordedon the followingdocuments:
…………..…
……….…….
…….……….

Possiblepitfalls
Writedownthe mistakesyou knowyou shouldavoid.
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 56 of 421
Questions 43
q
Did you
know?
– Accounting
for materials
and
labour
Could you fillin the blanks? Theanswers are in bold. Usethis page for revisionpurposes as
you approach the exam.

FIFOpricesmaterialsissuesat the pricesof the newest/oldestitemsininventory,and
valuesclosinginventoryat the valueof the most recent/oldest itemsininventory.

LIFOpricesmaterialsissuesat the pricesof the newest/oldestitemsininventoryand values
closinginventoryat the valueof the mostrecent/oldest items.

Periodicinventorytaking is usuallycarriedout annually,whenallitemsof inventoryare
countedon a specificdate. Continuous inventorytaking involvescountingand checking
a numberof inventoryitemson a regularbasis so that each itemis checkedat least once
a year.

Inventorycontrollevelsare calculatedinorderto maintaininventoryat the optimumlevel.
Thefourcriticalcontrollevelsare as follows.
Reorderlevel(maximumusage maximumlead time)
Reorder quantity (quantity of inventoryto be reorderedwheninventoryreaches reorder
level)
Minimuminventorylevel(reorderlevel– (averageusage average lead time))
Maximuminventorylevel(reorderlevel+reorderquantity– (minusage minlead time))

Theeconomicorder quantity is the orderingquantitywhichminimisesinventorycosts
(holdingcosts and orderingcosts),and is calculatedas follows.
EOQ=
2C D
0
Ch
Where
Ch =holdingcosts of one unit of inventoryfor one year
Co =cost of ordering a consignment
G
D
=annual demand
EOQ=economicorder quantity

Labourattendance timeis recordedon an attendance card or on a clockcard. Job time
is recordedon the followingdocuments.
Dailytime sheets
Weeklytime sheets
Job cards

Possiblepitfalls
–
ConfusingFIFOwithLIFO.
–
Notbeingable to reproducethe inventorycontrolformulae.
–
Confusingthe meaningof 'c', 'd', and 'h' inthe economicorderquantityequation.
44
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 57 of 421
H
G
q
6
6.1
Accounting
for materials
Whichof the followingfunctionsare fulfilledby a goodsreceivednote (GRN)?
(i)
Providesinformationto update the inventoryrecordson receiptof goods
(ii)
Providesinformationto checkthe quantityon the supplier'sinvoice
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
(iii) Providesinformationto checkthe priceon the supplier'sinvoice
6.2

(i)and (ii)only

(i)and (iii)only

(ii)and (iii)only

(i)only
(2 marks)
Thereare 27,500unitsof Part NumberX35on orderwiththe suppliersand 16,250units
outstandingon existingcustomers'orders.
Ifthe freeinventoryis 13,000units,what is the physicalinventory?
(2 marks)
units
The following information
relates
to questions
6.3 and 6.4.
Adomesticapplianceretailerwithmultipleoutletssellsa populartoaster knownas the Autocrisp
2000, forwhichthe followinginformationis available:
Averagesales
75 per day
Maximumsales
95 per day
Minimumsales
50 per day
Leadtime
12-18days
Reorderquantity
1,750
6.3 Basedon the data above,at what levelof inventorywoulda replenishmentorderbe issued?
(2 marks)
units
6.4
6.5
Basedon the data above,what is the maximuminventorylevel?

1,750units

2,275units

2,860 units

2,900 units
(2 marks)
Theannual demand foran itemof inventoryis 2,500 units.Thecost of placingan orderis
$80 and the cost of holdingan iteminstockforone year is $15.Whatis the economicorder
quantity, to the nearest unit?
units
(2 marks)
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 58 of 421
Questions 45
H
q
6.6
Whichof the followingis correctwithregard to inventories?
(i)
(ii)
Stock-outsarisewhentoo littleinventoryis held.
Safetyinventoriesare the levelof unitsmaintainedincase there is unexpected
demand.
(iii) Are-orderlevelcan be establishedby lookingat the maximumusage and the
maximumlead-time.

(i)and (ii)only

(i)and (iii)only

(ii)and (iii)only

(i),(ii)and (iii)
(2 marks)
6.7
Thedemand fora productis 12,500unitsfora three monthperiod.Eachunitof product
has a purchase priceof $15and orderingcosts are $20 per orderplaced.
Theannual holdingcost of one unitof productis 10%of its purchase price.
Whatis the EconomicOrderQuantity(to the nearest unit)?

577

816

866

1,155
6.8
G
(2 marks)
MakeCo determinesits orderquantityfora raw materialby usingthe EconomicOrder
Quantity(EOQ)model.
Whatwouldbe the effectson the EOQand the total annual holdingcost of a decrease in
the cost of orderinga batch of raw material?
EOQ
Totalannual holdingcost

Higher
Lower

Higher
Higher

Lower
Higher

Lower
Lower
(2 marks)
6.9
Data relatingto a particularstoresitemare as follows:
Averagedailyusage
400 units
Maximumdailyusage
520 units
Minimumdailyusage
180units
Leadtimeforreplenishmentof inventory
10to 15days
Reorderquantity
8,000 units
Whatis the reorderlevel(inunits)whichavoidsstockouts(runningout of inventory)?

5,000

6,000

7,800

8,000
(2 marks)
46
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 59 of 421
H
G
q
6.10
Thematerialstorescontrolaccount forStoreCo forMarchlookslikethis:
Material
stores control account
$
12,000 Workinprogress
49,000 Overheadcontrol
18,000 Balancec/d
79,000
27,000
Balanceb/d
Suppliers
Workinprogress
Balanceb/d
$
40,000
12,000
27,000
79,000
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
Whichof the followingstatements are correct?
(i) Issuesof directmaterialsduringMarchwere$18,000
(ii)
Issuesof directmaterialsduringMarchwere$40,000
(iii) Issuesof indirectmaterialsduringMarchwere$12,000
(iv) Purchasesof materialsduringMarchwere$49,000

(i)only

(ii)and (iv)only

(ii),(iii)and (iv)only

Allof them
(2 marks)
6.11 ComputerCo uses 25,000 componentsat an evenrate duringa year. Eachorderplaced
withthe supplierof the componentsis for2,000 components,whichis the economicorder
quantity. Thecompanyholdsa bufferinventoryof 500 components.Theannual cost of
holdingone componentininventoryis $2.
Whatis the total annual cost of holdinginventoryof the component?
6.12

$2,000

$2,500

$3,000

$4,000
(2 marks)
FruitCo wishesto minimiseits inventorycosts. Ordercosts are $10per orderand holding
costs are $0.10per unitper month.FallCo estimatesannual demand to be 5,400 units.
Whatis the economicorderquantity(to the nearest wholeunit)?
(2 marks)
units
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 60 of 421
Questions 47
H
G
q
6.13
Fora particularcomponent,the re-orderquantityis 6,000 unitsand the average inventory
holdingis 3,400 units.
Usingthe drop downlist,selectthe levelof safety inventory(inwholeunits).
Select... 
400
3,400
3,000
6,400
(2 marks)
6.14
Thefollowingdata relatesto componentL512:
Orderingcosts
$100per order
Inventoryholdingcosts
$8 per unitper year
Annualdemand
1,225units
Whatis the economicorderquantity(to the nearest wholeunit)?
6.15


175units
62 units


44 units
124units
(2 marks)
Thefollowingdata relate to inventoryitemA452:
Averageusage
Minimumusage
Maximumusage
Leadtime
EOQ
H
100unitsper day
60 unitsper day
130unitsper day
20-26 days
4,000 units
Whatis the maximuminventorylevel?
(2 marks)
units
6.16
ACBCo graduallyreceivesits re-supplyof inventoryat a rate of 10,000unitsa week.
Otherinformationis availableas follows.
Weeklydemand
Set-upcosts foreach productionrun
Weeklycost of holdingone unit
Whatis the economicproductionrun?

1,577units

7,071units

22,361units

31,623units
48
5,000 units
$125
$0.0025
(2 marks)
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 61 of 421
G
q
6.17
Total
cost
Holding
cost
D
Cost
$
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
B
Ordering
cost
C
A
Order
quantity
(units)
Whereon the graph wouldyou read offthe valueforthe economicorderquantity?
6.18

AtpointA

AtpointB

AtpointC

AtpointD
(2 marks)
Cake Co uses an itemof inventoryas follows.
Purchaseprice
Annualdemand
Orderingcost
Annualholdingcost
EOQ
$25 per unit
1,800units
$32
$4.50 per unit
160units
H
Whatis the minimumtotal cost assuminga discountof 2%appliesto the purchase price
and to holdingcosts on ordersof 300 and over?

$45,720.00

$44,953.50

$45,000.00

$44,967.00
The following information
(2 marks)
relates
to questions
6.19 and 6.20.
G Co makesthe followingpurchasesand sales.
1January
Purchases
4,000 unitsfor$10,000
31January
Purchases
1,000unitsfor$2,000
15February
Sales
3,000 unitsfor$13,000
28 February
Purchases
1,500unitsfor$3,750
14March
Sales
500 unitsfor$1,200
6.19 At31Marchwhichof the followingclosinginventoryvaluationsusingFIFOis correct?

$8,000

$7,500

$7,000

$6,500
(2 marks)
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 62 of 421
Questions 49
q
6.20
6.21
At31Marchwhichof the followingclosinginventoryvaluationsusingLIFOis correct?


$6,500
$7,000


$7,500
$8,000
(2 marks)
Awholesalerhad openinginventoryof 300 unitsof productEmmvaluedat $25 per unitat
the beginningof January. Thefollowingreceiptsand sales wererecordedduringJanuary.
Date
2 Jan
12Jan
21Jan
29 Jan
Receipts
400
Issues
250
200
75
Thepurchase cost of receiptswas $25.75per unit.Usinga weightedaverage methodof
valuation,calculatethe valueof closinginventoryat the end of January.



$11,550
$4,492
$4,192

$9,550
(2 marks)
(Total = 42 marks)
7
Accounting
for labour
G
H
The following information
relates
to questions
7.1 and 7.2.
Budgetedand actual productiondata forthe year that has justended are as follows.
Product
Budgetedproduction
Actualproduction
Units
Standard machinehours
Units
W
15,000
3,000
12,000
X
20,000
8,000
25,000
Y
14,000
7,000
16,000
Z
6,000
9,000
5,000
Totalmachinehoursworkedinthe periodamountedto 29,000 hours.
7.1
Whatwas the capacity ratio inthe year, as a percentage to one decimalplace?
(2 marks)
%
7.2
Whatwas the efficiencyratio inthe year, as a percentage to one decimalplace?
%
50
(2 marks)
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 63 of 421
q
7.3
Whatdoes the labourcost graph belowdepict?
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S




7.4
Apiecerate schemewitha minimumguaranteed wage
Astraightpiecerate scheme
Astraighttimerate scheme
Adifferentialpiecerate scheme
(2 marks)
Thefollowingdata relate to workinthe finishingdepartmentof a certainfactory.
Normalworkingday
7 hours
Basicrate of pay per hour
$5
Standard timeallowedto produce1unit
4 minutes
Premiumbonuspayable at the basic rate
60%of timesaved
On a particularday one employeefinishes180units.Whatis hisgrosspay forthe day?
$
7.5
(2 marks)
Anemployeeis paid on a pieceworkbasis. Thebasis of the pieceworkschemeis as follows:
1to 100units
–
$0.20 per unit
101to 200 units
–
$0.30 per unit
201to 299units
–
$0.40 per unit
withonlythe additionalunitsqualifyingforthe higherrates. Rejectedunitsdo not qualify
forpayment.
G
Duringa particularday the employeeproduced210unitsofwhich17wererejectedas faulty.
Whatdid the employeeearn fortheirday's work?

$47.90

$54.00

$57.90

$63.00
(2 marks)
7.6
EmployeeAis a carpenter and normallyworks36 hoursper week.Thestandard rate of pay
is $3.60per hour. Apremiumof 50%of the basic hourlyrate is paid forallovertimehours
worked.Duringthe last weekof October,EmployeeAworkedfor42 hours.Theovertime
hoursworkedwereforthe followingreasons:
Machinebreakdown:
4 hours
Tocompletea specialjobat the requestof a customer:
2 hours
Howmuchof EmployeeA'searningsforthe last weekof Octoberwouldhave been treated
as directwages?
$
(2 marks)
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 64 of 421
Questions 51
H
q
7.7
WhichTWOof the followingstatements about groupbonusschemesare true?




7.8
Groupbonusschemesare appropriatewhenincreasedoutput depends on a number
of peopleallmakingextra effort
Witha groupbonusscheme,it is easierto award each individual'sperformance
Non-productionemployeescan be rewardedas part of a groupbonusscheme
Comparedwithindividualschemes,groupbonusschemesare difficultto administer
(2 marks)
XCo has recordedthe followingwagescosts fordirectproductionworkersforNovember.
Basicpay
Overtimepremium
Holidaypay
Grosswagesincurred
$
70,800
2,000
500
73,300
Theovertimewas not workedforany specificjob.
Whatare the accountingentriesforthese wagescosts?


G


7.9
52
Debit
$
72,800
500
Workinprogressaccount
Overheadcontrolaccount
Wages controlaccount
Workinprogressaccount
Overheadcontrolaccount
Wages controlaccount
Wages controlaccount
Workinprogressaccount
Overheadcontrolaccount
Wages controlaccount
Workinprogressaccount
Overheadcontrolaccount
70,800
2,500
73,300
73,300
Credit
$
73,300
73,300
70,800
2,500
72,800
500
(2 marks)
J Co had 30 directproductionemployeesat the beginningof last year and 20 direct
productionemployeesat the end of the year. Duringthe year, a total of 15direct
productionemployeeshad leftthe companyto workfora localcompetitor.Whatis the
labourturnoverrate forlast year?


16.7%
20.0%

25.0%

60.0%
(2 marks)
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 65 of 421
H
G
q
7.10
Jane worksas a memberof a three-personteam inthe assemblydepartmentof a factory.
Theteam is rewardedby a groupbonusschemewherebythe team leaderreceives40 per
cent of any bonusearned by the team, and the remainingbonusis shared evenlybetween
Jane and the other team member.Detailsof output forone day are givenbelow.
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
Hoursworkedby team
8 hours
Teamproductionachieved
80 units
Standard timeallowedto produceone unit
9 minutes
Groupbonuspayable at $6 per hour
70%of timesaved
Whatis the bonuselementof Jane's pay forthisparticularday?

$5.04

$7.20

$10.08

$16.80
(2 marks)
7.11 Ina typicalcost ledger,what is the doubleentry forindirectlabourcost incurred?

DR
Wages control
CR
Overheadcontrol

DR
Adminoverheadcontrol
CR
Wages control

DR
Overheadcontrol
CR
Wages control

DR
Wages control
CR
Adminoverheadcontrol
(2 marks)
7.12 KCo has 4,000 staff at the start of 20X6and at the end thishad reducedto 3,800 due to
redundanciesbeingmade. 210staff tookvoluntaryredundancywhichwas 10morethan
the companyhad anticipatedand these 10employeeswerereplaced.
Whatis the labourturnoverrate per year (to twodecimalplaces)?
%
(2 marks)
(Total = 24 marks)
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 66 of 421
Questions 53
H
q
G
H
54
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 67 of 421
q
Do you
know?
– Accounting
for overheads
Check that you can fillin the blanks in the statements belowbefore you attempt any
questions. Ifin doubt, you should go back to your BPPWorkbookand revisefirst.

Costs incurredduringproductionor whileprovidinga servicethat cannot be traced directly
and infullto the productor serviceare knownas …………………..,
and the fourmaintypes of
……………..
are production,administration,………………..
and distribution.

Thethree stages of calculatingthe costs of overheadsto be charged to manufactured
output are as follows:……………………….
; ……………………….
; and ……………………….

Theprocedurewherebyindirectcosts (overheads)are spread fairlybetweencost centresis
knownas …………………………..
Servicecost centresmay be apportionedto productioncost
centresby the ………………………
methodor by the .................... methodof
reapportionment.

Thethree maintypes of overheadabsorptionrate are as follows.
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
…………………………………………………….
(calculatedby dividingbudgeted overheadby
budgeted levelof activity)
…………………………………………………….
(orblanketoverheadabsorptionrate, whichis used
throughouta factory foralljobsand unitsof output irrespectiveof the departmentinwhich
they wereproduced)
……………………………………………………………
(a fairerrate whichisrepresentativeof the costs
of the resourcesput intomakingproducts)

G




Underand overabsorptionof overheadoccurswhenactual overheadincurredis different
to absorbed overhead.……………-absorbed
overheadoccurswhenactual overheadis less
than absorbed overhead,and thereforetoo ……………..
overheadhas been charged to
production.………-absorbed
overheadoccurswhenactual overheadis greater than
absorbed overhead,and thereforetoo ………..
overheadhas been charged to production.
Underor overabsorptionof overheadsoccursbecause the predeterminedoverhead
absorptionrates are based on forecasts(estimates).
Marginalcost is the …………………
cost of one unitof productor service.………………
is the
differencebetweenthe sales valueand the marginalcost of one unitof productor service.
Inmarginalcosting,fixedproductioncosts are treated as ……………
costs and are writtenoff
as they are incurred.Inabsorptioncostingfixedproductioncosts are …….……………..
the
cost of unitsand are carriedforwardininventoryto be charged against the sales revenue
forthe nextperiod.Inventoryvaluesusingabsorptioncostingare therefore……………
than
those calculatedusingmarginalcosting.
Marginalcostingand absorptioncostingwillreportdifferentprofitfiguresifthere is any
change inthe volumeof inventoryduringthe period.Ifclosinginventoryis greater than
openinginventory,absorptioncostingwillreporta ………….
profitthan marginalcosting.If
openinginventoryis greater than closinginventory(ieinventorylevels…………….),
then
absorptioncostingwillreporta …………..
profitthan marginalcosting.
Possiblepitfalls
Writedownthe mistakesyou knowyou shouldavoid.
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 68 of 421
Questions 55
H
q
Did you
know?
– Accounting
for overheads
Could you fillin the blanks? Theanswers are in bold. Usethis page for revisionpurposes as
you approach the exam.

Costs incurredduringproductionor whileprovidinga servicethat cannot be traced directly
and infullto the productor serviceare knownas overheads, and the fourmaintypes of
overhead are production,administration,sellingand distribution.

Thethree stages of calculatingthe costs of overheadsto be charged to manufactured
output are as follows:allocation; apportionment; and absorption.

Theprocedurewherebyindirectcosts (overheads)are spread fairlybetweencost centresis
knownas apportionment. Servicecost centresmay be apportionedto productioncost
centresby the direct methodor by the step down methodof reapportionment.

Thethree maintypes of overheadabsorptionrate are as follows.
Predetermined overhead absorption rate (calculatedby dividingbudgeted overheadby
budgeted levelof activity)
Singlefactory-wide absorption rate (orblanketoverheadabsorptionrate, whichis used
throughouta factory foralljobsand unitsof output irrespectiveof the departmentinwhich
they wereproduced)
Separate departmental overhead absorption rate (a fairerrate whichis representativeof
the costs of the resourcesput intomakingproducts)

G




Underand overabsorptionof overheadoccurswhenactual overheadincurredisdifferent
to absorbed overhead.Over-absorbedoverheadoccurswhenactual overheadis lessthan
absorbed overhead,and thereforetoo much overheadhas been charged to production.
Under-absorbedoverheadoccurswhenactual overheadis greater than absorbed
overhead,and thereforetoo littleoverheadhas been charged to production.Underor
overabsorptionof overheadsoccursbecause the predeterminedoverheadabsorptionrates
are based on forecasts(estimates).
Marginalcost is the variable cost of one unitof productor service.Contributionis the
differencebetweenthe sales valueand the marginalcost of one unitof productor service.
Inmarginalcosting,fixedproductioncosts are treated as period costs and are writtenoff
as they are incurred.Inabsorptioncostingfixedproductioncosts are absorbed into the
cost of unitsand are carriedforwardininventoryto be charged against the sales revenue
forthe nextperiod.Inventoryvaluesusingabsorptioncostingare thereforegreater than
those calculatedusingmarginalcosting.
Marginalcostingand absorptioncostingwillreportdifferentprofitfiguresifthere is any
change inthe volumeof inventoryduringthe period.Ifclosinginventoryis greater than
openinginventory,absorptioncostingwillreporta higher profitthan marginalcosting.If
openinginventoryis greater than closinginventory(ieinventorylevelsdecrease), then
absorptioncostingwillreporta lowerprofitthan marginalcosting.
Possiblepitfalls
–
Includingan elementof fixedoverheadsinthe inventoryvaluationinmarginal
costingstatements
–
Selectinginappropriatebases whencalculatingoverheadabsorptionrates
–
56
Confusingunderrecoveryand overrecoveryof overheads
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 69 of 421
H
G
q
8
8.1
Accounting
for overheads
Thefollowingextract of informationis availableconcerningthe fourcost centresof EGCo.
Servicecost
Productioncost centres
centre
Machinery Finishing Packing
Canteen
Numberof directemployees
7
6
2
–
Numberof indirectemployees
3
2
1
4
Overheadallocatedand apportioned
$28,500
$18,300
$8,960
$8,400
Theoverheadcost of the canteen is to be re-apportionedto the productioncost centres
on the basis of the numberof employeesin each productioncost centre. Afterthe
re-apportionment,what is the total overheadcost of the packingdepartment, to the
nearest $?

$1,200

$9,968

$10,080

$10,160
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
(2 marks)
The following information
relates
to questions
8.2 and 8.3.
Budgetedinformationrelatingto twodepartmentsinACo forthe nextperiodis as follows.
Department
1
2
Production
overhead
$
27,000
18,000
Direct
materialcost
$
67,500
36,000
Direct
labourcost
$
13,500
100,000
Direct
labourhours
Machine
hours
2,700
25,000
45,000
300
Individualdirectlabouremployeeswithineach departmentearn differingrates of pay, according
to theirskills,grade and experience.
8.2
8.3
Whatis the mostappropriateproductionoverheadabsorptionrate fordepartment1?

40%of directmaterialcost

200%of directlabourcost

$10per directlabourhour

$0.60 per machinehour
(2 marks)
Whatis the mostappropriateproductionoverheadabsorptionrate fordepartment2?

50%of directmaterialcost

18%of directlabourcost

$0.72per directlabourhour

$60 per machinehour
(2 marks)
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 70 of 421
Questions 57
H
G
q
8.4
WhichTWOof the followingstatements about predeterminedoverheadabsorptionrates
are true?




8.5
Usinga predeterminedabsorptionrate avoidsfluctuationsinunitcosts caused by
abnormallyhighor lowoverheadexpenditureor activitylevels
Usinga predeterminedabsorptionrate offersthe administrativeconvenienceof
beingable to recordfullproductioncosts sooner
Usinga predeterminedabsorptionrate avoidsproblemsof under/overabsorptionof
overheadsbecause a constant overheadrate is available
Usinga predeterminedabsorptionrate avoidsthe problemsassociated with
choosingan appropriateabsorptionbase
(2 marks)
Over-absorbedoverheadsoccurwhen

Absorbedoverheadsexceedactual overheads


Absorbedoverheadsexceedbudgeted overheads
Actualoverheadsexceedabsorbed overheads

Actualoverheadsexceedbudgeted overheads
The following information
relates
to questions
(2 marks)
8.6 and 8.7.
GreyCo has the followingactual and budgeted data foryear 4.
Budget
Actual
Production
8,000 units
9,000 units
Variableproductionoverheadper unit
$3
$3
Fixedproductionoverheads
$360,000
$432,000
Sales
6,000 units
8,000 units
Overheadsare absorbed usinga rate per unit,based on budgeted output and expenditure.
8.6 Whatwas the fixedproductionoverheadabsorbed amountduringyear 4?
$
8.7
(2 marks)
Usingthe drop downlistselecthowmuchthe fixedproductionoverheadwas underor over
absorbed.
Select...

Underabsorbed by $27,000
Underabsorbed by $72,000
Underabsorbed by $75,000
Overabsorbed by $27,000
(2 marks)
58
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 71 of 421
H
q
8.8
8.9
Whichofthefollowing
would
bethemostappropriate
basisforapportioning
machinery
insurance
coststocostcentres
within
a factory?

Thenumber
ofmachines
ineachcostcentre

Thefloorareaoccupied
bythemachinery
ineachcostcentre

Thevalueofthemachinery
ineachcostcentre

Theoperating
hours
ofthemachinery
ineachcostcentre
(2 marks)
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
Adirectlabour
hourbasisismostappropriate
inwhichofthefollowing
environments?

Machine
intensive

Labour
intensive

Whenallunitsproduced
areidentical

Whenlabour
ratesarehigh
(2 marks)
8.10 Theproduction
overhead
control
account
forRCoattheendoftheperiod
lookslikethis.
Production overhead control account
Stores
control
Wagescontrol
Expense
creditors
$
22,800 Workinprogress
180,400 Statement
ofprofitorloss
210,000
413,200
$
404,800
8,400
413,200
G
H
WhichTWOofthefollowing
statements
arecorrect?

Indirect
material
issued
frominventory
was$22,800

Overhead
absorbed
during
theperiod
was$210,000

Overhead
fortheperiod
wasoverabsorbed
by$8,400

Indirect
wagescostsincurred
were$180,400
(2 marks)
8.11 Whichofthefollowing
iscorrect
whenconsidering
theallocation,
apportionment
and
reapportionment
ofoverheads
inanabsorption
costing
situation?

Onlyproduction
related
costsshould
beconsidered

Allocation
isthesituation
where
partofanoverhead
isassigned
toa costcentre

Costsmayonlybereapportioned
fromproduction
centres
toservice
centres

Anyoverheads
assigned
toa singledepartment
should
beignored
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 72 of 421
(2 marks)
Questions59
q
8.12
ZolaCo has over-absorbedfixedproductionoverheadsforthe periodby $6,000. Thefixed
productionoverheadabsorptionrate was $8 per unitand is based on the normallevelof
activityof 5,000 units.Actualproductionwas 4,500 units.
Whatwas the actual fixedproductionoverheadsincurredforthe period?

$30,000



8.13
$36,000
$40,000
$42,000
(2 marks)
SheepCo manufacturerstwoproducts,Xand Y,ina factory dividedintotwoproduction
cost centres,Primaryand Finishing.Thefollowingbudgeted data are available:
Cost centre
Primary
Finishing
Allocatedand apportionedfixedoverheadcosts
$96,000
$82,500
Directlabourminutesper unit:
– ProductX
36
25
– ProductY
48
35
Budgetedproductionis 6,000 unitsof productXand 7,500 unitsof productY.Fixed
overheadcosts are to be absorbed on a directlabourhourbasis.
Whatis the budgeted fixedoverheadcost per unitforproductY?

$11

$12


G
8.14
$14
$15
(2 marks)
BaileyCo companyuses an overheadabsorptionrate of $3.50 per machineour, based
on 32,000 budgeted machinehoursforthe period.Duringthe same periodthe actual total
overheadexpenditureamountedto $108,875and 30,000 machinehourswererecordedon
actual production.
Byhowmuchwas the total overheadunderor overabsorbed forthe period?

Underabsorbed by $3,875



60
Underabsorbed by $7,000
Overabsorbed by $3,875
Overabsorbed by $7,000
(2 marks)
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 73 of 421
H
G
q
8.15
Afactory consistsof twoproductioncost centres(Pand Q)and twoservicecost centres
(Xand Y).Thetotal allocatedand apportionedoverheadforeach is as follows:
P
Q
X
Y
$95,000
$82,000
$46,000
$30,000
Ithas been estimatedthat each servicecost centre does workforthe othercost centresin
the followingproportions:
P
Q
X
Y
Percentageof servicecost centre Xto
40
40
–
20
Percentageof servicecost centre Yto
30
60
10
–
Afterthe reapportionmentof servicecost centre costs has been carriedout usinga method
that fullyrecognisesthe reciprocalservicearrangementsinthe factory, what is the total
overheadforproductioncost centre P?

$122,400
8.16

$124,716

$126,000

$127,000
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
(2 marks)
Thefollowingdata is availablefora paint departmentforthe latest period.
Budgetedproductionoverhead
Actualproductionoverhead
Budgetedmachinehours
Actualmachinehours
$150,000
$150,000
60,000
55,000
Whichof the followingstatements is correct?

Therewas no underor overabsorptionof overhead

Overheadwas $13,636overabsorbed

Overheadwas $12,500overabsorbed

Overheadwas $12,500underabsorbed
H
(2 marks)
8.17 Actualoverheads
$496,980
Actualmachinehours
16,566
Budgetedoverheads
$475,200
Basedon the data above,and assumingthat the budgeted overheadabsorptionrate was
$32 per hour, what werethe budgeted numberof hours(to the nearest hour)budgeted to
be worked?
hours
(2 marks)
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 74 of 421
Questions 61
q
8.18
Budgetedoverheads
$690,480
Budgetedmachinehours
15,344
Actualmachinehours
14,128
Actualoverheads
$679,550
Basedon the data above,what is the machinehourabsorptionrate (to the nearest $)?

$44 per machinehour

$45 per machinehour

$48 per machinehour

$49 per machinehour
(2 marks)
8.19
SloanCo absorbs overheadson machinehours.Ina period,actual machinehourswere
22,435,actual overheadswere$496,500and there was overabsorptionof $64,375.
Whatwas the budgeted overheadabsorptionrate per machinehour(to the nearest $)?
$
8.20
(2 marks)
LCo absorbs fixedproductionoverheadsinone of its departmentson the basis of machine
hours.Therewere100,000budgeted machinehoursforthe forthcomingperiod.Thefixed
productionoverheadabsorptionrate was $2.50 per machinehour.
Duringthe period,the followingactual resultswererecorded:
Standard machinehours
110,000
Fixedproductionoverheads
$300,000
Whatwas the fixedproductionoverheadunder/overabsorptionamount?

Overabsorbed by $25,000

Underabsorbed by $50,000

Overabsorbed by $50,000
G

8.21
Underabsorbed by $25,000
H
(2 marks)
Considerthe followingstatements,regardingthe reapportionmentof servicecost centre
overheadsto productioncost centres,wherereciprocalservicesexist.
WhichTWOstatements are correct?

Thedirectmethodresultsincosts beingreapportionedbetweenservicecost centres

Ifthe directmethodis used, the orderinwhichthe servicecost centre overheadsare
reapportionedis irrelevant

Thestep downmethodresultsincosts beingreapportionedbetweenservicecost
centres

Ifthe step downmethodis used, the orderinwhichthe servicecost centre overheads
are reapportionedisirrelevant
(2 marks)
62
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 75 of 421
q
8.22
CTFCo has twoservicecentresservingtwoproductiondepartments.Overheadcosts
apportionedto each departmentare as follows.
Production
Service
departments
centres
Mixing Stirring Stores Canteen
$
$
$
$
216,400 78,800 181,600 47,200
Allocatedand apportionedoverheads
Estimatedworkdone by the service
centresforotherdepartments
Stores
50%
Canteen
45%
Thebusinessuses the directmethodof apportionment.
30%
40%
–
15%
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
20%
–
Afterthe apportionmentof the servicecentresto the productiondepartments,what willthe
total overheadcost be forthe mixingdepartment?
8.23

$328,440

$342,041

$351,416

$354,888
(2 marks)
HMFCo has twoservicecentresservingtwoproductiondepartments.Overheadcosts
apportionedto each departmentare as follows.
Production
Service
departments
centres
Mixing Stirring Stores Canteen
$
$
$
$
216,400 78,800 181,600 47,200
G
Allocatedand apportionedoverheads
Estimatedworkdone by the service
centresforotherdepartments
Stores
50%
Canteen
45%
Thebusinessuses the step downmethodof apportionment.
30%
40%
–
15%
20%
–
Afterthe apportionmentof the servicecentresto the productiondepartments,what willthe
total overheadcost be forthe mixingdepartment?

$325,968

$344,784

$351,416

$354,888
(2 marks)
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 76 of 421
Questions 63
H
q
8.24
Thefollowingquestion is taken from the June 2012exam.
Acompanyuses standard absorptioncostingto valueinventory.Itsfixedoverhead
absorptionrate is $12per labourhourand each unitof productionshouldtake fourhours.
Ina recent periodwherethere was no openinginventoryof finishedgoods,20,000 units
wereproducedusing100,000labourhours.18,000unitsweresold.Theactual profitwas
$464,000.
Whatprofitwouldhave been earned undera standard marginalcostingsystem?

$368,000

$440,000

$344,000

$560,000
(2 marks)
8.25
Thefollowingquestion is taken from the January to June 2015exam period.
Acompanyuses a blanketoverheadabsorptionrate of $5 per directlabourhour. Actual
overheadexpenditureina periodwas as budgeted.
Theunder/overabsorbed overheadaccount forthe periodhave the followingentries:
DR
CR
$
$
4,000
4,000
Productionoverhead
Profitor lossaccount
4,000
4,000
Whichof the followingstatements is true?

Actualdirectlabourhourswere800 lessthan budgeted

Actualdirectlabourhourswere800 morethan budgeted

Actualdirectlabourhourswere4,000 lessthan budgeted

Productionoverheadwas overabsorbed by $4,000
(2 marks)
G
8.26
Thefollowingquestion is taken from the January to June 2016exam period.
Anaccountant is usingthe repeated distributionmethodto reapportionservicedepartment
costs. Thefollowingtable showsthe workshe has done so far. Figuresthat are yet to be
calculatedare shownas “???”
Production Production
Service
Service
department department department department
1
2
X
Y
$
$
$
$
Apportionedand allocated
Productionoverheads
60,000
80,000
20,000
10,000
ServicedepartmentX
8,000
10,000
–20,000
2,000
ServicedepartmentY
7,200
4,200
600
–12,000
ServicedepartmentX
???
???
–600
Totalproductionoverhead
???
???
0
Whatis the total productionoverheadforproductiondepartment1after the remaining
reapportionmentof the overheadsof servicedepartmentX?

$74,600

$75,200

$75,440

$75,467
(2 marks)
64
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 77 of 421
H
q
8.27
Thefollowingdata is availableforperiod9.
Openinginventory
10,000units
Closinginventory
8,000 units
Absorptioncostingprofit
$280,000
Whatwouldbe the profitforperiod9 usingmarginalcosting?

$278,000
8.28

$280,000

$282,000

Impossibleto calculatewithoutmoreinformation
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
(2 marks)
Theoverheadabsorptionrate forproductTis$4 per machinehour. Eachunitof Trequires
3 machinehours.Inventoriesof productTlast periodwere:
Units
Openinginventory
2,400
Closinginventory
2,700
Comparedwiththe marginalcostingprofitforthe period,the absorptioncostingprofitfor
productTwillbe whichof the following?

$1,200higher

$3,600 higher

$1,200lower

$3,600 lower
(2 marks)
G
H
8.29
Ina periodwhereopeninginventorieswere15,000unitsand closinginventorieswere
20,000 units,a firmhad a profitof $130,000usingabsorptioncosting.Ifthe fixed
overheadabsorptionrate was $8 per unit,the profitusingmarginalcostingwouldbe which
of the following?

$90,000

$130,000

$170,000

Impossibleto calculatewithoutmoreinformation
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 78 of 421
(2 marks)
Questions 65
q
The following information
relates
to questions
8.30 and 8.31.
Cost and sellingpricedetailsforproductZare as follows.
$ per unit
6.00
7.50
2.50
5.00
21.00
9.00
30.00
Directmaterials
Directlabour
Variableoverhead
Fixedoverheadabsorptionrate
Profit
Sellingprice
Budgetedproductionforthe monthwas 5,000 unitsalthoughthe companymanaged to produce
5,800 units,selling5,200 of themand incurringfixedoverheadcosts of $27,400.
8.30
Whatis the marginalcostingprofitforthe month?




8.31
8.32
(2 marks)
Whatis the absorptioncostingprofitforthe month?




G
$45,400
$46,800
$53,800
$72,800
$45,200
$45,400
$46,800
$48,400
H
(2 marks)
Ina period,DCo had openinginventoryof 31,000unitsand closinginventoryof
34,000 units.Profitsbased on marginalcostingwere$850,500 and on absorption
costingwere$955,500.
Ifthe budgeted total fixedcosts forthe companywas $1,837,500,what was the budgeted
levelof activityinunits?

32,500

52,500

65,000

105,000
(2 marks)
8.33
ECo had openinginventoryof 48,500 unitsand closinginventoryof 45,500 units.Profits
based on marginalcostingwere$315,250and on absorptioncostingwere$288,250.What
isthe fixedoverheadabsorptionrate per unit?




66
$5.94
$6.34
$6.50
$9.00
(2 marks)
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 79 of 421
q
8.34
Whichof the followingare acceptable bases forabsorbingproductionoverheads?
(i)
Directlabourhours
(ii)
Machinehours
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
(iii) Asa percentage of the primecost
(iv) Perunit
8.35
8.36

Methods(i)and (ii)only

Methods(iii)and (iv)only

Methods(i),(ii),(iii)and (iv)

Methods(i),(ii)or (iii)only
(2 marks)
Underabsorptioncosting,the total cost of a productwillinclude:

Directcosts only

Variablecosts only

Alldirectand indirectcosts excludinga share of fixedoverhead

Alldirectand indirectcosts
(2 marks)
Seat Co has establisheda marginalcostingprofitof $72,300.Openinginventorywas
300 unitsand closinginventoryis 750 units.Thefixedproductionoverheadabsorptionrate
has been calculatedas $5/unit.
Whatwas the profitunderabsorptioncosting?
G
H
$
8.37
(2 marks)
ChairCo producesand sellsa singleproductwhosevariablecost is $6 per unit.
Fixedcosts have been absorbed overthe normallevelof activityof 200,000 unitsand have
been calculatedas $2 per unit.
Thecurrentsellingpriceis $10per unit.
Howmuchprofitis made undermarginalcostingifthe companysells250,000 units?

$500,000

$600,000

$900,000

$1,000,000
(2 marks)
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 80 of 421
Questions 67
G
q
8.38
ACo whichuses marginalcostinghas a profitof $37,500fora period.Openinginventory
was 100unitsand closinginventorywas 350 units.
Thefixedproductionoverheadabsorptionrate is $4 per unit.
Whatis the profitunderabsorptioncosting?

$35,700

$35,500


8.39
$38,500
$39,300
(2 marks)
F Co manufacturesand sellsa singleproduct.Forthismonththe budgeted fixed
productionoverheadsare $48,000, budgeted productionis 12,000unitsand budgeted
sales are 11,720units.
Thecompanycurrentlyuses absorptioncosting.
Ifthe companyused marginalcostingprinciplesinstead of absorptioncostingforthis
month,what wouldbe the effecton the budgeted profit?

$1,120higher

$1,120lower

$3,920higher

8.40
$3,920lower
(2 marks)
MCo operates a standard marginalcostingsystem.Lastmonthits actual fixedoverhead
expenditurewas 10%abovebudget resultingina fixedoverheadexpenditurevarianceof
$36,000.
Whatwas the actual expenditureon fixedoverheadslast month?

$324,000

$360,000

$396,000

8.41
$400,000
(2 marks)
Lastmonth,whena companyhad an openinginventoryof 16,500unitsand a closing
inventoryof 18,000units,the profitusingabsorptioncostingwas $40,000. Thefixed
productionoverheadrate was $10per unit.
Whatwouldthe profitforlast monthhave been usingmarginalcosting?
$
68
(2 marks)
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 81 of 421
H
G
q
8.42
LastmonthWeb Co's profitwas $2,000, calculatedusingabsorptioncostingprinciples.If
marginalcostingprincipleshas been used, a lossof $3,000 wouldhave occurred.The
company'sfixedproductioncost is $2 per unit.Saleslast monthwere10,000units.
Whatwas last month'sproduction(inunits)?
8.43
8.44

7,500

9,500

10,500

12,500
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
(2 marks)
HMFCo producesa singleproduct.Thebudgeted fixedproductionoverheadsforthe
periodare $500,000. Thebudgeted output forthe periodis 2,500 units.Openinginventory
at the start of the periodconsistedof 900 unitsand closinginventoryat the end of the
periodconsistedof 300 units.Ifabsorptioncostingprincipleswereapplied,the profitfor
the periodcomparedto the marginalcostingprofitwouldbe whichof the following?

$125,000higher

$125,000lower

$120,000higher

$120,000lower
(2 marks)
Thefollowingquestion is taken from the June 2013exam.
Acompanyhas the followingbudgeted costs and revenues:
$ per unit
Salesprice
50
Variableproductioncost
18
Fixedproductioncost
10
Inthe mostrecent period,2,000 unitswereproducedand 1,000unitsweresold.Actual
sales price,variableproductioncost per unitand total fixedproductioncosts wereallas
budgeted. Fixedproductioncosts wereover-absorbedby $4,000. Therewas no opening
inventoryforthe period.
Whatwouldbe the reductioninprofitforthe periodifthe companyhas used marginal
costingrather than absorptioncosting?

4,000

6,000

10,000

14,000
(2 marks)
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 82 of 421
Questions 69
H
q
8.45 Thefollowing
question
istakenfromtheJuly toDecember
2014examperiod.
Thefollowing
dataisavailable
ontheproduction
andsalesforthefirstthreeyearsofa
company’s
newproduct.
Year1
Year2
Year3
Production
units
5,000
6,000
4,000
Salesunits
4,000
6,000
5,000
Variable
costsperunit,selling
priceandtotalfixedcostsperyearwereconstant
overthe
three-year
period.
Thecompany
isconsidering
theuseofeither
marginal
orabsorption
costing.
Whichofthefollowing
statements
is/aretrue?
(1) Absorption
costing
willshowa lower
profitthanmarginal
costing
inYear1
(2) Marginal
costing
willshowa lower
closing
inventory
valuation
thanabsorption
costing
inYear2
(3) Totalprofitoverthethree-year
period
willbethesameunder
bothmethods

1only



2 only
3 only
2 and3
(2 marks)
question
istakenfromtheJuly toDecember
2015examperiod.
8.46 Thefollowing
Acompany’s
totaloperating
costissemivariable.
Itflexes
itsprofitbudget
fromanoutput
levelof1,000unitstoanoutput
levelof2,000units?
Whichofthefollowing
statements
istrue?
G



Operating
profitwilldouble
between
thetwooutput
levels
Fixedcostperunitatthetwooutput
levels
willbethesame
Totalcontribution
willdouble
between
thetwooutput
levels

Contribution
perunitwillincrease
between
thetwooutput
levels
(2 marks)
(Total= 92marks)
70
Management
Accounting
(FMA/MA)
Page 83 of 421
H
q
Do you
know?
– Process
costing
and
costing
methods
Check that you can fillin the blanks in the statements belowbefore you attempt any
questions. Ifin doubt, you should go back to your BPPWorkbookand revisefirst.

................... is a costingmethodused whereit is not possibleto identifyseparate unitsof
productionusuallybecause of the continuousnature of the productionprocessesinvolved.

................... lossis the lossexpectedduringa processand it is not givena cost. Ifit has a
scrap valuethen it is valuedat thisamount.

.................... lossis the extra lossresultingwhenactual lossis greater than the loss
anticipated.Itis givena cost.

................... may have a scrap value.Revenuefromnormalscrap is treated as a reduction
incosts.

Whenthereisclosingworkinprogressat the end ofa period,it isnecessaryto calculate
the ........................................ of productionin order to determinethe cost of a
completedunit.

Thecosts of labourand overheadare sometimesreferredto as ..................... costs.

............. productsare twoor moreproductsseparated ina process,each of whichhas a
significantvaluecomparedto the other.

A.............................. is an incidentalproductfroma processwhichhas an insignificant
valuecomparedto the mainproduct.

Thepointat whichjointand by-productsbecomeseparately identifiableisknownas the
.................................................. or the ..................................... point.

Job costingis the costingmethodused whereeach cost unitis separatelyidentifiable.
Costs foreach jobare collectedon a ……………………...
or ………….
Overheadis absorbed into
the cost of jobsusingthe ……………………………………………..
rate.

Batchcostingis similarto jobcostinginthat each batch of similararticlesis separately
identifiable.Thecost per unitmanufacturedin a batch is calculatedby dividingthe
………………………………..
by the …………………………….
inthe batch.

Servicecostingis used by companiesoperatingina serviceindustryor by companies
wishingto establishthe cost of servicescarriedout by someof theirdepartments.
...............................

Characteristicsof

Ifa serviceis a functionof twoactivityvariables,a .................. cost unitmightbe
appropriate.

Adifficultywithservicecostingis the selectionof an appropriatecost unit.Thecost per unit
is calculatedby dividingthe ………………….…………………
forthe periodby the
………………………………………...
inthe period.

Activitybased costinginvolvesthe identificationof factors,calledcost .........., whichcause
costs.

...... ...... costingtracks and accumulatescosts and revenuesattributableto each product
overthe entire.......... ........... ...........

Possiblepitfalls
Writedownthe mistakesyou knowyou shouldavoid.
G
...............................
...............................
...............................
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 84 of 421
Questions 71
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
H
G
q
Did you
know?
– Process
costing
and
costing
methods
Could you fillin the blanks? Theanswers are in bold. Usethis page for revisionpurposes as
you approach the exam.

Process costing is a costingmethodused whereit isnot possibleto identifyseparate units
of productionusuallybecause of the continuousnature of the productionprocesses
involved.

Normallossis the lossexpectedduringa processand it is not givena cost. Ifit has a scrap
valuethen it is valuedat thisamount.

Abnormallossis the extra lossresultingwhenactual lossis greater than the loss
anticipated.Itis givena cost.

Lossmay have a scrap value.Revenuefromnormalscrap is treated as a reductionincosts.

Whenthere is closingworkinprogressat the end of a period,it is necessaryto calculate
the equivalent units of productioninorderto determinethe cost of a completedunit.

Thecosts of labourand overheadare sometimesreferredto as conversioncosts.

Joint productsare twoor moreproductsseparated ina process,each of whichhas a
significantvaluecomparedto the other.

Aby-product is an incidentalproductfroma processwhichhas an insignificantvalue
comparedto the mainproduct.

Thepointat whichjointand by-productsbecomeseparately identifiableisknownas the
point of separation or the split-off point.

Job costingis the costingmethodused whereeach cost unitis separatelyidentifiable.
Costs foreach jobare collectedon a job cost sheet or job card. Overheadis absorbed
intothe cost of jobsusingthe predetermined overhead absorption rate.

Batchcostingis similarto jobcostinginthat each batch of similararticlesis separately
identifiable.Thecost per unitmanufacturedin a batch is calculatedby dividingthe total
batch cost by the number of units inthe batch.

Servicecostingis used by companiesoperatingina serviceindustryor by companies
wishingto establishthe cost of servicescarriedout by someof theirdepartments.

Characteristicsof services:Intangibility,Simultaneity, Perishability,Heterogeneity

Ifa serviceis a functionof twoactivityvariables,a composite cost unitmightbe
appropriate.

Adifficultywithservicecostingis the selectionof an appropriatecost unit.Thecost per unit
is calculatedby dividingthe total costs forthe periodby the number of serviceunits in
the period.
Activitybased costinginvolvesthe identificationof factors, calledcost drivers,whichcause
costs.
Lifecycle costingtracks and accumulatescosts and revenuesattributableto each product
overthe entireproduct lifecycle



Possiblepitfalls
–
Forgettingthat unitsarisingfromabnormallossare includedas equivalentunits,
whereasthose arisingfromnormallossare not.
–
72
Notusingthe suggestedfour-stepapproach whenansweringprocesscosting
questions.
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 85 of 421
H
q
9
9.1
Process
costing
Achemicalprocesshas a normalwastage of 10%of input.Ina period,2,500 kg of material
wereinputand there was an abnormallossof 75 kg.
Whatquantityof good productionwas achieved?
kg
The following information
(2 marks)
relates
to questions
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
9.2 and 9.3.
ChemicalCo manufactures ChemicalX,in a singleprocess. Atthe start of the monththere was
no work-in-progress.Duringthe month300 litresof raw materialwereinput intothe process at
a total cost of $6,000. Conversioncosts duringthe monthamounted to $4,500. Atthe end of
the month250 litresof ChemicalXweretransferred to finishedgoods inventory.Theremaining
work-in-progresswas 100%completewithrespect to materialsand 50%completewithrespect
to conversioncosts. Therewereno lossesin the process and there is no scrap valueavailable
duringmonthswhenlossesoccur.
9.2
Whatare the equivalentunitsforclosingwork-in-progressat the end of the month?

Material
25 litres
Conversioncosts
25 litres



25 litres
50 litres
50 litres
50 litres
25 litres
50 litres
(2 marks)
G
H
9.3
9.4
Ifthere had been a normalprocesslossof 10%of inputduringthe monthwhat wouldthe
valueof thislosshave been?

Nil

$450

$600

$1,050
(2 marks)
Ina particularprocess,the inputforthe periodwas 2,000 units.Therewereno inventories
at the beginningor end of the process.Normallossis 5%of input.Inwhichof the following
circumstancesis there an abnormalgain?
(i)
Actualoutput =1,800units
(ii)
Actualoutput =1,950units
(iii) Actualoutput =2,000 units

(i)only

(ii)only

(i)and (ii)only

(ii)and (iii)only
(2 marks)
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 86 of 421
Questions 73
q
9.5
9.6
Ina processaccount, howare abnormallossesvalued?


Attheirscrap value
Thesame as good production


Atthe cost of raw materials
Thesame as normallosses
(2 marks)
C Co needs to produce340 litresof ChemicalX.Thereis a normallossof 10%of the
materialinputintothe process.Duringa givenmonththe companydid produce340 litres
of good production,althoughthere was an abnormallossof 5%of the materialinputinto
the process.
Howmany litresof materialwereinputintothe processduringthe month?
(2 marks)
litres
The following information
relates
to questions
9.7 and 9.8.
DCo produces a certain food itemin a manufacturingprocess. On 1November,there was no
openinginventoryof workin process. DuringNovember,500 unitsof materialwereinput to the
process,witha cost of$9,000.DirectlabourcostsinNovemberwere$3,840.Productionoverhead
isabsorbedat the rate of200%ofdirectlabourcosts.Closinginventoryon 30 Novemberconsisted
of 100unitswhichwere100%completeas to materialsand 80%completeas to labourand
overhead.Therewas no lossinprocess.
9.7 Whatis the fullproductioncost of completedunitsduringNovember?
G
9.8
74


$10,400
$16,416

$16,800

$20,520
H
(2 marks)
Whatis the valueof the closingworkinprogresson 30 November?

$2,440

$3,720


$4,104
$20,520
(2 marks)
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 87 of 421
q
The following information relates to questions 9.9 and 9.10.
DSComakes
a product
intwoprocesses.
Thefollowing
dataisavailable
forthelatestperiod,
forprocess
1.
Opening
workinprogress
of200unitswasvalued
asfollows.
Material
$2,400
Labour
$1,200
Overhead
$400
Nolosses
occurintheprocess.
Unitsaddedandcostsincurred
during
theperiod:
Material
$6,000(500units)
Labour
$3,350
Overhead
$1,490
Closingworkinprogress
of100unitshadreached
thefollowing
degrees
ofcompletion:
Material
100%
Labour
50%
Overhead
30%
DSCousestheweighted
average
method
ofinventory
valuation.
9.9 Howmanyequivalent
unitsareusedwhencalculating
thecostperunitinrelation
to
overhead?




500
600
630
700
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
(2 marks)
G
H
9.10 Whatisthevalueoftheunitstransferred
toprocess
2?




$7,200
$13,200
$14,840
$15,400
(2 marks)
9.11 MGCousesprocess
costing
toestablish
thecostperunitofitsoutput.
Thefollowing
information
wasavailable
forthelastmonth:
Inputunits
10,000
Output
units
9,850
Opening
inventory
300units,100%complete
formaterials
and
70%complete
forconversion
costs
Closinginventory
450units,100%complete
formaterials
and
30%complete
forconversion
costs
MGCousestheweighted
average
method
ofvaluing
inventory.
Whatweretheequivalent
unitsforconversion
costs?

9,505units

9,715units

9,775units

9,985units
(2 marks)
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 88 of 421
Questions75
q
9.12
EllisCo uses processcostingto valueits output. Thefollowingwas recordedforthe period:
Inputmaterials
2,000 unitsat $4.50 per unit
Conversioncosts
13,340
Normalloss
5%of inputvaluedat $3 per unit
Actualloss
150units
Therewereno openingor closinginventories.
Whatwas the valuationof one unitof output to one decimalplace?

$11.8

$11.6

$11.2

$11.0
(2 marks)
9.13
SquareCo operates a continuousprocessintowhich3,000 unitsof materialcosting
$9,000 was inputina period.Conversioncosts forthisperiodwere$11,970and losses,
whichhave a scrap valueof $1.50,are expectedat a rate of 10%of input.Therewereno
openingor closinginventoriesand output forthe periodwas 2,900 units.
Whatwas the output valuation?



$20,271
$20,520
$20,970

$22,040
(2 marks)
G
H
9.14
Thefollowinginformationrelatesto a company'spolishingprocessforthe previousperiod.
Output to finishedgoods
5,408 unitsvaluedat $29,744
Normalloss
276units
Actualloss
112units
Alllosseshave a scrap valueof $2.50 per unitand there was no openingor closingworkin
progress.
Whatwas the valueof the inputduringthe period?

$28,842



9.15
76
$29,532
$29,744
$30,434
(2 marks)
Whichof the followingstatements about processlossesare correct?
(i)
(ii)

Unitsof normallossshouldbe valuedat fullcost per unit
Unitsof abnormallossshouldbe valuedat theirscrap value
(i)only


(ii)only
Bothof them

Neitherof them
(2 marks)
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 89 of 421
G
q
9.16
Thefollowingquestionis taken fromthe January to June 2015examperiod.
Normallyno lossesare expectedfroma process.Anyabnormallossesare soldforscrap.
Whichof the followingcalculatesthe net cost to the companyof one unitof abnormalloss?

Totalinputcost ÷actual output units

Totalinputcost ÷expectedoutput units

(Totalinputcost – total scrap value)÷expectedoutput units

(Totalinputcost ÷expectedoutput units)– scrap valueper unit
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
(2 marks)
9.17 Thefollowingquestionis taken fromthe Septemberto June 2018examperiod.
Aprocessis subjectto a normallossof 12%of input.Lossescan be soldfor$5 per kg.Inthe
last period10,000kg of materialcosting$100,000was inputto the process.Conversion
costs forthe periodwere$50,000 and output was 9,200 kg.
Whatis the creditto the statement of profitor lossfromthe abnormalgain account inthe
last period?

$4,260

$4,818

$4,545

$6,818
(2 marks)
The following data relates
to questions
9.18 and 9.19.
CircleCo manufacturestwojointproducts,P and R,ina commonprocess.Data forJune are as
follows.
$
Openinginventory
1,000
Directmaterialsadded
10,000
Conversioncosts
12,000
Closinginventory
3,000
Production
Units
4,000
6,000
P
R
9.18
Sales
Units
5,000
5,000
Salesprice
$ per unit
5
10
Ifcosts are apportionedbetweenjointproductson a sales valuebasis, what was the cost
per unitof productRinJune?

$1.25

$2.22

$2.50

$2.75
(2 marks)
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 90 of 421
Questions 77
H
q
9.19
9.20
Ifcosts are apportionedbetweenjointproductson a physicalunitbasis, what was the total
cost of productP productioninJune?


$8,000
$8,800


$10,000
$12,000
(2 marks)
Whichof the followingstatements is/are correct?
(i)
(ii)
Aby-productis a productproducedat the same timeas other productswhichhas a
relativelylowvolumecomparedwiththe otherproducts
Sincea by-productis a saleableitemit shouldbe separately costed inthe process
account, and shouldabsorb someof the processcosts
(iii) Costs incurredpriorto the pointof separationare knownas commonor jointcosts

(i)and (ii)
9.21


(i)and (iii)
(ii)and (iii)

(iii)only
(2 marks)
P Co manufacturestwojointproductsand one by-productina singleprocess.Data for
Novemberare as follows.
$
216,000
72,000
G
Rawmaterialinput
Conversioncosts
Therewereno inventoriesat the beginningor end of the period.
Output
Units
Joint productE
21,000
Joint productQ
18,000
By-productX
2,000
H
Salesprice
$ per unit
15
10
2
By-productsales revenueis creditedto the processaccount. Joint costs are apportioned
on a sales valuebasis. Whatwerethe fullproductioncosts of productQ inNovember
(to the nearest $)?

$102,445



78
$103,273
$104,727
$180,727
(2 marks)
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 91 of 421
G
q
9.22
LMNCo manufacturesthree jointproductsand one by-productfroma singleprocess.
Data forMayare as follows.
Openingand closinginventories
Rawmaterialsinput
Conversioncosts
Nil
$180,000
$50,000
Output
Joint
product
Units
3,000
L
By-productR
M
N
2,000
4,000
1,000
Salesprice
$ per unit
32
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
42
38
2
By-productsales revenueis creditedto the sales account. Joint costs are apportionedon a
sales valuebasis.
Whatwerethe fullproductioncosts of productMinMay(to the nearest $)?

$57,687
9.23

$57,844

$58,193

$66,506
(2 marks)
TwoproductsG and Hare created froma jointprocess.G can be soldimmediatelyafter
split-off.Hrequiresfurtherprocessingbeforeit isina saleablecondition.Thereare no
openinginventoriesand no workinprogress.Thefollowingdata are availableforlast
period:
$
384,000
159,600
Totaljointproductioncosts
Furtherprocessingcosts (productH)
Product
Sellingprice
Sales
Production
per unit
Units
Units
G
$0.84
400,000
412,000
H
$1.82
200,000
228,000
Usingthe physicalunitmethodforapportioningjointproductioncosts, what was the cost
valueof the closinginventoryof productHforlast period?

$36,400

$37,520

$40,264

$45,181
(2 marks)
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 92 of 421
Questions 79
H
q
9.24
Twoproducts(Wand X)are created froma jointprocess.Bothproductscan be sold
immediatelyafter split-off.Thereare no openinginventoriesor workinprogress.The
followinginformationis availableforlast period:
Totaljointproductioncosts
$776,160
Product
Productionunits
Salesunits
Sellingpriceper unit
W
12,000
10,000
$10
X
10,000
8,000
$12
Usingthe sales valuemethodof apportioningjointproductioncosts, what was the valueof
the closinginventoryof productXforlast period?

$310,464

$388,080

$155,232

$77,616
(2 marks)
9.25
Thefollowingquestionis taken fromthe July to December2013examperiod.
TwojointproductsAand Bare producedina process.Data forthe processforthe last
periodare as follows:
Product
A
B
Tonnes
Tonnes
Sales
480
320
Production
600
400
Commonproductioncosts inthe periodwere$12,000.Therewas no openinginventory.
Bothproductshad a grossprofitmarginof 40%.Commonproductioncosts were
apportionedon a physicalbasis.
Whatwas the grossprofitforproductAinthe period?

$2,304

$2,880

$3,840
G

9.26
$4,800
(2 marks)
Thefollowingquestionis taken fromthe July to December2015examperiod.
AprocessproducestwojointproductsAand Binequal physicalquantities.Aand Bare
soldat splitoffpointfor$5 per kg and $8 per kg respectively.Thereare no furthercosts
after the splitoffpoint.
Ifjointcosts are apportionedon a relativesales valuebasis, whichof the following
statements is true?

Bothproductswillhave the same returnon sales ratio (operatingmargin)

ProductAwillhave the higherreturnon sales ratio (operatingmargin)

Thecost per kg willbe the same forboth products

Thecost per kg of productAwillbe higherthan that of productB
(2 marks)
80
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 93 of 421
H
G
q
9.27
Thefollowingquestionis taken fromthe July to December2016examperiod.
Whichof the followingis NOTan acceptable methodof accountingforby-products?

Netrealisablevalueof the by-productis deducted fromthe cost of the mainproduct
9.28

Pre-separationcosts are apportionedto the by-productto calculateits profit

Salesvalueof the by-productis deducted fromthe cost of the mainproduct

By-productincomelesspost-separationcosts is added to the sales of the main
product
(2 marks)
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
Thefollowingquestionis taken fromthe January to June 2017examperiod.
Ina period,a processproduced2,000 kg of a mainproductand 400 kg of a by-product.
Thecost of productionwas $5,000. 1,800kg of the mainproductweresoldat $10per kg
and allof the by-productproducedwas soldfor$1perkg. Therewas no openinginventory.
Ifthe sales incomeof the by-productis deducted fromthe cost of production,what is the
profitforthe period?

$13,400

$13,860

$13,900

$15,860
(2 marks)
(Total = 56 marks)
10
Costing
methods
H
10.1 Whichof the followingcostingmethodsis mostlikelyto be used by a companyinvolvedin
the manufactureof liquidsoap?
10.2

Batchcosting

Servicecosting

Job costing

Processcosting
(2 marks)
Co calculatesthe pricesof jobsby adding overheadsto the primecost and adding 30%to
total costs as a markup. Job numberY256was soldfor$1,690and incurredoverheadsof
$694.Whatwas the primecost of the job?
$
(2 marks)
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 94 of 421
Questions 81
G
q
10.3
Job Co operates a jobcostingsystem.
Theestimatedcosts forjob173are as follows.
Directmaterials
5 metres@$20 per metre
Directlabour
14hours@$8 per hour
Variableproductionoverheadsare recoveredat the rate of $3 per directlabourhour.
Fixedproductionoverheadsforthe year are budgeted to be $200,000 and are to be
recoveredon the basis of the total of 40,000 directlabourhoursforthe year.
Otheroverheads,inrelationto selling,distribution
and administration,
are recoveredat therateof
$80perjob.
Whatis the total cost of job173?
$
(2 marks)
The following information
relates
to questions
10.4 and 10.5.
JKCo makesspecialassembliesto customers'ordersand uses jobcosting.
Thedata fora periodare:
Job number Job number
AA10
BB15
$
$
OpeningWIP
26,800
42,790
Materialadded inperiod
17,275
0
Labourforperiod
14,500
3,500
Thebudgeted overheadsforthe periodwere$126,000.
Job numberBB15was completedon the last day of the period.
10.4 Whatoverheadshouldbe added to jobnumberCC20 forthe period?
$
10.5
(2 marks)
$58,575
$101,675
$217,323
$227,675
(2 marks)
Thefollowingitemsmay be used incostingbatches.
(i) Actualmaterialcost
(ii) Actualmanufacturingoverheads
(iii) Absorbedmanufacturingoverheads
(iv) Actuallabourcost
Whichof the aboveare containedina typicalbatch cost?

(i),(ii)and (iv)only

(i)and (iv)only

(i),(iii)and (iv)only

(i),(ii),(iii)and (iv)
82
H
Whatwas the approximatevalueof closingwork-in-progressat the end of the period?




10.6
Job number
CC20
$
0
18,500
24,600
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 95 of 421
(2 marks)
G
q
10.7
Whichof the followingwouldbe appropriatecost unitsfora passenger coach company?
(i)
Vehiclecost per passenger-kilometre
(ii)
Fuelcost foreach vehicleper kilometre
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
(iii) Fixedcost per kilometre
10.8

(i)only

(i)and (ii)only

(i)and (iii)only

(ii)and (iii)only
(2 marks)
ThefollowinginformationisavailableforHotelCo forthe latest thirtyday period.
Numberof roomsavailableper night
40
Percentageoccupancyachieved
65%
Roomservicingcost incurred
$3,900
Whatwas the roomservicingcost per occupiedroom-nightlast period,to the nearest cent?
$
10.9
(2 marks)
Annieis to set up a smallhairdressingbusinessat home.Sheanticipatesworkinga 35-hour
weekand takingfourweeks'holidayper year. Herexpensesformaterialsand overheads
are expectedto be $3,000 per year, and she has set herselfa target profitof $18,000for
the firstyear.
Assumingthat only90%of her workingtimewillbe chargeable to clients,what priceshould
she charge fora 'colourand cut' whichwouldtake 3 hours?

$13.89

$35.71

$37.50

$41.67
(2 marks)
10.10 Whichof the followingare likelyto use servicecosting?
(i)
Acollege
(ii)
Ahotel
(iii) Aplumber

(i),(ii)and (iii)

(i)and (ii)

(ii)only

(ii)and (iii)only
(2 marks)
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 96 of 421
Questions 83
H
q
10.11 Whichof the followingwouldbe considereda serviceindustry?
(i)
(ii)
(iii)


Anairlinecompany
Arailwaycompany
Afirmof accountants
(i)and (ii)only
(i)and (iii)only


(i),(ii)and (iii)
(ii)and (iii)only
(2 marks)
10.12 Thefollowinginformationrelatesto a managementconsultancyorganisation:
$
Salarycost per hourforseniorconsultants
40
Salarycost per hourforjuniorconsultants
25
Overheadabsorptionrate per hourappliedto allhours
20
Theorganisationadds 40%to total cost to arriveat the finalfee to be charged to a client.
Assignmentnumber789took54 hoursof a seniorconsultant'stimeand 110hoursof junior
consultants'time.
Whatis the finalfee to be charged forAssignment789?

$6,874

$10,696

$11,466

$12,642
(2 marks)
G
10.13 ABCCo operates a jobcostingsystem.Job number1012requires$45 of directmaterials
and $30 of directlabour.Directlabouris paid at the rate of $7.50per hour. Production
overheadsare absorbed at a rate of $12.50per directlabourhourand non-production
overheadsare absorbed at a rate of 60%of primecost.
Whatisthe total cost of jobnumber1012?
$
(2 marks)
10.14 Lastyear, BryanAircarriedexcessbaggage of 250,000 kg overa distanceof 7,500 kmat
a cost of $3,750,000forthe extra fuel.
Whatisthe cost per kg-km?

$0.002 per kg-km



84
$2.00 per kg-km
$33.33per kg-km
$500.00 per kg-km
(2 marks)
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 97 of 421
H
G
q
10.15 Thefollowingquestionis taken fromthe December2012exam.
Atruckdeliveredsand to twocustomersina week.Thefollowingdetailsare available.
Customer Weightof goods
Distancecovered
delivered(kilograms) (kilometres)
X
500
200
Y
180
1,200
680
1,400
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
Thetruckcost $3,060 to operate inthe week.Eachcustomerdeliverywas carriedout
separately, and the truckmade no otherdeliveriesinthe week.
Whatis the cost per kilogram/kilometre
of sand deliveredinthe week(to the nearest
$0.001)?

$0.003

$0.010

$2.186

$4.500
(2 marks)
10.16 Aproductis inthe stage of its lifecyclewhichis typifiedby fallingpricesbut good profit
marginsdue to highsales volumes.Whatstage is it in?

Growth

Maturity

Introduction

Decline
(2 marks)
10.17 Inwhat stage of the productlifecycleare initialcosts of the investmentinthe product
typicallyrecovered?

Introduction

Decline

Growth

Maturity
(2 marks)
10.18 Howis target cost calculated?

Desiredsellingprice– actual profitmargin

Marketprice– desiredprofitmargin

Desiredsellingprice– desiredprofitmargin

Marketprice– standard profitmargin
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 98 of 421
(2 marks)
Questions 85
H
q
10.19 Whichstage of the productlifecycledo the followingcharacteristicsreferto?
Newcompetitors
Customerfeedbackreceived
Newdistributionoutletsbeingfound
Productqualityimprovementsmade

Growth

Decline

Maturity

Introduction
10.20
(2 marks)
Anewproductis beingdeveloped.Thedevelopmentwilltake one year and the productis
expectedto have a lifecycleof twoyears beforeit is replaced.
Whichof the followingstatements are true of lifecyclecosting?
Statement1:Itisusefulforassessingwhethernewproductshave been successful.
Statement2: Theindividualprofitabilityforproductsis lessaccurate.

Bothstatements are true

Bothstatements are false

Statement1is true and statement 2 is false

Statement2 is true and statement 1is false
(2 marks)
G
H
10.21 Achainof coffeeshopshas implementeda TotalQualityManagementsystemto ensure
highqualityand consistencyacross alloutlets.Aspart of the scheme,the chainoffersa
freereplacementdrinkto any customernot completelysatisfiedwiththeirpurchase.
Whichof the followingBESTdescribesthe cost of providingreplacementdrinks?

Anexternalfailurecost

Aninternalfailurecost


10.22
86
Apreventioncost
Anappraisalcost
(2 marks)
Whichcostingmethodis based around a calculationinvolvinga desiredprofitmarginand
a competitivemarketprice?

ActivityBasedCosting

TotalQualityManagement


Target costing
Lifecyclecosting
(2 marks)
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 99 of 421
q
10.23
Thefollowingquestionis taken fromthe Septemberto August2019examperiod.
Whichcostingtechniqueallocatescosts to productssuch as design,production,
distribution,maintenance,marketing,and disposal,inorderto maximisereturnand
minimisecosts?

Traditionalabsorptioncosting

Activitybased costing

Target costing

Lifecyclecosting
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
(2 marks)
(Total = 46 marks)
G
H
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 100 of 421
Questions 87
q
G
H
88
Management
Accounting
(FMA/MA)
Page 101 of 421
q
Do you
know?
– Budgeting
Check that you can fillin the blanks in the statements belowbefore you attempt any
questions. Ifin doubt, you should go back to your BPPWorkbookand revisefirst.

Managementaccountants willuse spreadsheet softwareinactivitiessuch as budgeting,
forecasting,reportingperformanceand varianceanalysis.Spreadsheetpackages have the
facilityto perform.......-... calculationsat great speed.

The........... .............. ............ shouldbe identifiedat the beginningof the budgetary
processand the budget forthisis prepared beforeallothers.

........... budgets includeproductionbudgets, marketingbudgets, sales budgets, personnel
budgets, purchasingbudgets and researchand developmentbudgets.

Possiblepitfalls
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
Writedownthe mistakesyou knowyou shouldavoid.
G
H
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 102 of 421
Questions 89
q
Did you
know?
– Budgeting
Could you fillin the blanks? Theanswers are in bold. Usethis page for revisionpurposes as
you approach the exam.

Managementaccountants willuse spreadsheet softwareinactivitiessuch as budgeting,
forecasting,reportingperformanceand varianceanalysis.Spreadsheetpackages have the
facilityto performwhat-if calculationsat great speed.

Theprincipal budget factor shouldbe identifiedat the beginningof the budgetary
processand the budget forthisis prepared beforeallothers.

Functionalbudgets includeproductionbudgets, marketingbudgets, sales budgets,
personnelbudgets, purchasingbudgets and researchand developmentbudgets.

Possiblepitfalls
–
Notknowingwhichbudgets are functionalbudgets
–
Notknowinghowto constructspreadsheet formulae
G
H
90
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 103 of 421
q
11
Setting
budgets
11.1 Whichof the followingmay be consideredto be objectivesof budgeting?
(i)
Co-ordination
(ii)
Communication
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
(iii) Expansion
(iv) Resourceallocation

Allof them

(i),(ii)and (iv)

(iii)and (iv)

(ii)and (iv)
(2 marks)
11.2 Whatdoes the statement 'sales is the principalbudget factor' mean?

Thelevelof sales willdeterminethe levelof cash at the end of the period

Thelevelof sales willdeterminethe levelof profitat the end of the period

Thecompany'sactivitiesare limitedby the levelof sales it can achieve

Salesis the largest iteminthe budget
(2 marks)
11.3 QTCo manufacturesa singleproductand an extract fromtheirflexedbudget for
productioncosts is as follows.
Activitylevel
G
80%
$
2,400
2,120
4,060
8,580
Directmaterial
Labour
Productionoverhead
H
90%
$
2,700
2,160
4,080
8,940
Whatwouldthe total productioncost allowancebe ina budget flexedat the 83%levelof
activity?(to the nearest $)
$
(2 marks)
11.4 Whichof these statements is untrue?

Spreadsheetsmakethe calculationand manipulationof data easierand quicker

Spreadsheetsare veryusefulforword-processing

Budgetingcan be done veryeasilyusingspreadsheets

Spreadsheetsare usefulforplottinggraphs
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 104 of 421
(2 marks)
Questions 91
G
q
The following data applies
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
11.5
A
Sales
Cost of sales
Grossprofit
Expenses
Netprofit
to questions
B
Jan
15,000
11,090
3,910
1,500
2,410
11.5 to 11.7.
C
Feb
13,400
0,060
3,340
1,500
1,840
D
Mar
16,100
12,040
4,060
1,500
2,560
F
Apr
17,200
3,000
4,200
1,500
2,700
G
May
15,300
11,100
4,200
1,500
2,700
Netprofit%
Theformula=C2 – C3 willgivethe contentsof whichcellinthe drop downlist?
Select... 
C6
C4
C5
C1
(2 marks)
11.6 Whatwouldbe the formulaforMarchnet profit?

=D2– D3

=B6+C6

=D4– D5

=D3D8
H
(2 marks)
11.7 Whatwillbe the formulato go inG8?


=G6/G2 100
=G4/100G6

=G2/G6 100

=G6/G4 100
(2 marks)
11.8 SOCo manufacturesa singleproduct.Ina computerspreadsheet the cellsF1to F12
containthe budgeted monthlysales unitsforthe twelvemonthsof nextyear insequence,
withJanuary sales incellF1and finishingwithDecembersales inF12.Thecompanypolicy
is forthe closinginventoryof finishedgoodseach monthto be 10%of the budgeted sales
unitsforthe followingmonth.
Whichof the followingformulaewillgenerate the budgeted production(inunits)forMarch
nextyear?

=[F3+(0.1F4)]



92
=[F3– (0.1F4)]
=[(1.1F3)– (0.1F4)]
=[(0.9F3)+(0.1F4)]
(2 marks)
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 105 of 421
G
q
11.9 MistyCo's budgetary controlreportforlast monthis as follows:
Directcosts
Productionoverhead
Otheroverhead
Fixedbudget
$
61,100
55,000
10,000
126,100
Flexedbudget
$
64,155
56,700
10,000
130,855
Actualresults
$
67,130
54,950
11,500
133,580
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
Whatwas the volumevarianceforlast month?

$4,755(A)

$2,725(A)

$4,755(F)

$2,725(F)
(2 marks)
11.10 MistyCo's budgetary controlreportforlast monthis as follows:
Fixedbudget
$
61,100
55,000
10,000
126,100
Directcosts
Productionoverhead
Otheroverhead
Flexedbudget
$
64,155
56,700
10,000
130,855
Actualresults
$
67,130
54,950
11,500
133,580
Whatwas the expenditurevarianceforlast month?

$7,480(F)

$2,725(F)

$7,480(A)

$2,725(A)
H
(2 marks)
11.11 Thefollowingquestion is taken from the July to December2014exam period.
Thestandard cost card fora company’sonlyproductis givenbelow:
$ per unit
Sellingprice
118
Directlabour4 hoursat $20 per hour
80
Directmaterial3 kg at $7per hour
21
Fixedproductionoverhead
5
Profit
12
Fora period,budgeted productionand sales were8,000 units,whilstactual production
and sales were6,000 units.
Whatis the flexedbudget profit?

$62,000

$72,000

$96,000

$102,000
(2 marks)
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 106 of 421
Questions 93
q
11.12 Thefollowingquestion is taken from the January to June 2016exam period.
Budgetedcosts and revenuesforan output levelof 4,000 unitsare givenbelow.Itis known
that after an output levelof 5,000 unitsthere is a step up infixedcosts of $1,000:
$ per unit
Sellingprice
30
Variablecost
18
4
Fixedcost
8
Profit
Whatis the flexedbudget profitat an output levelof 6,000 units?

$47,000

$48,000

$55,000

$56,000
(2 marks)
11.13 Thefollowingquestion is taken from the July to December2016exam period.
Thefollowingspreadsheet showsthe calculationof a company’sprofit.
A
B
1
$
2 Salesrevenue
20,000
3 Variableproductioncosts
5,000
4 Fixedproductioncosts
3,000
5 Grossprofit
12,000
6 Variablesellingcosts
1,000
7 Fixedsellingcosts
500
8 Profit
10,500
G
H
Whichformulawouldcalculatecontribution?

B2– B3



94
B5– B6
B8+B7
B8+B7+B4
(2 marks)
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 107 of 421
G
q
11.14 Thefollowingquestion is taken from the July to December2017exam period.
Thefollowingspreadsheet showsa profitcentre's variancesagainst budget fora period.
Somefigureshave been omitted(omittedfiguresare labelled????).
A
B
1
Fixedbudget
2 Sales/productionunits
1,200
3
$
4 Salesrevenue
60,000
5 Directmaterial
21,600
6 Directlabour
14,400
7 Contribution
24,000
8 Fixedcosts
17,000
9 Profit
7,000
Whatfigureshouldappear incellE5?

–2,400

2,400

–3,000

3,000
C
Flexedbudget
1,500
$
75,000
???
18,000
???
17,000
13,000
D
Actual
1,500
$
74,000
24,000
22,000
28,000
16,500
11,500
E
Variance
300
$
–1,000
???
–4,000
???
500
na
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
(2 marks)
11.15 Thefollowingquestion is taken from the September to August2019exam period and
the September to August2020 exam period.
Afirmsets its fixedbudget at 100%capacity. Thebudgeted sales are $300,000 and
budgeted net profitis $50,000. Budgetedcosts are 70%fixedcosts and 30%variable
costs.
Whatis the flexedbudget fornet profitat 80%capacity?

$5,000

$40,000

$25,000

$65,000
(2 marks)
11.16 Whatdoes a master budget comprise?

Thebudgeted statement of profitor loss

Thebudgeted cash flow,budgeted statement of profitor lossand budgeted
statement of financialposition

Thebudgeted cash flow

Theentireset of budgets prepared
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 108 of 421
(2 marks)
Questions 95
H
q
11.17 Ifa companyhas no productionresourcelimitations,inwhichorderwouldthe following
budgets be prepared?
(i)
(ii)
Materialusage budget
Salesbudget
(iv) Finishedgoodsinventorybudget
(v) Productionbudget
(iii) Materialpurchase budget

(v),(iv),(i),(vi),(iii),(ii)

(ii),(iv),(v),(i),(vi),(iii)


(vi) Materialinventorybudget
(ii),(iv),(v),(i),(iii),(vi)
(ii),(v),(iv),(i),(vi),(iii)
(2 marks)
11.18 Ina situationwherethere are no productionresourcelimitations,whichTWOof the
followingitemsof informationmustbe availableforthe productionbudget to be
completed?

Salesvolumefromthe sales budget

Materialpurchasesfromthe purchasesbudget
Budgetedchange infinishedgoodsinventory


Standard directlabourcost per unit
(2 marks)
11.19 Whenpreparinga productionbudget, what does the quantityto be producedequal?

G
Salesquantity+openinginventoryof finishedgoods+closinginventoryof finished
goods

Salesquantity– openinginventoryof finishedgoods+closinginventoryof finished
goods

Salesquantity– openinginventoryof finishedgoods– closinginventoryof finished
goods
Salesquantity+openinginventoryof finishedgoods– closinginventoryof finished
goods
(2 marks)

11.20 Thequantityof materialinthe materialpurchasesbudget is greater than the inferredfrom
quantityof materialinthe materialusage budget. Whichof the followingstatements can
be thissituation?


Wastage of materialoccursinthe productionprocess
Finishedgoodsinventoriesare budgeted to increase


Rawmaterialsinventoriesare budgeted to increase
Rawmaterialsinventoriesare budgeted to decrease
(2 marks)
11.21 DownCo plans to sell24,000 unitsof productRnextyear. Openinginventoryof Ris
expectedto be 2,000 unitsand PQCo plans to increaseinventoryby 25 per cent by the
end of the year. Howmany unitsof productRshouldbe producednextyear?
units
96
(2 marks)
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 109 of 421
H
G
q
11.22 Eachunitof productAlpharequires3 kg of raw material.Nextmonth'sproductionbudget
forproductAlphais as follows.
Openinginventories:
Rawmaterials
15,000kg
Finishedunitsof Alpha
2,000 units
Budgetedsales of Alpha
60,000 units
Plannedclosinginventories:
Rawmaterials
7,000 kg
Finishedunitsof Alpha
3,000 units
Howmany kilogramsof raw materialsshouldbe purchasednextmonth?
kgs
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
(2 marks)
11.23 Budgetedsales of XforDecemberare 18,000units.Atthe end of the productionprocess
forX,10%of productionunitsare scrapped as defective.Openinginventoriesof Xfor
Decemberare budgeted to be 15,000unitsand closinginventorieswillbe 11,400units.All
inventoriesof finishedgoodsmusthave successfullypassed the qualitycontrolcheck.
Whatis the productionbudget forXforDecember?
(2 marks)
units
11.24 TCo manufacturesa singleproduct,M.Budgetedproductionoutput of productMduring
Augustis 200 units.Eachunitof productMrequires6 labourhoursforcompletionand
PRCo anticipates20 per cent idletime.Labouris paid at a rate of $7per hour. Whatis
the directlabourcost budget forAugust?

$6,720

$8,400

$10,080

$10,500
(2 marks)
11.25 Eachunitof productEchotakes fivedirectlabourhoursto make.Qualitystandards are
high,and 8%of unitsare rejectedafter completionas sub-standard. Nextmonth'sbudgets
are as follows.
Openinginventoriesof finishedgoods
3,000 units
Plannedclosinginventoriesof finishedgoods
7,600 units
Budgetedsales of Echo
36,800 units
Allinventoriesof finishedgoodsmusthave successfullypassed the qualitycontrolcheck.
Whatis the directlabourhoursbudget forthe month?

190,440hours

207,000 hours

223,560hours

225,000 hours
(2 marks)
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 110 of 421
Questions 97
H
q
11.26 Budgetedproductionina factory fornextperiodis 4,800 units.Eachunitrequiresfive
labourhoursto make.Labouris paid $10per hour. Idletimerepresents20%of the total
labourtime.
Whatis the budgeted total labourcost forthe nextperiod?

$192,000



$240,000
$288,000
$300,000
(2 marks)
11.27 Whichof the followingstatements are true?
(i)
(ii)
Aflexedbudget allowsbusinessesto evaluatea manager's performancemorefairly
Afixedbudget is usefulfordefiningthe broad objectivesof the organisation
(iii) Relyingon fixedbudgets alonewouldusuallygiveriseto massivevariances

(i)and (iii)only

(i)and (ii)only


(ii)and (iii)only
(i),(ii)and (iii)
(2 marks)
11.28 Thefollowingdetailshave been extractedfromthe receivablescollectionrecordsof C Co.
Invoicespaid inthe monthafter sale
60%
Invoicespaid inthe secondmonthafter sale
25%
Invoicespaid inthe thirdmonthafter sale
12%
Baddebts
3%
Invoicesare issuedon the last day of each month.
Customerspayinginthe monthafter sale are entitledto deduct a 2%settlementdiscount.
Creditsales valuesforJune to Septemberare budgeted as follows.
June
July
August
September
$35,000
$40,000
$60,000
$45,000
Whatis the amountbudgeted to be receivedfromcreditsales inSeptember?

$46,260
G



98
$49,480
$50,200
$50,530
(2 marks)
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 111 of 421
H
G
q
11.29 BDLCo is currentlypreparingits cash budget forthe year to 31March20X8.Anextract
fromits sales budget forthe same year showsthe followingsales values.
$
March
60,000
April
70,000
May
55,000
June
65,000
40%of its sales are expectedto be forcash. Of its creditsales, 70%are expectedto pay in
the monthafter sale and take a 2%discount;27%are expectedto pay inthe secondmonth
after the sale, and the remaining3%are expectedto be bad debts.
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
Whatis the valueof sales receiptsto be showninthe cash budget forMay20X7?

$60,532

$61,120

$66,532

$86,620
(2 marks)
The following information
relates
to questions
11.30 and 11.31.
Eachunitof productZeta requires3 kg of raw materialand 4 directlabourhours.Materialcosts
$2 per kg and the directlabourrate is $7per hour.
Theproductionbudget forZeta forAprilto June is as follows.
Productionunits
April
7,800
May
8,400
June
8,200
11.30 Rawmaterialopeninginventoriesare budgeted as follows.
H
April
May
June
3,800 kg
4,200 kg
4,100kg
The closinginventorybudgeted forJune is 3,900 kg.
Materialpurchasesare paid forinthe monthfollowingpurchase.Whatis the figureto be
includedinthe cash budget forJune inrespect of paymentsforpurchases?

$25,100

$48,800

$50,200

$50,600
(2 marks)
11.31 Wages are paid 75%inthe monthof productionand 25%inthe followingmonth.Whatis
the figureto be includedinthe cash budget forMayinrespect of wages?
$
(2 marks)
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 112 of 421
Questions 99
q
11.32 Anextract fromPLCo's sales budget is as follows:
$
October
224,000
November
390,000
December
402,000
Tenper cent of sales are paid forimmediatelyincash. Of the creditcustomers,30 per cent
pay inthe monthfollowingthe sale and are entitledto a one per cent discount.The
remainingcustomerspay twomonthsafter the sale is made.
Whatis the valueof sales receiptsshowninthe company'scash budget forDecember?

$285,567



$286,620
$290,430
$312,830
(2 marks)
11.33 Extractsfroma PPCo's budget are as follows:
August
12,600
$9,440
Productionunits
Fixedproductionoverheadcost incurred
September
5,500
$7,000
Thestandard variableproductionoverheadcost per unitis $5. Variableproduction
overheadis paid 70 per cent inthe monthincurredand 30 per cent inthe followingmonth.
Fixedproductionoverheadcost is paid inthe monthfollowingthat inwhichit is incurred
and includesdepreciationof $2,280per month.
Whatis the payment fortotal productionoverheadcost showninthe cash budget for
September?

$32,220
G


$42,870
$45,310

$47,590
(2 marks)
11.34 Thefollowingextract is taken fromthe productioncost budget of S Co.
Production(units)
2,000
3,000
Productioncost ($)
11,100
12,900
Whatis the budget cost allowanceforan activitylevelof 4,000 units?

$7,200

$7,500


100
$13,460
$14,700
(2 marks)
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 113 of 421
H
G
q
11.35 Thefollowingdetailshave been extractedfromthe payables' recordsof XCo:
Invoicespaid inthe monthof purchase
25%
Invoicespaid inthe firstmonthafter purchase
70%
Invoicespaid inthe secondmonthafter purchase
5%
PurchasesforJuly to Septemberare budgeted as follows:
July
$250,000
August
$300,000
September
$280,000
Forsupplierspaid inthe monthof purchase,a settlementdiscountof 5%is received.What
is the amountbudgeted to be paid to suppliersinSeptember?

$278,500

$280,000

$289,000

$292,500
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
(2 marks)
11.36 Whichof the followingcontrolactionscouldbe taken to helpeliminatean adversedirect
labourefficiencyvariance?
(i)
Employmorehighlyskilledlabour
(ii)
Ensurestrictersupervisionof labourworkers
(iii) Askemployeesto workpaid overtime

(i)and (iii)only

(i)and (ii)only

(i),(ii)and (iii)

(ii)and (iii)only
H
(2 marks)
11.37 Xdepartmentis a divisionof WPlc.Xdepartmentusuallyhas a quarterlywagescost of
$4,500,000. Quarterlymaterialcosts are usuallyaround $2,000,000. WPlcmade a
centraldecisionto award allemployeesa wages increaseof 2%.
Whichof the followingvariancesforthe latest quarter are worthinvestigating?
(i)
Directmaterialpricevariance$400 (A)
(ii)
Labourrate variance$90,000 (A)
(iii) Salesvolumevariance$4,000,000 (F)

(i)and (iii)only

(i)and (ii)only

(i),(ii)and (iii)

(iii)only
(2 marks)
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 114 of 421
Questions 101
q
11.38 Whichof the followingBESTdescribesthe purposeof a flexiblebudget?


Toensuremanagers are motivated
Tofacilitatecontrolby establishinga budget relevantto actual activitylevels


Tofacilitatecontrolby preventingdiscretionaryexpenditure
Toenable accurate reforecastingwhenactual costs are known
(2 marks)
11.39 Thefollowingstatements relate to fixedbudgets and flexiblebudgets.
(i)
Ifproductionlevelsfar exceedthose anticipated,relyingon a fixedbudget islikelyto
resultinmassivevariances
(ii) Flexiblebudgets assist managementcontrolby providingdynamic,comparable
information
(iii) Flexiblebudgets are alwayssuperiorto fixedbudgets
Whichstatements are true?

(i)only


(i)and (ii)only
(ii)and (iii)only

(i),(ii)and (iii)
(2 marks)
11.40 Thefollowingquestion is taken from the January to June 2014exam period.
Anaccountant wishesto use the followingspreadsheetto calculatebudgeted production
units.
A
B
C
D
1
Jul
Aug
Sep
2
units
units
units
3 Sales
1,000
2,000
3,000
4 Openinginventoryfinishedgoods
100
200
300
5 Production
6
G
Whichformulashouldbe entered incellB5?

=B3– C4 +B4

=B3– B4


102
=B3+C4
=B3+C4 – B4
(2 marks)
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 115 of 421
H
q
11.41 Thefollowingquestion is taken from the September to August2020 exam period.
Cash sales of a companyare 10%of total sales revenuewiththe remainderon credit.
Creditsales are settledas follows:

40%inthe monthof sales net of a 2%settlementdiscount

60%inthe monthafter sale
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
Thefollowingsales revenuesare budgeted forthe nexttwomonths:
Month
$
1
80,000
2
70,000
Cash customersdo not receivea discount.
Whatamountwillbe budgeted to be receivedfromcustomersinmonth2?
$
(2 marks)
(Total = 82 marks)
12
Implementing
budgets
12.1 Participationby staff inthe budgetingprocessis oftenseen as an aid to the creationof a
realisticbudget and to the motivationof staff. Thereare, however,limitationsto the
effectivenessof such participation.
Whichof the followingillustratesone of these limitations?

Participationallowsstaff to buy intothe budget
G
12.2

Staff suggestionsmay be ignoredleadingto de-motivation

Staff suggestionsmay be based on localknowledge

Budgetaryslackcan be builtinby seniormanager as wellas staff
H
(2 marks)
Whichof the followingstatements about budgetingand motivationare true?
(i)
Atarget is moremotivatingthan no target at all
(ii)
Theproblemwitha target is settingan appropriatedegree of difficulty
(iii) Employeeswhoare challengedtend to withdrawtheircommitment

Allof them

(ii)and (iii)only

(i)and (ii)only

(iii)only
(2 marks)
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 116 of 421
Questions 103
q
12.3
Whichof the followingbest describesa top-downbudget?




12.4
Abudget whichhas been set by scalingdownindividualexpenditureitemsuntilthe
total budgeted expenditurecan be met fromavailableresources
Abudget whichis set by delegatingauthorityfromtop management,allowing
budget holdersto participateinsettingtheirownbudgets
Abudget whichis set withoutpermittingthe ultimatebudget holderto participatein
the budgetingprocess
Abudget whichis set withinthe frameworkof strategicplans determinedby top
management
(2 marks)
Inwhichof the followingcircumstancesis the use of a participativebudgetingprocess
appropriate?
(i)
Indecentralisedorganisations
(ii) Whenacceptance of the budget as fairand equitableis essential
(iii) Whenan organisation'sdifferentunitsact autonomously
12.5



Allof (i),(ii)and (iii)
(ii)and (iii)only
(i)and (ii)only

(iii)only
(2 marks)
Whichof the followingbest describesa controllablecost?
G
H




Acost whichcan be easilyforecastand is thereforereadilycontrollableusing
budgetary controltechniques
Acost whichcan be specificallyidentifiedwitha particularcost object
Acost whichis easilycontrolledbecause it is not affected by fluctuationsinthe level
of activity
Acost whichcan be influencedby its budget holder
(2 marks)
(Total = 10marks)
104
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 117 of 421
q
Do you
know?
– Project
appraisal
Check that you can fillin the blanks in the statements belowbefore you attempt any
questions. Ifin doubt, you should go back to your BPPWorkbookand revisefirst.

Thebasic principleof ............................ involvescalculatingthe presentvalueof an
investment.Thepresentvalueof an investmentis the amountof moneywhichmustbe
investednow(fora numberof years)inorderto earn a futuresum(at a givenrate of
interest).

Aconstant sum of moneyreceivedor paid each year for a givennumberof years is
knownas an ................... . Ifthis constant sum lasts forever,then it is knownas a
......................... .

Annuityannuityfactor =............................................................

Annuityinterestrate =...............................................................

Thetwomaindiscountedcash flowmethods
–
–

Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
NPV
IRR
Net present value (NPV)method. Ifan investmenthas a ............... NPVthen it is
acceptable. Aninvestmentwitha .................... NPVshouldbe rejected.
Internal rate of return (IRR)method. Thismethoddeterminesthe rate of interestat
whichthe NPVof the investment=..... . Theprojectis viableifthe IRRexceedsthe
minimumacceptable return.
TheIRRformulais as follows.
A

IRR=a%+ 
(b a)%
AB

Where
G
a =...........................................
H
b =...........................................
A=...........................................
B=...........................................

Thetimethat is requiredforthe cash inflowsfroma capital investmentprojectto equal the
cash outflowsis knownas the ................................................ .

Possiblepitfalls
Writedownthe mistakesyou knowyou shouldavoid.
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 118 of 421
Questions 105
q
Did you
know?
– Project
appraisal
Could you fillin the blanks? Theanswers are in bold. Usethis page for revisionpurposes as
you approach the exam.

Thebasic principleof discountinginvolvescalculatingthe presentvalueof an investment.
Thepresentvalueof an investmentis the amountof moneywhichmustbe investednow
(fora numberof years)inorderto earn a futuresum(at a givenrate of interest).

Aconstant sumof moneyreceivedor paid each year fora givennumberof years is known
as an annuity. Ifthisconstant sumlasts forever,then it is knownas a perpetuity.

Annuityannuityfactor =present value of an annuity

Annuityinterestrate =present value of a perpetuity
NPV

Thetwomaindiscountedcash flowmethods
IRR
–
Net present value (NPV)method. Ifan investmenthas a positiveNPVthen it is
acceptable. Aninvestmentwitha negative NPVshouldbe rejected.
–
Internal rate of return (IRR)method. Thismethoddeterminesthe rate of interestat
whichthe NPVof the investment=zero. Theprojectisviableifthe IRRexceedsthe
minimumacceptable return.

TheIRRformulais as follows.
A

IRR=a%+ AB (b a)
%


Where
G
a =one interest rate
b = the other interest rate
H
A= NPVat rate a
B= NPVat rate b

Thetimethat is requiredforthe cash inflowsfroma capital investmentprojectto equal the
cash outflowsisknownas the payback period.

Possiblepitfalls
–
Notbeingable to calculateand distinguishbetweenthe nominalrate of interestand
the effectiveannual rate of interest.
–
Notbeingable to calculatethe IRRof an investment,evenwhengiventhe IRR
formula.(Youmustrememberwhat the symbolsinthe formulamean so that you can
use the correctfiguresinyourcalculations.)
106
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 119 of 421
q
13
Project appraisal
13.1 Youare currentlyemployedas a ManagementAccountantat InsureCo. Youare
contemplatingstartingyourownbusiness.Inconsideringwhetheror not to start yourown
business,what wouldyourcurrentsalary levelbe?
13.2

Asunkcost

Anincrementalcost

Anirrelevantcost

Anopportunitycost
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
(2 marks)
Indecisionmaking,costs whichneed to be consideredare said to be relevantcosts. Which
of the followingare characteristicsassociated withrelevantcosts?
(i)
Futurecosts
(ii)
Unavoidablecosts
(iii) Incrementalcosts
(iv) Differentialcosts

(iii)only

(i)and (ii)only

(i),(iii)and (iv)only

Allof them
(2 marks)
G
H
13.3
Amachineownedby a companyhas been idleforsomemonthsbut couldnowbe used on
a one year contract whichis underconsideration.Thecarryingvalueof the machineis
$1,000.Ifnot used on thiscontract, the machinecouldbe soldnowfora net amountof
$1,200.Afteruse on the contract, the machinewouldhave no saleablevalueand the cost
of disposingof it inone year's timewouldbe $800.
Whatis the total relevantcost of the machineto the contract?
$
13.4
(2 marks)
Whichof the followingwouldbe part of the capital expenditurebudget?
(i)
Purchaseof a newfactory premises
(ii)
Replacementof existingmachinery
(iii) Refurbishmentof existingfactory premises
(iv) Purchasesof raw materials

(i)and (ii)only

(iii)and (iv)only

(i),(ii)and (iii)only

(ii)and (iv)only
(2 marks)
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 120 of 421
Questions 107
q
13.5
Abuildingsocietyadds interestmonthlyto investors'accounts eventhoughinterestrates
are expressedinannual terms.Thecurrentrate of interestis 6%per year.
Aninvestordeposits$1,000on 1January. Howmuchinterestwillhave been earned by
30 June?
$
13.6
(2 marks)
Aone-year investmentyieldsa returnof 15%.Thecash returnedfromthe investment,
includingprincipaland interest,is $2,070.Whatis the interest?



$250
$270
$300

$310.50
(2 marks)
13.7 Ifa singlesumof $12,000is investedat 8%per year withinterestcompoundedquarterly,
what is the amountto whichthe principalwillhave grownby the end of year three?
(approximately)


$15,117
$9,528


$15,219
$30,924
(2 marks)
G
H
13.8
13.9
Whichis worthmost,at presentvalues,assumingan annual rate of interestof 8%?

$1,200inexactlyone year fromnow



$1,400inexactlytwoyears fromnow
$1,600inexactlythree years fromnow
$1,800inexactlyfouryears fromnow
(2 marks)
Abank offersdepositorsa nominal4%pa, withinterestpayable quarterly.Whatis the
effectiveannual rate of interest(to twodecimalplaces)?
%
(2 marks)
13.10 Aprojectrequiringan investmentof $1,200is expectedto generate returnsof $400 in
years 1and 2 and $350 inyears 3 and 4. Ifthe NPV=$22 at 9%and the NPV=–$4 at 10%,
what is the IRRforthe project?
108



9.15%
9.85%
10.15%

10.85%
(2 marks)
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 121 of 421
q
13.11 Asumof moneywas investedfor10years at 7%per year and is nowworth$2,000. What
was the originalamountinvested(to the nearest $)?

$1,026

$1,017

$3,937

$14,048
(2 marks)
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
13.12 Housepricesriseat 2%per calendar month.Whatis the annual rate of increasecorrectto
one decimalplace?

24%

26.8%

12.7%

12.2%
(2 marks)
13.13 Whatis the presentvalueof ten annual paymentsof $700,the firstpaid immediatelyand
discountedat 8%,givingyouranswerto the nearest $?




$4,697
$1,050
$4,435
$5,073
(2 marks)
G
H
13.14 Aninvestoris to receivean annuityof $19,260forsixyears commencingat the end of
year 1.Ithas a presentvalueof $86,400.
Whatisthe rate of interest(to the nearest wholepercent)?

4%

7%

9%

11%
(2 marks)
13.15 Howmuchshouldbe investednow(to the nearest $) to receive$24,000 per year in
perpetuityifthe annual rate of interestis 5%?

$1,200

$25,200

$120,000

$480,000
(2 marks)
13.16 Thenet presentvalueof an investmentat 12%is $24,000, and at 20%is –$8,000. Whatis
the internalrate of returnof thisinvestment?
%
State youranswerto the nearest wholepercent.
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 122 of 421
(2 marks)
Questions 109
G
q
The following data is relevant for questions 13.17 and 13.18.
Diamond
Cohasa payback
period
limitofthreeyearsandisconsidering
investing
inoneofthe
following
projects.
Bothprojects
require
aninitial
investment
of$800,000.Cashinflows
accrue
evenly
throughout
theyear.
Project
Alpha
Project
Beta
Year
Cashinflow
Year
Cashinflow
$
$
1
250,000
1
250,000
2
250,000
2
350,000
3
400,000
3
400,000
4
300,000
4
200,000
5
200,000
5
150,000
6
50,000
6
150,000
Thecompany's
costofcapitalis10%.
13.17 Whatisthenon-discounted
payback
period
ofProject
Beta?




2 yearsand2 months
2 yearsand4 months
2 yearsand5 months
2 yearsand6 months
(2 marks)
13.18 Whatisthediscounted
payback
period
ofProject
Alpha?

Between
1and2 years

Between
3 and4 years

Between
4 and5 years

Between
5 and6 years
H
(2 marks)
13.19 Acapitalinvestment
project
hasaninitial
investment
followed
byconstant
annual
returns.
Howisthepayback
period
calculated?

Initial
investment
÷annual
profit

Initial
investment
÷annual
netcashinflow

(Initial
investment
– residual
value)÷annual
profit

(Initial
investment
– residual
value)÷annual
netcashinflow
(2 marks)
13.20 Amachine
hasaninvestment
costof$60,000attime0. Thepresent
values
(attime0)of
theexpected
netcashinflows
fromthemachine
overitsuseful
lifeare:
Discount
rate
Present
valueofcashinflows
10%
$64,600
15%
$58,200
20%
$52,100
Whatistheinternal
rateofreturn
(IRR)ofthemachine
investment?

Below
10%

Between
10%and15%

Between
15%and20%

Over20%
(2 marks)
110 Management
Accounting
(FMA/MA)
Page 123 of 421
q
13.21 Aninvestmentprojecthas a positivenet presentvalue(NPV)of $7,222whenits cash flows
are discountedat the cost of capital of 10%per year. Netcash inflowsfromthe projectare
expectedto be $18,000per year forfiveyears. Thecumulativediscount(annuity)factor for
fiveyears at 10%is 3.791.
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
Whatis the investmentat the start of the project?

$61,016

$68,238

$75,460

$82,778
(2 marks)
13.22 Whichof the followingaccuratelydefinesthe internalrate of return(IRR)?




Theaverage annual profitfroman investmentexpressedas a percentage of the
investmentsum
Thediscountrate (%)at whichthe net presentvalueof the cash flowsfroman
investmentis zero
Thenet presentvalueof the cash flowsfroman investmentdiscountedat the
requiredrate of return
Therate (%)at whichdiscountednet profitsfroman investmentare zero (2 marks)
13.23 Aninvestmentprojecthas the followingdiscountedcash flows($'000):
Year
0%
(90)
30
30
30
30
30
G
0
1
2
3
4
Discountrate
10%
(90)
27.3
24.8
22.5
20.5
5.1
20%
(90)
25.0
29.8
17.4
14.5
(12.3)
H
Therequiredrate of returnon investmentis 10%per year.
Whatis the discountedpayback periodof the investmentproject?

Lessthan 3.0 years
13.24

3.0 years

Between3.0 years and 4.0 years

Morethan 4.0 years
(2 marks)
Whatis the effectiveannual rate of interestof 2.1%compoundedeverythree months?

6.43%

8.40%


8.67%
10.87%
(2 marks)
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 124 of 421
Questions 111
G
q
13.25 Iftheinterest
rateis8%,whatwould
youpayfora perpetuity
of$1,500starting
inone
year'stime?(tothenearest
$)
$
(2 marks)
13.26 Thefollowing
question
istakenfromtheJune2012exam.
Aninvestor
hasthechoicebetween
twoinvestments.
Investment
Exeoffersinterest
of4%
peryearcompounded
semi-annually
fora period
ofthreeyears.Investment
Wyeoffersone
interest
payment
of20%attheendofitsfour-year
life.
Whatistheannual
effective
interest
rateoffered
bythetwoinvestments?
Investment
Exe
Investment
Wye

4.00%
4.66%

4.00%
5.00%

4.04%
4.66%

4.04%
5.00%
(2 marks)
13.27 Thefollowing
question
istakenfromtheJune2013exam.
Aproject
hasaninitial
outflow
of$12,000followed
bysixequalannual
cashinflows,
commencing
inoneyear'stime.Thepayback
period
isexactly
fouryears.Thecostof
capitalis12%peryear.
Whatistheproject's
netpresent
value(tothenearest
$)?

$333

–$2,899


–$3,778
–$5,926
(2 marks)
question
istakenfromtheSeptember
toAugust2019examperiod.
13.28 Thefollowing
Amachine
hasa carrying
valueof$60,000.Itistobeusedtomanufacture
a newproduct.
Ithasnoalternative
use.Depreciation
ofthemachine
willcontinue
at$15,000perannum.
Incremental
netcashinflows
of$40,000areexpected
fromthenewproduct
inthefirst
year.Thecostofcapitalis10%perannum.
Allcashflowsareassumed
tooccurattheend
oftheyear.
Whatisthediscounted
cashflowinthefirstyearforthenewproduct
(tothenearest
$100)?
$
(2 marks)
13.29 Thefollowing
question
istakenfromtheSeptember
toAugust2020examperiod.
Aninvestor
planstoinvest
$5,000overthenextfiveyears.Thefirstamount
of$1,000will
beinvested
todayfollowed
byfourfurther
amounts
of$1,000eachatone-year
intervals.
Theinvestments
willearn8%interest
peryear.
Whatwilltheinvestment
beworth
attheendofthefifthyear(tothenearest
$)?
$
(2 marks)
112 Management
Accounting
(FMA/MA)
Page 125 of 421
H
G
q
13.30
Thefollowingquestion is taken from September to August2020 exam period.
Thediscountedvaluesof a capital investmentprojectare shownon the followingchart. The
cost of capital is 15%.
160
120
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
NPV
($'000)
80
40
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
–40
–80
Discount
rate(%)
Arethe followingstatements, relatingto the abovechart, true or false?
(1)
Thecapital investmentamountis $120,000
(2)
TheIRRis morethan 15%

Bothstatements are true

Bothstatements are false

Statement1is true, statement 2 is false

Statement1is false,statement 2 is true
H
(2 marks)
(Total = 60 marks)
Important note
Youhave nowreached the end of the multiplechoicequestionsforBudgeting.Makesure that
you practisethe multi-taskquestionson BudgetinginSection24. Thereal examwillcontainthree
10-markmulti-taskquestionson Budgeting,Standard costingand Performancemeasurement.
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 126 of 421
Questions 113
q
G
H
114
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 127 of 421
q
Do you
know?
– Standard
costing
Check that you can fillin the blanks in the statements belowbefore you attempt any
questions. Ifin doubt, you should go back to your BPPWorkbookand revisefirst.

Ifan organisationuses standard marginalcostinginstead of standard absorptioncosting,
there willbe no ........................................varianceand the .................
....................../.....….…
varianceswillbe valuedat the standard contributionper unit
(as opposedto standard profitper unit).

Thereare many possiblereasonsforvariancesarisingincludingefficienciesand
inefficienciesof operations,.....………
instandard settingand changes inexchangerates.

Individualvariancesshouldnot be lookedat inisolation.Theymightbe interdependent/
interrelated.One may be .....….…………
and one .....………
.

An........................................providesa reconciliationbetweenbudgeted and actual profit.

........................................, ........................................and ........................................should
be consideredbeforea decisionabout whetheror not to investigatea varianceis taken.
One way of decidingwhetheror not to investigatea varianceis to investigateonlythose
varianceswhichexceedpre-set tolerancelimits.

Avarianceshouldonlybe investigatedifthe expectedvalueof .....…..….…
from
investigationand any controlactionexceedthe .....……of
investigation.
Ifthe cause of a varianceiscontrollable,actioncan be taken to bringthe systemback
undercontrolinfuture.Ifthe varianceis uncontrollable,but not simplydue to chance, it
willbe necessaryto review.....….…of expectedresults,and perhaps to revisethe .....….…
.


Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
Possiblepitfalls
Writedowna listof mistakesyou knowyou shouldavoid.
G
H
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 128 of 421
Questions 115
q
Did you
know?
– Standard
costing
Could you fillin the blanks? Theanswers are in bold. Usethis page for revisionpurposes as
you approach the exam.

Ifan organisationuses standard marginalcostinginstead of standard absorptioncosting,
there willbe no fixedoverhead volumevarianceand the sales volume/quantity variances
willbe valuedat the standard contributionper unit(as opposedto standard profitper unit).

Thereare many possiblereasonsforvariancesarisingincludingefficienciesand
inefficienciesof operations,errors instandard settingand changes inexchangerates.

Individualvariancesshouldnot be lookedat inisolation.Theymightbe interdependent/
interrelated.One may be adverse and one favourable.

Anoperating statement providesa reconciliationbetweenbudgeted and actual profit.

Materiality,controllabilityand variance trend shouldbe consideredbeforea decision
about whetheror not to investigatea varianceis taken. One way of decidingwhetheror
not to investigatea varianceis to investigateonlythose varianceswhichexceedpre-set
tolerancelimits.

Avarianceshouldonlybe investigatedifthe expectedvalueof benefits frominvestigation
and any controlactionexceedthe costs of investigation.

Ifthe cause of a varianceis controllable,action can be taken to bringthe system back
under controlin future. Ifthe varianceis uncontrollable,but not simplydue to chance,
it willbe necessary to reviewforecasts of expected results,and perhaps to revisethe
budget.

Possiblepitfalls
–
–
Forgettingto state whetherthe varianceis adverseor favourable
Notlearninghowto calculateeach type of variance
G
H
116
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 129 of 421
G
q
14
Standard
costing
14.1 HTCo is inthe processof settingstandard unitcosts fornextperiod.ProductJ uses two
types of material,P and S. 7 kg of materialP and 3 kg of materialS are needed, at a
standard priceof $4 per kg and $9 per kg respectively.
Directlabourwillcost $7per hourand each unitof J requires5 hoursof labour.
Productionoverheadsare to be recoveredat the rate of $6 per directlabourhour, and
generaloverheadis to be absorbed at a rate of ten per cent of productioncost.
Whatis the standard primecost forone unitof productJ?
$
14.2
14.3
14.4
(2 marks)
Whatis an attainable standard?

Astandard whichincludesno allowanceforlosses,waste and inefficiencies.It
representsthe levelof performancewhichis attainable underperfectoperating
conditions

Astandard whichincludessomeallowanceforlosses,waste and inefficiencies.It
representsthe levelof performancewhichis attainable underefficientoperating
conditions

Astandard whichis based on currentlyattainable operatingconditions

Astandard whichis kept unchanged,to showthe trend incosts
(2 marks)
Whichof the followingstatements is correct?
H

Theoperatingstandards set forproductionshouldbe the mostidealpossible

Theoperatingstandards set forproductionshouldbe the minimallevel

Theoperatingstandards set forproductionshouldbe the attainable level

Theoperatingstandards set forproductionshouldbe the maximumlevel (2 marks)
Acompanymanufacturesa carbonated drink,whichis soldin1litrebottles.Duringthe
bottlingprocessthere is a 20%lossof liquidinputdue to spillageand evaporation.Whatis
the standard usage of liquidper bottle(to twodecimalplaces)?
litres
14.5
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
(2 marks)
Whichof the followingbest describesmanagementby exception?

Usingmanagementreportsto highlightexceptionallygood performance,so that
favourableresultscan be builtuponto improvefutureoutcomes

Sendingmanagementreportsonlyto those managers whoare able to act on the
informationcontainedwithinthe reports

Focusingmanagementreportson areas whichrequireattentionand ignoringthose
whichappear to be performingwithinacceptable limits

Focusingmanagementreportson areas whichare performingjustoutside
(2 marks)
acceptable limits
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 130 of 421
Questions 117
G
q
14.6
Standard costingprovideswhichof the following?
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)

Targetsand measuresof performance
Informationforbudgeting
Simplification
of inventorycontrolsystems
Actualfuturecosts
(i),(ii)and (iii)only



(ii),(iii)and (iv)only
(i),(iii)and (iv)only
(i),(ii)and (iv)only
(2 marks)
14.7 Aunitof productLrequires9 activelabourhoursforcompletion.Theperformance
standard forproductLallowsforten per cent of total labourtimeto be idle,due to
machinedowntime.Thestandard wage rate is $9 per hour. Whatis the standard labour
cost per unitof productL?
$
(2 marks)
(Total = 14marks)
15
Variance
analysis
15.1 KWCo manufacturesa singleproductL,forwhichthe standard materialcost is as follows.
$ per unit
Material14kg $3
42
DuringJuly, 800 unitsof Lweremanufactured,12,000kg of materialwerepurchasedfor
$33,600,of which11,500kg wereissuedto production.
SMCo valuesallinventoryat standard cost.
Whatare the materialpriceand usage variancesforJuly?
118


Price
$2,300 (F)
$2,300 (F)
Usage
$900 (A)
$300 (A)


$2,400 (F)
$2,400 (F)
$900 (A)
$840 (A)
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 131 of 421
(2 marks)
H
q
The following information
relates
to questions
15.2 and 15.3.
DHCo expectedto produce200 unitsof its product,the Bone,in20X3.Infact 260 unitswere
produced.Thestandard labourcost per unitwas $70(10hoursat a rate of $7per hour).The
actual labourcost was $18,600and the labourforceworked2,200 hoursalthoughthey were
paid for2,300 hours.
15.2
Whatis the directlabourrate varianceforthe companyin20X3?




15.3
(2 marks)
Whatis the directlabourefficiencyvarianceforthe companyin20X3?




15.4
$400 (A)
$2,500 (F)
$2,500 (A)
$3,200 (A)
$400 (A)
$2,100(F)
$2,800 (A)
$2,800 (F)
(2 marks)
ExtractsfromDogCo's recordsfromlast periodare as follows.
Budget
Actual
Production
1,925units
2,070units
Variableproductionoverheadcost
$11,550
$14,904
Labourhoursworked
5,775
8,280
Whatare the variableproductionoverheadvariancesforlast period?
Expenditure Efficiency

$1,656(F)
$2,070(A)

$1,656(F)
$3,726(A)

$1,656(F)
$4,140(A)

$3,354(A)
(2 marks)
$4,140(A)
G
15.5
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
DCCo has budgeted to makeand sell4,200 unitsof productXduringthe period.
Thestandard fixedoverheadcost per unitis $4.
Duringthe periodcoveredby the budget, the actual resultswereas follows.
Productionand sales
5,000 units
Fixedoverheadincurred
$17,500
Whatare the fixedoverheadvariancesforthe period?
Fixedoverhead
Fixedoverhead
expenditurevariance
volumevariance

$700 (F)
$3,200 (F)

$700 (F)
$3,200 (A)

$700 (A)
$3,200 (F)

$700 (A)
$3,200 (A)
(2 marks)
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 132 of 421
Questions 119
H
G
q
15.6
BBCo manufacturesa singleproduct,and relevantdata forDecemberis as follows.
Budget/standard
Actual
Productionunits
1,800
1,900
Labourhours
9,000
9,400
Fixedproductionoverhead
$36,000
$39,480
Whatare the fixedproductionoverheadcapacity and efficiencyvariancesforDecember?
Capacity
Efficiency

$1,600(F)
$400 (F)

$1,600(A)
$400 (A)

$1,600(A)
$400 (F)
$400 (A)

$1,600(F)
(2 marks)
15.7
Whichof the followingwouldhelpto explaina favourabledirectlabourefficiencyvariance?
(i) Employeeswereof a lowerskilllevelthan specifiedinthe standard
(ii) Betterqualitymaterialwas easierto process
(iii) Suggestionsforimprovedworkingmethodswereimplementedduringthe period

(i),(ii)and (iii)

(i)and (ii)only

(ii)and (iii)only

(i)and (iii)only
(2 marks)
15.8
Whichof the followingstatements is correct?

Anadversedirectmaterialcost variancewillalwaysbe a combinationof an adverse
materialpricevarianceand an adversematerialusage variance

Anadversedirectmaterialcost variancewillalwaysbe a combinationof an adverse
materialpricevarianceand a favourablematerialusage variance

Anadversedirectmaterialcost variancecan be a combinationof a favourable
materialpricevarianceand a favourablematerialusage variance

Anadversedirectmaterialcost variancecan be a combinationof a favourable
materialpricevarianceand an adversematerialusage variance
(2 marks)
The following information
relates
to Questions
15.9 and 15.10.
VCo has a budgeted materialcost of $125,000forthe productionof 25,000 unitsper month.
Eachunitis budgeted to use 2 kg of material.Thestandard cost of materialis $2.50 per kg.
Actualmaterialsinthe monthcost $136,000for27,000 unitsand 53,000 kg werepurchased
and used.
15.9 Whatwas the adversematerialpricevariance?
$
(2 marks)
15.10 Whatwas the favourablematerialusage variance?
$
120
(2 marks)
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 133 of 421
H
G
q
15.11 Thefollowinginformationrelatesto labourcosts forthe past month:
Budget
Labourrate
Productiontime
Timeper unit
Productionunits
Actual
$10per hour
15,000hours
3 hours
5,000 units
Wages paid
Production
Totalhoursworked
$176,000
5,500 units
14,000hours
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
Therewas no idletime.
Whatwerethe labourrate and efficiencyvariances?



Ratevariance
$26,000 Adverse
$26,000 Adverse
$36,000 Adverse

$36,000 Adverse
Efficiencyvariance
$25,000 Favourable
$10,000Favourable
$2,500 Favourable
$25,000 Favourable
(2 marks)
15.12 ManufacturingCo operates a standard absorptioncostingsystem.Lastmonth25,000
productionhourswerebudgeted and the budgeted fixedproductionoverheadcost was
$125,000.Lastmonththe actual hoursworkedwere24,000 and the standard hoursfor
actual productionwere27,000.
Whatwas the fixedproductionoverheadcapacity varianceforlast month?

$5,000 Adverse

$5,000 Favourable

$10,000Adverse

$10,000Favourable
The following information
Numberof unitsproduced
Directmaterials
Directlabour
Variableoverhead
H
(2 marks)
relates
to questions
2,200
Budget
$
110,000
286,000
132,000
15.13 to 15.15.
2,000
Actual
$
110,000
280,000
120,000
Theactual numberof unitsproducedwas 2,000.
15.13 Whatwas the total directmaterialsvariance?

Nil

$10,000Adverse

$10,000Favourable

$11,000Adverse
(2 marks)
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 134 of 421
Questions 121
q
15.14 Whatwas the total directlabourvariance?

$6,000 Favourable

$20,000 Adverse

$22,000 Favourable

Nil
(2 marks)
15.15 Whatwas the total directvariableoverheadsvariance?

Nil

$12,000Favourable

$12,000Adverse

$11,000Adverse
(2 marks)
15.16 Whichof the followingstatements are true?
(i)
(ii)




G
Afavourablefixedoverheadvolumecapacity varianceoccurswhenactual hoursof
workare greater than budgeted hoursof work
Alabourforcethat produces5,000 standard hoursof workin5,500 actual hourswill
givea favourablefixedoverheadvolumeefficiencyvariance
(i)is true and (ii)is false
Bothare true
Bothare false
(i)is falseand (ii)istrue
(2 marks)
15.17 Whichof the followingstatements are true?
(i) Thefixedoverheadvolumecapacity variancerepresentspart of the over/under
absorptionof overheads
(ii) Acompanyworksfewerhoursthan budgeted. Thiswillresultinan adversefixed
overheadvolumecapacity variance

(i)is true and (ii)is false

Bothare true

Bothare false

(i)is falseand (ii)is true
(2 marks)
15.18 Thecosts belowrelate to the monthof June.
Fixedbudget Flexedbudget
Actual
2,200 units
2,000 units 2,000 units
Totaldirectmaterials $165,000
$150,000
$140,000
Whatwas the total directmaterialvariance?

$10,000Adverse

$10,000Favourable

$25,000 Adverse

$25,000 Favourable
122
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 135 of 421
(2 marks)
H
q
15.19 Thegraph belowshowsthe standard fixedoverheadcost per unit,the total budgeted fixed
overheadcost and the actual fixedoverheadcost forthe monthof December.Theactual
numberof unitsproducedinJune was 2,500 units.
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
20000
17500
Budgeted
fixed
overhead
cost
15000
Fixed
overhead
12500
cost
$
10000
7500
dt
ea cos
h
r
e
ov
Actual
fixed
overhead
cost
ed
rdfix
a
d
an
St
5000
2500
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 x
Number
ofunits
G
H
Whatis the total fixedoverheadvariance?

$2,500 Adverse
15.20

$3,750Favourable

$5,000 Adverse

$6,250Favourable
(2 marks)
BCo currentlyuses a standard absorptioncostingsystem.Thefixedoverheadvariances
extractedfromthe operatingstatement forNovemberare:
Fixedproductionoverheadexpenditurevariance
Fixedproductionoverheadcapacity variance
Fixedproductionoverheadefficiencyvariance
$
5,800 adverse
4,200 favourable
1,400adverse
PQCo is consideringusingstandard marginalcostingas the basis forvariancereportingin
future.Whatvarianceforfixedproductionoverheadwouldbe shownina marginalcosting
operatingstatement forNovember?

Novariancewouldbe shownforfixedproductionoverhead

Expenditurevariance:$5,800 adverse

Volumevariance:$2,800 favourable

Totalvariance:$3,000 adverse
(2 marks)
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 136 of 421
Questions 123
G
q
15.21 Whichof the followingsituationsis mostlikelyto resultina favourablesellingprice
variance?




Thesales directordecidedto change fromthe plannedpolicyof marketskimming
pricingto one of marketpenetrationpricing.
Fewercustomersthan expectedtookadvantage of the earlypayment discounts
offered.
Competitorscharged lowerpricesthan expected,thereforesellingpriceshad to be
reducedinorderto competeeffectively.
Demandforthe productwas higherthan expectedand pricescouldbe raised
withoutadverseeffectson sales volumes.
(2 marks)
The following information
relates
to questions
15.22 to 15.25.
GSCo manufacturesa singleproduct.Anextract froma variancecontrolreporttogetherwith
relevantstandard cost data is shownbelow.
Standard sellingpriceper unit
$70
$10per unit
Standard directmaterialcost (5 kg $2 per kg)
Budgetedtotal materialcost of sales
$2,300 per month
Budgetedprofitmargin
$6,900 per month
ActualresultsforFebruary
Salesrevenue
$15,200
Totaldirectmaterialcost
$2,400
Directmaterialpricevariance
$800 adverse
Directmaterialusage variance
$400 favourable
Therewas no change ininventorylevelsduringthe month.
15.22 Whatwas the actual productioninFebruary?
(2 marks)
units
15.23
Whatwas the actual usage of directmaterialduringFebruary?
kg
15.24
15.25
124
(2 marks)
Whatwas the sellingpricevarianceforFebruary?


$120(F)
$900 (A)


$1,200(A)
$1,200(F)
(2 marks)
Whatwas the sales volumeprofitvarianceforFebruary?

$900 (F)



$1,200(F)
$900 (A)
$2,100(A)
(2 marks)
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 137 of 421
H
q
15.26
ACo uses a standard absorptioncostingsystem.Thefollowingdetailshave been extracted
fromits budget forApril.
Fixedproductionoverheadcost
$48,000
Production(units)
4,800
InAprilthe fixedproductionoverheadcost was underabsorbed by $8,000 and the fixed
productionoverheadexpenditurevariancewas $2,000 adverse.
Whatwas the actual numberof unitsproduced?
units
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
(2 marks)
15.27 DCo purchased6,850 kgsof materialat a total cost of $21,920.Thematerialprice
variancewas $1,370favourable.Whatwas the standard priceper kg?
$
15.28
(2 marks)
Thefollowingdata relatesto one of BCCo's products.
$ per unit
Sellingprice
Variablecosts
Fixedcosts
12.00
9.00
$ per unit
27.00
21.00
6.00
Profit
Budgetedsales forcontrolperiod7 were2,400 units,but actual sales were2,550 units.The
revenueearned fromthese sales was $67,320.
Profitreconciliationstatements are drawnup usingmarginalcostingprinciples.Whatsales
varianceswouldbe includedinsuch a statement forperiod7?
Price
Volume
$900 (F)

$1,530(A)

$1,530(A)
$2,250(F)
G


15.29
$1,530(A)
$1,530(F)
$2,250(A)
$2,250(F)
(2 marks)
SeattleCo uses varianceanalysisto controlcosts and revenues.
Informationconcerningsales is as follows:
Budgetedsellingprice
$15per unit
Budgetedsales units
10,000units
Budgetedprofitper unit
$5 per unit
Actualsales revenue
$151,500
Actualunitssold
9,800 units
Whatis the sales volumeprofitvariance?

$500 Favourable

$1,000Favourable


$1,000Adverse
$3,000 Adverse
(2 marks)
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 138 of 421
Questions 125
H
q
The following information
relates
to questions
15.30 and 15.31.
Thestandard directmaterialcost per unitfora productis calculatedas follows:
10.5litresat $2.50 per litre
Lastmonththe actual pricepaid for12,000litresof materialused was 4%abovestandard and
the directmaterialusage variancewas $1,815favourable.Nostocksof materialare held.
15.30 Whatwas the adversedirectmaterialpricevarianceforlast month?

$1,000



$1,200
$1,212
$1,260
(2 marks)
15.31 Whatwas the actual productionlast month(inunits)?




15.32
1,074
1,119
1,212
1,258
(2 marks)
LastmonthZCo budgeted to sell8,000 unitsat a priceof $12.50per unit.Actualsales last
monthwere9,000 unitsgivinga total sales revenueof $117,000.
Whatwas the sales pricevarianceforlast month?

$4,000 Favourable
G



15.33
$4,000 Adverse
$4,500 Favourable
$4,500 Adverse
H
(2 marks)
HCo uses a standard absorptioncostingsystem.Lastmonthbudgeted productionwas
8,000 unitsand the standard fixedproductionoverheadcost was $15per unit.Actual
productionlast monthwas 8,500 unitsand the actual fixedproductionoverheadcost was
$17per unit.
Whatwas the total adversefixedproductionoverheadvarianceforlast month?
$
126
(2 marks)
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 139 of 421
G
q
15.34
Acost centre had an overheadabsorptionrate of $4.25per machinehour, based on a
budgeted activitylevelof 12,400machinehours.
Inthe periodcoveredby the budget, actual machinehoursworkedwere2%morethan the
budgeted hoursand the actual overheadexpenditureincurredinthe cost centre was
$56,389.
Whatwas the total overor underabsorptionof overheadsinthe cost centre forthe period?

$1,054overabsorbed
15.35

$2,635underabsorbed

$3,689overabsorbed

$3,689underabsorbed
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
(2 marks)
Q Co uses standard marginalcosting.Lastmonththe standard contributionon actual
sales was $10,000and the followingvariancesarose:
$
Totalvariablecosts variance
2,000 Adverse
Salespricevariance
500 Favourable
Salesvolumecontributionvariance
1,000Adverse
Whatwas the actual contributionforlast month?
$
15.36
(2 marks)
ADCo manufacturesand sellsa singleproduct,E,and uses a standard absorptioncosting
system.Standard cost and sellingpricedetailsforproductEare as follows.
$ per unit
8
2
10
5
15
Variablecost
Fixedcost
Standard profit
Standard sellingprice
Thesales volumevariancereportedforlast periodwas $9,000 adverse.
ADCo is consideringusingstandard marginalcostingas the basis forvariancereportingin
future.Whatwouldbe the correctsales volumevarianceto be shownina marginalcosting
operatingstatement forlast period?

$6,428(A)

$6,428(F)

$12,600(F)

$12,600(A)
(2 marks)
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 140 of 421
Questions 127
H
q
15.37 Whencomparingthe profitsreportedunderabsorptioncostingand marginalcosting
duringa periodwhenthe levelof inventoryincreased,whichof the followingis true?




15.38
Absorptioncostingprofitswillbe higherand closinginventoryvaluationslowerthan
those undermarginalcosting.
Absorptioncostingprofitswillbe higherand closinginventoryvaluationshigherthan
those undermarginalcosting.
Marginalcostingprofitswillbe higherand closinginventoryvaluationslowerthan
those underabsorptioncosting.
Marginalcostingprofitswillbe higherand closinginventoryvaluationshigherthan
those underabsorptioncosting.
(2 marks)
PHCo producesa singleproductand currentlyuses absorptioncostingforits internal
managementaccountingreports.Thefixedproductionoverheadabsorptionrate is $34 per
unit.Openinginventoriesforthe year were100unitsand closinginventorieswere180units.
Thecompany'smanagementaccountant is consideringa switchto marginalcostingas the
inventoryvaluationbasis.
Ifmarginalcostingwereused, the marginalcostingprofitforthe year, comparedwiththe
profitcalculatedby absorptioncosting,wouldbe whichof the following?

$2,720lower



$2,720higher
$3,400 lower
$3,400 higher
(2 marks)
G
H
15.39 Thebudgeted contributionforHMFCo forJune was $290,000.Thefollowingvariances
occurredduringthe month.
$
Fixedoverheadexpenditurevariance
6,475
Totaldirectlabourvariance
11,323
Totalvariableoverheadvariance
21,665
Sellingpricevariance
21,875
Fixedoverheadvolumevariance
12,500
Salesvolumevariance
36,250
Totaldirectmaterialsvariance
6,335
Whatwas the actual contributionforthe month?

$252,923

$258,948

$321,052

$327,077
128
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 141 of 421
Favourable
Favourable
Adverse
Favourable
Adverse
Adverse
Adverse
(2 marks)
G
q
15.40 Thefollowing
question
istakenfromtheDecember
2011exam.
Acompany
calculates
thefollowing
under
a standard
absorption
costing
system.
(i) Thesalesvolume
margin
variance
(ii)
Thetotalfixedoverhead
variance
(iii) Thetotalvariable
overhead
variance
Ifa company
changed
toa standard
marginal
costing
system,
whichvariances
could
changeinvalue?

(i)only

(ii)only

(i)and(ii)only

(i),(ii)and(iii)
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
(2 marks)
15.41 Thefollowing
question
istakenfromtheDecember
2012exam.
Acompany
usesa standard
absorption
costing
system.
Thefollowing
figures
areavailable
forthelastaccounting
period
inwhichactualprofitwas$108,000.
$
Salesvolume
profitvariance
6,000adverse
Salespricevariance
5,000favourable
Totalvariable
costvariance
7,000adverse
Fixedcostexpenditure
variance
3,000favourable
Fixedcostvolume
variance
2,000adverse
Whatwasthestandard
profitforactualsalesinthelastaccounting
period?

$101,000

$107,000

$109,000

$115,000
H
(2 marks)
question
istakenfromtheJuly toDecember
2013examperiod.
15.42 Thefollowing
Acompany
usesa standard
absorption
costing
system.
Lastmonth
theactualprofitwas
$500,000.Theonlyvariances
recorded
forthemonth
wereasfollows:
$'000
Salesvolume
profitvariance
10adverse
Fixedproduction
overhead
capacityvariance
30favourable
Fixedproduction
overhead
efficiency
variance
40adverse
Fixedproduction
overhead
volume
variance
10adverse
Fixedproduction
overhead
expenditure
variance 50favourable
Directlabour
efficiency
variance
15adverse
Whatwasthebudgeted
profitforlastmonth?

$485,000

$495,000

$505,000

$515,000
(2 marks)
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 142 of 421
Questions129
q
15.43
Thefollowingquestion is taken from the January to June 2014exam period.
Acompanyuses a standard absorptioncostingsystem.Actualprofitlast periodwas
$25,000, whichwas $5,000 lessthan budgeted profit.Thestandard profiton actual sales
forthe periodwas $15,000.Onlythree variancesoccurredinthe period:a sales volume
profitvariance,a sales pricevarianceand a directmaterialpricevariance.
Whichof the followingis a validcombinationof the three variances?
Salesvolume
Salesprice
Directmaterial
profitvariance
variance
pricevariance

$15,000A
$2,000 F
$8,000 F

$5,000 A
$2,000 A
$2,000 F

$15,000A
$2,000 A
$8,000 A

$5,000 A
(2 marks)
$5,000 F
$5,000 A
15.44
Thefollowingquestion is taken from the July to December2014exam period.
Acompany’sactual profitfora periodwas $27,000.Theonlyvariancesforthe period
were:
$
Salesprice
5,000 adverse
Fixedoverheadvolume
3,000 favourable.
Fixedoverheadcapacity
4,000 favourable
Fixedoverheadefficiency
1,000adverse
Whatwas the budgeted profitforthe period?

$25,000

$26,000

$28,000

$29,000
(2 marks)
G
15.45
Thefollowingquestion is taken from the January to June 2015exam period.
Acompanyuses standard marginalcosting.Itsbudgeted contributionforthe last month
was $20,000. Theactual contributionforthe monthwas $15,000,and the following
varianceshave been calculated:
Salesvolumecontributionvariance
$5,000 adverse
Salespricevariance
$9,000 favourable
Fixedoverheadexpenditurevariance
$3,000 favourable
Whatwas the total variablecost variance?

$9,000 adverse

$9,000 favourable


130
$12,000adverse
$12,000favourable
(2 marks)
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 143 of 421
H
q
15.46
Thefollowingquestion is taken from the January to June 2016exam period.
Thefollowingvariancesoccurredlast period.
Salesvolumecontribution
$20,000 favourable
Salesprice
$5,000 adverse
Totalvariablecost
$18,000favourable
Fixedcost expenditure
$12,000adverse
Ifthe flexedbudget contributionwas $200,000, what was the actual contribution?

$213,000

$218,000

$221,000

$233,000
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
(2 marks)
15.47 Thefollowingquestion is taken from the January to June 2017exam period.
Afirmuses standard marginalcosting.Lastperiodthe followingresultswererecorded:
Actualsales units
5,000
Standard contributionper unit
$60
Salespricevariance
$5,000 Adverse
Salesvolumecontributionvariance
$8,000 Favourable
Noother variancesarose last period.
Whatwas the actual contributionforthe period?

$295,000
G
15.48

$305,000

$303,000

$297,000
H
(2 marks)
Thefollowingquestion is taken from the July to December2017exam period.
Acompanyuses standard marginalcostingto monitorperformance.Thebudgeted profit
and budgeted fixedoverheadfora monthwere$25,000 and $12,000respectively.Inthe
month,the followingvariancesoccurred:
$
Salesvolumecontribution
1,000Adverse
Salesprice
2,000 Favourable
Totalvariablecosts
4,000 Adverse
Fixedproductionoverheadexpenditure
500 Adverse
Whatwas the actual profitforthe month?

$9,500

$21,500

$33,500

$40,000
(2 marks)
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 144 of 421
Questions 131
G
q
15.49
Thefollowingquestion is taken from the September to August2019exam period.
Afirmuses standard absorptioncosting.Thefollowingvariancesoccurredlast period:
$
Salesvolumeprofit
10,100
Adverse
Salesprice
4,200
Favourable
Materialprice
2,300
Favourable
Labourefficiency
500
Adverse
Fixedoverheadexpenditure
1,800
Adverse
Fixedoverheadvolume
2,000
Adverse
Fixedoverheadcapacity
1,500
Favourable
Fixedoverheadefficiency
3,500
Adverse
Thestandard profitfromactual sales forthe periodwas $240,000.
Whatwas the actual profitforthe period?

$232,100

$240,200


$230,100
$242,200
(2 marks)
(Total = 98 marks)
Important note
Youhave nowreached the end of the multiplechoicequestionsforStandard costing.Makesure
that you practisethe multi-taskquestionson Standard costinginSection25. Thereal examwill
containthree 10-markmulti-taskquestionson Budgeting,Standard costingand Performance
measurement.
132
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 145 of 421
H
G
q
Do you know?
– Performance
measurement
Checkthatyoucanfillintheblanksinthestatements
belowbeforeyouattempt
any
questions.
Ifindoubt,youshouldgobacktoyourBPPWorkbook
andrevisefirst.

A......................................
isa formal
statement
ofthebusiness'
aim.Itcanplayan
important
pointinthe…………..
process.
Cascading
downwards
fromthisisa hierarchy
of
goalsand…………….
These
maybesplitintooperational,
tacticalandstrategic.
Cascading
downwards
fromthisarethecritical
success
factors.
Acritical
success
factorisa
performance
requirement
thatisfundamental
tocompetitive
success.
……….……………….
……………..
arequantifiable
measurements
whichreflect
thecritical
success
factors.

The3 Eswhicharegenerally
desirable
features
oforganisational
performance
are
..................,....................,
and…………....

Theformula
forreturn
oncapitalemployed
=(…………./………………)
100%.
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
Capitalemployed
=…………………..
+……………….
+………..…….
– ………………

The.....….……ratio
isthestandard
testofliquidity
andistheratioof .....………
…………..
to
………….
…………….

Performance
ofnon-profit-making
organisations
canbemeasured:
…………………….
…………………….
…………………….

Thebalanced
scorecard
measures
performance
infourperspectives:
……………..
……………,
……………
……………,
……………
…………….
and………………..

.....….………………...
isa planned
andpositive
approach
toreducing
expenditure.
Measures
should
beplanned
programmes
rather
thancrashprogrammes
tocutspending
levels.

Workstudyisa means
ofraising
the……………….
ofanoperating
unitbythe………….
of
work.There
aretwomainpartstoworkstudy:…………………….
and………..…………….

Valueanalysis
considers
fouraspects
ofvalue:……..value,…………..
value,……….valueand
………value.

Possible
pitfalls
–
Writedowna listofmistakes
youknowyoushould
avoid.
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 146 of 421
Questions133
H
q
Did you
know?
– Performance
measurement
Could you fillin the blanks? Theanswers are in bold. Usethis page for revisionpurposes as
you approach the exam.

Amissionstatement is a formalstatement of the business'aim.Itcan play an important
pointinthe planning process.Cascading downwardsfromthisis a hierarchyof goalsand
objectives.Thesemay be splitintooperational,tactical and strategic.Cascading
downwardsfromthisare the criticalsuccessfactors. Acriticalsuccessfactor is a
performancerequirementthat is fundamentalto competitivesuccess.Keyperformance
indicators are quantifiablemeasurementswhichreflectthe criticalsuccessfactors.

The3 Eswhichare generallydesirablefeatures of organisationalperformanceare
economy, efficiencyand effectiveness.

Theformulaforreturnon capital employed=(profit/capital employed)100%.
Capital employed=non-current assets +investments+current assets – current
liabilities

Thecurrent ratio is the standard test of liquidityand is the ratio current assets to current
liabilities.
Performanceof non-profit-makingorganisationscan be measured:
In terms of inputs and outputs
Byjudgement
Bycomparison


G



Thebalanced scorecardmeasuresperformanceinfourperspectives:customer, financial,
internal business process and innovationand learning.
Cost reduction is a plannedand positiveapproach to reducingexpenditure.Measures
shouldbe plannedprogrammesrather than crash programmesto cut spendinglevels.
Workstudy is a means of raisingthe productivityof an operatingunitby the
reorganisation of work.Thereare twomainparts to workstudy:method study and work
measurement.
Valueanalysisconsidersfouraspects of value:cost value,exchange value,use value and
esteem value.
Possiblepitfalls
–
Notrealisingthat missionstatements feed intoobjectiveswhichfeed intocritical
successfactors whichare quantifiedby keyperformanceindicators.
–
Notknowingthe performancemeasureswhichare appropriateforserviceindustries.
–
Notknowingthe meaningof the efficiency,capacity and activityratios.
–
134
Notknowingthe formulaeformeasuringprofitability,liquidityand gearing.
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 147 of 421
H
G
q
16
Target setting
16.1 Allofthefollowing,
except
one,aresound
principles
fordevising
objectives
inorderto
enactthecorporate
mission.
Whichistheexception?

Theyshould
beobservable
ormeasurable

Theyshould
beeasilyachievable

Theyshould
relate
toa specified
timeperiod

Theyshould
bespecific
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
(2 marks)
16.2 Inorderfora business's
strength
tohavea realbenefit,
ithastobelinked
tocritical
success
factors.
Whatarecritical
success
factors?

Factors
contributing
toreduced
costs

Factors
necessary
tomatchstrengths
toopportunities

Factors
necessary
tobuildonstrengths

Factors
fundamental
tostrategic
success
(2 marks)
16.3 Ingeneral
terms,
whichofthefollowing
elements
should
organisations
include
intheir
mission
statements?
(i)
Policies
andstandards
ofbehaviour
(ii)
Values
– a description
oftheculture,
assumptions
andbeliefs
regarded
asimportant
tothosemanaging
thebusiness
(iii) Profitability
(iv) Strategy
– thecommercial
logicforthebusiness,
defining
thenature
ofthebusiness

(i)and(ii)only

(ii)and(iv)only

(i),(ii)and(iv)only

(iii)and(iv)only
(2 marks)
16.4 Whichofthefollowing
short-term
objectives
mayinvolve
thesacrifice
oflonger-term
objectives?
(i)
Reducing
training
costs
(ii)
Increasing
quality
control
(iii) Increasing
capitalexpenditure
projects

(i)only

(i),(ii)and(iii)

(ii)and(iii)only

(i)and(ii)only
(2 marks)
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 148 of 421
Questions135
H
G
q
16.5 Whatisshort-termism?

Itiswhennon-financial
performance
indicators
areusedformeasurement

Itiswhenorganisations
sacrifice
shorttermobjectives

Itiswhenthereisa biastowards
shorttermrather
thanlongtermperformance

Itiswhenmanagers'
performance
ismeasured
onlongtermresults
(2 marks)
16.6 Whichoftheperformance
measures
inthedropdownlistbelow
ismostlikelytobe
recorded
because
ofgovernment
regulations?
Select...

Salesgrowth
Customer
numbers
CO2emissions
Return
oninvestment
(2 marks)
16.7 Market
conditions
andeconomic
conditions
canimpact
onperformance
measurement.
Whichofthefollowing
statements
aretrue?
(i)
(ii)




Theentryofa newcompetitor
inthemarket
willcausea business
toexamine
sales
performance
measures
moreclosely
General
economic
conditions
canraiseorlower
overall
demand
andsupply
(i)and(ii)aretrue
(i)and(ii)arefalse
(i)istrueand(ii)isfalse
(i)isfalseand(ii)istrue
(2 marks)
16.8 Whichofthefollowing
BESTexplains
therelationship
between
mission
statements
and
performance
measurement.




Mission
statements
area marketing
toolandhavenoparttoplayinperformance
measurement
Tobeofvalue,a performance
measure
musthaveanobvious
linktothemission
statement
Performance
measurement
involves
comparing
actualperformance
against
a target
andthemission
statement
represents
theorganisation's
overall
target
Mission
statements
include
detailed
performance
standards
thatactualperformance
canbemeasured
against
(2 marks)
16.9 Whichofthefollowing
describes
theroleoftacticalobjectives?




'Middle
tier'objectives
tofacilitate
theplanning
andcontrol
ofindividual
functions
within
theorganisation
Day-to-day
performance
targets
related
totheorganisation's
operations
Aclearvision
oftheorganisation's
reason
forexisting
Long-term
objectives
fortheorganisation
asa whole
(2 marks)
136 Management
Accounting
(FMA/MA)
Page 149 of 421
H
G
q
16.10 MotorCo sellsnew, highqualitymotorvehiclesinmany countriesaround the world.Half
way throughthe company'scurrentfinancialyear, the globaleconomyunexpectedlygoes
into recession.
Whatimpactwouldthe unexpectedrecessionhave on performancemeasurementrelating
to sales and revenue?

Theimpactof a recessionon the sales of new, highqualitymotorvehiclescannot be
predicted

Salesand revenueare likelyto decrease inthe secondhalfof the year and
performanceshouldbe measuredinthat context

Noimpactas a recessionis unlikelyto impactthe sales and revenueof motorvehicles

Salesand revenueare likelyto increaseinthe secondhalfof the year and
performanceshouldbe measuredinthat context
(2 marks)
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
16.11 Whichof the followingdescribesthe roleof strategicobjectives?

'Middletier'objectivesto facilitatethe planningand controlof individualfunctions
withinthe organisation

Day-to-dayperformancetargets relatedto the organisation'soperations

Aclear visionof the organisation'sreason forexisting

Long-termobjectivesforthe organisationas a whole
(2 marks)
16.12 Thefollowingstatements relate to benchmarking.
WhichTWOstatements are true?

Adanger of benchmarkingisthat inappropriatecomparisonslead to incorrect
conclusions

Benchmarkingmustinvolvecompetitorsto be effective

Theultimateaimof benchmarkingis to improveperformance

(2 marks)
Benchmarkingis essentiallya cost cuttingexercise
16.13 FSCo is a financialservicescompanywhichbenchmarksthe performanceof its IT
departmentwiththat of a leadingIToutsourcecompany.
Whattype of benchmarkingis the companyusing?

Strategic

Competitive

Functional

Internal
(2 marks)
16.14 ACo manufacturesmobilephones.Staff employedwithinthe Research&Development
functionat CompanyAhave purchaseda mobilephonemanufacturedby CompanyBfor
the purposeof reverseengineering.
Whattype of benchmarkingis ACo using?

Strategic

Competitive

Functional

Internal
(2 marks)
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 150 of 421
Questions 137
H
G
q
16.15 Whichof the followingare suitablemeasuresof performanceat the strategiclevel?
(i)
(ii)
(iii)




Machineidletime
Employeesickdays
Returnon capital employed
(i)and (ii)
(ii)only
(ii)and (iii)
(iii)only
(2 marks)
16.16 Whatis 'short-termism'?




Alegitimatefocuson short-termresults
Abeliefthat seniormanagementhave a duty to maximiseprofit
Prioritisingshort-termresultsabovethe organisation'slong-termprospects
Amanagementphilosophylinkedto TQM
(2 marks)
(Total = 32 marks)
17
Financial
performance
measurement
17.1 Whichof the followingperformanceindicatorsis a financialperformancemeasure?

Qualityrating

Numberof customercomplaints

Cash flow

System(machine)downtime
(2 marks)
17.2 Thefollowingsummarisedstatement of financialpositionis availableforLCo.
$'000
$'000
Non-currentassets
31,250
Currentassets
Inventory
35,000
Receivables
40,000
Cash
1,250
107,500
EQUITY
ANDLIABILITIES
Capital and reserves
47,500
Currentliabilities(payablesonly)
60,000
107,500
Whatis the valueof the acid test ratio?

0.6875

0.7093

1.2708

2.000
138
(2 marks)
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 151 of 421
H
G
q
17.3 Thefollowingquestion is taken from the December2011exam.
BCo has currentassets of $1.8m,includinginventoryof $0.5m,and currentliabilitiesof
$1.0m.
Whatwouldbe the effecton the valueof the currentand acid test ratiosifthe company
bought moreraw materialinventoryon three months'credit?




Currentratio
Increase
Decrease
Increase
Decrease
Acidtest
Increase
Increase
Decrease
Decrease
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
(2 marks)
17.4 Thefollowingquestion is taken from the June 2012exam.
Aninvestmentcentre earns a return on investmentof 18%and a residualincomeof
$300,000. Thecost of capital is 15%.Anewprojectoffersa return on capital employed
of 17%.
Ifthe newprojectwereadopted, what wouldhappen to the investmentcentre's returnon
investmentand residualincome?
Returnon investment
Residualincome

Increase
Decrease

Increase
Increase

Decrease
Decrease

Decrease
Increase
(2 marks)
17.5 Anextract fromBGCo's financialresultsfor20X6are shownbelow.
20X6
$'000
5,400
1,950
3,450
Sales
Lesscost of sales:
Lessexpenses:
Wages
Repairsand maintenance
Allotherexpenses
Netprofit
1,700
240
490
1,020
Whatis the grossprofitpercentage for20X6,to one decimalplace?
%
(2 marks)
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 152 of 421
Questions 139
H
q
17.6 KTCo's financialresultsfor20X4are shownbelow.
20X4
$'000
7,200
2,900
4,300
Sales
Lesscost of sales:
Grossprofit
Lessexpenses:
Wages
Repairsand maintenance
Directors'salaries
Directors'bonuses
Othercosts (includingdepreciation)
Netprofit
1,600
360
150
55
400
1,735
Whatis the net profitpercentage for20X4,to one decimalplace?
%
(2 marks)
17.7 Whatis the mainfocusof the currentratio?



Profitability
Efficiency
Liquidity

Productivity
(2 marks)
G
H
17.8 Thefollowinginformationhas been extractedfromthe statement of financialpositionof
XCompany.
EQUITY
ANDLIABILITIES
Capital and reserves
Longtermliabilities(long-termloan)
Currentliabilities(payablesonly)
585,000
670,000
84,000
,339,000
Whatis the capital gearingratio,expressedas a percentage to one decimalplace?
D
(Usethe formula
.)
D+E
(2 marks)
%
17.9 Whatis the mainfocusof the acid test ratio?
140

Profitability


Efficiency
Liquidity

Productivity
(2 marks)
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 153 of 421
G
q
17.10 Thefollowing
information
isavailable
forXCo.
Profit
Sales
Capitalemployed
Calculate
thechangeinROIfrom20X7to20X8?

Decrease
from20%to15%

Increase
from1.5%to2%

Increase
from7.5%to13.3%

Decrease
from100%to90%
20X7
$
7,500
500,000
37,500
20X8
$
9,000
450,000
60,000
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
(2 marks)
17.11 Usingthefigures
inthequestion
above,whatistheassetturnover
for20X8,toonedecimal
place?
times
(2 marks)
17.12 Division
AofAigburth
Coisconsidering
a project
whichwillincrease
annual
netprofitafter
taxby$30,000butwillrequire
average
inventory
levels
toincrease
by$200,000.The
current
targetrateofreturn
oninvestments
is13%andtheimputed
interest
costofcapital
is12%.
BasedontheROIand/orRIcriteria
would
theproject
beaccepted?

ROI– yes,RI– no

ROI– yesRI– yes

ROI– no,RI– yes

ROI– no,RI– no
H
(2 marks)
17.13 Whichofthefollowing
statements
arevalidcriticisms
ofreturn
oninvestment
(ROI)asa
performance
measure?
(i)
Itismisleading
ifusedtocompare
departments
withdifferent
levels
ofrisk
(ii)
Itismisleading
ifusedtocompare
departments
withassetsofdifferent
ages
(iii) Itsusemaydiscourage
investment
inneworreplacement
assets
(iv) Thefigures
needed
arenoteasilyavailable

(ii)and(iii)only

(ii)and(iv)only

(i)and(iii)only

(i),(ii)and(iii)
(2 marks)
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 154 of 421
Questions141
G
q
17.14 Ameans
ofraising
theproduction
efficiency
ofanoperating
unitbythereorganisation
of
workisknown
aswhichofthefollowing?


Workmeasurement
Workstudy


Method
study
Method
measurement
(2 marks)
17.15 Valueanalysis
canachieve
whichTWOofthefollowing?




Eliminate
costs
Reduce
costs
Increase
quantity
sold
Increase
salesprice
(2 marks)
17.16 Valueanalysis
considers
fouraspects
ofvalue.Whatarethey?


Costvalue,exchange
value,usevalueandesteem
value
Costvalue,tradevalue,usevalueandesteem
value


Costvalue,exchange
value,usevalueandretailvalue
Competitive
value,exchange
value,usevalueandesteem
value
(2 marks)
question
istakenfromtheJuly toDecember
2013examperiod.
17.17 Thefollowing
Adivision
currently
earnsa return
oninvestment
(ROI)of20%.Itisconsidering
investing
in
a project
whichhasa residual
income
(RI)of$1,000atanimputed
interest
chargeof20%.
Whatistheeffectonthedivision’s
ROIiftheproject
isundertaken?

Increase



Decrease
Remain
thesame
Nopossible
totellfromthisinformation
(2 marks)
17.18 Thefollowing
question
istakenfromtheJuly toDecember
2016examperiod.
Aretailer
hastwodivisions,
North
andSouth.Bothsellsimilar
products
andallpricesareset
centrally.
Allshoppremises
arerented.
Shoprental
costsintheSouthdivision
arelower
thanintheNorth
division
duetoa government
subsidy
giventolandlords.
Whichofthefollowing
measures
would
NOTprovide
a faircomparison
oftheperformance
ofthemanagement
ofthetwodivisions?

Grossprofit

Return
oncapitalemployed


Turnover
persquare
metre
ofshopfloorspace
Assetturnover
142 Management
Accounting
(FMA/MA)
Page 155 of 421
(2 marks)
H
G
q
17.19 Thefollowingquestion is taken from the September to June 2018exam period.
Acompanyborrows$10,000repayable infiveyears’timeand immediatelyuses the loanto
repay its overdraft.
Whatwillbe the effect on the company’scapital gearingand currentratios?
Capital gearing
Currentratio

Increase
Increase

Increase
Decrease

Decrease
Increase

Decrease
Decrease
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
(2 marks)
17.20 Thefollowingquestion is taken from the September to August2019exam period.
DivisionAreportedsales of $400,000 and a contributionof $160,000forthe mostrecent
period.Fixedcosts forthe periodwere$80,000, of which20%werecontrollableby the
division'smanager.
Whatis the amountof profitwhichis controllableby the division'smanager forthe most
recent period?
$
(2 marks)
17.21 Thefollowingquestion is taken from the September to August2019exam period.
Theresultsfora divisionare as follows:
Sales
Directcosts
Contribution
Allocatedcosts (directlyrelatingto the division)
Apportionedhead officecosts
Divisionalprofits
$
24,000
(10,000)
14,000
(2,000)
(1,000)
11,000
H
$80,000 capital employedis controllableby the division.
What is the controllablereturn on investmentfor the divisionfor the period(to the
nearest %)?

15%

18%

14%

16%
(2 marks)
(Total = 42 marks)
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 156 of 421
Questions 143
q
18
Assessing
non-financial
performance
18.1 Agovernmentbody uses measuresbased uponthe 'three Es'to the measurevaluefor
moneygenerated by a publiclyfundedhospital.Itconsidersthe mostimportant
performancemeasureto be 'cost per successfullytreated patient'.
Whichof the three E'sbest describesthe abovemeasure?

Economy

Effectiveness

Efficiency

Externality
18.2
Whichof the followingstatements are true?
(i)
(ii)




18.3
G
18.4
18.5
Non-financialperformanceindicatorsare lesslikelyto be manipulatedthan financial
ones
Non-financialperformanceindicatorsoffera means of counteractingshort-termism
(i)and (ii)are true
(i)and (ii)are false
(i)is true and (ii)is false
(i)is falseand (ii)is true
(2 marks)
Whichof the followingbest describesthe advantage of a balanced scorecardapproach?

Thebalanced scorecardapproach enablesorganisationsthat are struggling
financiallyto emphasiseotherareas

Thebalanced scorecardapproach enablesorganisationsto considerallareas of
performancerelevantto achievingtheirstrategicgoals

Thebalanced scorecardapproach enablesorganisationsto moreeasilybenchmark
theirperformanceagainst others

Thebalanced scorecardapproach enablesorganisationsto demonstratetheir
(2 marks)
ethicalcredentials
Whywouldan organisationuse non-financialperformancemeasures?

Toappear sociallyresponsible

Topreventa narrowfocuson short-termfinancialperformance

Topreventscrutinyof financialperformance

Toencourageshorttermism
(2 marks)
Thebalanced scorecardmeasuresperformancefromfourperspectives.Whatare they?




144
(2 marks)
Customer,growth,financialstabilityand internalbusinessprocess
Customerretention,innovationand learning,financialstabilityand process
efficiency
Customer,growth,financialsuccessand processeffectiveness
Customer,innovationand learning,financialand internalbusinessprocess
(2 marks)
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 157 of 421
H
q
18.6
Innot forprofitbusinessesand state-run entities,a value-for-moneyaudit can be used to
measureperformance.Itcoversthree keyareas: economy,efficiencyand effectiveness.
Whichof the followingcouldbe used to describeeffectivenessinthiscontext?

Avoidingwaste of inputs

Achievingagreed targets

Achievinga givenlevelof profit

Obtainingsuitablequalityinputsat the lowestprice
(2 marks)
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
18.7 BalanceCo is lookingto introducea balanced scorecardand isfinalisingthe measuresto
use forthe 'innovationand learning'perspective.Whichof the followingis NOTrelevantfor
thisperspective?
18.8
G

Numberof ideas fromstaff

Percentageof sales fromnewproducts

Numberof newproductsintroduced

Levelof refundsgiven
(2 marks)
QualCo is keento increasethe use they makeof non-financialperformancemeasuresin
theiroverallperformancemeasurementactivities.Inparticular,they are keento improve
customerretentionand so want to focuson the qualityof servicethey provideto their
customers.Whichof the followingmeasureswouldbe mostappropriateas a measureof
servicequality?
(i)
Numberof customercomplaints
(ii)
Numberof repeat ordersas a proportionof total orders
H
(iii) Salesvolumegrowth

(i)and (ii)
18.9

(i),(ii)and (iii)

(i)and (iii)

(ii)and (iii)
(2 marks)
Whichof the followingare non-financialobjectives?
(i)
Growthof sales revenue
(ii)
Diversification
(iii) Contentedworkforce
(iv) Increaseearningsper share

(ii)and (iii)

(i),(ii)and (iii)

(ii),(iii)and (iv)

(i),(iii)and (iv)
(2 marks)
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 158 of 421
Questions 145
q
18.10 WhichTWOof the followingperformancemeasureswouldbe helpfulfora serviceindustry
company?




Netprofitmargins
Standard costs and varianceanalysis
Employeeabsentee rates
Numberof defectiveunits
(2 marks)
18.11 Whichof the followingwouldbe suitableformeasuringresourceutilisation?
(i)
(ii)
(iii)

Efficiency
Productivity
Relativemarketshare
(i)and (ii)only



(ii)and (iii)only
(i)and (iii)only
(i),(ii)and (iii)
(2 marks)
18.12 Whichof the followingwouldbe suitableformeasuringresourceutilisationina parcel
deliverycompany?
G

Numberof customercomplaints



Cost per consignment
Depotprofitleaguetables
Clientevaluationinterview
H
(2 marks)
(Total = 24 marks)
Important note
Youhave nowreached the end of the multiplechoicequestionsforPerformancemeasurement.
Makesure that you practisethe multi-taskquestionson PerformancemeasurementinSection26.
Thereal examwillcontainthree 10-markmulti-taskquestionson Budgeting,Standard costing
and Performancemeasurement.
146
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 159 of 421
q
19
Mixed Bank 1
19.1 Thefollowingdata relate to ProductD.
Materialcost per unit
$20.00
Labourcost per unit
Productionoverheadcost per machinehour
Machinehoursper unit
Generaloverheadabsorptionrate
$69.40
$12.58
14
8%of total productioncost
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
Whatis the total cost per unitof ProductD,to the nearest $0.01?
$
19.2
(2 marks)
Aproductis made intwoconsecutiveprocesses.Data forthe latest periodare as follows:
Process1
Process2
Input(kg)
47,000
42,000
Normalloss(%of input)
8
5
Output (kg)
42,000
38,915
Noworkinprogressis heldat any timeineitherprocess.
Was there an abnormallossor abnormalgain arisingineach processduringthe period?
G

Process1
Abnormalloss
Process2
Abnormalloss


Abnormalloss
Abnormalgain
Abnormalgain
Abnormalloss

Abnormalgain
Abnormalgain
H
(2 marks)
19.3
ThefollowinginformationisavailableforF Co inthe latest period.
Salesand production(units)
Salesrevenue
Directmaterial
Directlabour
Overhead
Profit
Original
budget
11,200
$'000
224.0
56.0
66.0
27.4
74.6
Flexed
budget
9,500
$'000
190.0
47.5
57.5
24.0
61.0
Actualresults
9,500
$'000
209.0
57.0
56.1
28.0
67.9
Whichof the followingstatements is correct?

Budgetedproductionvolumeswereachievedduringthe period.

Directlabouris a variablecost.

Theactual sellingpriceper unitexceededthe standard sellingpriceper unit.

Directmaterialcost savingswereachievedagainst the budget cost allowance.
(2 marks)
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 160 of 421
Questions 147
q
19.4
19.5
Variablecosts are conventionallydeemedto:


Beconstant per unitof output
Varyper unitof output as productionvolumechanges


Beconstant intotal whenproductionvolumechanges
Vary, intotal, fromperiodto periodwhenproductionis constant
(2 marks)
Whichof the followingcriticismsof standard costingapply inallcircumstances?
(i)
Standard costingcan onlybe used wherealloperationsare repetitiveand outputis
homogeneous.
(ii) Standard costingsystemscannot be used inenvironmentswhichare proneto
change. Theyassumestable conditions.
(iii) Standard costingsystemsassumethat performanceto standard is acceptable. They
do not encouragecontinuousimprovement.




19.6
G
Criticism(i)
Criticism(ii)
Criticism(iii)
Noneof them
(2 marks)
Whichof the followingrelatesto capital expenditure?


Cost of acquiringor enhancingnon-currentassets
Expenditureon the manufactureof goodsor the provisionof services


Recordedas an asset inthe statement of profitor loss
Recordedas a liabilityinthe statement of financialposition
H
(2 marks)
19.7 Overheadsina factory are apportionedto fourproductioncost centres(A,B,C and D).
Directlabourhoursare used to absorb overheadsinAand Band machinehoursare used
inC and D.Thefollowinginformationis available:
Productioncost centre
A
B
C
Overheadexpenditure($)
18,757
29,025
46,340
Directlabourhours
3,080
6,750
3,760
Machinehours
580
1,310
3,380
Whichcost centre has the highesthourlyoverheadabsorptionrate?

ProductionCost Centre A

ProductionCost Centre B
148

ProductionCost Centre C

ProductionCost Centre D
D
42,293
2,420
2,640
(2 marks)
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 161 of 421
q
19.8
MGCo sold56,000 unitsof its singleproductina periodfora total revenueof $700,000.
Finishedinventoryincreasedby 4,000 unitsinthe period.Costs inthe periodwere:
Variableproduction
$3.60per unit
Fixedproduction
$258,000(absorbedon the actual numberof unitsproduced)
Fixednon-production
$144,000
Usingabsorptioncosting,what was the profitforthe period?

$82,000
19.9

$96,400

$113,600

$123,200
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
(2 marks)
Acompanywitha singleproductsellsmoreunitsthan it manufacturesina period.
Whichof the followingcorrectlydescribesthe use of marginalcostingincomparisonwith
absorptioncostinginthe abovesituation?

Bothprofitand inventoryvalueswillbe higher

Bothprofitand inventoryvalueswillbe lower

Profitwillbe higher;inventoryvalueswillbe lower

Profitwillbe lower;inventoryvalueswillbe higher
(2 marks)
19.10 Whatis a by-product?

Aproductproducedat the same timeas otherproductswhichhas no value

Aproductproducedat the same timeas otherproductswhichrequiresfurther
processingto put it ina saleablestate

Aproductproducedat the same timeas other productswhichhas a relativelylow
volumecomparedwiththe otherproducts

Aproductproducedat the same timeas other productswhichhas a relativelylow
valuecomparedwiththe otherproducts
(2 marks)
G
H
19.11 CACo manufacturesa singleproductand has drawnup the followingflexedbudget for
the year.
Directmaterials
Directlabour
Productionoverhead
Otheroverhead
Totalcost
60%
$
120,000
90,000
54,000
40,000
304,000
70%
$
140,000
105,000
58,000
40,000
343,000
80%
$
160,000
120,000
62,000
40,000
382,000
Whatwouldbe the total cost ina budget that is flexedat the 77%levelof activity?

$330,300

$370,300

$373,300

$377,300
(2 marks)
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 162 of 421
Questions 149
q
19.12 Aninvestmentprojecthas net presentvaluesas follows:
Ata discountrate of 10%
Ata discountrate of 15%
$2,700positive
$3,740negative
Usingthe abovefigures,what is the BESTapproximationof the internalrate of returnof the
investmentproject?

2.1%

7.9%

12.1%

13.0%
(2 marks)
19.13 CYCo has decidedto lease a machine.Sixannual paymentsof $8,000 willbe made with
the firstpayment on receiptof the machine.Belowis an extract froman annuitytable:
Year
Annuityfactor
10%
1
0.909
2
1.736
3
2.487
4
3.170
5
3.791
6
4.355
Whatis the presentvalueof the lease paymentsat an interestrate of 10%?

$30,328

$34,840

$38,328
G

$48,000
H
(2 marks)
19.14 Whichof the followingwouldbe best describedas a shorttermtactical plan?


Reviewingcost variancesand investigateas appropriate
Comparingactual marketshare to budget


Loweringthe sellingpriceby 15%
Monitoringactual sales to budget
(2 marks)
19.15 Acompanymade 17,500unitsat a total cost of $16each. Threequarters of the costs were
variableand one quarter fixed.15,000unitsweresoldat $25 each. Therewereno opening
inventories.
Byhowmuchwillthe profitcalculatedusingabsorptioncostingprinciplesdifferfromthe
profitifmarginalcostingprincipleshad been used?

Theabsorptioncostingprofitwouldbe $10,000less

Theabsorptioncostingprofitwouldbe $10,000greater


150
Theabsorptioncostingprofitwouldbe $30,000 greater
Theabsorptioncostingprofitwouldbe $40,000 greater
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 163 of 421
(2 marks)
G
q
19.16 Acompanyuses the EconomicOrderQuantity(EOQ)modelto establishreorderquantities.
Thefollowinginformationrelatesto the forthcomingperiod:
Ordercosts
=$25 per order
Holdingcosts
Annualdemand
Purchaseprice
EOQ
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
=10%of purchase price=$4/unit
=20,000 units
=$40 per unit
=500 units
Nosafety inventoryare held.
Whatare the total annual costs of inventory(iethe total purchase cost plustotal ordercost
plustotal holdingcosts)?

$22,000

$33,500

$802,000

$803,000
(2 marks)
19.17 IfX=100,Y=400, X=2,040,
Y=32,278,XY
=8,104and n =5 whichof the
2
2
followingvaluesfora and b are correctinthe formulaY=a +bX?
a
b

28
–2.6

28
+2.6

–28
–2.6

–28
+2.6
H
(2 marks)
19.18 GSCo is consideringacceptinga one-year contract whichwillrequirefourskilled
employees.Thefourskilledemployeescouldbe recruitedon a one-year contract at a cost
of $40,000 per employee.Theemployeeswouldbe supervisedby an existingmanager who
earns $60,000 per year. Itis expectedthat supervisionof the contract wouldtake 10%of
the manager's time.
Insteadof recruitingnewemployeesthe companycouldretrainsomeexistingemployees
whocurrentlyearn $30,000 per year. Thetrainingwouldcost $15,000intotal. Ifthese
employeeswereused they wouldneed to be replacedat a total cost of $100,000.
Whatis the relevantlabourcost of the contract?

$115,000

$135,000

$160,000

$275,000
(2 marks)
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 164 of 421
Questions 151
q
19.19 Fora set of sixdata pairs forthe variablex (profit)and y (sales)the followingvalueshave
been found.
x=2
y=15
x2=30
y2=130
xy=14
Whatis the correlationcoefficient?

0.0006 (to 4 dp)

0.02 (to 2 dp)

0.17( to 2 dp)

1.9973(to 4 dp)
19.20
(2 marks)
ZCo wants to calculatethe total cost of a job.Theestimatedcost forthe jobis as follows.
Directmaterials
10kg @$10per kg
Directlabour
20 hours@$5 per hour
Variableproductionoverheadsare recoveredat the rate of $2 per labourhour.
Fixedproductionoverheadsforthe companyare budgeted to be $100,000each year and
are recoveredon the basis of labourhours.Thereare 10,000budgeted labourhourseach
year.
Othercosts inrelationto selling,distributionand administrationare recoveredat the rate
of $50 per job.
Whatis the total productioncost of the job?

$200
G


$400
$440

$490
(2 marks)
(Total = 40 marks)
152
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 165 of 421
H
q
20
Mixed Bank 2
20.1
Adivisionof a servicecompanyis aware that its recent poorperformancehas been
attributableto a lowstandard of efficiencyamongstthe workforce,comparedto rival
firms.Thecompanyis adoptinga balanced scorecardapproach to settingperformance
targets. Aspart of its objectiveof closingthe skillsgap betweenitselfand rivalcompanies,
the division'smanagementhas set a target of providingat least 40 hoursof trainingeach
year forallits employees.
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
Whatdoes thisperformancetarget reflect?
20.2

Acustomerperspective

Aninnovationand learningperspective

Aninternalbusinessprocessperspective

Afinanceperspective
(2 marks)
Whichof the followingcouldbe includedina timeseriesbased sales forecast?
(i)
Trend
(ii)
Seasonalvariation
(iii) Cyclicalvariation
(iv) Randomfluctuation
G
20.3
20.4

(i)only

(ii)only

(i),(ii)and (iii)only

(i),(ii),(iii)and (iv)
H
(2 marks)
Whichof the followingis the best definitionof returnon capital employed?

Profitbeforeinterestand tax ÷Ordinaryshareholders'funds100

Profitbeforeinterestand tax ÷(Ordinaryshareholders'funds+Non-current
liabilities)100

Profitafter interestand tax ÷Ordinaryshareholders'funds100

Profitafter interestand tax ÷(Ordinaryshareholders'funds+Non-currentliabilities)
100
(2 marks)
Goodqualitysavesmoneybut the cost of qualitycan be analysed intocost of
conformanceand cost of non-conformance.
Whichone of the followingcosts is classedas a quality-relatedappraisal cost?

Re-inspectioncost

Administrationof customercomplaintssection

Performancetesting

Traininginqualitycontrol
(2 marks)
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 166 of 421
Questions 153
q
20.5
WhichTWOof the followingcosts wouldbe consideredto be the responsibilityof the
manager of a profitcentre?




20.6
Directlabour
Variableproductionoverhead
Imputedintereston capital invested
Depreciationon machinery
Ina period12,250unitsweremade and there was a favourablelabourefficiencyvariance
of $11,250.If41,000labourhourswereworkedand the standard wage rate was $6 per
hour, howmany standard hours(to twodecimalplaces)wereallowedper unit?
hours
20.7
(2 marks)
(2 marks)
Inits firstyear of operationsa companyproduced100,000unitsof a productand sold
80,000 unitsat $9 per unit.Itearned a marginalcostingprofitof $200,000. Itcalculates
that its fixedproductionoverheadper unitis $5.
Whatprofitwouldit have earned underan absorptioncostingsystem?
$
20.8
(2 marks)
Thetable belowcontainsdetailsof an airline'sexpenditureon aviationfuel.
Year
Totalexpenditure Totaldistance
Fuelprice
on aviationfuel
flown
index
$ million
kmmillion
20X8
600
4,200
120
20X9
1,440
4,620
240
Thefollowingstatements relate to the changes between20X8and 20X9.
(i) Thequantityof fuelconsumedincreasedby 140%
(ii) Thequantityof fuelconsumedincreasedby 20%
G
H
(iii) Thequantityof fuelconsumedper kmflownincreasedby 20%
(iv) Thequantityof fuelconsumedper kmflownincreasedby 109%
Whichstatements are true?

(i)only



154
(ii)only
(ii)and (iii)only
(ii)and (iv)only
(2 marks)
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 167 of 421
q
20.9
Thefollowingstatements relate to spreadsheets.
Whichstatement is false?

Theyare an efficientmethodof storingtext based files
20.10

Theyfacilitate'what if'analysis

Theyallowdata to be displayedgraphically

Theyallowthe font,sizeand colourof text to be changed
(2 marks)
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
JKBCo budgeted to sell5,000 unitsof a productinNovemberat a standard priceof $30
per unitand to earn a profitof $25,000. Itactuallysold6,000 unitsat $28 per unitand
earned a profitof $32,000.
Whatwas the favourablesales volumeprofitvarianceforNovember?

$5,000

$7,000

$12,000

$30,000
(2 marks)
20.11 Whichof the followingare benefitsof usingactivitybased costing?
(i)
Itrecognisesthat overheadcosts are not alwaysdrivenby the volumeof production
(ii)
Itdoes not resultinunderor overabsorptionof fixedoverheads
(iii) Itavoidsallarbitrarycost apportionments
G
H
(iv) Itis particularlyusefulinsingleproductbusinesses
20.12

(i)only

(i)and (ii)only

(ii)and (iii)only

(i)and (iv)only
(2 marks)
Aninvestmentprojecthas net presentvaluesas follows.
Ata discountrate of 5%
$69,700positive
Ata discountrate of 14%
$16,000positive
Ata discountrate of 20%
$10,500negative
Usingthe abovefigureswhat is the best approximationof the internalrate of returnof the
investmentproject?

17.6%

17.9%

18.0%

22.7%
(2 marks)
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 168 of 421
Questions 155
q
20.13
Acompany uses productionlabour hoursto absorb its fixedproductionoverheads.
Astrikeby its workforceresultsin a lossof 30%of the period'sbudgeted production
labour hours.
Whichof the followingvarianceswilloccur as a resultof the lossin productionlabour
hours?

Adversefixedoverheadcapacity variance

Adversefixedoverheadefficiencyvariance


20.14
Adversedirectlabourefficiencyvariance
Adversedirectlabourrate variance
(2 marks)
Afirmwithcurrentassets of $40 millionand currentliabilitiesof $20 millionbuys $5 million
of inventoryon creditwhichincreasesits inventorylevelto $10million.
Whatwillthe effect be on its currentratio and quick(acidtest) ratio?




20.15
G
Currentratio
Increaseby 25%
Reduceby 10%
Increaseby 25%
Reduceby 10%
Quickratio
Unchanged
Unchanged
Reduceby 20%
Reduceby 20%
(2 marks)
Apublishingcompanyis researchingthe readinghabits of the UnitedKingdom's
population.Itrandomlyselectsa numberof locationsfromaround the UKand then
interviewseveryonewholivesinthese locations.
Whatis thisapproach to samplingknownas?

Systematicsampling

Stratifiedsampling
20.16

Quota sampling

Clustersampling
(2 marks)
BRCo has a singleproductwitha sellingpriceof $12per unit,whichis calculatedas
variablecost per unit,plus20%.Atan output levelof 5,000 unitsit makesa lossof $8,000
Whatis the company'stotal fixedcost?

$2,000
156


$4,000
$18,000

$20,000
(2 marks)
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 169 of 421
H
G
q
The following information
relates
to questions
20.17 and 20.18.
Thefollowingdata are availableforproductX
Salesunits
Salesrevenue
Manufacturingcost
Profit
20.17 Whatis the sales pricevariance?




20.18
Period
actual
5,200
$
57,200
31,200
26,000
$5,200 Adverse
$5,000 Favourable
$5,200 Favourable
$7,200Favourable
(2 marks)
$800 Favourable
$1,000Favourable
$6,000 Favourable
$7,200Adverse
(2 marks)
SJC Co has used linearregressionanalysisto establishthe relationshipbetweentotal cost
and activityinunits.
Whatdoes the slopeof the regressionlinerepresent?

Thevariablecost per unit

Thefixedcost per unit

Theaverage cost per unit

Totalvariablecosts
20.20
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
Whatis the sales volumeprofitvariance?




20.19
Period
budget
5,000
$
50,000
30,000
20,000
(2 marks)
Adivisionhas a capital employedof $2,000,000 and earns an operatingprofitof
$600,000. Itis consideringa projectthat willincreaseoperatingprofitby $20,000 but
wouldincreaseits capital employedby $80,000. Arate of 15%is used to computeinterest
on capital employed.
Whatwillbe the effecton residualincomeand returnon capital employedifthe division
accepts the project?
Residualincome
Returnon investment

Increase
Increase

Increase
Decrease

Decrease
Increase

Decrease
(2 marks)
Decrease
(Total = 40 marks)
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 170 of 421
Questions 157
H
q
21
Mixed Bank 3
21.1 LCCo wishesto carry out a nationalsurveyof adults' readinghabits. Toreducetravelling
costs, the countrywas dividedintoconstituencies.Asampleof 50 constituencieswas
selectedat random.Witheach of these constituencies,5 pollingdistrictswereselected,
again usingrandomtechniques.Interviewerswillvisita randomselectionof 30 peopleon
the electoralregisterof each districtselected.
Whatsamplingmethodis the companyusing?

Stratified

Systematic

Multi-stage

Simplerandom
21.2
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
(2 marks)
Whenopeninginventorieswere8,500 litresand closinginventorieswere7,100litres,
WilliamCo had a profitof $61,000usingmarginalcosting.
Ifthe fixedoverheadabsorptionrate was $4 per litre,what was the profitusingabsorption
costing?

$61,000

$55,400


$56,500
$51,100
(2 marks)
G
H
21.3
Copy Co rents a photocopierwiththe followingcharges. Afixedrentalamountis payable
up to a certainnumberof copieseach period.Ifthe numberof copiesexceedsthisamount,
a constant charge per copy is made forallsubsequentcopiesduringthat period.
Whichof the followinggraphs depictsthe total photocopierrentalcosts described?

Graph A
Total
cost
$
Levelofactivity

Graph B
Total
cost
$
Levelofactivity
158
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 171 of 421
q

Graph C
Total
cost
$
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
Levelofactivity

Graph D
Total
cost
$
Levelofactivity
(2 marks)
21.4
Thefollowingdata relate to the overheadexpenditureof an organisationat twoactivity
levels.
Squaremetres
12,750
15,100
Overheads
$73,950
$83,585
Whatis the estimatedoverheadexpenditureif16,200square metresare to be cleaned?

$25,626
G
21.5

$44,745

$88,095

$192,645
(2 marks)
Amanagementconsultancyrecoversoverheadson the basis of chargeable consulting
hours.Budgetedoverheadswere$615,000and actual consultinghourswere32,150.
Overheadswereunder-recoveredby $35,000.
Ifactual overheadswere$694,075,what was the budgeted overheadabsorptionrate per
hour?

$19.13

$20.50

$21.59

$22.68
(2 marks)
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 172 of 421
Questions 159
H
q
21.6
Apet foodcompanyincurredthe followingcosts last year foreach of its three different
markets.
$
Dogfood
1,345,000
Cat food
2,300,000
Foodsupplements
985,000
Ifa piechart wereused to representthe proportionof costs incurredby each area, what
wouldbe the angle of the sectionrepresentingcat food?

179degrees

77degrees

120degrees

106degrees
(2 marks)
21.7 Thefollowingextract froma spreadsheet representsmonthlyregionalsales figuresfor
productAinthe firstquarter of the year.
A
1
B
C
D
E
January
February
March
Total
Sales figures for Product A
2
3
South
135,000
141,000
174,000
450,000
4
North
78,000
45,000
191,000
314,000
5
East
45,000
57,000
87,000
189,000
G
H
6
West
23,000
19,000
15,000
57,000
7
Total
281,000
262,000
467,000
1,010,000
Whichformulawouldbe used to calculatetotal sales inthe West?

=SUM(B6:D6)

=(B6:D6)


21.8
160
SUM(B6:D6)
=TOTAL(B6:D6)
(2 marks)
WhichTWOof the followingstatements relatingto activity-basedcostingare true?



Activity-basedcosts can be used to identifyrelevantcosts fordecisionmaking.
Activity-basedcostingcannot be used to cost services.
Activity-basedcostingis a formof absorptioncosting.

Activity-basedcostingis an alternativeto traditionalvolume-basedcostingmodels.
(2 marks)
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 173 of 421
G
q
21.9 Whichofthefollowing
isa disadvantage
ofthepayback
method
ofinvestment
appraisal?

Itmayleadtoexcessive
investment
inshort-term
projects

Itsusewillhinder
liquidity

Itisa fairlycomplex
technique
andnoteasilyunderstood

Ittendstomaximise
financial
andbusiness
risk
(2 marks)
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
21.10 Whichfourofthefollowing
areaspects
ofvalueanalysis?
(i)
Esteem
value
(ii)
Exchange
value
(iii) Netrealisable
value
(iv) Usevalue
(v)
Costvalue

(i),(ii),(iii),(iv)

(ii),(iii),(iv),(v)

(i),(iii),(iv),(v)

(i),(ii),(iv),(v)
(2 marks)
21.11 Thedirectmaterials
involved
inthemanufacture
ofa Whoopie
cost$2perunitandthe
directlabour
costis$2.50perunit.There
arealsodirectexpenses
of$0.50perWhoopie.
Fixedcostsapportioned
toa Whoopie
amount
to$3.15.
Whatistheprime
costofa Whoopie?

$3.65

$4.50

$5.00

$8.15
(2 marks)
21.12 Absorption
costing
willresult
inthesameprofitasmarginal
costing
inwhichTHREEofthe
following
situations?

Wheninventory
levels
areconstant

Whenopening
andclosing
inventory
volumes
arethesame

Whennoinventory
isheldasopening
inventory
andnoinventory
isheldasclosing
inventory

Whenopening
inventory
isgreater
thanclosing
inventory

Whenclosing
inventory
isgreater
thanopening
inventory
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 174 of 421
(2 marks)
Questions161
H
q
21.13 Inprocesscosting,what is an equivalentunit?


Aunitof output inrelationto whichcosts may be ascertained
Thequantityof workachievableinone hourat standard levelsof performance


Notionalwholeunitswhichrepresentincompletework
Aunitof output whichis identicalto otherspreviouslymanufacturedinthe same
process
(2 marks)
21.14 UCRCo has recordedthe followingcosts overthe last sixmonths.
Month
Totalcost
Unitsproduced
$
1
74,000
3,000
2
72,750
1,750
3
73,250
2,000
4
75,000
2,500
5
69,500
1,500
6
72,750
2,000
Usingthe highlowmethod,what is the total cost equation?


Totalcost =$65,000 +($3unitsproduced)
Totalcost =$71,000+($3unitsproduced)


Totalcost =$61,250+($1.25unitsproduced)
Totalcost =$70,250+($1.25unitsproduced)
(2 marks)
G
H
21.15 Whichof the followingstatements is/are correct?
(i)
(ii)
Strategicplanningis carriedout by linemanagers.
Non-financialinformationis relevantto managementaccounting.




(i)is true and (ii)is false
(ii)is true and (i)is false
Bothare true
Bothare false
(2 marks)
21.16 Whichof the followingsamplingmethodsrequirea samplingframe?
162
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
Random
Stratified
Quota
Systematic




(i)and (ii)only
(i),(ii)and (iii)only
(i),(ii)and (iv)only
(iii)only
(2 marks)
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 175 of 421
q
The following information
is to be used for questions
21.17 and 21.18.
Ina timeseriesanalysis,the multiplicativemodelis used to forecastsales and the following
seasonalvariationsapply:
Quarter
Seasonalvariation
1
1.2
2
1.3
3
0.4
4
?
Theactual sales valuesforthe firsttwoquarters of 2006 were:
Quarter1:$125,000
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
Quarter2: $130,000
21.17 Whatis the seasonalvariationforthe fourthquarter?

–2.9

0.9

1.0

1.1
(2 marks)
21.18 Whichof the followingis true?

Thetrend lineforsales decreased betweenquarter 1and quarter 2.

Thetrend lineforsales increasedbetweenquarter 1and quarter 2.


Thetrend lineforsales remainedconstant betweenquarter 1and quarter 2.
Thetrend lineforsales cannot be determinedfromthe informationgiven. (2 marks)
G
H
21.19 KCo has used linearregressionanalysisto establishthe relationshipbetweentotal cost
and activityinunits.
Whatdoes the interceptof the regressionlinerepresent?

Thevariablecost per unit
21.20

Thefixedcost per unit

Theaverage cost per unit

Totalfixedcosts
(2 marks)
Whichof the followingstatements are true?
(i)
Flexiblebudgets helpmanagers to deal withuncertainty
(ii)

Flexedbudgets allowa moremeaningfulcomparisonto the made withactual results
(i)is true and (ii)is false

(ii)is true and (i)is false

(i)and (ii)are true

(i)and (ii)are false
(2 marks)
(Total = 40 marks)
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 176 of 421
Questions 163
q
22
Mixed Bank 4
22.1
Mostbusinessesassess the performanceof management.
Whichof the followingis mostlikelyto lead to short-termism?

Linkingmanagers' rewardsto share price



22.2
Settingqualitybased as wellas financialtargets formanagers
Settingcost cuttingtargets
Makingshort-termtargets realistic
(2 marks)
Whichof the followingbest describesTQM?




Identifyingthe factors whichcause the costs of an organisation'smajoractivities
Applyinga zerodefect philosophyto the managementof allresourcesand
relationshipswithinan organisation
Trackingand accumulatingcosts and revenuesattributableto each productoverits
life
Estimatingproductcosts by subtractinga desiredprofitmarginfroma sellingprice
(2 marks)
22.3
Jay Co makesa productwhichpasses througha singlerefiningprocess.Thefollowing
informationis availableforJune.
Materials
15,000kgat $1.50per kg
Labour
$2,100
Normalloss
10%of input
Scrap valueof loss 56c per kg
Theoutput forthe periodwas 13,000kg fromthe process.Therewas no openingor closing
inventoryduringJune.
Whatis the valuecreditedto the processaccount forthe normallossand the abnormalloss
forthe period?
Normalloss
Abnormalloss

$840
$880

$840
$911
G


164
$Nil
$840
$280
$Nil
(2 marks)
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 177 of 421
H
q
22.4
GoldCo makesand sellstwoproductscalledthe Aand the U.Thefollowinginformationis
availableforMay.
Production
4,500 units
3,100units
Product
A U
$ $
85 60
ProductA
ProductU
Sales
4,300 units
2,600 units
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
Unitsellingprice
Unitvariablecosts
Directmaterials
20 10
Directlabour($3/hr)
15 18
Variableproductionoverheads 15 20
Fixedcosts were$75,000forMayand are recoveredon the basis of directlabourhours.
Therewas no openinginventoryforeitherproduct.
Whatis profitreportedforMayusingmarginalcostingprinciples?

$72,700
22.5

$106,700

$153,700

$181,700
(2 marks)
LastmonthZedCo purchased750 kg of raw materialsfor$13,500.Thematerialprice
variancewas $1,125favourable.
Whatwas the standard priceper kg of the raw materials?

$15.00
G
22.6
22.7

$16.50

$17.00

$19.50
H
(2 marks)
Underwhichsamplingmethodis the populationdividedintocategories?

Systematic

Quota

Random

Stratified
(2 marks)
Thepriceindexfora commodityinthe currentyear is 125(base year =100).Thecurrent
priceforthe commodityis $31.50per kg.
Whatwas the priceper kg inthe base year?

$23.63

$25.20

$31.50

$39.38
(2 marks)
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 178 of 421
Questions 165
G
q
22.8 Twostatements
follow
aboutdataandinformation.
(i) Dataisa scientific
termforfactsandfigures.
(ii) Information
isdatawhichhasbeenprocessed.
Whichoneofthefollowing
iscorrect
withregardtotheabovetwostatements?

Bothstatements
arefalse

Bothstatements
aretrue


Statement
(i)istruebutstatement
(ii)isfalse
Statement
(i)isfalsebutstatement
(ii)istrue
(2 marks)
22.9 DCoforecasts
costsusingthemodel
y = a +bx.Theintercept
is$20.Wheny = $270
thenx= 50.
Whatisthevalueofthegradient?

–5


5
14.6

–14.6
(2 marks)
The following information relates to questions 22.10 and 22.11
LMBCoproduces
andsellsonetypeofproduct.
Thedetails
forlastyearwereasfollows:
Production
andSales
Budget
Actual
Production
(units)
26,000
26,000
Sales(units)
28,000
25,000
There
wasnoinventory
atthestartoftheyear.
Selling
priceandcosts
Budget
$
80
60
143,000
69,000
Selling
priceperunit
Variable
costsperunit
Fixedproduction
overhead
Fixedselling
costs
Actual
$
80
60
113,000
69,000
22.10 Whatwould
betheactualprofitfortheyearusingmarginal
costing?



$312,500
$318,000
$323,500

$682,000
(2 marks)
166 Management
Accounting
(FMA/MA)
Page 179 of 421
H
G
q
22.11 Whatwouldbe the actual profitforthe year usingabsorptioncosting?
22.12

$312,500

$318,000

$323,500

$682,000
(2 marks)
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
Thecosts of the factory maintenancedepartmentforFreerCo appear to have a variable
elementdependentuponthe numberof unitsproduced.Thefixedelementof the costs
steps up by $30,000 when32,000 or moreunitsare produced.Thevariablecost per unit
is constant.
Volumeof production
Units
$
28,000
160,000
34,000
208,000
Whatwouldbe the total cost for29,000 unitsand the total cost for35,000 units?
35,000 units

29,000 units
$163,000

$163,000
$211,000

$296,000
$344,000

$296,000
$181,000
The following information
$181,000
relates
(2 marks)
to questions
22.13 and 22.14.
H
RyanCo is operatinga standard costingsystemhas the followingdirectlabourstandards per
unitforone of its products:
4 hoursat $12.50per hour.
Lastmonthwhen2,195unitsof the productweremanufactured,the actual directlabourcost for
the 9,200 hoursworkedwas $110,750.
22.13 Whatwas the directlabourrate varianceforlast month?
22.14

$4,250Favourable

$4,250Adverse

$5,250Favourable

$5,250Adverse
(2 marks)
Whatwas the directlabourefficiencyvarianceforlast month?

$4,250Favourable

$4,250Adverse

$5,250Favourable

$5,250Adverse
(2 marks)
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 180 of 421
Questions 167
q
22.15
Thepurchase priceof an itemof inventoryis $110per unit.Ineach sixmonthperiodthe
usage of the itemis 50,000 units.Theannual holdingcosts associated withone unitequate
to 3%of its purchase price.Thecost of placingan orderforthe itemis $15.
What is the EconomicOrder Quantity (EOQ)for the inventoryitemto the nearest
wholeunit?

674

953


1,651
10,000
(2 marks)
(Total = 30 marks)
23
Mixed Bank 5
23.1
Thecosts of the factory maintenancedepartmentforC Co appear to have a variable
elementdependentupon the numberof unitsproduced.Thefixedelementof the costs
steps up when20,000 or moreunitsare produced.Atan activitylevelof 22,000 units,the
fixedelementof the cost is $25,000. Thevariablecost per unitis constant.
Volumeof production
Units
$
18,000
200,000
22,000
245,000
Whatwouldbe the total cost for19,000unitsand the total cost for21,000units?
19,000units
21,000units

$210,000
$235,000
G
23.2


$215,000
$210,000
$235,000
$230,000

$231,660
$258,940
H
(2 marks)
WallCo has a capital employedof $300,000. Ithas a cost of capital of 10%per year. Its
residualincomeis $30,000.
Whatis the company'sreturnon investment?

1%

10%

18%

168
20%
(2 marks)
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 181 of 421
q
23.3
23.4
Arethe followingstatements,whichreferto documentsused inthe materialprocurement
proceduresof a company, true or false?
(i)
Allpurchase requisitionsare prepared inthe purchasingdepartmentand are then
sent out to suppliers
(ii)
Allgoodsreceivednotes are prepared inthe goodsinwardsdepartment
Statement(ii)

Statement(i)
False

True
True

True
False

False
True
False
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
(2 marks)
Hat Co uses standard marginalcosting.Lastmonththe standard contributionon actual
sales was $40,000 and the followingvariancesarose:
Salespricevariance$1,000Favourable
Salesvolumecontributionvariance$3,500 Adverse
Fixedoverheadexpenditurevariance$2,000 Adverse
Therewereno variablecost varianceslast month
Whatwas the actual contributionforlast month?

$35,500
G
23.5

$37,500

$39,000

$41,000
(2 marks)
MBCo uses flexedbudgets. Thefixedbudget forlast monthwas based on 100%activity
and showeddirectcosts of $100,000.Lastmonth'sactual directcosts werecomparedwith
the flexedbudget to showthe following:
Actual
Variance
Directcosts
$93,600
$2,400 Adverse
Whatwas the actual activityas a %of the fixedbudget last month?

91.2%

93.6%

96.0%

97.5%
23.6
(2 marks)
Aprocessoperates witha normallossof 5%of input.Alllosseshave a realisablevalueof
$38 per litre.Lastmonth10,000litreswereinputto the processand good productionwas
9,200litres.Processcostsarisinglast monthwere$456,000.Therewasno work-in-progress.
Whatwas the creditentry inthe processaccount forabnormallosslast month?

11,400

13,440

13,800

14,400
(2 marks)
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 182 of 421
Questions 169
H
q
23.7
Thepriceindexfora commodityinthe currentyear is 175(base year =100).Thecurrent
priceforthe commodityis $92.70per unit.
Whatwas the priceper unitinthe base year?

$92.70

$25.20

$52.97

$188.78
23.8
(2 marks)
DeeCo uses a pie chart to showits sales forits variousproducts.One of the segmentson
the piechart is 120degreesand thisrepresents$200,000 worthof sales of the productD.
Whatisthe total sales valueforDeeCo?

$250,000
23.9


$500,000
$600,000

$900,000
(2 marks)
DCo forecastscosts usingthe modely =a +bx.Thegradientis $40. Wheny =$1,100then
x =20.
Whatisthe valueof the intercept?

300

1,100
G
23.10

1,500

1,900
H
(2 marks)
BeeCo has under-absorbedfixedproductionoverheadsforthe periodby $9,000. Thefixed
productionoverheadabsorptionrate was $7per unitand is based on the normallevelof
activityof 5,000 units.Actualproductionwas 5,500 units.
Whatwas the actual fixedproductionoverheadsincurredforthe period?

$26,000



$29,500
$44,000
$47,500
(2 marks)
(Total = 20 marks)
170
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 183 of 421
G
q
24
Budgeting
120 mins
24.1
J Co makesseveralproducts,includingComponentM.
Theopeninginventoryof ComponentMat the start of January is expectedto be 500 units.
Salesof ComponentMforJanuary are budgeted at 4,000 units.
Salesare expectedto increaseby 10%untilMaywhenthey stabilise.
Closinginventoryat the end of each monthisbudgeted as 20%of nextmonth’ssales units.
Task 1
Complete the THREEextracts from the materials budget for next year:
(i)
January closinginventoryunits
(ii)
Marchsales units
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
(iii) Mayproductionunits
Salesof M(units)
Openinginventory
Closinginventory
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
4,000
4,400
(ii)
5,324
May
5,856
500
1,171
(i)
1,171
Production
Jun
(iii)
(6 marks)
Task 2
J Co also makesComponentF. Eachunitof ComponentF uses 3 kgsof materialG.
Budgetedsales of ComponentF are forecastto be 20,000 duringJanuary. Opening
inventoryof materialG is 3,000 kgsand closinginventoryis goingto be 3,500 kgs. Each
kg of materialG costs $2.50.
Assumingproduction of finishedgoods equals sales of finishedgoods, what is the
material G purchases budget for January in $?
$
(2 marks)
Task 3
Whichof the followingis NOTa reason why profit and cash flowmight be different?

Purchaseof non-currentassets

Saleof non-currentassets

Depreciationof non-currentassets

Timedelayswiththe issueof bank statements
2 marks)
(Total = 10marks)
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 184 of 421
Questions 171
H
G
q
24.2 Givenbelow
istheforecast
statement
ofprofitorlossfora ABCCoforthethreemonths
ending
31December
together
withforecast
statements
offinancial
position
atthatdate
andalsoattheprevious
30September.
FORECAST
STATEMENT
OFPROFIT
ORLOSS
FORTHETHREEMONTHS
ENDING
31DECEMBER
$'000
860
(600)
260
(20)
(100)
140
Revenue
Costofsales
Grossprofit
Depreciation
Overheads
Profitfromoperations
FORECAST
STATEMENTS
OFFINANCIAL
POSITION
31December
$'000
$'000
Non-current
assets
1,050
Current
assets
Inventory
100
Receivables
85
Cash
10
195
Totalassets
30September
$'000
$'000
760
100
45
10
155
1,245
Equityandliabilities
Equitysharecapital
Retained
earnings
600
500
Current
liabilities
Payables
Accruals
ofoverheads
100
45
Totalequityandliabilities
1,100
145
915
H
600
200
800
75
40
115
1,245
915
Task1
Calculatetheforecastcashreceipts
andcashpayments
forthequarter
to
31December.
$'000
Salesreceipts
Purchase
payments
Overhead
payments
(6 marks)
172 Management
Accounting
(FMA/MA)
Page 185 of 421
q
Task 2
ABCCo currentlysellsits productfor$30 but it is anticipatedthat there willbe a price
increaseof 4%from1February.Thesales quantitiesare expectedto be as follows:
January
21,000units
February
22,000 units
March
22,800 units
Allsales are on creditand 40%of cash is receivedinthe monthfollowingthe sale and the
remainder,twomonthsafter the sale.
What are the receipts from January and February sales that are received in March?
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
$
ReceiptsinMarchrelatingto January sales
ReceiptsinMarchrelatingto Februarysales
(2 marks)
Task 3
Whichof the followingstatements applies to a flexiblebudget?

Itis continuouslyupdated by adding another accountingperiodwhenthe earliest
accountingperiodhas cometo an end
G

Itis amendedinresponseto changes incosts

Itis producedbeforethe controlperiodand not subsequentlychanged inresponseto
changes inactivity,costs or revenues

Itis amendedinresponseto changes inthe levelof activity
(2 marks)
(Total = 10marks)
24.3
HMCo commencedbusinesson 1October20X2,to providespecialistcontract cleaning
servicesto industrialcustomers.Allsales are on credit.
Morefavourablecredittermsare offeredto largercustomers(classA)than to smaller
customers(classB).Allsales are invoicedat the end of the monthinwhichthe sale occurs.
Class Acustomerswillbe givencredittermsrequiringpayment within60 days of invoicing,
whileclass Bcustomerswillbe requiredto pay within30 days of invoicing.
Sinceit is recognised,however,that not allcustomerscomplywiththe credittermsthey are
allowed,receiptsfromcustomershave prudentlybeen estimatedas follows:
Customertype Within30 days 31to 60 days 61to 90 days 91to 120days Baddebts
Class A
50%
30%
15%
5%
Class B
60%
25%
10%
5%
Theabovetable showsthat customersare expectedeitherto pay within60 days of the end
of the creditperiod,or not at all.Baddebts willthereforebe writtenoff60 days after the
end of the creditperiod.
Budgetedcreditsales foreach class of customerinthe first4 monthsof tradingare as
follows:
Customertype
Class A
Class B
October
$'000
100
60
November
$'000
150
80
December
$'000
200
40
January
$'000
300
50
Assumeallmonthsare of 30 days.
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 186 of 421
Questions 173
H
q
Task 1
Completethe followingbudgeted cash inflowsto be receivedby HMCo fromcustomersin
each of the three monthsof November20X2,December20X2and January 20X3,based
uponthe prudentlyestimatedreceiptsfromcustomers.
Nov
Dec
Jan
$'000
$'000
$'000
Class A
Class B
(6 marks)
Task 2
Fixedoperationaloverheadcosts are estimatedto be $25,000 per month,whichincludes
$10,000rent,$1,000vehiclerunningcosts,$3,000vehicledepreciationand $11,000wages.
Whatamountshouldbe includedinthe cash budget forfixedoperationaloverheadsper
month?
$
(2 marks)
Task 3
HMCo is planningto purchase a newpieceof cleaningequipment.
Whichof the followingwouldNOTbe included in a cash budget in respect of the new
equipment?

Annualoverheadcharge fromHeadOfficebased on the floorspace occupiedby the
machine

Deliverycost of the newequipment

Purchasepriceof the newequipment

Disposalproceedsof the oldequipmentbeingreplaced
(2 marks)
G
(Total = 10marks)
24.4
RJMCo manufacturesseveralproduct,one of whichis ProductM.
ProductMuses fourdifferenttypes of materials.Thematerialsused and theirprices,in
20X6and 20X7,are as follows.
20X6
20X7
Kg
$ per kg
Kg
$ per kg
MaterialA
200
0.98
300
1.40
MaterialB
500
0.95
400
1.10
MaterialC
300
1.20
500
0.92
MaterialD
400
1.10
100
1.14
Task 1
Complete the table withthe value of the price indexfor each material for 20X7
(with20X6as the base year) to the nearest wholenumber.
Price index
MaterialA
MaterialB
MaterialC
MaterialD
(6 marks)
174
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 187 of 421
H
q
Task 2
RJMalso manufacturesProductJ and has collectedthe followinginformationabout costs
and volumesforthe past sixmonths:
Month
Volume
Totalcost
$
January
10,000
57,500
February
12,000
63,000
March
11,000
19,500
April
14,000
72,500
May
11,500
63,000
June
13,500
70,000
Usingthe high-lowmethod, what is the fixedcost per month?
$
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
(2 marks)
Task 3
In whichof the followingcircumstances could RJMuse the high-lowequation to
forecast future costs most accurately?

15,000unitsof ProductJ beingmanufacturedinJuly

11,000unitsof ProductJ beingmanufacturedinJuly

11,000unitsof ProductRbeingmanufacturedinJuly

11,000unitsof ProductJ beingmanufacturedinJuly ina newfactory
(2 marks)
(Total = 10marks)
G
24.5
MBCo whichmanufacturesa range of products,has decidedto introducea product
costingsystem.Asa firststep it wishesto analyse the behaviourof its costs.
Thefollowingdata is availableforthe previousfourperiods.
A
1
2
3
Totalcosts ($)
Totaloutput (units)
B
Period1
214,559
64,200
C
Period2
239,970
76,350
D
Period3
243,183
77,880
E
Period4
259,541
85,620
Task 1
Usingthe high-lowmethod,selectfromthe drop downlistbelow,whichof the following
formulaewillcorrectlycalculatethe cost of the variableelementper unit.
Select...

=E2- B2/E3– B3
=(D2– B2)/(D3– B3)
=(E2– B2)/(E3– B3)
=D2– B2/D3– B3
(2 marks)
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 188 of 421
Questions 175
H
q
Task 2
Usingthe high-lowmethod, complete the followinglinear equation for total costs:
y=
+
x
(4 marks)
Task 3
MBCo uses the followingspreadsheet to investigatethe inter-relationshipbetween
advertisingexpenditureand sales inthe firstsixmonthsof the year.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
Monthlyadvertising
Expenditure
$’000
X
1.2
0.9
1.6
2.1
1.6
7.4
B
C
D
E
Sales
$’000
Y
132.5
98.5
154.3
201.4
161.0
747.7
X2
1.44
0.81
2.56
4.41
2.56
11.78
Y2
17556.25
9702.25
23808.49
40561.96
25921.00
117549.95
XY
159
88.65
246.88
422.94
257.6
1175.07
ThecellE9showsthe total of the XYvalues.
Whichof the followingwouldbe a correct entry for this cell?

=A9B9

=SUM(E4:E8)

=SUM(A9:D9)

=C9 D9
G
H
(2 marks)
Task 4
Inwhichof the followingcircumstanceswouldlinearregressionbe suitableforforecasting
sales forMBCo forthe firstsixmonthsof nextyear?
(selectallthat apply)
Tickbox
Whenadvertisingis $500 per month
Whenadvertisingis $1,500per month
Whenadvertisingis $1,800per month
Whenadvertisingis $2,800 per month
(2 marks)
(Total = 10marks)
176
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 189 of 421
G
q
24.6 GreatSouthern
Comanufactures
hairdryers
forthehotelindustry,
whichitsellsfor$12
each.Variable
costsofproduction
arecurrently
$6perunit.Newproduction
technology
is
nowavailable
whichwould
cost$250,000,butwhichcouldbeusedtomakethehairdryers
fora variable
costofonly$4.50perunit.
Fixedcostsareexpected
toincrease
by$20,000peryear,75%ofwhichwillbedirectly
as
a result
ofinstalling
thenewtechnology.
GreatSouthern
charges
depreciation
at20%and
seeksa return
onitsinvestments
ofatleast10%.
Thenewtechnology
would
haveanexpected
lifeof5 yearsanda resale
valueafterthat
timeof$60,000.Salesofhairdryers
areestimated
tobe50,000unitsperyear.
Themanagement
accountant
hasstarted
preparing
a spreadsheet
tocalculate
theNPVof
theproject,
andanextract
isshown
below:
A
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
B
C
0
Year
Investment
$
Salesproceeds
$
Contribution
$
Fixedcosts$
Depreciation
$
Netcashflow$
Discount
factor(to3dp)
D
1
E
2
F
3
G
4
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
H
5
Task1
Whichfigures
should
beshown
inthefollowing
cells?

C2 (1mark)
$

H3(1mark)
$

D4(2marks)
$

D5(2marks)
$

D6(1mark)
$

E8(1mark)
$
H
(8 marks)
Task2
WhichTWOofthefollowing
areadvantages
oftheIRRmethod
ofinvestment
appraisal?

Ittakesintoaccount
thetimevalueofmoney

Itisthesuperior
investment
appraisal
technique

Itdoesnotrequire
thecompany’s
costofcapital

Itisquickandsimple
tocalculate

Itisbasedonprofits
(2 marks)
(Total= 10marks)
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 190 of 421
Questions177
q
24.7
FitCo ownsand runstwolocalsportsclub.Lastyear the largest clubmade sales of
$500,000 but as membernumbersare decliningthey are thinkingabout refurbishingthe
gymand upgradingthe equipment.
Theexpectedcosts and benefitsof the refurbishmentare as follows:
(i) Newfitnessequipmentwouldcost $450,000 to buy and install.Thisincludesa
refurbishmentof the gymspace.
(ii) Salesare expectedto riseto $550,000 inYear1ifthe changes are made, thereafter
increasingby 5%per year. Ifthe changes are not made sales are expectedto fallby
$40,000 per year.
(iii) Depreciationwouldbe providedat $90,000 per year.
(iv) Themanager of the gymhas been to a conferenceto researchthe newequipment
and receivetrainingon the safe use of the equipment.Thecost of the conference
was $3,000. Afurther$20,000 wouldbe spent on trainingthe rest of the gymstaff if
the equipmentwas purchased.
(v) Itis anticipatedthat electricitycosts wouldriseby 5%of the total sales as a resultof
extra runningcosts of the newmachines.
(vi) Themanager of the otherfitnesscentre wouldbe requiredto coverthe runningof the
gymwhenthe newequipmentisfirstintroduced,whilethe currentmanager trains
the remaininggymstaff. Itis anticipatedhe wouldstay forone month.Heis paid an
annual salary of $48,000. Hewouldnot be replacedat the otherfitnesscentre
duringthismonth.
(vii) A5 year maintenancecontract wouldbe entered intoat a cost of $10,000per year.
(viii) Intereston moneyborrowedto financethe refurbishmentwouldbe $6,000 per year.
(ix) FitCo's cost of capital is 10%per year.
Required
Task 1
G
Indicatewhethereach of the followingitemsare relevantor irrelevantcashflowsfora net
presentvalue(NPV)evaluationof whetherto refurbishthe gym.
Relevant
Irrelevant
Investmentof $450,000 inthe newequipment
Depreciationof $90,000 overeach of the fiveyears
Staff trainingcosts of $20,000
Temporarymanager's salary of $4,000
Conferenceand staff trainingcosts of $3,000
Interestcosts of $6,000 per year
(6 marks)
178
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 191 of 421
H
q
Task 2
Calculate the followingvalues if the gym is refurbished:
Incrementalsales inYear1
$
Presentvalueof the maintenancecosts overthe lifeof the contract
$
Additionalelectricitycosts inYear1
$
(4 marks)
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
(Total = 10marks)
24.8
Thebookkeeperof HouseCo (a furnitureretailer)has prepared a listof itemsof
expenditurefromlast month,but cannot decideifthey are capital or revenueand has
asked foryourhelp.
Task 1
Identifywhichof the followingitems are capital or revenue expenditure:
Expenditure
Capital
Revenue
Purchaseof newdeliveryvan
Roadtax fornewdeliveryvan
Repairsto customertoilets
Extensionof customercar park
(4 marks)
G
Task 2
HouseCo also manufacturesfurniture.Itanticipatesthat they willsell200 of theirbest
sellingbeds inJune 20X6.Itis anticipatedthat sales willriseby 25%inJuly because of a
plannedsales promotion.
Inventorylevelsat the end of Mayare 15units,and because of the sales promotionthe
sales manager has requestedthat inventoryat the end of June isequal to 20%of July's
forecastsales.
Usingthe drop down list, select the number of beds that should be manufactured in
June to ensure that inventorylevelsare as required at the beginning of July.
Select... 
200
215
235
250
(2 marks)
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 192 of 421
Questions 179
H
q
Task 3
HouseCo also plans to manufacture90 sofas inJune. Beloware someextractsfromthe
cost card fora sofa:
$
Materials– 10m2of fabric@$50 per m2
500
Assemblylabour– 8 hours@$15per hour
120
Howmany metresof fabricshouldbe purchasedif10%of materialis wasted duringthe
productionprocess?
metres
Howmuchshouldbe budgeted forlabourforsofa productioninJune?
$
(4 marks)
(Total = 10marks)
24.9
GemmaCo is preparing its budget for the comingyear. Its productioncapacity is
10,000units, but in the comingyear it expects productionand sales of its ProductQ to
be limitedto 90%capacity. Cost estimates are made at GemmaCo usingthe high-low
method and are based upon the followingdata.
Unitsof output/sales
Cost of sales
$
9,800
44,400
7,700
38,100
Thecompany'smanagementis not certainthat the estimateof sales is correct,and has
asked forflexiblebudgets to be prepared at output and sales levelsof 80%and 100%of its
capacity. Thesales priceper unithas been fixedat $5.
Task 1
G
Whatis the variablecost per unit?
$
Whatare GemmaCo's fixedcosts?
$
(4 marks)
Task 2
Whatis the budgeted profitforproductionand sales of 9,000 units?

$4,224
180

$3,000


$600
$1,000
(2 marks)
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 193 of 421
H
G
q
Task 3
Prepare the flexiblebudgets that Gemma Co's management has requested.
Flexedbudget
Flexedbudget
80%capacity
100%capacity
$
$
Sales
Variablecosts
Fixedcosts
Profit
(4 marks)
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
(Total = 10marks)
24.10
TreeCo has decidedto use investmentappraisal techniqueswhenmakingdecisionsabout
futureinvestmentopportunities.
Task 1
WhichTWOof the followingtechniques take no account of the time value of money?

Thepayback period

Netpresentvalue

Discountedpayback period

Internalrate of return

Returnon capital employed
(2 marks)
Task 2
One of the projectsTreeCo is consideringisProjectP. Ithas the followingcash flows:
$
Capital investment
60,000
Profitsbeforedepreciation
Year1
20,000
Year2
30,000
Year3
40,000
Year4
50,000
What is Project P's payback period?

2.75years

3 years

2 years

2.25 years
(2 marks)
Task 3
TreeCo has calculatedits cost of capital to be 15%.
What are the NPVand discounted payback of Project P?
NPV
$
(to the nearest wholenumber)
Discountedpayback
years (to twodecimalplaces)
(4 marks)
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 194 of 421
Questions 181
H
q
Task 4
Is the followingstatement true or false?
Bycalculatingthe discountedpayback period,weestablishthe timeat whichthe NPVof
an investmentbecomespositive.
True

False

(2 marks)
(Total = 10marks)
25
Standard
costing
120 mins
25.1
CTCo uses a standard absorptioncostingsystemand manufacturesand sellsa single
productcalledthe DG.Thestandard cost and sellingpricedetailsforthe DGare as
follows.
$ per unit
12
4
16
Standard profit
6
Standard sellingprice
22
Thesales volumevariancereportedinJune was $12,000adverse.
CTCo is consideringusingstandard marginalcostingas the basis forvariancereportingin
the future.
Task 1
Calculate the sales volumevariance that wouldbe shown in a marginal costing
operating statement for June.
Variablecost
Fixedcost
G
Salesvolumevariance
$
Adverse/Favourable
(4 marks)
Task 2
Whichof the followingwouldcorrectly calculate the fixedoverhead volumevariance?

Thedifferencebetweenbudgeted hoursof workand the actual hoursof work
multipliedby the standard absorptionrate per unit.

Thedifferencebetweenthe fixedoverheadincurredand the fixedoverhead
absorbed
Thedifferencebetweenthe budgeted fixedoverheadexpenditureand the actual
fixedoverheadexpenditure.


182
Thedifferencebetweenactual and budgeted volumemultipliedby the standard
absorptionrate per unit.
(2 marks)
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 195 of 421
H
q
CTCo has foundthat it has had an increasingadverselabourefficiencyvarianceforthe
last 6 months. Thecompanyuses lotsof temporaryworkersina bid to meet sales demand
forits mainproduct.
Task 3
WhichTWOof the followingcontrol actions could CTCo implementto try to eliminate
this?

Increasethe hourlyrate paid to temporaryworkers

Offerovertimepay to the company’sexistingskilledemployeeson a pieceworkbasis

Implementtrainingforthe temporaryemployees

Reducethe numberof supervisors
(2 marks)
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
Task 4
CTCo has budgeted materialcosts of $125,000forthe productionof 25,000 unitsper
month.Eachunitis budgeted to use 2 kg of material.Thestandard cost of materialis $2.50
per kg. Actualmaterialsinthe monthcost $136,000for27,000 unitsand 53,000 kg were
purchasedand used.
What was the adverse material price variance?

$1,000

$3,500

$7,500

$11,000
(2 marks)
(Total = 10marks)
G
H
25.2
Connollyuses standard costingto controlits costs and revenues.Astandard cost card for
its onlyproduct,the FY,is givenbelowtogetherwitha standard cost operatingstatement
forlast month.
Standard cost card
$ per unit
Sellingprice
100
Directmaterials3kg@$10/kg
30
Directlabour1hours@$10per hour
10
Fixedoverhead2 hours@$5 per hour
10
Profit
50
Standard cost operating statement
$
$
$
Budgetedprofit
500,000
Salesvolumevariance
50,000 (A)
450,000
Standard profiton actual sales
Salespricevariance
10,000(F)
460,000
Productioncost variances
Adverse
Favourable
$
$
Materialprice
10,000
Materialusage
8,000
Labourrate
2,000
Labourefficiency
1,000
Fixedoverheadexpenditure
2,000
Fixedoverheadvolume
1,000
13,000
11,000
2,000(A)
Actualprofit
458,000
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 196 of 421
Questions 183
q
Task 1
Select the appropriate words, phrases or numbers to correctly complete the
commentary on the last month’s results.
Connollyuses standard Picklist1costing.Inthe last monthactual sellingpricewas
Picklist2 standard.
ActualunitssoldwerePicklist3 budgeted and actual sales revenuewas $ Picklist4.
Productionwas Picklist5 than budgeted.
Materialscaused the biggestcost variance,wherea decisionto pay Picklist6 standard
priceresultedinthe companyusingPicklist7 budget.
Picklist1absorption,marginal
Picklist2 higherthan, lowerthan, equal to
Picklist3 1,000lessthan, 1,000morethan, 500 lessthan, 500 morethan
Picklist4 $890,000, $910,000,$460,000, $458,000
Picklist5 100unitslessthan, 100unitsmorethan, 200 unitslessthan, 200 unitsmorethan
Picklist6 lessthan, morethan
Picklist7 800kgmorethan flexedbudget, 800kgmorethan originalbudget, 600kgmore
than flexedbudget, 600kgmorethan originalbudget
(10marks)
(Total = 10marks)
25.3
G
RingRinguses a standard cost operatingstatement to reconcilebudgeted contribution
withactual contribution.Astandard cost operatingsystemforJanuary has been partly
completedbut someinformationis missing.
Standard cost card – Mobilephone
$ per phone
Sellingprice
100
Directmaterial
25
Directlabour
10
Productionoverhead
15
Standard contribution
50
Actualand budgeted activity levelsin units
Budget
Actual
Sales
20,000
21,500
Production
20,000
22,000
Actualsales revenue and variable costs
$
Sales
2,128,500
Directmaterials( purchasedand used)
565,000
Directlabour
210,000
Variableproductionoverhead
325,000
Variances
Totaldirectmaterialsvariances
15,000 Adverse
Totaldirectlabourvariances
10,000 Favourable
Totalvariableproductionoverheadvariances
5,000 Favourable
Task 1
Complete the missingfigures to be included in reconciliationfor the standard cost
operating statement for January.
$
Salesvolumevariance
Adverse/Favourable
Standard contributionon actual sales
$
Salespricevariance
$
Actualcontribution
$
Adverse/Favourable
(8 marks)
184
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 197 of 421
H
q
Task 2
Whichof the followingwouldexplainthe sales volumevariance achieved by Ring
Ring?

Budgetedsales unitsweregreater than budgeted productionunits

Actualsales unitsweregreater than budgeted productionunits

Actualsales unitsweregreater than budgeted sales units

Actualsales unitswerelessthan budgeted sales units
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
(2 marks)
(Total = 10marks)
25.4
Kubrickuses a standard absorptioncostingsystemto controlthe cost of its onlyproduct.
Theflexedbudget forproductionoverheadforthe companyshowsa budgeted total
overheadcost of $200,000 per periodwhen5,000 tonnesare producedand $264,000per
periodwhen9,000 tonnesare produced.
InPeriod9, whenthe actual output was 6,500 tonnes,total actual overheadcost was
$245,000($125,000fixedand $120,000variable).Thestandard fixedoverheadabsorption
rate is $24 per tonne.
Task 1
Usingthe high-lowtechnique, calculate the following:
$
Thebudgeted variableoverheadper tonne.
$
Thebudgeted fixedoverheadper period.
G
(4 marks)
Task 2
Calculate the following:
Thefixedoverheadexpenditurevariance.
$
Adverse/Favourable
Thefixedoverheadvolumevariance.
$
Adverse/Favourable
(4 marks)
Task 3
Whichof the followingwouldresult in an over absorption of overheads?

Absorbedoverheadsexceedactual overheads

Actualoverheadsexceedabsorbed overheads

Budgetedoverheadsexceedabsorbed overheads

Actualoverheadsexceedbudgeted overheads
(2 marks)
(Total = 10marks)
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 198 of 421
Questions 185
H
q
25.5
Mortensenmanufactureswoodentoys. Ituses a standard costingsystemto controlcosts.
Thecuttingdepartmentcuts the shapes whichare soldas toy animals.
Hardwood
Directlabour
Fixedoverhead
30 minutesat $9 per hour
30 minutesat $4 per directlabourhour
$
6.00
4.50
2.00
22.50
Fixedoverheadabsorptionrates are based uponmonthlyfixedoverheadsof $26,000 and
a budgeted monthlyoutput of 13,000sets of animals.
Inthe mostrecent month14,000sets of animalsweremade. 8,000 directlabourhours
wereworkedand paid at $9.25per hour. Actualfixedoverheadswere$23,000 forthe
month.
Task 1
Complete the followingextract from the profit reconciliationfor the most recent
month:
Variance
$
Favourable/Adverse
Fixedoverheadexpenditure
Fixedoverheadefficiency
Fixedoverheadcapacity
6 marks)
Task 2
Match the possible explanations of the cause of variances to the variance.
Volumevariance
Labourproductivitywas lowerthan expected
Efficiencyvariance
Labourproductivitywas higherthan expected
Expenditurevariance
Over-absorptionof fixedoverheads
Capacity variance
Under-absorptionof fixedoverheads
Fixedoverheadexpenditurewas higherthan expected
Fixedoverheadexpenditurewas lowerthan expected
Labourworkedmorehoursthan expected
Labourworkedfewerhoursthan expected
(4 marks)
G
(Total = 10marks)
25.6
CC Co makesgarden chairs,whichhave a standard directmaterialcost as follows:
6 kg of MaterialWat $15per kg =$90 per chair
DuringOctober20X5,2,500 chairsweremanufacturedusing12,000kg of MaterialW
whichcost $175,000.
Task 1
Calculate the followingvariances.
186
Thedirectmaterialtotal variance
$
Adverse/Favourable
Thedirectmaterialpricevariance
$
Adverse/Favourable
Thedirectmaterialusage variance
$
Adverse/Favourable
(6 marks)
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 199 of 421
H
q
Task 2
DCo uses standard marginalcosting.Itsbudgeted contributionforthe last monthwas
$30,000. Theactual contributionforthe monthwas $20,000, and the followingvariances
have been calculated:



Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
Salesvolumecontributionvariance$5,000 adverse
Salespricevariance$10,000favourable
Fixedoverheadexpenditurevariance$3,000 favourable
Usethe drop down box to select the total variable cost variance.
Select...

$18,000adverse
$18,000favourable
$15,000adverse
$15,000favourable
(2 marks)
Task 3
ECo has calculatedan adversedirectmaterialvarianceby subtractingits flexedbudgeted
directmaterialcost fromits actual directmaterialcost forthe period.
WhichTWOof the followingcould have caused the variance?

Anincreaseindirectmaterialprices
G

Anincreaseinraw materialusage per unit

Unitsproducedbeinggreater than budgeted

Unitssoldbeinggreater than budgeted
H
(2 marks)
(Total = 10marks)
25.7
DreamCo operates a standard costingsystem. Itexpectsto produce3,000 unitsof
productXusing12,000hoursof labour. Thestandard cost of labouris $12.50per hour.
InJanuary the companyactuallymade 2,195units. Theactual labourcost was $110,750
forthe 9,200 hoursworked.
Task 1
Calculate the followingvariances for Dream Co for January.
Totallabourvariance
$
Adverse/Favourable
Labourrate variance
$
Adverse/Favourable
Labourefficiencyvariance
$
Adverse/Favourable
(6 marks)
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 200 of 421
Questions 187
q
Task 2
Whichof the followingcould give rise to an adverse labour efficiencyvariance?

Therate actuallypaid to workerswas higherthan the standard

Actualproductiontooklongerthan expected

Therate actuallypaid to workerswas lowerthan the standard

Actualproductionwas quickerthan expected
2 marks)
Task 3
Dream Co’s operating costs are 70%variable and 30%fixed.
Whichof the followingvariances’valueswouldchange ifthe companyswitchedfrom
standard marginalcostingto standard absorptioncosting?

Directmaterialefficiencyvariance

Variableoverheadefficiencyvariance

Salesvolumevariance

Fixedoverheadexpenditurevariance
(2 marks)
(Total = 10marks)
25.8
G
SwindleCo makeswidgets.Twotypes of labourare involvedinthe productionof a widget,
skilledand unskilled.Skilledlabouris paid $15per hourand unskilled$3 per hour. Twiceas
many unskilledlabourhoursas skilledlabourhoursare needed to producea widget,six
unskilledlabourhoursbeingneeded.
Awidgetis made up of twodifferentdirectmaterials.Fivekg of MaterialXand twometres
of MaterialZare needed. MaterialXcosts $2 per kg and MaterialZ$5 per metre.
Variableproductionoverheadsare incurredat Swindleat the rate of$3.00per directskilled
labourhour.
Thebasis of fixedcost absorptionis directskilledlabourhours.Forthe comingyear,
budgeted fixedproductionoverheadsare $100,000and budgeted productionof widgetsis
10,000units.
Administration,sellingand distributionoverheadsare added to productsat the rate of $20
per widget,and a mark-upof 15%is made on each.
Task 1
Complete the standard cost card for a widget:
Standard cost card fora widget
$
Directmaterials- X
Directmaterials- Z
Directlabour- skilled
Directlabour- unskilled
Variableproductionoverhead
Fixedproductionoverhead
Adminsellingand distributionoverhead
Standard cost of sale
Standard profit
Standard sales price
(8 marks)
188
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 201 of 421
H
G
q
Task 2
Howis a sellingprice variance calculated?

Thedifferencebetweenactual unitssoldand the budgeted quantity, valuedat the
standard sellingprice

Thedifferencebetweenthe actual unitssoldand the budgeted quantity, valuedat
the standard profitper unit

Thedifferencebetweenbudgeted and actual sales revenue

Thedifferencebetweenwhat the sales revenueshouldhave been forthe quantity
sold,and what it was
2 marks)
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
(Total = 10marks)
25.9
Thestandard directlabourcost of productFab is as follows:
3 hoursof Grade Blabourat $5 per hour=$15per unit
Duringthe last period,3,000 unitsof productFab weremade, and the directlabourcost of
the Grade Blabourwas $43,700for10,000hoursof work.
Task 1
Calculate the direct labour total variance, and analyse it into the direct labour rate
variance and direct labour efficiencyvariance.
Directlabourtotal variance
$
Adverse/Favourable
Directlabourrate variance
$
Adverse/Favourable
Directlabourefficiencyvariance
$
Adverse/Favourable
(6 marks)
Task 2
Complete the followingsentence using the words listed. Notallof the wordslistedwill
be needed and somemay be needed morethan once.
Thedirect labour rate varianceis the differencebetweenthe _______cost and the
________cost for the _________numberof ________paid for.
standard
actual
units
hours
(2 marks)
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 202 of 421
Questions 189
H
q
Task 3
Duringthe same period,12,000kgsof materialTopwas used to makethe 3,000 unitsof
productFab, at a cost of $96,000.Thedirectmaterialtotal variancewas $3,000 (A).
What is the standard direct material cost per unit of Fab? (giveyour answer to the
nearest whole$)
Standard directmaterialcost per unit
$
(2 marks)
(Total = 10marks)
25.10
Diamonduses standard costing.Thefollowingdata relatesto labourGrade C.
Actualhoursworked
Standard allowanceforactual production
Standard rate per hour
Ratevariance(favourable)
Task 1
What was the actual rate of pay per hour?

$7.75

$7.60

$7.44

$7.45
12,600hours
10,800hours
$7.50
$675
(2 marks)
G
H
Task 2
Thestandard materialcontentof one unitof Rubyis 5 kg of materialSparkle,whichshould
cost $20 per kg. InDecember20X6,6,000 unitsof Rubywereproducedand there was an
adversematerialusage varianceof $10,000.
Calculate the quantity of Sparkle used in December20X6(to the nearest wholekg)
Quantityof Sparkleused inDecember20X6
kg
(2 marks)
Task 3
CrystalCo uses a standard absorptioncostingsystem.Thefollowingfiguresare available
forthe last accountingperiod,forwhichstandard profitwas $135,000.
$
Salesvolumevariance
5,000 adverse
Salespricevariance
0,500 favourable
Totalvariablecost variance
7,500 adverse
Fixedcost expenditurevariance
5,500 favourable
Fixedcost volumevariance
4,000 adverse
What was the actual profit for the period?
$
190
(4 marks)
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 203 of 421
G
q
Task 4
Emeralduses standard marginalcosting,instead of standard absorptioncosting.
WhichTWOof the followingare differences in the way that Emeraldwillcalculate its
variances, when compared withCrystal?

Thesales volumevariancewillbe valuedat standard contributionmargin.

Thesales volumevariancewillbe valuedat standard profitmargin.

Therewillbe no fixedcost volumevariance.

Therewillbe no fixedcost expenditurevariance.
(2 marks)
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
(Total = 10marks)
26
Performance
measurement
120 mins
26.1
Flyriteis a lowcost airline.Itwas established5 years ago and has grownrapidly. It
operates flightroutesto variouscountries. CustomersbookflightsmainlyusingFlyrite’s
onlinebookingsystem.
Thecompanyis keento benchmarktheirperformanceagainst those of otherlowcost
airlinesand is consideringinstallinga balanced scorecard approach. Youhave been
asked to assist withgatheringappropriateperformancemeasuresto use inthe balanced
scorecard. Thefollowingdata is available:
Flyrite
Operatingdata forthe year ended 31December20X1
Salesrevenue
$250 million
Salesattributableto newroutes
$13million
Averagecapital employed
$110million
Profitbeforeinterestand tax
$22 million
Numberof customers
1,250,000
Numberof customercomplaints
37,500
Numberof flights
2,500,000
Numberof delayedflights
375,000
Task 1
Calculate the followingratios and other statistics for Flyritefor the year ended
31December20X1(giveyour answer to one decimal place).
Returnon capital employed
%
Operatingprofitmargin
%
Assetturnover
times
Percentageof sales attributableto newroutes
%
(6 marks)
Task 2
Calculate the followingstatistics for Flyrite(giveyou answer to the nearest whole
percentage).
Percentageof customerswhomakea complaint
%
Percentageof flightsdelayed
%
(2 marks)
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 204 of 421
Questions 191
H
q
Task 3
Complete the followingexplanation of a balanced scorecard.
Abalanced scorecardmeasuresperformancefromfourperspectives:financial,internal
businessprocess,innovationand learningand
Picklist
competitiveadvantage
customer
increasedmarketshare
growth
Flyrite’sperformancemeasureof
wouldbe categorisedunderthe
innovationand learningperspectiveof the balanced scorecard.
Picklist
percentage of flightsdelayed
percentage of customercomplaints
percentage of sales attributableto newroutes
2 marks)
(Total = 10marks)
26.2
Thedirectorsof Nicolare reviewingthe performanceof its newestdivision,DivisionS. The
divisionoperates inthe medicalsales industryand manufacturesand sellswoundcare
productsforhospitals.
Thefollowinginformationis availableforthe year ended 31December20X1forDivisionS.
DivisionS
$
Sales
100,000
Operatingprofit
5,000
Capital employed
20,000
Imputedinterestcharge per year
10%
Totalwoundcare productsales inthe industryforthe year ended 31December20X1were
$1,000,000.
Task 1
Calculate the followingperformance measures for DivisionS (giveyour answer to the
nearest wholenumber).
Returnon sales
%
G
Assetturnover
times
Marketshare
%
Returnon investment
%
Residualincome
$
(6 marks)
192
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 205 of 421
H
G
q
Task 2
WhichTWOof the followingare advantages of residual incomeas a measure of
divisionalperformance over return on investment?

Itenablesthe performanceof divisionsof differentsizesto be compared

Itrelatesthe sizeof the division’sincometo the sizeof the investment

Itmakesdivisionmanagers aware of the cost of financingtheirdivisions

Itgivesan absolutemeasureof performance
(2 marks)
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
Task 3
WhichTWOof the followingare non-financial measures that could be used by Nicol?

Profitper product

Numberof newproductslaunched

Salesrevenueper product

Numberof customercomplaints
(2 marks)
(Total = 10marks)
26.3
Hendersonmanufacturesand sellsactivewear. Belowis an extract fromthe financial
statements forthe businessfor20X1:
20X1
$’000
3,500
1,750
500
80
3,200
800
2,800
400
250
180
Sales
Cost of sales
Expenses
Interest
Sharecapital and reserves
Longtermborrowings
Non-currentassets
Receivables
Inventory
Payables
Task 1
H
Complete the table belowto calculate the performance measures for 20X6(please
give your answer to two decimal places).
Performancemeasure
20X1
Returnon capital employed
Operatingprofitmargin
Assetturnover
Interestcover
Gearing(debt/debt +equity)
Inventorydays
Receivablesdays
Payablesday
(8 marks)
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 206 of 421
Questions 193
q
Task 2
Whichof the followingdrop down options is NOTone of the four perspectives in a
balanced scorecard?
Select...

Financial
Non-financialsuccess
Internalbusiness
process
Customer
(2 marks)
(Total = 10marks)
26.4
DivisionKis a divisionof KWplc.Thefollowinginformationis relevantto DivisionK.
Capital employed
$40 million
Sales
$80 million
Operatingprofit
$10million
Cost of capital
10%per year
KWplcis consideringtwoproposals.
Proposal 1
Investa further$5minnon-currentassets to earn additionalannual operatingprofitof $1
million.
Proposal 2
Disposeof non-currentassets at theircarryingvalueof $10m.Thiswouldlead to annual
operatingprofitsfallingby $1.5mper year. Proceedsfromthe disposalof these non-current
assets wouldnot be creditedto DivisionK(but to the HoldingCompanyof KWplcinstead).
Task 1
Calculate the followingperformance measures for DivisionKBEFOREconsideringthe
two new proposals.
G
Returnon investment(ROI)
Residualincome(RI)
%
$
million
(4 marks)
Task 2
Areeach of the followingstatement true or false in relation to the two proposals KW
plc is considering?
True
False


Proposal1willincreaseROI


Proposal1willincreaseRI


Proposal2 willdecreased ROI

Proposal2 willdecrease RI
194

(4 marks)
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 207 of 421
H
G
q
Task 3
WhichTWOof the followingare advantages of return on investmentas a measure of
divisionalperformance compared to residual incomeresidual income?

Itgivesan absolutemeasureof performance.

Itmakesmanages aware of the cost of financingtheirdivision.

Itis moreeasilyunderstoodby divisionalmanagers.

Ithelpsincomparingthe performanceof the managers of divisionsof differentsizes.
(2 marks)
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
(Total = 10marks)
26.5
Pyllontraininghas twodivisionswhichitstreats as separate investmentcentres,JC and GC.
Thefollowinginformationis availableforeach divisionforthe year ended 31March20X1:
JC
GC
$
$
Sales
50,000
60,000
Operatingprofit
700
675
Capital employed
3,500
4,500
Totalsales inthe industryinwhichPyllonoperates were$2,500,000 forthe year ended
31March20X1.
Pyllonuses an imputedinterestcharge of 10%
Task 1
Calculate the followingperformance measures for Pyllon(giveyour answer to the
nearest wholenumber).
Returnon investmentfordivisionJC
%
Returnon investmentfordivisionGC
%
ResidualincomefordivisionJC
$
ResidualincomefordivisionGC
$
Marketshare fordivisionJC
%
AssetturnoverfordivisionGC
times
(6 marks)
Task 2
WhichTWOof the followingare disadvantages of using residual incomeas a
performance measure?

Comparisonsbetweendivisionsof differentsizesis difficult

Itdoes not relate the sizeof the centresincometo the sizeof the investment

Itdoes not makedivisionalmanagers aware of the cost of financingtheirdivisions
(2 marks)
Itis not directlyrelated to net presentvalue(NPV).

Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 208 of 421
Questions 195
H
q
Task 3
Pyllonwishesto introducethe use of somenon-financialperformancemeasuresto the
divisions.
WhichTWOof the followingwouldbe examples of non-financial performance
indicators?

Numberof newcustomers

%increaseinmarketshare

Returnon sales

(2 marks)
Salesto each newcustomer
(Total = 10marks)
26.6
JBCo manufacturesand sellscar radios.Belowisa summaryof the financialstatements
forthe businessfor20X6:
20X6
$'000
2,540
1,425
600
11
1,650
245
1650
347
180
318
36
Sales
Cost of sales
Expenses
Interest
Sharecapital and reserves
Longtermloan
Non-currentassets
Receivables
Inventory
Payables
Bankbalance
Task 1
Complete the table belowto calculate the performance measures for 20X6.(Giveyour
answers to two decimal places.)
20X6
(i) Grossprofitmargin
G
(ii)
Returnon capital employed
(iii) Assetturnover
(iv) Currentratio
(v)
Quickratio
(vi) Inventoryholdingperiodindays
(vii) Payablespayment periodindays
(viii) Receivablesperiodindays
(8 marks)
196
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 209 of 421
H
G
q
Task 2
Product quality is associated withwhichperspective of performance in a balanced
scorecard?

Customer

Financial

Innovationand learning

Internalbusinessprocess
(2 marks)
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
(Total = 10marks)
26.7
CycleCo, a mailordercompanyoperatingina verycompetitivemarket,has undergonea
strategicreviewand has identifiedthe retentionof existingcustomersas one ifits critical
successfactors.Toachievethis,it wants to installa newcallcentre to enable customersto
place ordersoverthe phone.Ithas been estimatedthat the sales valueof ordersthat will
be placed usingthe newsystemwillaverage $1,000per hour.
Thesystemthat Cyclehas chosenwillrequirea regularannual softwareupdate, during
whichtimecustomerswillnot be able to call,and orderswillbe lost.Thesystemmay be
updated at one of fourlevels:W, X,Yor Z.Thecosts of the updates, and the estimatesof
hourslost,are as follows.
Level
Updatecost
$
10,000
8,000
9,750
7,500
Hourslost
W
15
X
21
Y
19
Z
27
Task 1
Usingthe data provided, recommend whichlevelof maintenance should be chosen.

W

X

Y

Z
(3 marks)
Task 2
Determinewhether each of the followingmeasures represents a CSFor a KPI:
Measure
CSF
KPI
95%customercomplaintresolution
Successfulrelationshipswithkeysuppliers
Negotiationof favourabletermsfornewprojectfinance
Gain inmarketshare by 2%each month
Lowerthe cost of capital by 1.5%
(5 marks)
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 210 of 421
Questions 197
H
q
Task 3
Whichof the followingis a definitionof a 'critical success factor' for an organisation?

Astatement of what the organisationintendsto achieveovera periodof time

Ameasurableindicatorof organisationalperformance


Aperformancerequirementthat is fundamentalto competitivesuccess
Abasic beliefof the peoplewhoworkinthe organisation
(2 marks)
(Total = 10marks)
26.8
G
Thefollowinginformationisavailableforthe year ended 31December20X6forDivaCo.
Revenue
Cost of sales
Othercosts
Operating profit
$
220,000,000
110,130,000
85,670,000
24,200,000
Totalnon-currentassets
Inventory
Tradereceivables
Cash
Total assets
100,970,000
2,100,000
3,200,000
15,956,463
122,226,463
Tradepayables
Othercurrentliabilities
Longtermborrowings
Sharecapital
Reserves
Equityand liabilities
15,200,000
9,500,000
28,000,000
10,000,000
59,526,463
122,226,463
H
Task 1
Calculate the followingperformance measures for DivaCo for 20X6(to two decimal
places):
Assetturnover
times
Inventorydays
days
Payablesdays
days
Currentratio
Quickratio
Returnon capital employed
%
(6 marks)
198
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 211 of 421
q
Task 2
Forthe year end 31December20X5,Diva'sinventorydays werelowerthan in20X6.
WhichTWOof the followingcould explainthis?

Aslowdownintrading

Alengtheningof the timetaken by customersto pay fortheirgoods

Abuild-upininventorylevels

Areductionof inventorylevels

Alengtheningof the average timetaken to pay suppliers
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
(2 marks)
Task 3
Non-financialperformanceindicatorsare sometimesreferredto as 'leadingindicators'.
What does this mean?

Theyare moreimportantthan financialindicators

Theytellthe firmthat somethinghas gone wrongafter it has gone wrong

Theygiveearlywarningsignsof problems

Theyare moreunderstandablefornon-financialstaff
(2 marks)
(Total = 10marks)
G
H
26.9
Task 1
Identifywhether the followingmeasures are financial or non-financial indicators
Indicator
Financial
Non-financial
Numberof customercomplaints
%increaseinmarketshare
Earningsper share
Machinedowntime
Employeeattitudes
Residualincome
(4 marks)
Task 2
JungleCo sellscages and tanks forexoticpets. Itreportednet incomeof $150,000during
the year, beforepreferencedividendsof $25,000. Junglehad 100,000$5.00 ordinary
shares inissueduringthe year.
Calculate Jungle's return on equity.
%
(2 marks)
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 212 of 421
Questions 199
q
Task 3
Inthe last year Jungle'stank productiondivisionreporteda returnon investmentof 20%,
and its controllableprofitwas $60,000. Itscost of financewas 15%per year.
What was the division'sresidual income?

$3,000

$57,000

$58,200

$15,000
(2 marks)
Task 4
State whether these measures are absolute or relative.
Residualincome absolute/ relative
Returnon equity absolute/ relative
(2 marks)
(Total = 10marks)
26.10
G
3ECo has decidedto improveits performancemeasurementprocesses.Thefollowing
informationrelatesto quarter 2:
Budgetedhours
1,000standard hours
Standard hoursforworkproduced
1,225standard hours
Actualhoursworked
1,300
Task 1
Calculate the followingratios for 3ECo for quarter 2 (to the nearest wholepercent).
Capacity ratio
%
Activityratio
%
Efficiencyratio
%
(6 marks)
Task 2
Inquarter 3 the ratioswerecalculatedas follows:
Capacity ratio:120%
Efficiencyratio:110%
Indicate, by tickingthe correct boxes in the table below, whichexplanations relate to
each ratio.
More labour
hours were
worked than
budgeted
Labour hours
produced
fewer units
per hour
than
budgeted
Labour hours
produced
more units
per hour
than
budgeted
Fewer labour
hours were
worked than
budgeted
Capacity ratio
Efficiencyratio
(2 marks)
200
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 213 of 421
H
q
Task 3
WhichTWOof the followingstatements about benchmarking are true?

Theultimateaimof benchmarkingis to improveperformance

Competitivebenchmarkingcan be used to compareinternaldepartments

Benchmarkingis suitablefornon-profitseekingentities

Benchmarkingis quickand straightforward
(2 marks)
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
(Total = 10marks)
G
H
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 214 of 421
Questions 201
q
G
H
202
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 215 of 421
q
Answers
G
H
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 216 of 421
q
G
H
204
Management
Accounting
(FMA/MA)
Page 217 of 421
G
q
1
Accounting
for management
1.1 Thecorrectanswersare: Itshouldbe relevantforits purposesand it shouldbe
communicatedto the rightperson.
Completeaccuracy isnot necessarilyan essential qualityof good information.Itneeds to
be sufficientlyaccurate forits purpose,and oftenthere isno need to go intounnecessary
detailforpointlessaccuracy. Thecosts of providinggood informationshouldnot outweigh
the benefitstherefore'It shouldbe providedwhateverthe cost' is incorrect.
1.2
Thecorrectansweris:Tacticalplanning.Tacticalplanningis used by middlemanagement
to decidehowthe resourcesof the businessshouldbe employedto achievespecific
objectivesinthe mostefficientand effectiveway.
1.3
Thecorrectanswersare: Itis used to aid planningand it may includenon-financial
information.
Managementaccounts are prepared forinternaluse withinan organisationand there is no
lawthat states that they mustbe prepared. Theirpurposeis to helpwithplanning,control
and decisionmakingand thereforethey may use non-financialinformationas wellas
financialinformation..
1.4
Thecorrectansweris:(iii)only.
Statement (i)is a descriptionof a managementinformationsystem,not a management
controlsystem.
Statement (ii)is the 'wrongway round'.Thestrategy is the courseof actionthat a business
mightpursueinorderto achieveits objectives.
Statement (iii)is correct.Data isthe 'raw material'whichis processedintouseful
information.
1.5
Thecorrectanswersare: Completeand Accurate.
Goodinformationis not necessarilyextensive.Toomuchinformationmay tend to obscure
the importantpoints.Neitheris good informationtrue and fair, thisis an accounting
concept,but managementaccountinginformationshouldbe correct.
1.6
Thecorrectansweris:Tactical.
Monthlyvariancereportsare an exampleof tactical managementinformation.
1.7
Thecorrectansweris:Bothare true.
Statement(i)is true and thisis whycost accountingis,ingeneral,unsuitablefordecisionmaking.Statement(ii)is true. However,the way the data is analysed is different.
1.8
Thecorrectansweris:Establishingobjectives.
Theplanningstage involvesestablishingobjectivesand selectingappropriatestrategiesto
achievethose objectives.Theotherbusinessprocessesoccurafter productionhas started
or ended.
1.9
Thecorrectansweris:Managementaccountingsystemsprovideinformationforthe use of
decision-makerswithinan organisation.
Financialaccountingsystemsprovideinformationforlegalrequirements,shareholdersand
tax authorities.Managementaccountingsystemsprovideinformationspecificallyforthe
use of decision-makers(managers)withinthe organisation.
1.10 Thecorrectanswersare: Totalsales valueper productand total materialusage
Theothertwoitemshave been processedinsomeway to providemeaningfulinformation
whereastotal sales valueper productand total materialusage are the basic data for
furtherprocessing.
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 218 of 421
Answers 205
A
N
S
W
E
R
S
H
q
2
2.1
2.2
2.3
Data and presenting
information
Thecorrectanswersare: Data collectedby a bank ina telephonesurveyto monitorthe
effectivenessof the bank's customerservicesand Focusgroupfeedbackabout potential
flavoursof a newbiscuit.
Data collectedby a surveyor focusgroupfora particularprojectare primarydata sources.
Historicalrecordsof transport costs werenot collectedspecificallyforthe preparationof
forecasts,thereforethese are secondarydata.
TheAnnualAbstractof Statisticsis a sourceof secondaryexternaldata.
Thecorrectanswersare: Ordinaldata is a formof categoricaldata and Populationdata
are data arisingas a resultof investigatinga groupof peopleor objects.
Itis primarydata that is collectedfora specificpurposenot secondarydata. Continuous
data (ratherthan discretedata) can take on any value.Categoricaldata is data that is
descriptiveand it can be ordinal(witha set order)or nominal(a name or label).
Thecorrectansweris:Populationdata.
Foreignexchangerates and interestrates are likelyto be obtainedfromfinancial
newspapers.Detailsof industrycosts are morelikelyto be foundintrade journals.
2.4
G
2.5
Thecorrectansweris:Categoricaland ordinal
Satisfactionis descriptiverather than numericalso the data is categorical.The
questionnaireuses a scale, meaningthat the data is hierarchicaland thereforeordinal.
Rememberthat nominaldata has no specificorderbuiltintoit, whereasordinaldata has a
specificorder. Inthisexamplethe levelof satisfactioncouldclearlybe rankedinorder, even
ifit was describedas goingfromverysatisfiedto verydissatisfiedrather than beinggivena
numberon a scale, and so wouldbe describedas ordinal.Don'tbe put offby the numbers
inthe scale. Categoricaldata can take on numericalvaluessuch as a scale of one to ten
but these are simplyalternative'names' rather than havingmathematicalmeaning.
Thecorrectanswersare: Sensorsallowfaster anomalydetectionand Transactionaldata
can allowa businessto focuson its mostimportantcustomers
Forexample,sensorson manufacturingmachinesallowmachinebreakdownsto be
detected as soonas they occur. Transactionaldata is particularlyusefulto retailerswho
can analyse customers'spendinghabits and target marketingtowardstheirmostvalued
customers.
Data fromsocialmediacan be veryusefulto businesses.Forexample,it can highlight
populartrends or unpopularproducts.
Data froma GPSsystemis an exampleof a machinedata source.
2.6
Thecorrectansweris:144degrees
Material
W
X
Y
Z
Cost $
2,250
3,000
3,600
150
9,000
3,600/9,000 ×360o=144o
2.7
Percentage%
25
33.3
40
1.7
100
Degrees
90
120
144
6
360
Thecorrectansweris:Multiplebar chart.
Thisis because the chart shownhas fourbars foreach flavourof ice-cream.Asimplebar
chart wouldjustshowthe total numberof ice-creamssoldeach monthand a component
bar chart wouldshoweach flavourseparately, but inone chart.
206
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 219 of 421
H
q
2.8
Thecorrectansweris:InJune, the gap betweenthe sales of strawberryand the sales of
chocolatereduced.
Salesof mintchoc chipdid not risesteadilyoverthe fourmonthsas there was a dip
betweenMayand June.
Totalsales roseinJuly – allof the products,apart fromblueberry,werehigherinJuly than
inthe othermonths.
Salesof blueberrydid not riseinMayand July, they onlyroseinMay.
2.9
Thecorrectansweris:Linegraph
Alinegraph wouldbe mostsuitablehere. Apercentage componentbar chart wouldnot
showhowthe total sales valueshave fluctuated.Ascatter diagramwouldshow
fluctuationsbut it wouldnot be as clear as a linegraph. Apiechart wouldnot showthe
fluctuations.
2.10
Thecorrectansweris:3 only
ACCAexaminingteam comments
Thisquestioncoverssyllabusarea Presentinginformationusingtables charts and graphs.
Previousquestionsinthisarea have focussedon the constructionof charts and graphs
and have been wellanswered.However,thisone was quitepoorlydone. Thissuggeststhat
candidates are focussingon the mechanicsof constructingtables, charts and graphs and
are not consideringthe best way of presentinginformationto an audience.Piecharts are
best used to showthe relativesizeof the componentelementsof a total (eg a company’s
total sales analysed by geographicmarkets).Barcharts are used to displayand compare
the number,frequencyor other measure(eg mean)fordifferentdiscretecategoriesof
data. Forexample,a company’ssales indifferentyears. Scatter diagramsare best used to
exhibitdata inorderto comparehowtwovariablesvarywitheach other. Inthiscase the
relationshipbetweendemand and advertisingexpenditurewouldbe best shownby a
scatter diagram.
G
S
2.11 Thecorrectansweris:Bothstatements are false.
ACCAexaminingteam comments
Statement1:Primarydata is collectedfora specificpurposefromas closeas possibleto
the originof an itemof data. Itcan be collectedfromwithinor fromoutsideof the
organisation.Secondarydata is 'secondhand' data collectedby someoneelseand
because of thisis usuallylessexpensivethan primarydata. Thestatement is false.
Statement2: Numericdata can be classifiedas discreteor continuous,but not alldata is
numeric.Somedata, forexamplecustomeropinionson a product,is descriptive.The
statement is false.
2.12
Thecorrectanswersare: Ifa sampleis selectedusingrandomsampling,it willbe freefrom
bias and Inquota sampling,investigatorsare toldto interviewallthe peoplethey meet up
to a certainquota.
Asampling frame is a numberedlistof allitemsina population (nota sample).
Cluster sampling involvesselectingone definablesubsectionof the populationwhich
thereforemakesthe potentialforbias considerable.
2.13
Thecorrectansweris:Noneof the above
Inquota sampling,investigatorsare toldto interviewallof the peoplethey meet up to a
certainquota.
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 220 of 421
A
N
S
W
E
R
Answers 207
H
q
3
Cost classification
and behaviour
3.1
Thecorrectansweris:Directexpense
3.2
Theroyaltycost can be traced infullto the product,ie it has been incurredas a direct
consequenceof makingthe product.Itis thereforea directexpense.Sellingexpense,
productionoverheadand administrativeoverheadare alloverheadsor indirectcosts which
cannot be traced directlyand infullto the product.
Thecorrectanswersare: Astoresassistant infactory store and factory cleaningstaff
3.3
Thewages paid to the storesassistant and cleaningstaff inthe factory cannot be traced in
fullto a productor service,thereforethese are indirectlabourcosts.
Thecorrectansweris:Factoryoverheads
Overtimepremiumis alwaysclassedas factory overheadsunlessit is:
Workedat the specificrequestof a customerto get the ordercompleted.


3.4
Workedregularlyby a productiondepartmentinthe normalcourseof operations,in
whichcase it is usuallyincorporatedintothe directlabourhourlyrate.
Thecorrectanswersare: Stapleto attach fireretardant labelsto chairsand Thesalary of
the sales director
Ratherthan each staple beingallocatedto a particularproduct,a boxof staples wouldbe
treated as a generalproductionoverhead.Thesalary of the sales directoris a selling
overhead.
Theothercosts can be directlytraced to each chairmanufactured.
3.5
Thecorrectanswersare: Sellingpricesand Controllablecosts
Themanager of a profitcentre usuallyhas controloverhowrevenueis raised,ie selling
pricesand overthe controllablecosts incurredinthe centre.
Apportionedhead officecosts are uncontrollablefromthe pointof viewof the profitcentre
manager. Aresponsibilitycentre manager does not have controloverthe capital
investmentinthe centre unlessthe centre is designatedan investmentcentre.
G
3.6
Thecorrectansweris:Acost whichcan be influencedby its budget holder.
Controllablecosts are itemsof expenditurewhichcan be directlyinfluencedby a given
manager withina giventimespan.
3.7
Thecorrectanswersare: Customeraccount and Chequereceivedand processed
Itwouldbe appropriateto use the cost per customeraccount and the cost per cheque
receivedand processedforcontrolpurposes.
3.8
Stationerycosts and the telephonebillare expensesof the department,thereforethey are
not suitablecost units.
Thecorrectansweris:Acost that relatesto a timeperiodwhichis deducted as expensesfor
the periodand is not includedinthe inventoryvaluation.
Aperiodcost is charged against the sales forthe period.Itis not carriedforwardin
inventoryto a futureperiod.
3.9
Thecorrectansweris:Asa productionoverhead
Thesupervisorsare engaged inthe productionactivity,thereforeas an administration
overheadcan be eliminated.Theysupervisethe productionof allproducts,thereforetheir
salariesare indirectcosts because they cannot be specificallyidentifiedwitha cost unit.
Thiseliminates'as a directlabourcost' and 'as a directproductionexpense'.Thesalaries
are indirectproductionoverheadcosts, thereforeas a productionoverheadis correct.
208
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 221 of 421
H
q
3.10 Thecorrect
answers
are:Rental
ofthefinished
goodswarehouse
andDepreciation
ofits
ownfleetofdelivery
vehicles
Remember
youareonlylooking
forcoststhataredirectlyrelatedtogetting
thefinished
goodsfromtheproduction
linetoyourcustomers.
Before
theycanbedistributed,
finished
goodsmayhavetobetemporarily
storedina warehouse
therefore
therentalofthe
warehouse
willberegarded
asa distribution
cost.Inaddition,
youwillneeddelivery
vehicles
fordistribution
purposes
– anycostsrelated
tothesevehicles
willbeclassed
as
distribution
costs.Commission
paidtosalesstaffandthemarketing
campaign
costsare
sellingcosts.
3.11 Thecorrect
answer
is:Afunction
orlocation
forwhichcostsareascertained.
Acostcentre
actsasa 'collecting
place'forcostsbefore
theyareanalysed
further.
3.12 Thecorrect
answer
is:10410
For(10)machining
department
useof(410)indirect
materials
thecodeis10410.
10440hasanincorrect
expense
type.
13410
and13440havetheincorrect
costcentre
code.Thecodeindicates
thecostcentre
incurring
thecost,iereceiving
thematerials.
3.13 Thecorrect
answer
is:Constant
intotalwhenproduction
volume
changes
Within
therelevant
range,fixedcostsarenotaffected
bythelevelofactivity,
therefore
'Constant
intotalwhenproduction
volume
changes'
iscorrect.
Variable
costs,notfixedcosts,areconstant
perunitoutput.
Whilefixedcostsmaynotbe
changed
easily,theyarenotcompletely
outside
thecontrol
ofmanagement.
3.14 Thecorrect
answer
is:$110,305
97,85084,865 12,985
Variable
15,95013,500 2,450
=$5.30persquare
metre
Fixedoverhead =$84,865– ($5.3013,500)
=$84,865– $71,550
= $13,315
Overheads
on18,300square
metres
=$13,315
+($5.3018,300)
=$13,315
+$96,990
=$110,305
overhead
=
G
S
3.15 Thecorrect
answer
is:Graph2 shows
thatcostsincrease
inlinewithactivity
levels.
3.16 Thecorrect
answer
is:Graph1shows
thatfixedcostsremain
thesamewhatever
thelevel
ofactivity.
3.17 Thecorrect
answer
is:Graph1shows
thatcostperunitremains
thesameatdifferent
levels
ofactivity.
3.18 Thecorrect
answer
is:Graph4 shows
thatsemi-variable
costshavea fixedelement
anda
variable
element.
3.19 Thecorrect
answer
is:Graph3 shows
thatthestepfixedcostsgoupin'steps'
asthelevel
ofactivity
increases.
3.20
Thecorrect
answer
is:$5,100
Units
1,100
700
400
Highoutput
Lowoutput
Variable
costof
$
18,300
13,500
4,800
Variable
costperunit$4,800/400
= $12perunit
Fixedcosts=$18,300
– ($121,100)
=$5,100
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 222 of 421
A
N
S
W
E
R
Answers209
H
G
q
3.21 Thecorrect
answer
is:Asemi-variable
cost.
Thesalaryispartfixed($650permonth)
andpartvariable
(5centsperunit).Therefore
itis
a semi-variable
cost.
3.22 Thecorrect
answer
is:Astepcost.
Thecostdescribed
willincrease
insteps,remaining
fixedateachstepuntilanother
supervisor
isrequired.
Sucha costisknown
asa stepcost.
answer
is:Salesrevenue
=62,500+(25advertising
expenditure)
3.23 Thecorrect
Independent
variable
x=advertising
expenditure
Dependent
variable
y =salesrevenue
Highest
x=month
6 =$6,500
Highest
y =month
6 =$225,000
Lowest
x=month
2 =$2,500
Lowest
y =month
2 =$125,000
Usingthehigh-low
method:
Highest
Lowest
Advertising
expenditure
$
6,500
2,500
4,000
Salesrevenue
$
225,000
125,000
100,000
Salesrevenue
generated
forevery$1spentonadvertising
= $100,000=$25per$1spent.
$4,000
 If$6,500isspentonadvertising,
expected
salesrevenue
=$6,500$25=$162,500
 Salesrevenue
expected
without
anyexpenditure
onadvertising
=$225,000– $162,500
=
$62,500
 Salesrevenue
=62,500+(25advertising
expenditure)
3.24 Thecorrect
answer
is:Thecostdescribed
isa stepped
fixedcost.
Astepped
fixedcostisfixedinnature
butonlywithin
certain
levels
ofactivity.
3.25 Thecorrect
answer
is:$30
Highest
Lowest
Activity
level
Units
10,000
5,000
5,000
Cost
$
400,000
250,000
150,000
Variable
costperunit= $150,000=$30
5,000units
3.26 Thecorrect
answer
is:Thediagram
shown
depicts
annual
factorypower
costwhere
the
electricity
supplier
setsa tariffbasedona fixedchargeplusa constant
unitcostfor
consumption
butsubject
tomaximising
annual
charge.There
isa fixedcostasthelinefor
coststartspartwayupthey axis.Theslopeofthelinerepresents
therisingvariable
costs,
butonceitreaches
a certain
levelofactivity
thelineplateaus,
whichmeans
thatthetotal
costisnolonger
increasing.
210 Management
Accounting
(FMA/MA)
Page 223 of 421
H
G
q
3.27 Thecorrect
answer
is:$1.25
Usingthehigh-low
method:
Units
Cost
$
40,000
20,000
20,000
20,000
4,000
16,000
Variable
costperunit=
$20,000
16,000units
=$1.25
3.28 Thecorrect
answer
is:GraphA
GraphAshows
thatupto30,000units,eachunitcostsa constant
priceperunit.After
30,000units,thegradient
ofthenewvariable
costlineismoregentle
whichindicates
that
thecostperunitislower
thanthecostwhen0 – 30,000unitsarepurchased.
3.29 Thecorrect
answer
is:$3,000
Level2
Level1
Production
Units
5,000
3,000
2,000
Totalcost
$
9,250
6,750
2,500
Variable
costperunit= $2,500
2,000units
A
N
S
W
E
R
=$1.25perunit
Fixedoverhead
=$9,250– ($1.255,000)=$3,000
S
3.30 Thecorrect
answer
is:$1.67perunit
ACCAexamining
teamcomments
Thehigh-low
technique
estimates
variable
costperunitbylooking
atthechangein
costsbetween
thehighest
andlowest
levelsofoutput.
Thecorrect
answer
isA.Thiscan
becalculated
byfinding
thechangeincostbetween
thehighest
andlowest
output
levelsnotexplained
bythestepinfixedcosts($9,500– $4,000– $500= $5,000), and
dividing
bythechangeinoutput
between
thehighest
andlowest
output
levels.($5,000/
(4,000units– 1,000units)= $1.67perunit.
Manycandidates
incorrectly
basedtheircalculations
onthechangeincostsbetween
thehighest
andlowest
levels
ofcost,andhenceselected
option
D (($10,000
– $4,000)/
(3,000units– 1,000units)orC (($10,000
– $4,000– $500)/(3,000units– 1,000units).
Thismistake
suggests
someconfusion
between
theindependent
variable,
output,
andthe
dependent
variable,
cost.
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 224 of 421
Answers211
H
q
3.31 Thecorrect
answer
is:FixedVariable
Semi-variable
ACCAexamining
teamcomments
Thekeytothequestion
istounderstand
thatforvariable
coststhecostperunitisconstant,
whilst
forfixedcoststhetotalcostisconstant.
CostXcanquickly
beidentified
asa fixed
costasthetotalcostbetween
thetwooutput
levels
isunchanged
(10,000units $3=
15,000units $2).CostYisa variable
costbecause
thecostperunitisconstant.
CostZ
meets
neither
ofthesecriteria
because
itcontains
elements
ofbothfixedandvariable
cost,
andtherefore
isa semivariable
cost.
3.32 Thecorrect
answer
is:$1.80
ACCAexamining
teamcomments
Sincethevariable
costis$1lower
perunitafter15,000units,thetotalcostfor20,000units
mustbeadjusted
firstbefore
usingthehighlowmethod.
Therefore,
thetotalcostfor
20,000would
be$68,000+(20,000– 15,000)units
$1=$73,000
Variable
costperunitcanthenbecalculated
as(assuming
thatthereisnochangein
variable
cost)= ($73,000– $39,400)/ (20,000units– 8,000units)=$2.80
Variable
costperunitafter15,000unitswould
thenneedtoadjusted
forthe$1lower
as=
$2.80– $1.00=$1.80.
Thesyllabus
clearlyindicates
thatcandidates
needtobeabletocalculate
semi-variable
costs,stepped
fixedcostsandchanges
invariable
costperunitwhenusingthehighlow
technique.
Candidates
needtopractise
thecalculations
required
inthisarea
4
Forecasting
G
H
4.1 Thecorrect
answer
is:0.98
Fromthedatagiven,itisclearthatthecorrelation
ispositive
andstrong.Thecorrelation
coefficient
describing
a positive
strong
relationship
is0.98.
4.2
–0.98would
indicate
strong,
negative
correlation.
-0.25would
indicate
weaknegative
correlation,
whereas
0.25would
indicate
weakpositive
correlation.
Thecorrect
answer
is:17%
Y=20– 0.25X
X=12
 Y=20– 0.25(12)
=17%
4.3
Thecorrect
answers
are:A correlation
coefficient
numerically
closeto1andAlargesample
isusedtocalculate
theregression
equation
Acorrelation
coefficient
numerically
closeto1anda largesample
isusedtocalculate
the
regression
equation
andincrease
thereliability
offorecasting.
Acorrelation
coefficient
closeto+1or–1indicates
a strong
linear
relationship
between
XandY.Theregression
equation
istherefore
morereliable
forforecasting.
Working
toa highnumber
ofdecimal
placesgivesspurious
accuracy
unless
boththedata
itselfisaccurate
tothesamedegree
andthemethods
usedlendthemselves
tosuchprecision.
Forecasting
forvalues
ofXoutside
therangeoftheoriginal
dataleadstounreliable
estimates,
because
thereisnoevidence
thatthesameregression
relationships
holdfor
suchvalues.
Theregression
equation
isworthless
unless
a sufficiently
largesample
wasusedto
calculate
it.Inpractice,
samples
ofabouttenormoreareacceptable.
212 Management
Accounting
(FMA/MA)
Page 225 of 421
q
4.4
Thecorrect
answer
is:0.98
Theformula
forthecorrelation
coefficient
isprovided
inyourexam.There
arenoexcuses
forgetting
thisquestion
wrong.
Correlation
coefficient,
r=
=
nXY XY
nX
2
2
2
 2(X)][nY(Y)
(4157) (1242)

2
2
44612][454242

=
628504
(184144)(2,1681,764)
=
124
40404
=
124
127.12
=0.98(to2 decimal
places)
4.5
Thecorrect
answers
are:There
isa strong
relationship
between
thelevelofcarownership
andthenumber
ofroaddeaths
and53%ofthevariation
inthelevelofroaddeaths
from
onecountry
tothenextcanbeexplained
bythecorresponding
variation
inthelevelofcar
ownership
Highlevels
ofcorrelation
donotprovethatthereiscauseandeffect.
Acorrelation
coefficient
of0.73would
generally
beregarded
asindicating
a strong
linear
relationship
between
thevariables.
G
Thecoefficient
ofdetermination
provides
thisinformation
andisgivenbysquaring
the
correlation
coefficient,
resulting
in53%inthiscase.
Thecoefficient
ofdetermination
provides
thisinformation
andnotthecorrelation
coefficient.
Remember
thatyoumustsquare
thecorrelation
coefficient
inordertoobtain
thecoefficient
ofdetermination.
4.6
Thecorrect
answers
are:Theestimate
isnotreliable
because
X isoutside
therangeofthe
dataandTheestimate
isnotreliable
because
thesample
issmall
WhenX=20,wedon'tknowanything
abouttherelationship
between
XandYsincethe
sample
dataonlygoesuptoX=10.'Theestimate
isnotreliable
because
X isoutside
the
rangeofthedata'istherefore
true.
Sincea correlation
coefficient
of0.8would
beregarded
asstrong
(itisa highvalue)the
estimate
would
bereliable.
'Theestimate
isnotreliable
because
thecorrelation
islow'is
therefore
nottrue.
Withsucha smallsample
andtheextrapolation
required,
theestimate
isunlikely
tobe
reliable.
'Theestimate
isreliable'
istherefore
nottrue.
Thesample
ofonlysixpairsofvalues
isverysmallandistherefore
likelytoreduce
the
reliability
oftheestimate.
'Theestimate
isnotreliable
because
thesample
issmall'is
therefore
true.
4.7
Thecorrect
answer
is:Ymustbethedependent
variable
Theindependent
variable
isdenoted
byXandthedependent
onebyY.
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 226 of 421
Answers213
A
N
S
W
E
R
S
H
G
q
4.8
Thecorrect
answer
is:25.36
a=
y
x
–b
n
n
where
b =17.14
x=5.75
y=200
n=4
a= 200 – 17.14
 5.75
4
4
=50– (17.14
1.4375)
=50– 24.64
=25.36(to2 decimal
places)
4.9
Thecorrect
answer
is:2.33
a=
=
b=
=
y x
b
n
n
330b440
11
11
nxy xy
nx(x)
2
2
(1113,467)
(440330)
(1117,986)
4402
148,137
 145,200
=
197,846
 193,600
H
= 2,937
4,246
=0.6917
 a=
330
440
– (0.6917

)
11
11
=30– 27.668
=2.332
=2.33(to2 decimal
places)
4.10 Thecorrect
answer
is:0
Thecorrelation
coefficient
cantakeonanyvaluefrom–1to+1.
4.11 Thecorrect
answer
is:92
y =7.112
+ 3.949x
Ifx=19,trendinsalesformonth
19=7.112
+ (3.94919)= 82.143
Seasonally-adjusted
trendvalue=82.143
 1.12= 92
Ifyoufailedtoselectthecorrect
option,
rework
thecalculation
carefully.
Youshouldn't
havetoomuchtrouble
withthisquestion
sinceitisjusta matter
ofplugging
ina valueforx
intotheequation
giveninthequestion.
214 Management
Accounting
(FMA/MA)
Page 227 of 421
G
q
4.12 Thecorrect
answer
is:300
Ifx=16,y =345.12
– (1.3516)=323.52
Forecast
=trend+seasonal
component
=323.52– 23.62=299.9=300(tonearest
unit)
4.13 Thecorrect
answer
is:123
y =9.82+(4.37224)
y =114.748
 forecast
=114.748
+8.5
=123.248
=123
4.14 Thecorrect
answer
is:There
mustbenounforeseen
events
andThemodel
usedmustfitthe
pastdata
Forecasts
aremadeontheassumption
thateverything
continues
asinthepast.
Ifthemodel
beingusedisinappropriate,
forexample,
ifanadditive
model
isusedwhenthe
trendischanging
sharply,
forecasts
willnotbeveryreliable.
Provided
a multiplicative
model
isused,thefactthatthetrendisincreasing
neednothave
anyadverse
effectonthereliability
offorecasts.
Provided
theseasonal
variation
remains
thesameinthefuture
asinthepast,itwillnot
makeforecasts
unreliable.
4.15 Thecorrect
answer
is:Toobtain
aninstant
estimate
ofthetrend
Seasonally
adjusting
thevalues
ina timeseries
removes
theseasonal
element
fromthe
datathereby
givinganinstant
estimate
ofthetrend.
4.16 Thecorrect
answer
is:(38,40)
X=38andY=40
X36Y
38
3
36 Y 41
39
3
Y=(339)– 36– 41=40
A
N
S
W
E
R
S
X3640
38
3
X=(383)– 36– 40=38
4.17 Thecorrect
answer
is:91
If t =1inthefirstquarter
of20X5
t =8 inthefourth
quarter
of20X6
Trend
(Y)=65+(78)
=121
Forecast
=trend+seasonal
component
=121+(–30)
=121– 30
=91
4.18 Thecorrect
answer
is:$1,344
Inthefirstmonth
of20X9,t =13
 Y =$1,500– $(313)
=$1,461
Forecast
=trend+seasonal
component
=$1,461
 0.92
=$1,344
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 228 of 421
Answers215
H
q
4.19
4.20
Thecorrectanswersare: Thetrend mustcontinueas inthe past and Thesame pattern of
seasonalvariationmustcontinueas inthe past
Providedthe multiplicativemodelis used, it does not matter ifthe trend isincreasingor
decreasing.
Forecastsare made on the assumptionthat the previoustrend willcontinue.
Ingeneral,extrapolationdoes not producereliableestimatesbut inforecastingthe future
usingtimeseriesanalysiswehave no optionbut to extrapolate.
Forecastsare made on the assumptionthat previousseasonalvariationswillcontinue.
Thecorrectansweris:Whenthe trend is increasingor decreasing
Whenthe trend is increasingor decreasing,additiveseasonalcomponentschange intheir
importancerelativeto the trend whereasmultiplicativecomponentsremaininthe same
proportionto the trend. Thesecondoptionis thereforea circumstanceinwhichthe
multiplicativemodelwouldbe preferredto the additivemodel.
4.21 Thecorrectansweris:$140,000
In20X9,t =9
y =20t – 10
y =(20 9)– 10
y =180– 10=170
 Forecastprofitsfor20X9=170– 30 =140
=$140,000
4.22
Thecorrectansweris:477,700
Theadditivemodel
Y=T+S
where Y=actual series
T=trend
S =seasonal
Theseasonally-adjustedvalueis an estimateof the trend.
G
 Y=T+S
T=Y– S
T=567,800– (+90,100)
T=477,700
4.23
Thecorrectansweris:24%
Asyou have been asked to use the base weightingsapproach, the weightingsneed to be
based on quantitiespurchasedin20X1(the base year),ie Laspeyrespriceindex.
Quantity20X1
Q0
Milk
300
Cola
150
Phones 50
Pricein20X1 Pricein20X2
P0 P0Q0 Pn
PnQ0
1
300
1.1 330
2
300
2.5 375
80 4,000 100 5,000
4,600
5,705
Indexin20X2=5,705/ 4,600 100=124.0
Sothe weightedaverage priceriseis 24.0%.
Ifyou selected24.3%,thissuggestsyou used the quantitiesfromthe currentyear (20X2)
to determineyourweightings,rather than the quantitiesfromthe base year (20X1).
216
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 229 of 421
H
G
q
Ifyou chose77.2%you incorrectlyused the quantityeach year instead of usingone year
as the base year. Neitherthe Laspeyrenor Paasche methodschange both the quantity
and pricewhencalculatingthe index.
Ifyou chose20.0%you simplytookthe average of the growthineach productsprice
[(10%+25%+25%)/3=20%].
4.24
Thecorrectansweris:144
idealindex= Laspeyre
indexPaasche indexFisher's
= 150.00138.24
= 20,736
=144
4.25
Thecorrectansweris:$0.93
4.26
106
$0.80 =$0.93
91
Thecorrectansweris:$14.33
($5430 ÷150)=$14.33
4.27
Thecorrectansweris:$39.23
$10510÷130=$39.23
4.28
Thecorrectansweris:13.3%
Asyou have been asked to use the current weightingsapproach, the weightingsneed
to be based on quantitiespurchased in 20X2(the most recent year), ie Paasche price
index.
Quantity– 20X2 Pricein20X1 Pricein20X2
Qn
P0Qn Pn P0Qn
P0
Bread
220
1
220 0.9
198
Meat
190
5
950 5.2
988
Televisions 14
300 4,200 350 4,900
5,370
6,086
Indexin20X2=6,086 / 5,370100=113.3
Sothe weightedaverage priceriseis 13.3%.
Ifyou selected12.9%,thissuggestsyou used the quantitiesfrom20X1as the basis of your
weightings,rather than the quantitiesfrom20X2.
Ifyou selected3.6%then you calculateda simpleaverage of change inprice.
Ifyou selected54.1%then you incorrectlyused the weightingand priceforeach year inthe
calculation.
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 230 of 421
Answers 217
A
N
S
W
E
R
S
H
G
q
4.29 Thecorrect
answer
is:$4.13
ACCAexamining
teamcomments
Thecorrect
answer
is$4.13.
Thisiscalculated
byfirstly
adjusting
theoverhead
costfrom2
yearsagotocurrent
pricelevels
bymultiplying
by155/121,
toobtain
a costof$4,740.This
figure
isthenusedina highlowcalculation
(change
incostdivided
bychange
inactivity)
to
obtain
thevariable
costperunit(($13,000
– $4,740)/ (3,000units– 1,000units)
=$4.13).
Themostpopular
choicewasalternative
$4.65,whichwasselected
bymajority
of
candidates.
Thisindicates
thatalthough
competent
inthehighlowtechnique
theyfailedto
adjustcoststocurrent
pricelevels.
Inanalysing
costdataitisimportant
thatinflation
is
allowed
for.Those
whochose$5.06indicated
thateither
theyguessed
badly,orthatthey
couldcompetently
perform
thehighlowcalculation
andthattheyrealised
a needtoadjust
thefigures
forinflation
butfailedtodosocorrectly
andmultiplied
by121/155).
Finallya
minority
chose$3.22,againpossibly
suggesting
a badguessoralternatively
thatthey
indexed
coststopricelevels
fromtwoyearsago.
4.30
Thecorrect
answer
is:4,053
ACCAexamining
teamcomments
Thecorrect
answer
is4,053.Thisiscalculated
byfirstlycomputing
thetrendforfourth
quarter
of2015(Y=4,000+6 8 =4,048)andthenaddinga seasonal
adjustment
of5,to
giveforecast
salesof4,053.
Themostpopular
choicewas4,048.Thisindicates
thatmanycandidates
wereableto
calculate
thetrendbutfailedtoapplytheseasonal
adjustment.
Distracters
(theincorrect
answers
toobjective
testquestions)
areoftenbaseduponpartially
complete
calculations.
Candidates
areadvised
nottostopthinking
assoonastheygenerate
a number
that
corresponds
withoneoftheoptions
offered.
Agoodwayofavoiding
thistrapisnottolook
attheanswers
untilyouaresatisfied
thatyouhavefullycompleted
yourcalculation.
Answer
4,029useda valueof4forperiod
4 of2015andgenerated
thewrong
trend
figure,
butthencorrectly
processed
theseasonal
adjustment.
Finally
a minority
ofcandidates
selected
4,043,indicating
thattheycouldcorrectly
calculate
trend
butsubtracted
rather
thanaddedtheseasonal
adjustment.
4.31 Thecorrect
answer
is:2,500
ACCAexamining
teamcomments
Spreadsheet
basedquestions
arecommonly
someoftheworst
answered
questions
inthe
examandthisoneproved
noexception.
Thecorrect
answer
is2,500.Thisisarrived
atby
averaging
thefourquarter
moving
totalsthatstraddle
quarter
4,2014.((9,000+11,000)
÷
2 = 10,000).Thisgivesa centred
moving
total,whichwhenaveraged
overthefour
quarters
(10,000÷4)gives2,500.Themostpopular
choicewas10,000.Candidates
herefailedtocomplete
thefinalstepandchosethecentred
moving
totalrather
thana
centred
moving
average.
Itiscommon
practice
bytheexamining
team,whenwriting
multiple
choicequestions,
toofferdistracters
(wrong
answers)
basedona figurethat
occurspartwaythrough
thecalculation
oftherightanswer.
Withthisinmindcandidates
should
makesuretheircalculations
arecomplete
before
looking
atthe4 alternative
answers
onoffer.
218 Management
Accounting
(FMA/MA)
Page 231 of 421
H
q
4.32 Thecorrect
answer
is:$5.38
ACCAexamining
teamcomments
Thecorrect
answer
is$5.38,chosen
byonlya smallminority
ofcandidates.
Toarriveat
thisanswer
candidates
needed
tofirstlyusethepriceindexdatatoexpress
the2012
overhead
costin2013prices($12,000 140/130
= $12,923).
Thentheyneeded
tousethe
highlowmethod
tocalculate
variable
costperunit.(($14,000
– $12,923)/(1,200
units–
1,000units)= $5.38).
4.33 Thecorrect
answer
is:$52,200
ACCAexamining
teamcomments
Themultiplicative
timeseries
model
summarises
a timeseries
as(trend
 seasonal
variation
cyclicalvariation
random
variation).
Inthiscasetherearenocyclicalorrandom
variations.
Thetrendforquarter
1year1=40,000+(1,0001)=41,000
Thetrendforquarter
1year2 =40,000+(1,0005)=45,000
Theseasonal
variation
factorforquarter
1is47,560/41,000
=1.16
Forecast
salesforyear2 quarter
1are45,0001.16=52,200.
5
Summarising and analysing data
5.1 Thecorrect
answer
is:$24
G
5.2
Totalofinvoices
=average
 10=2010
15+22+14+21+15+20+18+27=152
2X+152=200
2X=200– 152=48
X =$24
$19isincorrect
because
itrepresents
thearithmetic
meanofthevalues
(excluding
theXs),
ie152/ 8 =19.Italsorepresents
themedian
ofthevalues
shown.
Ifyouselected
$48thenthisindicates
thatyouonlyaccounted
forone$Xinstead
oftwo.
$15represents
themodeandistherefore
incorrect.
Thecorrect
answer
is:$65
Tocalculate
a meanfactorywageweneedtodetermine
totalwagesandtotalnumber
of
employees.
Number
of
Department
Meanwage employeesTotalwage
$
$
50

20
W
= 1,000
100
 5
X
= 500
70

10
Y
= 700
80
 5
Z
= 400
40
2,600
Meanfactorywage=$2,600/40=$65
$50represents
themostfrequently
occurring
wage($50)orthemodeandistherefore
incorrect.
$70represents
thesecond
mostfrequently
occurring
wageandisalsoincorrect.
$75issimply
theaverage
ofthemeanwages(anunweighted
average),
ie50+100+70+
80=3004 =75.Thisoption
isalsoincorrect.
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 232 of 421
Answers219
A
N
S
W
E
R
S
H
q
5.3
Thecorrect
answer
is:36
Tocalculate
a meanspeedweneedtoknowthedistance
andthetimeofthejourney.
Time=20/30hr+10/60hr=5/6hr
 Meanspeed=30miles
÷ 5/6hr=36mph
40isincorrectly
calculated
asfollows.
(20miles
 30mph)+ (10miles
 60mph)= 600+600=1,200
Totaldistance
travelled
=30miles
 Meanspeed=1,200/ 30=40mph(incorrect)
Remember
thatyouneedtoknowthelength
oftimethatittooktotravelthe30mile
distance.
45mphrepresents
anaverage
of30mphand60mph(30+60=90/ 2 =45).Thisisalso
incorrect.
5.4
Thecorrect
answer
is:14.50
Inorderofmagnitude
scores
are
8
9
11
12
14
15
17
21
24
34
10 1
=5½ andtherefore
themedian
istheaverage
of5thand6th
2
items,
thatisof14and15.Themedian
istherefore
14.5.
Thecorrect
answer
is:31
Position
ofmedian
is
5.5
Themedian
isthemiddle
valueinorderofmagnitude.
9
12
23
24
28
34
43
56
78
87
Inthiscasetherearetwomiddle
values,
28and34,andsothemedian
istheiraverage
=
(28+34)/2=31.
G
5.6
28and34represent
thetwomiddle
values
andaretherefore
incorrect.
Theaverage
ofthe
twomiddle
values
mustbecalculated
whenestablishing
themedian
ofa setofscores.
26isincorrect
sinceitrepresents
theaverage
between
the4thand5thitems
(24and28).
Thecorrect
answer
is:Itrelies
ondigitalinformation.
Information
maybewritten,
verbal
orconfidential,
butifitisnotdigitised
itcannot
be
analysed
byBigDataanalytics.
5.7
Thecorrect
answer
is:1and3 only
Bigdataiscollected
fromdiverse
sources
andmuchoftheresulting
dataisunstructured;
forexample,
onesignificant
source
ofbigdatacanbetheopinions
andpreferences
that
people
express
viasocialmedia.
SoOption
2 isincorrect.
Bigdataanalytics
isa recentdevelopment
andenhances
anorganisation's
abilityto
analyseandrevealinsights
indatawhichhadpreviously
beentoodifficult
orcostlyto
analyse– duetothevolume
andvariability
ofthedatainvolved.
Option1correctly
identifies
thispoint.Oneofthekeyfeatures
ofbigdataisthespeedwithwhichdata
flowsintoanorganisation
(withmuchdatabeingavailable
inrealtime,oralmost
inreal
time).Ifanorganisation
canthenalsoprocess
thisdataquickly,
thiscanimprove
its
abilitytorespond
effectively
tocustomer
requirements
ormarket
conditions.
Option3
identifies
thispoint.
220
Management
Accounting
(FMA/MA)
Page 233 of 421
H
q
5.8
Thecorrect
answer
is:1and2 only
Statements
1and2 aretrue.
TheMcKinsey
GlobalInstitute
saidthat‘retailers
exploiting
dataanalytics
atscaleacross
theirorganisations
couldincrease
theiroperating
margins
bymorethan60percent’
and
that‘theUShealthcare
sector
couldreduce
costsby8 percent
through
data-analytics
efficiency
andquality
improvements’
DavidMcCourt,
‘GettingBigImpact
withBigData,’McKinsey
Quarterly,
January2015,
www.mckinsey.com/insights/business_technology/getting_big_impact_from_big_dat
Statement
3 isfalse.Oneofthecriticisms
ofbigdataisthatthefocusisoftenonfinding
correlations
between
datasetswithlessofanemphasis
oncausation.
Itiseasier
toidentify
correlations
between
twovariables
thantodetermine
whatisactually
causing
the
correlation.
5.9
Thecorrect
answer
is:Volatility
ThefiveVsarevolume,
velocity,
variety,
veracity
andvalue.
5.10 Thecorrect
answer
is:Process
X
Thecoefficient
ofvariation
=
Standard
deviation
Mean
Thecoefficients
ofvariation
arecalculated
asfollows:
W:
10
100=10%
100
X:
5
100=12½%
40
G
Y:
8
100=10%
80
Z:
12
100=8%
150
A
N
S
W
E
R
S
5.11 Thecorrect
answer
is:DataA
Mean
Standard
deviation
Coefficient
ofvariation*
*Coefficient
ofvariation
=
A
150
25
0.167
B
175
20
0.114
C
200
25
0.125
D
250
30
0.120
Standarddeviation
Mean
Thebiggerthecoefficient
ofvariation,
thewider
thespread.
Thelargest
coefficient
of
variation
isforthatofdatasetA.Thecorrect
answer
istherefore
DataA.
answer
is:
5.12 Thecorrect
4
Themodeisthemostfrequently
occurring
number
ofloaves
required
bya shopper,
ie4 loaves.
Remember,
themodeisthemostfrequently
occurring
item.
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 234 of 421
Answers221
H
q
5.13 Thecorrect
answer
is:2 and3 only

Thestandard
deviation
willincrease
by14%

Thecoefficient
ofvariation
willbeunaltered
Ifeverybody's
salaryrisesby14%,themeansalarywillalsoriseby14%.Incomputing
thestandard
deviation,
weworkout(x– x)2foreachemployee,
adduptheresults,
dividebynandthentakethesquare
root.Ifeachemployee's
salaryandthemean
salaryareallincreased
by14%,each(x– x) willriseby14%.Because
thesquaring
isfollowed
bysquare
rooting,
theoverall
effectwillbetoincrease
thestandard
deviation
by14%.
Sinceboththestandard
deviation
andthemeanincrease
by14%,thecoefficient
of
variation,
whichistheonedivided
bytheother,
willbeunchanged.
5.14 Thecorrect
answer
is:Relative
dispersion
Thespreads
oftwodistributions
canbecompared
byusingthecoefficient
ofvariation
(orthecoefficient
ofrelative
dispersion).
5.15 Thecorrect
answer
is:Project
B$4,760
Theexpected
valueforeachproject
isasfollows.
ProjectA (0.45$4,000)+ (0.55$2,000) =$1,800+$1,100
=$2,900
ProjectB (0.64$8,000)+ (0.36($1,000))=$5,120– $360
=$4,760
Project
Bhasa higher
expected
valueofprofitwhichmeans
thatitcouldoffera better
return
thanA,soProject
Bshould
bechosen
(withanexpected
profitof$4,760).
Thefirsttwooptions
areincorrect
because
project
Adoesnothavethehighest
expected
value.
Ifyouselected
thelastoption,
youforgottotakeaccount
oftheexpected
lossof$1,000
andtreated
itasa profitinstead.
G
5.16 Thecorrect
answer
is:$710,000
Expected
value=probability
profit
Contract
A
B
C
Probability
Estimated
profits
$
500,000
800,000
900,000
2,200,000
1/2
1/5
1/3
Expected
value
$
250,000
160,000
300,000
710,000
$300,000isincorrect
because
itisjustthehighest
expected
value(fromContract
C).
$733,000isthearithmetic
meanoftheestimated
profits
($2,200,000
 3 =$733,000).
$900,000isthemaximum
expected
profitfromanyonecontract,
ie$900,000from
Contract
C.
5.17 Thecorrect
answer
is:3,900
Theexpected
value=(1,0000.3)+(4,0000.5)+(8,0000.2)=3,900
4,000represents
themostlikelysaleslevel,youforgottocalculate
theexpected
value.
4,333represents
thearithmetic
mean,youforgottocalculate
theexpected
value.
13,000isthetotalofestimated
salesatdifferent
levels
ofprobability,
youforgotto
calculate
theexpected
levelofsales.
222
Management
Accounting
(FMA/MA)
Page 235 of 421
H
q
5.18 Thecorrect
answer
is:EVofdemand
= 6,500 units
Workings
Demand
Units
5,000
6,000
8,000
Probability
0.1
0.6
0.3
Expected
value
Units
500
3,600
2,400
6,500
5.19 Thecorrect
answer
is:EVofunitvariable
costs=$
Workings
Variable
costs
$
3.00
3.50
4.00
4.50
5.20
Probability
3.70 (to2 decimal
places)
Expected
value
$
0.30
1.75
1.20
0.45
3.70
0.1
0.5
0.3
0.1
Thecorrect
answer
is:EVofprofit= $ 10,950
Workings
$
65,000
24,050
40,950
30,000
10,950
Sales6,500$10
Lessvariable
costs6,500$3.70
Contribution
Lessfixedcosts
G
A
N
S
W
E
R
5.21 Thecorrect
answer
is:0.15
S
=55 59
Standard
deviation
()= variance
= 14.44
=3.8
Wearetherefore
looking
fortheprobability
corresponding
totheshaded
areaonthegraph
above.
Usingnormal
distribution
tableswecancalculate
thearea(1)above.
z = x

=
5955
3.8
=1.05
Azvalueof1.05corresponds
toa probability
of0.3531.
 Area(1)=0.3531andtherefore
theshaded
areathatweareinterested
in=0.5– 0.3531=
0.1469= 0.15.
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 236 of 421
Answers223
H
q
Ifyouincorrectly
selected
0.35,youforgottodeduct
theprobability
ofarea(1)from0.5.
Youcouldhaveeliminated
0.5immediately.
Theprobability
ofa scoreof55ormore
(not59)
isexactly
0.5.
0.85isalsoincorrect
andrepresents
theprobability
ofa scoreof59orless,ie0.5+0.3531
=
0.8531
or0.85.
5.22 Thecorrect
answer
is:78.35
25%ofnormal
frequencies
willoccurbetween
themeanandtheupperquartile.
From
normal
distribution
tables,25%offrequencies
liebetween
themeananda point0.67
standard
deviations
abovethemean.
Thestandard
deviation
isthesquare
rootofthevariance
andis 25 =5 inthiscase.
Theupperquartile
istherefore
0.675 =3.35abovethemean
 Theupperquartile
=3.35+75=78.35
Youshould
havebeenabletoeliminate
thefirsttwooptions
straightaway
since58.25and
71.65arebelowthemean.Theupperquartile
ofanydistribution
willbeabovethemean.
71.65represents
thelowerquartile
(75– 3.35).
Ifyouhadforgotten
totakethesquare
rootofthevariance
inordertoobtain
thestandard
deviation,
youwould
havecalculated
theupperquartile
asbeing0.6725=16.75above
themean,ie75+16.75=91.75.
91.75istherefore
alsoincorrect
forthisreason.
5.23 Thecorrect
answer
is:167
Itisalwaysbesttosketch
a roughdiagram
firstwhentackling
a normal
distribution
question
suchasthis.
G
H

x
=150
 =20
WeneedtofindthepointX suchthat30%ofthedistribution
fallsbetween
themeanandx.
Fromnormal
distribution
tables,wecanseethat30%ofthedistribution
liesbetween
the
meanand0.84standard
deviations
abovethemean.
Ifz=
x 

0.84=
x 150
20
x– 150=0.8420
x– 150=16.8
x =16.8+150
=166.8
Therefore
80%ofthedistribution
liesbelow
thepoint167(approximately).
Youmustmakesurethatyouareconfident
withreading
normal
distribution
tablesin
OTquestions
– youareunlikely
togainanymarks
atallinsuchquestions
ifyoureadthem
incorrectly.
224
Management
Accounting
(FMA/MA)
Page 237 of 421
q
5.24 Thecorrect
answer
is:0.675099
Totalareaunder
normal
curve=1
Therefore
eachoffourareas=0.25
Thetableshows
theareabetween
0 andthespecified
valueofZ sowemustfindthevalue
0.25inthetableandtheZ valuethatcorresponds
mostclosely
toit.
Z =0.67
Sketch
a normal
distribution
curveanddivide
itintofourareasifyouarenotconvinced
abouttheanswer
tothisquestion!
5.25 Thecorrect
answer
is:8%
=50cm
 =5 cm
57cmis7cmabovethemean=1.4standard
deviations
abovethemean.
Usingnormal
distribution
tables,theproportion
between
themeanand1.4standard
deviations
abovethemean=0.4192
 Thepercentage
oftubesatleast57cmlongis(0.5– 0.4192)
=0.0808=8.08%
Thepercentage
isclosest
to8%.
42%represents
theproportion
oftubesbetween
50and57cmlong.
58%represents
theproportion
oftubesbelow
themeanandabove57cm.
92%represents
theproportion
oftubesbelow
57cm.
5.26 Thecorrect
answer
is: 0.0082
A
N
S
W
E
R
G
S
=60 72
Weareinterested
intheshaded
areashown
inthegraphabove.Wecancalculate
zscore
usingthefollowing
formula.
z=
=
=
x 

7260
25
12
5
=2.4
Usingnormal
distribution
tables,wecancalculate
thattheprobability
ofa score
between
60and72is0.4918(where
z = 2.4).Theprobability
ofa scoregreater
than72
is0.5– 0.4918= 0.0082.
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 238 of 421
Answers225
H
G
q
5.27 Thecorrect
answer
is:76.42%
=150 210
Weareinterested
intheshaded
areashown
inthegraphabove.Wecancalculate
thez
scoreusingthefollowing
formula.
z=
=
=
x 

210 150
6,944
60
0.72
83.33
Fromnormal
distribution
tables,theprobability
ofa valuebetween
150and210is0.2642.
Therefore
theprobability
ofa valuelessthan210=0.5+0.2642=0.7642or76.42%.
Ifyouselected
23.58%,youincorrectly
subtracted
0.2642from0.5instead
ofaddingit.
Ifyouselected
26.42%,youforgottoaddyouranswer
to0.5.
Ifyouselected
72.00%,youforgottoconvert
yourzscoreintoa probability
usingnormal
distribution
tables.
5.28 Thecorrect
answer
is:656.7
=650
25%ofnormal
frequencies
willoccurbetween
themeanandtheupperquartile.
From
normal
distribution
tables,25%offrequencies
liebetween
themeananda point0.67
standard
deviations
abovethemean(ieourzscoreis0.67).
Letx=upperquartile
Ifz=
x 

and = 100=10
x650
10
(0.6710)= x– 650
6.7 = x– 650
x = 650+6.7
= 656.7
0.67=
Therefore
theupperquartile
=656.7andthecorrect
answer
istherefore
656.7.
Ifyouselected
643.3,youcalculated
thelower
quartile
ofthedistribution
(thequestion
required
youtocalculate
theupperquartile).
226
Management
Accounting
(FMA/MA)
Page 239 of 421
H
G
q
Ifyouchose717.0,youforgottocalculate
thestandard
deviation
(andusedthevaluegiven
forthevariance,
ie100).
Ifyouchose812.5,yousimply
took25%ofthemean(65025%=162.5)andaddeditto
themean(162.5+650=812.5)whichisnotthecorrect
waytocalculate
theupperquartile.
5.29 Thecorrect
answer
is:0.32
Totalareaunder
normal
curve=1.
Therefore
eachofeightareas=0.125(0.1258 =1).
Normal
distribution
tablesshowtheareabetween
0 andthespecified
valueofzsowemust
findthevalueof0.125inthetablesandthezvaluethatcorresponds
mostclosely
toit.
z=0.32
Sketch
a normal
distribution
curveanddivide
itintoeightareasifyouarenotconvinced
abouttheanswer
tothisquestion!
5.30
Thecorrect
answer
is:0.0314
5,200 6,000
Weareinterested
incalculating
theareaoftheshaded
partofthegraphabove.
Wecanfindtheareaofthegraphthatliesbetween
5,200kgand6,000kgasfollows.
x 
Using z=

z=
6,0005,200
430
A
N
S
W
E
R
S
z=1.86
z=1.86corresponds
toanareaof0.4686.However,
weareinterested
intheshaded
area=
0.5– 0.4686=0.0314.
Ifyouselected
0.2343,youdivided
theprobability
obtained
(0.4686)by2 instead
of
subtracting
itfrom0.5.
Ifyouselected
0.4686,youforgottosubtract
0.4686from0.5.
Ifyouselected
0.9686,youadded0.4686to0.5instead
ofsubtracting
it.
5.31 Thecorrect
answer
is:Inferential
analysis
Inferential
analysis
makes
predictions
abouta population
basedona sample.
Descriptive
analysis
summarises
datatomakeitmeaningful.
Forexample,
calculating
a meanor
drawing
a graphofa frequency
distribution.
Inferential
anddescriptive
analysis
are
specifically
mentioned
in yoursyllabus.
5.32 Thecorrect
answers
are:Customer
details
andTransaction
history
Structured
dataiseasilysearchable
because
itisina standardised
format
suchasrows
andcolumns
ina spreadsheet.
Unstructured
dataisoftenqualitative
andcannot
be
organised
intoa database.
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 240 of 421
Answers227
H
q
6
6.1
6.2
6.3
Accounting
for materials
Thecorrectansweris:(i)and (ii)only
Amongotherthings,the GRNis used to update the inventoryrecordsand to checkthat the
quantityinvoicedby the supplierwas actuallyreceived.TheGRNdoes not usuallycontain
priceinformation.Thereforethe correctansweris (i)and (ii)only.
Thecorrectansweris:1,750
Freeinventorybalance = unitsininventory+unitson orderfromsuppliers– units
outstandingon customers'orders
13,000
= unitsininventory+27,500– 16,250
 Unitsininventory = 13,000– 27,500+16,250=1,750
6.4
Thecorrectansweris:1,710units
Reorderlevel=maximumusage maximumlead time
=95 18
=1,710units
Thecorrectansweris:2,860 units
6.5
Maximumlevel=reorderlevel+reorderquantity– (minimumusage minimumlead time)
=1,710+1,750– (50 12)=2,860 units
Thecorrectansweris:163
2CoD 2 $80 2,500
=
=163
C
$15
h
Thecorrectansweris:(i),(ii)and (iii)
Stock-outsarisewhentoo littleinventoryis held(i);safety inventoriesare the levelof units
maintainedincase there is unexpecteddemand (ii);and a reorderlevelcan be established
by lookingat the maximumusage and the maximumlead-time(iii).Therefore,they are all
correctstatements withregards to inventories.
Thecorrectansweris:1,155
EOQ=
6.6
G
6.7
EOQ = 2CoD
C
H
WhereCo =20
D=12,5004 =50,000
CH=10%$15=1.50
EOQ=
2 20 50,000
1.50
= 1,333,333
6.8
6.9
=1,155units
Thecorrectansweris:EOQLowerTotalannual holdingcost Lower
Ifthere is a decrease inthe cost of orderinga batch of raw material,then the EOQwillalso
be lower(as the numeratorinthe EOQequationwillbe lower).Ifthe EOQis lower,than
average inventoryheld(EOQ/2)withalso be lowerand thereforethe total annual holding
costs willalso be lower.
Thecorrectansweris:7,800 units
Reorderlevel=maximumusage maximumlead time
=520 15
=7,800 units
228
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 241 of 421
H
q
6.10
Thecorrectansweris:(ii),(iii)and (iv)only
Statement(i)is not correct.Adebitto storeswitha correspondingcreditto workinprogress
(WIP)indicatesthat direct materials returned fromproductionwere$18,000.
Statement(ii)is correct.Directcosts of production are 'collected'inthe WIPaccount.
Statement(iii)is correct.Indirectcosts of production or overhead are 'collected'inthe
overheadcontrolaccount.
Statement(iv)is correct.Thepurchasesof materialson creditare creditedto the creditors
account and debitedto the materialstorescontrolaccount.
Thereforethe correctansweris (ii),(iii)and (iv)only.
6.11 Thecorrectansweris:$3,000
Annualholdingcost
=[buffer(safety)inventory+reorderlevel/2)]holdingcost per unit
=[500 +(2,000/2)]$2
=$3,000
6.12
Thecorrectansweris:300 units
Theeconomicorderquantityis 300 units.
Theformulaforthe economicorderquantity(EOQ)is
2C D
O
C
h
WithCO=$10
D =5,400 12=450 per month
Ch=$0.10
EOQ=
G
EOQ=
A
N
S
W
E
R
2 $10450
$0.10
S
= 90,000
=300 units
6.13
Thecorrectansweris:400
Thelevelof safety inventoryis
400
units(to the nearest wholeunit).
Letx =safety inventory
Averageinventory=safety inventory(x)+
3,400 = x +
reorderquantity
2
6,000
2
3,400 = x +3,000
x
= 3,400 – 3,000
x
= 400 units
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 242 of 421
Answers 229
H
G
q
6.14
Thecorrectansweris:175units
Theeconomicorderquantityis 175units(to the nearest wholeunit).
EOQ=
2COD
Ch
= 2 $1001,225
$8
= 30,625
=175units
6.15 Thecorrectansweris:6,180units
Reorderlevel =maximumusage maximumlead time
=13026 =3,380 units
Maximumlevel=reorderlevel+reorderquantity– (minimumusage minimumlead time)
=3,380 +4,000 – (60 20)
=6,180units
6.16 Thecorrectansweris:31,623units
2COD
(1D/R)C
h
2 1255,000
Q = 0.00251
5,000 / 10,000
EBQ=
1,250,000
0.00125
=31,623units
6.17 Thecorrectansweris:AtpointC
TheEOQis foundwherethe holdingcosts equal the orderingcosts. Youneed to read the
valueof unitson the x axisof the graph at pointC.
PointAis the origin.Herezerounitsare orderedand as a resultthe cost is also zero.
PointBis the total holdingcost and ordercost. Asthisis at the EOQthe costs are equal,
whichis whyit is wherethe twolinesintersect.
PointDis the holdingcosts at the EOQ.
6.18 Thecorrectansweris:$44,953.50
Thecompanycouldorderthe EOQamountof 160or it couldorder300 unitsand take a
discountof 2%.We need to workout whichis the cheapest option.
$
Purchases(nodiscount) 1,800$25 45,000
Holdingcosts (W1)
360
Orderingcosts (W2)
360
Totalannual costs
45,720
Workings
1
=average inventoryholdingcost forone unitof inventoryfor
Holdingcosts
one year
Averageinventory=orderquantity÷2
=160÷2 =80 units
Holdingcost forone unitof inventoryforone year =$4.50
 holdingcosts =80 units$4.50 =$360
=
230
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 243 of 421
H
q
2
Orderingcosts
=numberof ordersorderingcosts per order($32)
Numberof orders =Annualdemand ÷orderquantity
=1,800÷160
orderingcost
=11.25orders
=11.25orders$32
=$360
Witha discountof 2%and an orderquantityof 300 units,unitcosts are as follows.
Purchases
$45,000 98%
Holdingcosts (W1)
Orderingcosts (W2)
Totalannual costs
Workings
Holdingcosts
$
44,100.00
661.50
192.00
44,953.50
=average inventoryholdingcost forone unitof inventoryfor
one year
Averageinventory=orderquantity÷2
=300 ÷2 =150units
Holdingcost forone unitof inventoryforone year =$4.50 98%=$4.41
 holdingcosts =150units$4.41=$661.50
2
Orderingcosts
=numberof ordersorderingcosts per order($32)
A
N
S
W
E
R
Numberof orders =Annualdemand ÷orderquantity
G
=1,800÷300
orderingcost
=6 orders
=6 orders$32
S
=$192
Thecheapest optionis to order300 at a timeand accept the discount.
Workingsfor both questions 6.19and 6.20.
FIFO
Purchase
1/1
31/1
Sales
15/2
Purchase 28/2
Sales
6.19
14/3
Units
4,000
1,000
5,000
(3,000)
2,000
1,500
3,500
(500)
3,000
$/unit
2.50
2.00
2.50
2.50
2.50
LIFO
Value
$
10,000
2,000
12,000
(7,500)
4,500
3,750
8,250
(1,250)
7,000
Units
4,000
1,000
5,000
(1,000)
(2,000)
2,000
1,500
3,500
(500)
3,000
$/Unit
2.50
2.00
2.00
2.50
2.50
2.50
Value
$
0,000
2,000
2,000
(2,000)
5,000)
5,000
3,750
8,750
1,250)
7,500
Thecorrectansweris:$7,000
Seeworkingsabove.Ifyou selectedthe wrongoptionthen checkyourworkingscarefully
against the abovetable.
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 244 of 421
Answers 231
H
q
6.20
Thecorrectansweris:$7,500
Seeworkingsabove.Ifyou selectedthe wrongoptionthen checkyourworkingscarefully
against the abovetable.
6.21 Thecorrectansweris:$4,492
Openinginventory
Issueon 2 Jan
300 $25
256 $25
Receipton 12Jan
Issueson 21Jan and 29 Jan
(11,550/450)(200 +75)
7
7.1
Accounting
Units
300
(250)
50
400
450
$
7,500
(6,250)
1,250
10,300
11,550
(275)
175
(7,058)
4,492
for labour
Thecorrectansweris:107.4%
Budgetedhours=3,000 +8,000 +7,000 +9,000 =27,000
Capacity ratio = actualhours worked = 29,000 100%=107.4%
budgetedhours
27,000
7.2
Thecorrectansweris:96.2%
Product
W
X
Y
Z
G
Units
12,000
25,000
16,000
5,000
Standard hours
(0.2)
(0.4)
(0.5)
(1.5)
2,400
10,000
8,000
7,500
27,900
Efficiencyratio = Standardhoursproduced = 27,900 100%=96.2%
Actualhoursworked
29,000
7.3
Thecorrectansweris:Apiecerate schemewitha minimumguaranteed wage
Thegraph showsa constant wage up to a certainlevelof output, whichis payable evenat
zerooutput. Thisis the minimumguaranteed wage. Abovea certainoutput the wage cost
risesat a constant rate. Thisis the piecerate payable inadditionto the minimumwage.
Graphs forthe otheroptionswouldlooklikethis:
$
$
$
Astraightpiecerate
scheme
232
Astraighttimerate
scheme
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 245 of 421
Adifferentialpiecerate
scheme
H
q
7.4
Thecorrectansweris:$50
Hours
12
7
5
Standard timefor180units(4/60)
Actualtimetaken
Timesaved
Basicpay 7 hours$5
Bonus:60%5 hourssaved $5 per hour
7.5
$
35
15
50
Thecorrectansweris:$47.90
Numberof unitsqualifyingforpayment=210– 17
=193
Pieceworkpayment to be made:
$
20.00
27.90
47.90
First100units@$0.20
Last93 units@$0.30
7.6
Thecorrectansweris:$140.40
Theovertimepremiumpaid at the specificrequestof a customerwouldbe treated as a
directcost because it can be traced to a specificcost unit.
Thefourhoursof machinebreakdownisidletime.Itcannot be traced to a specificcost unit
thereforeit is an indirectcost.
Thedirectwagescost is as follows.
G
Basicpay foractivehours(38hours$3.60)
Overtimepremiumre: customerrequest(2 hours$1.80)
7.7
$
136.80
3.60
140.40
Thecorrectanswersare: Groupbonusschemesare appropriatewhenincreasedoutput
depends on a numberof peopleallmakingextra effortand Non-productionemployeescan
be rewardedas part of a groupincentivescheme
Groupbonusschemesare usefulto rewardperformancewhenproductionis integratedso
that allmembersof the groupmustworkharder to increaseoutput, forexamplein
productionlinemanufacture.'Groupbonusschemesare appropriatewhenincreased
output depends on a numberof peopleallmakingextra effort'is thereforetrue.
Groupbonusschemesare not effectiveinlinkingthe rewardto a particularindividual's
performance.Evenifone individualmakesa supremeeffort,thiscan be negated by poor
performancefromothermembersof the group.Therefore'Witha groupbonusscheme,it is
easierto award each individual'sperformance'is not true.
Non-productionemployeescan be includedina groupincentivescheme,forexamplewhen
allemployeesina managementaccountingdepartmentmustworkharder to produce
promptbudgetary controlreports.'Non-productionemployeescan be rewardedas part of
a groupincentivescheme'is thereforetrue.
Groupbonusschemesare easierto administerbecause they reduceclericaleffortrequired
to measureoutput and calculateindividualbonuses.'Comparedwithindividualschemes,
groupbonusschemesare difficultto administer'is thereforefalse.
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 246 of 421
Answers 233
A
N
S
W
E
R
S
H
q
7.8
Thecorrectansweris:
Debit
70,800
2,500
Workinprogressaccount
Overheadcontrolaccount
Wages controlaccount
7.9
Credit
73,300
Theovertimewas not workedforany specificjoband isthereforean indirect wages cost
to be 'collected'inthe overheadcontrolaccount. Similarly,the holidaypay is an indirect
cost, thereforethe total debit to the overhead control account is $2,500. Thedirect
wages of $70,800is debited to the workin progress account and the total wagescost is
credited to the wages control account.
Thecorrectansweris:20%
Reductioninnumberof employees=30 – 20 =10
Numberof employeesleaving
=15
 Numberof employeesreplaced =15– 10=5
Labourturnoverrate
=
replacements
100%
averageno.of employeesinperiod
=
5
100%
(30 20)÷2
=20%
7.10
Thecorrectansweris:$5.04
Hours
12
8
4
Standard timefor80 units(9/60)
Actualtimetaken
Timesaved
G
Groupbonus: 70%4 hourssaved $6 per hour=$16.80
Jane's share of bonus=50%($16.8060%)
=$5.04
7.11 Thecorrectansweris:
DR Overheadcontrol CR
Wages control
Indirectwagesare 'collected'inthe overheadcontrolaccount, forsubsequentabsorption
intoworkinprogress.
7.12 Thecorrectansweris:0.26%
Labourturnoverrate =
=
Replacements
100%
Averagenumberofemployeesinperiod
10
100
(4,000 +3,800)÷2
=0.26%
234
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 247 of 421
H
q
8
8.1
Accounting
for overheads
Thecorrectansweris:$10,160
Numberof employeesinpackingdepartment=2 direct+1indirect=3
Numberof employeesinallproductiondepartments=15direct+6 indirect=21
Packing department overhead
8.2
Canteen cost apportionedto packingdepartment
=
Originaloverheadallocatedand apportioned
Totaloverheadafter apportionmentof canteen costs
=
=
=
$8,400 3
21
$1,200
$8,960
$10,160
Thecorrectansweris:$0.60 per machinehour
Department1appears to undertakeprimarilymachine-basedwork,thereforea machinehourrate wouldbe mostappropriate.
$27,000 =$0.60 per machinehour
45,000
8.3
Thecorrectansweris:$0.72per directlabourhour
Department2 appears to be labour-intensivethereforea directlabour-hourrate wouldbe
mostappropriate.
$18,000 =$0.72per directlabourhour
25,000
8.4
G
Thecorrectanswersare: Usinga predeterminedabsorptionrate avoidsfluctuationsinunit
costs caused by abnormallyhighor lowoverheadexpenditureor activitylevelsand Usinga
predeterminedabsorptionrate offersthe administrativeconvenienceof beingable to
recordfullproductioncosts sooner
'Usinga predeterminedabsorptionrate avoidsfluctuationsinunitcosts caused by
abnormallyhighor lowoverheadexpenditureor activitylevels'is correctbecause a
constant unitabsorptionrate is used throughoutthe period.'Usinga predetermined
absorptionrate offersthe administrativeconvenienceof beingable to recordfull
productioncosts sooner'is correctbecause 'actual' overheadcosts, based on actual
overheadexpenditureand actual activityforthe period,cannot be determineduntilafter
the end of the period.'Usinga predeterminedabsorptionrate avoidsproblemsof
under/overabsorptionof overheadsbecause a constant overheadrate is available'is
incorrectbecause under/overabsorptionof overheadsis caused by the use of
predeterminedoverheadabsorptionrates.
Usinga predeterminedabsorptionrate stillrequiresthe use of an appropriatebase and so '
Usinga predeterminedabsorptionrate avoidsthe problemsassociated withchoosingan
appropriateabsorptionbase' is false.
8.5
Thecorrectansweris:Absorbedoverheadsexceedactual overheads
'Absorbedoverheadsexceedbudgeted overheads'couldlead to under-absorbed
overheadsifactual overheadsfar exceededboth budgeted overheadsand the overhead
absorbed. 'Actualoverheadsexceedabsorbed overheads'couldlead to under-absorbed
overheadsifoverheadabsorbed does not increaseinlinewithactual overheadincurred.
8.6
Thecorrectansweris:$405,000
Budgetedabsorptionrate forfixedoverhead=$360,000/8,000
=$45 per unit
=9,000 units$45
=$405,000
Fixedoverheadabsorbed
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 248 of 421
Answers 235
A
N
S
W
E
R
S
H
G
q
8.7
Thecorrect
answer
is:Under
absorbed
by$27,000
Actualfixedoverhead
incurred $432,000
Fixedoverhead
absorbed
$405,000(fromprevious
question)
Fixedoverhead
under
absorbed $27,000
8.8
Thecorrect
answer
is:Thevalueofthemachinery
ineachcostcentre
8.9
Theinsurance
costislikelytobelinked
tothecostofreplacing
themachines,
therefore
the
mostappropriate
basisforapportionment
isthevalueofmachinery.
Thecorrect
answer
is:Labour
intensive
Directlabour
hours,
isa suitable
basisforabsorption
ina labour-intensive
environment.
8.10 Thecorrect
answer
is:Indirect
material
issued
frominventory
was$22,800andIndirect
wagescostsincurred
were$180,400
'Indirect
material
issued
frominventory
was$22,800'iscorrect.
Thecostofindirect
material
issued
is'collected'
intheoverhead
control
account
pending
absorption
into
workinprogress.
'Overhead
absorbed
during
theperiod
was$210,000'
isincorrect.
Theoverhead
cost
incurred
was$210,000.
Theoverhead
absorbed
intoworkinprogress
during
theperiod
was$404,800.
'Overhead
fortheperiod
wasoverabsorbed
by$8,400'isincorrect.
The$8,400isdebited
tothestatement
ofprofitorloss,indicating
anextrachargetocompensate
forthe
overhead
underabsorbed.
'Indirect
wagescostsincurred
were$180,400'
iscorrect.
Theindirect
wagecostis
'collected'
intheoverhead
control
account
pending
absorption
intoworkinprogress.
8.11 Thecorrect
answer
is:Onlyproduction
related
costsshould
beconsidered
Onlyproduction
related
costsshould
beconsidered
whenconsidering
theallocation,
apportionment
andreapportionment
ofoverhead
inanabsorption
costing
situation.
8.12 Thecorrect
answer
is:$30,000
Actualfixedproduction
overheads
Absorbed
fixedproduction
overheads
(4,500$8)
Over-absorbed
fixedproduction
overheads
$
X
36,000
6,000
Actualfixedproduction
overheads
=$36,000– $6,000
=$30,000
8.13 Thecorrect
answer
is:$15
Production
costcentre
Primary
Finishing
$96,000
$82,500
9,600hours
6,875hours
$10perhour
$12perhour
Allocated
andapportioned
Totaldirectlabour
hours
Fixedoverhead
absorption
rate
Workings
(1) Totaldirectlabour
hours
– Primary
=(6,00036/60)hours
+ (7,50048/60)hours
=(3,600+6,000)hours
=9,600hours
(2)
236
Totaldirectlabour
hours
– Finishing
=(6,00025/60)hours
+ (7,50035/60)hours
=(2,500+4,375)hours
=6,875hours
Management
Accounting
(FMA/MA)
Page 249 of 421
H
q
Budgeted fixedoverhead cost per unit for Product Y
Primary =48 minutes/60minutes$10per hour
=$8 per unit
Finishing=35 minutes/60minutes$12per hour
=$7per unit
Total
8.14
=$8 +$7
=$15per unitof ProductY
Thecorrectansweris:Underabsorbed by $3,875
Absorbedoverhead(30,000 hours$3.50)
Actualoverhead
Under-absorbedoverhead
8.15
$
105,000
108,875
3,875
Thecorrectansweris:$127,000
Usingsimultaneousequations:
LetP =overheadsfordepartmentP after reapportionment
X
=overheadsfordepartmentXafter reapportionment
Y
=overheadsfordepartmentYafter reapportionment
P
X
Y
=95,000 +0.4X+0.3Y
=46,000 +0.1Y
=30,000 +0.2X
X
=46,000 +0.1(30,000 +0.2X)
X
=46,000 +3,000 +0.02X
X
=49,000 +0.02X
X
– 0.02X=49,000
0.98X=49,000
X
=49,000/0.98
=50,000
G
IfX
Y
Y
Y
A
N
S
W
E
R
S
=50,000
=30,000 +(0.250,000)
=30,000 +10,000
=40,000
 X =50,000 and Y=40,000
P
8.16
=95,000 +0.4X+0.3Y
=95,000 +(0.4 50,000) +(0.340,000)
=95,000 +20,000 +12,000
=127,000
Thecorrectansweris:Overheadwas $12,500underabsorbed
Productionoverheadabsorptionrate =$150,000/60,000
=$2.50 per machinehour
Productionoverheadabsorbed
=$2.50 55,000 hours
=$137,500
Productionoverheadincurred
= $150,000
Productionoverheadunderabsorbed= $ 12,500
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 250 of 421
Answers 237
H
q
8.17 Thecorrectansweris:14,850
Budgetedhours =
Budgetedoverheads
Budgetedoverheadabsorptionrate
= $475,200
$32
8.18
= 14,850
Thecorrectansweris:$45 per machinehour
Themachinehourabsorptionrate is (to the nearest $) $45 per machinehour.
Machinehourabsorptionrate =
Budgetedoverheads
Budgetedmachinehours
= $690,480
15,344
=$45 per machinehour
8.19
Thecorrectansweris:$25
Thebudgeted overheadabsorptionrate was $25 per machinehour(to the nearest $).
$
496,500
64,375
560,875
Actualoverheadsincurred
Over-absorbedoverhead
Actualoverheadsabsorbed
Actualoverheadsabsorbed
=Amountabsorbed per machinehour
Actualmachinehours
G
H
$560,875 =$25 per machinehour
22,435
8.20
Thecorrectansweris:Underabsorbed by $25,000
Fixedproductionoverheadwas underabsorbed by $25,000
Overheadabsorbed (110,000std hours$2.50)
Overheadincurred
Overheadunderabsorbed
$
275,000
300,000
25,000
Theoverheadis underabsorbed because the overheadabsorbed was lessthan the
overheadincurred.
8.21 Thecorrectanswersare: Ifthe directmethodis used, the orderinwhichthe servicecost
centre overheadsare reapportionedis irrelevantand Thestep downmethodresultsincosts
beingreapportionedbetweenservicecost centres
Thedirectmethodresultsincosts beingre-apportionedbetweenproductioncentres
(notbetweenservicecentres)so 'Thedirectmethodresultsincosts beingreapportioned
betweenservicecost centres' is false.Whenusingthe directmethod,it doesn't matter in
whichorderthe serviceoverheadsare re-apportionedso 'Ifthe directmethodis used, the
orderinwhichthe servicecost centre overheadsare reapportionedis irrelevant'is true.
'Thestep downmethodresultsincosts beingreapportionedbetweenservicecost centres'
is true but 'Ifthe step downmethodis used, the orderinwhichthe servicecost centre
overheadsare reapportionedis irrelevant'is falsebecause the orderdoes matter when
usingthe step-downapproach.
238
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 251 of 421
G
q
8.22 Thecorrect
answer
is:$354,888
Directmethod
Overheads
Reapportion
stores
(50:30)
Reapportion
canteen
(45:40)
Production
departments
Service
centres
Mixing
Stirring
Stores Canteen
216,400
78,800 181,600 47,200
(5/8)113,500 (3/8)68,100 (181,600)
–
24,988
22,212
–
47,200)
354,888
169,112
8.23 Thecorrect
answer
is:$351,416
Stepdownmethod
Production
departments Service
centres
Mixing
Stirring Stores Canteen
Overheads
216,400
78,800
181,600 47,200
Reapportion
stores
(50:30:20) 90,800
54,480 (181,600) 36,320
–
83,520
Reapportion
canteen
(45:40)
44,216
39,304
(83,520)
351,416 172,584
–
8.24 Thecorrect
answer
is:$368,000
ACCAexamining
teamcomments
Thecorrect
answer
is$368,000.Standard
absorption
costingwillinclude
$96,000ofthe
period's
overhead
(2,000units 4 labourhours $12perhour)inthevaluation
ofclosing
inventory.
Under
standard
marginal
costingthe$96,000wouldbecharged
againstthe
period's
profitresulting
ina profit$96,000lowerthan$464,000.Thistypeofquestion
is
included
invirtually
everycostingtextbook
anditisdisappointing
thatonlya minority
of
candidates
selected
thecorrect
alternative.
Themostcommon
answer
was$440,000,
($464,000– 2000units $12perlabourhour)suggesting
somemisunderstanding
of
overhead
absorption
ratesorcareless
reading
ofthequestion.
$344,000wasalsoa
popular
answer
($464,000– 2,000units÷20,000units 100,000hours $12perlabour
hour)indicating
thatmanycandidates
believed
thatinventories
should
bevaluedonthe
basisofactuallabourhoursina standard
absorption
costingsystem.
Onthebrightside,
onlya smallproportion
ofcandidates
selected
$560,000,whichindicates
thatmost
candidates
understand
thatinperiods
ofrisingfinished
goodsinventories,
absorption
costingwillshowhigherprofits
thanmarginal
costing.
8.25 Thecorrect
answer
is:Actualdirectlabour
hours
were800lessthanbudgeted
ACCAexamining
teamcomments
Thedebittotheprofitorlossaccount
implies
thatoverheads
wereunder
absorbed.
We
aretoldthatactualoverhead
expenditure
wasinlinewithbudget,
sotheonlycauseof
theunder
absorption
hastobeactualactivity
beinglessthanbudgeted.
Ashortfall
of
800directlabour
hours
would
leadtoanunder
absorption
of800directlabour
hours
 $5
perhour= $4,000.Overall
candidates
needtomakesuretheyunderstand
thecausesof
under
oroverabsorption
ofoverhead
andthebookkeeping
entries
involved.
8.26 Thecorrect
answer
is:$75,467
ACCAexamining
teamcomments
Byexamining
thesecond
rowoffigures
inthetableitisclearthatservice
department
X’scostsarereapportioned
ona 40%, 50%, 10%.Onthefinalreapportionment
no
overhead
isreapportioned
toservice
department
Y,sothebalance
ofoverhead
should
be
reapportioned
40/90and50/90.Thisresults
inthefollowing
totalproduction
overhead
for
production
department
1.($60,000+$8,000+$7,200)+ 40/90$600=$75,467.
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 252 of 421
Answers239
A
N
S
W
E
R
S
H
q
8.27
Thecorrectansweris:Impossibleto calculatewithoutmoreinformation
We knowthat the profitusingmarginalcostingwouldbe higherthan the absorption
costingprofit,because inventoriesare decreasing.However,wecannot calculatethe value
of the differencewithoutthe fixedoverheadabsorptionrate per unit.
2,000 units
fixedoverhead
Differenceinprofit =
inventoryreduction  absorptionrate per unit
8.28
Thecorrectansweris:$3,600 higher
Differenceinprofit=change ininventorylevelfixedoverheadper unit
=(2,400– 2,700)($43)
=$3,600
Theabsorptionprofitwillbe higherbecause inventorieshave increased,and fixed
overheadshave been carriedforwardininventories.
8.29
Thecorrectansweris:$90,000
Differenceinprofit=change ininventorylevelfixedoverheadper unit
=(15,000– 20,000) $8
=$40,000
Theinventorylevelincreasedduringthe periodthereforethe absorptioncostingprofitis
higherthan the marginalcostingprofit.
8.30
Marginalcostingprofit=$130,000– $40,000 =$90,000
Thecorrectansweris:$45,400
Contributionper unit
=$30 – $(6.00+7.50+2.50)
=$14
Contributionformonth =$145,200 units
=$72,800
Lessfixedcosts incurred = $27,400
Marginalcostingprofit = $45,400
G
8.31
H
Thecorrectansweris:$48,400
$
Sales(5,200at $30)
Materials(5,200at $6)
Labour(5,200at $7.50)
Variableoverhead(5,200at $2.50)
Totalvariablecost
Fixedoverhead($55,200)
Over-absorbedoverhead(W)
Absorptioncostingprofit
8.32
31,200
39,000
13,000
(83,200)
(26,000)
1,600
48,400
Working
$
29,000
Overheadabsorbed (5,800$5)
Overheadincurred
27,400
Over-absorbedoverhead
1,600
Thecorrectansweris:52,500
Inventorylevelsincreasedby 3,000 unitsand absorptioncostingprofitis $105,000higher
($955,500– $850,500).
 Fixedproductioncost includedininventoryincrease:
=
240
$
156,000
$105,000
=$35 per unitof inventory
3,000
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 253 of 421
q
Budgetedfixedcosts $1,837,500
=
=52,500 units
Fixedcostper unit
$35
8.33
Thecorrectansweris:$9.00
Decreaseininventorylevels=48,500 – 45,500 =3,000 units
Differenceinprofits
=$315,250– $288,250=$27,000
Fixedoverheadper unit
=
$27,000
=$9 per unit
3,000
8.35
Ifyou selectedone of the otheroptionsyou attempted variousdivisionsof allthe data
availableinthe question!
Thecorrectansweris:Methods(i),(ii),(iii)and (iv)
Allof the methodsare acceptable bases forabsorbingproductionoverheads.However,the
percentage of prime cost has serious limitationsand the rate per unitcan onlybe used if
allcost unitsare identical.
Thecorrectansweris:Alldirectand indirectcosts
8.36
Underabsorptioncostingallassociated costs are includedinthe total cost of a product.
Thecorrectansweris:$74,550
8.34
Ifinventorylevelsincreaseina period,absorptioncostingwillshowa higherprofitthan
marginalcosting.
Differenceinprofit=change ininventorylevelsoverheadabsorptionrate per unit
=(750units– 300 units)$5 per unit
=450 units$5
=$2,250
$
72,300
2,250
74,550
G
Marginalcostingprofit
Increaseinprofit
Absorptioncostingprofit
8.37
Thecorrectansweris:$600,000
Contributionper unit =sellingprice– variablecost
=$10– $6
=$4 per unit
Totalcontribution
Totalfixedcosts
=250,000 units$4 per unit=$1,000,000
=200,000 units$2 per unit
=$400,000
Marginalcostingprofit=total contribution– total fixedcosts
=$1,000,000– $400,000
=$600,000
8.38
Thecorrectansweris:$38,500
Ifinventorylevelsincreaseina period,absorptioncostingwillshowa higherprofitthan
marginalcosting.
Differenceinprofit=change ininventorylevelsoverheadabsorptionrate per unit
=(350– 100)units$4 per unit
=250 units$4
=$1,000
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 254 of 421
Answers 241
A
N
S
W
E
R
S
H
G
q
$
37,500
1,000
38,500
Marginalcostingprofit
Increaseinprofit
Absorptioncostingprofit
8.39
Thecorrectansweris:$1,120lower
$48,000
12,000units
=$4 per unit
Increaseininventorylevels=(12,000– 11,720)units
=280 units
Fixedproductionoverheadabsorptionrate =
 Differenceinprofit
=280 units$4 per unit
=$1,120
Marginalcostingprofitsare lowerthan absorptioncostingprofitswheninventorylevels
increaseina period,thereforemarginalcostingprofitwillbe $1,120lowerthan absorption
costingprofitsforthe same period.
8.40
Thecorrectansweris:$396,000
Ifbudgeted fixedoverheadexpenditure=100%
Actualfixedoverheadexpenditure
=110%
 Variance
=10%
Ifvariance=$36,000 =10%budgeted fixedoverheadexpenditure
Budgetedfixedoverheadexpenditure =$36,000/0.1
=$360,000
 Actualfixedoverheadexpenditure =110%$360,000
=$396,000
8.41 Thecorrectansweris:$25,000
8.42
Increaseininventory =(18,000– 16,500)units
=1,500units
 Differenceinprofit =1,500units$10
=$15,000
Profitsundermarginalcostingwillbe $15,000lessthan profitsunderabsorptioncosting
ie $40,000 – $15,000=$25,000.
Thecorrectansweris:12,500
Anydifferencebetweenmarginaland absorptioncostingprofitis due to changes in
inventory.
$
Absorptioncostingprofit
2,000
Marginalcostingloss
(3,000)
Difference
5,000
Change ininventory= Differenceinprofit/fixedproductcost per unit
= $5,000/$2 =2,500 units
Marginalcostinglossis lowerthan absorptioncostingprofitthereforeinventoryhas gone
up – that is,productionwas greater than sales by 2,500 units.
Production=10,000units(sales)+2,500 units=12,500units
242
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 255 of 421
H
q
8.43
Thecorrectansweris:$120,000lower
Openinginv
Closinginv
Decrease
8.44
Units
900
300
600
$500,000

=120,000lower
 2,500 

Thecorrectansweris:10,000
ACCAexaminingteam comments
Thecorrectansweris 10,000.Thiscan be calculatedby multiplyingthe increaseinfinished
goodsinventoryof 1,000units(2,000 unitsproducedless1,000unitssold)by the fixed
productioncost per unitthat willbe includedinabsorptioncostingclosinginventory
valuation.
Thedistracters wereall based around the $4,000 over-absorptionof fixedproduction
cost. Thefirstdistracter of 4,000 suggests that the differencein profitswillbe equal
to the over-absorptionof fixedproductioncost, whereas6,000 and 14,000suggest
that it is due to a differencein inventoryvaluationand over-absorptionof fixed
productioncost. Incorrectanswerswereroughlyevenlyspread around the 3 distracters,
suggestinga misunderstandingof under- or over-absorption(orpossiblya highlevel
of guessing).
Under-or over-absorptionadjustmentsto profitdo not cause a differencebetween
marginaland absorptioncostingprofits.Theysimplyensure that absorptioncosting
charges the same amount of fixedoverheadas marginalcosting.
Ifwelookinmoredetailat the situationit is apparent that the over-absorptionof $4,000
was caused by the productionof 400 unitsmorethan budgeted ($4,000÷$10per unit).
Budgetedproductionwouldthereforebe 1,600units(2,000 unitsactuallyproducedless
the 400 unitsabove).
G
Itfollowsthat budgeted fixedproductioncost was therefore1,600units$10per unit=
$16,000.Asactual fixedproductioncost was equal to budgeted, marginalcost fixed
productioncostingwouldhave recordedan actual fixedproductioncost of $16,000.
Absorptioncostingwouldhave charged $20,000 of fixedproductioncost to product
(2,000 unitsproduced×$10per unit),howeverthe adjustmentforover-absorptionwould
have correctedthisoverchargeand reducedthiscost by $4,000, resultinginthe same
fixedproductioncost as marginalcosting.
Theimportantpointis that it is not under- or over-absorptionthat causes the difference
betweenprofitsunderabsorptionand marginalcostingprinciples.Thedifferenceinprofits
is caused by the differenceinfinishedgoodsinventoryvaluations.
8.45
Thecorrectansweris:2 and 3
ACCAexaminingteam comments
Themost popular answerwas '3 only'.Thissuggests that these candidates correctly
understoodtwothings:(i)overa periodof timein whichtotal productionlevelsare
equal to total sales levels,the profitcalculated under marginaland absorptioncosting
principleswillbe the same. Overthe three years involvedtotal sales are 15,000units
and total productionis 15,000unitsAnd(ii)in a periodwhenproductionis greater than
sales the profitscalculated under absorptioncostingprincipleswouldshowa higher
profitthan under marginalcostingprinciples,rather than a lowerprofitas suggested
in the questionHoweverthese candidates failedto appreciate that marginalcosting
inventoryvaluations(marginalproductioncost) are lowerthan those under absorption
costing(fullproductioncost). Thecorrect answeris '2 and 3', selected by veryfew
candidates, suggestingthat most candidates have verylittleunderstandingof the area.
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 256 of 421
Answers 243
A
N
S
W
E
R
S
H
G
q
8.46
Thecorrectansweris:Totalcontributionwilldoublebetweenthe twooutput levels
ACCAexaminingteam comments
Thiswas a badly answeredquestionwithonly20%of candidates choosingthe correct
answer.Itcoverssyllabusarea B2 a and A3g. Candidates oftenappear to findquestions
that ask forthe effect of a change ininputdata on performanceindicatorsdifficult.Itmay
helpthemto “invent”simplefiguresto test the validityof the statements on offer.For
exampleifweassumea sales priceof $10per unit,a variablecost of $2 per unitand a fixed
cost of $4,000 per period,then the followingfigurescan be quicklyproduced.
Salesunits
Salesrevenue
Variablecost
Totalcontribution
Fixedcost
Operatingprofit
1,000
$
10,000
2,000
8,000
2,000
6,000
2,000
$
20,000
4,000
16,000
2,000
14,000
Itis soonapparent that 'Totalcontributionwilldoublebetweenthe twooutput levels'is
correct,and that the rest are incorrect.
9
9.1
9.2
9.3
9.4
9.5
9.6
244
Process
costing
Thecorrectansweris:2,175kgs
Goodproduction= input– normalloss– abnormalloss
=(2,500– (2,50010%)– 75)kg
= 2,500 – 250 – 75
= 2,175kg
Thecorrectansweris: Material50 litresConversioncosts 25 litres
Workinprogress=300 litresinput– 250 litresto finishedgoods
=50 litres
Equivalentlitresforeach cost elementare as follows.
Material
Conversioncosts
%
Equiv.litres
%
Equiv.litres
50 litresinprogress
100
50
50
25
Thecorrectansweris:Nil
Thereis no scrap valueavailableforany lossesthereforethe normallosswouldhave a zero
value.Thenormallossdoes not carry any of the processcosts thereforethe otheroptions
are allincorrect.
Thecorrectansweris:(ii)and (iii)only
Expectedoutput =2,000 unitsless normalloss(5%)100units=1,900units
Insituation(i)there is an abnormal loss of 1,900– 1,800=100units
Insituation(ii)there is an abnormal gain of 1,950– 1,900=50 units
Insituation(iii)there is an abnormal gain of 2,000 – 1,900=100units
Thereforethe correctansweris (ii)and (iii)only.
Thecorrectansweris:Thesame as good production
Abnormallossesare valuedat the same unitrate as good production,so that their
occurrencedoes not affect the cost of good production.
Thecorrectansweris:400 litres
Thetotal losswas 15%of the materialinput.The340 litresof good output therefore
represents85%of the total materialinput.
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 257 of 421
H
q
340
=400litres
0.85
9.7 Thecorrect
answer
is:$16,800
Step1.
Determine
outputandlosses
Therefore,
material
input=
Input
Units
500
500
Output
Total
Units
400
100
500
Finished
units(balance)
Closinginventory
Equivalent
units
Materials Labour
andoverhead
Units %
Units
%
400 100
400
00
100 100
80
80
500
480
Step2.
Calculatethecostperequivalent
unit
Equivalent
production
Input
Cost
inunits
$
Materials
9,000
500
Labour
andoverhead
11,520
480
Costper
unit
$
18
24
42
Step3.
Calculatetotalcostofoutput
Costofcompleted
units= $42400units= $16,800
9.8
Thecorrect
answer
is:$3,720
Usingthedatafromanswer
7above,extend
step3 tocalculate
thevalueoftheworkin
progress.
Cost
Number
of
Costper
element
equivalent
units equivalent
unit
Total
$
$
Workinprogress:Materials
100
18
1,800
Labour
&overhead
80
24
1,920
3,720
G
9.9
Thecorrect
answer
is:630
STATEMENT
OFEQUIVALENT
UNITS
Equivalent
units
Materials
Labour
Overheads
Total
Units
Output
toprocess
2* 600
ClosingWIP
100 (100%)
700
600
100
700
600
(50%) 50 (30%)
650
600
30
630
*500unitsinput+ opening
WIP200units– closing
WIP100units.
9.10 Thecorrect
answer
is:$13,200
STATEMENT
OFCOSTSPEREQUIVALENT
UNIT
Materials Labour
$
$
Opening
stock
2,400
1,200
Added
during
period
6,000
3,350
Totalcost
8,400
4,550
Equivalent
units
700
650
Costperequivalent
unit
$12
$7
Overheads
$
400
1,490
1,890
630
$3
Total
$22
Valueofunitstransferred
toprocess
2 =600units $22=$13,200
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 258 of 421
Answers245
A
N
S
W
E
R
S
H
q
9.11 Thecorrectansweris:9,985units
Equivalentunits
Total
Materials
Units
Units
9,850
9,850
Output to finished
goods
Closinginventory
9.12
450
10,300
(100%)
450
10,300
Conversioncosts
Units
9,850
(30%)
135
9,985
Thecorrectansweris:$11.6
Inputcosts =2,000 units$4.50 =$9,000
Conversationcosts
=$13,340
Normalloss
=5%2,000 units$3 =$300
Expectedoutput
=2,000 units– 100units=1,900units
Inputcosts
Cost per unitof output =
Expectedoutput
9.13
=
$9,000+$13,340 $300
1,900units
=
$22,040
=$11.6(to one decimalplace)
1,900units
Thecorrectansweris:$22,040
$
9,000
11,970
(450)
20,520
Material
Conversioncosts
Lessscrap valueof normalloss(300 $1.50)
Cost of process
G
Expectedoutput =3,000 – (10%3,000)
=3,000 – 300 =2,700units
Costs per unit
=
Inputcosts scrap valueof normalloss $20,520
=
=$7.60
Expectedoutput
2,700
Valueof output =2,900 $7.60=$22,040
9.14
Thecorrectansweris:$29,532
Abnormalgain =276units– 112units=164units
Cost per unitof good production=$29,744/5,408=$5.50
 Valueof abnormalgain =164units$5.50 =$902
Thevalueof the inputcan be foundas the balancingfigureinthe valuecolumnsof the
processaccount.
Polishing
Input(balancingfigure)
Abnormalgain
246
process
$
29,532
902
30,434
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 259 of 421
account
Output
Normalloss(276$2.50)
$
29,744
690
30,434
H
q
9.15
Thecorrectansweris:Neitherof them
Statement (i)is incorrect.Unitsof normallossare valuedat theirscrap value(whichmay
be nil).
Statement(ii)is incorrect.Unitsof abnormallossare valuedat the same rate as good units.
Thereforethe correctansweris neitherof them.
9.16
Thecorrectansweris:(Totalinputcost ÷expectedoutput units)– scrap valueper unit
ACCAexaminingteam comments
Theprinciplehere is that whilstit is reasonableto buildthe net cost of normal(expected)
lossesintoproductioncost (becausethey are a normalfeature of the process),it is not
reasonableto do the same withabnormallosses,because, as theirname suggests,they
are not a normalfeature of the process.Theproductioncost of abnormallylostunitsisthe
same as the cost of good production(Totalinputcost lessthe revenuefromthe sale of
normallosses÷expectedoutput).Inthiscase no lossesare expected,so thisis equal to
total inputcost ÷expectedoutput. Becausethe abnormallossescan be soldforscrap, their
net cost is the cost per unitof makingthem,lessthe revenuederivedfromtheirsale that is
(Totalinputcost ÷expectedoutput)– scrap valueper unit.
9.17 Thecorrectansweris:$4,545
ACCAexaminingteam comments
Thisis arrivedat as follows:Firstcalculatethe expectedoutput fromthe inputof 10,000kg
=(100%-12%
of Normalloss)=8,800 kg
Sincethe actual output was 9,200 kg and expectedoutput is8,800 kg, then the abnormal
gain is 400 kg
Thecost per kg of output mustbe calculatednext:
Materialinput(10,000kg)= $100,000
$50,000
Conversion=
G
Totalcost
LessNormalloss
$150,000
($6,000)
(12%*10,000*$5)
Nettotal cost of output
$144,000
Thecost per kg of output =(($144,000/10,000kg 88%(expectedoutput))=$16.36
Thenet valueof the abnormalgain after the amountforthe normallossis deducted from
the cost per kg output =($16.36– $5.00)400 kg =$4,545.
9.18
Thecorrectansweris:$2.50
Total production inventory
$
1,000
10,000
12,000
23,000
3,000
20,000
Openinginventory
Directmaterialsadded
Conversioncosts
Lessclosinginventory
Totalproductioncost
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 260 of 421
Answers 247
A
N
S
W
E
R
S
H
q
Apportioned
Salesvalue
cost
$
$
P
($5)
20,000
($20,00020/80)
5,000
($10)
60,000
($20,00060/80)
R
15,000
80,000
20,000
ProductRcost per unit=$15,000/6,000=$2.50 per unit.
9.19 Thecorrectansweris:$8,000
Fromthe previousanswer,total productioncost to be apportioned=$20,000.
Production
Apportionedcost
Units
$
4,000
($20,0004/10)
P
8,000
6,000
($20,0006/10)
R
12,000
10,000
20,000
9.20 Thecorrectansweris:(iii)only
Production
Units
4,000
6,000
Statement (i)is incorrectbecause the valueof the productdescribedcouldbe relatively
higheventhoughthe output volumeis relativelylow.Thisproductwouldthen be classified
as a jointproduct.
Statement (ii)is incorrect.Sincea by-productisnot importantas a saleableitem,it is not
separately costed and does not absorb any processcosts.
Statement (iii)iscorrect.Thesecommonorjointcostsare allocatedorapportionedto the joint
products.
9.21 Thecorrectansweris:$103,273
Net process costs
$
216,000
72,000
(4,000)
284,000
Rawmaterialinput
Conversioncosts
Lessby-productrevenue
Netprocesscost
G
E
Q
9.22
Production
Units
21,000
18,000
($15)
($10)
Salesvalue
$
315,000 ($284,000315/495)
180,000 ($284,000180/495)
495,000
Apportioned
cost
$
180,727
103,273
284,000
Thecorrectansweris:$58,193
Nocosts are apportionedto the by-product.Theby-productrevenueis creditedto the
sales account, and so does not affect the processcosts.
Units
L
M
N
248
3,000
2,000
4,000
($32)
($42)
($38)
Salesvalue
$
96,000
($230,00096/332)
84,000
($230,00084/332)
152,000 ($230,000152/332)
332,000
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 261 of 421
Apportioned
cost
$
66,506
58,193
105,301
230,000
H
q
9.23
Thecorrectansweris:$36,400
Totalproductionunits=412,000+228,000
=640,000 units
Joint costs apportionedto ProductH =
228,000 $384,000=$136,800
640,000
Furtherprocessingcosts
=$159,600
 Totalproductcost of ProductH
=$(136,800+159,600)=$296,400
 Closinginventoryvalueof ProductH= 28,000 $296,400=$36,400
228,000
9.24
Thecorrectansweris:$77,616
Salesvalueof production
W
X
(12,000units$10)
(10,000units$12)
$120,000
$120,000
Joint productioncosts willbe apportionedequallybetweenthe twoproductsas the sales
valueof productionis the same foreach product.
Joint productioncosts allocatedto X=$776,160/2=$388,080
9.25
Valueof closinginventory= 2,000 $388,080=$77,616
10,000
Thecorrectansweris:$3,840
ACCAexaminingteam comments
ThisquestioncoverssyllabusheadingB3bxiiToget the correctanswercandidates had to
negotiatethree steps: (i)calculatethe amountof cost apportionedto productA($12,000
600/(600 +400) =$7,200)(ii)then calculatehowmuchof thiscost is to be charged
against A’ssales inthe period($7,200480/600 =$5,760)(iii)then calculatethe gross
profitearned usingthe grossprofitmargingiven($5,76040/60 =$3,840).
Themostpopularanswerwas $2,880.Thesecandidates appear to have correctly
calculatedstep (i)($12,000600/(600 +400) =$7,200)but then incorrectlyappliedthe
grossprofitmarginof 40%to thisfigure.($7,20040%=$2,880)Thisapproach failsto
match productioncosts against sales and secondlyappliesthe grossprofitmarginto cost
rather than sales revenue.
G
9.26
Thecorrectansweris:Bothproductswillhave the same returnon sales ratio (operating
margin)
ACCAexaminingteam comments
Thisquestioncoverssyllabusarea B3b(xi)and requiredknowledgeof the differentmethods
of apportioningjointcosts. Ifjointcosts are apportionedon a relativesales valuebasis and
there are no furthercosts after splitoffpointthen alljointproductswillhave the same
amountof profitsper $ of sales.Thisisarguably the majorbenefitof thismethod.Because
one productcannot be producedwithoutthe other, it makessense to makethemappear
equallyprofitable.
Thismeans that the firststatement is correct.
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 262 of 421
Answers 249
A
N
S
W
E
R
S
H
q
9.27
Thecorrectansweris:Pre-separationcosts are apportionedto the by-productto calculate
its profit
ACCAexaminingteam comments
Joint productsand by-productsarisewherethe manufactureof one productmakes
inevitablethe manufactureof otherproducts.Whilstjointproductshave significantsales
value,by –productsales valueis relativelyinsignificant.Thereare twobasic approaches to
accountingforby products.Eithertheirnet realisablevaluecan be netted offagainst preseparationpointcosts (effectivelythe same as the treatment of a normalloss).Thefirsttwo
optionsare examplesof thisapproach, and werechosenmajorityof candidates.
Alternativelytheirincomecan be added to the revenueof the mainproduct.'By-product
incomelesspost-separationcosts is added to the sales of the mainproduct'is an example
of thisapproach. 'Pre-separationcosts are apportionedto the by-productto calculateits
profit'involvesapportioningpre separationcosts to the by-product.Thistreats the byproductinthe same way as a jointproductand is clearlyinappropriate.Noknowledgeof
the otherapproaches is requiredto appreciate that thisapproach is incorrect.
9.28
Thecorrectansweris:$13,860
ACCAexaminingteam comments
Thecorrectansweris$13,860,whichwas the secondmostpopularselectionby candidates.
Tocalculatethiscandidates need firstlyto calculatea unitcost ($5,000– 400 kg 
$1)/2000units=$2.30per unit).Thiscan then be used to calculatea profiton the 1,800
unitssold(1,800units($10- $2.30)=$13,860).$13,400was the mostpopularselection.
Candidates whochosethisalternativeignoredclosinginventoryand charged allcosts to
unitssold(insteadof unitsproduced).Hencetheirunitcost was ($5,000– 400 kg 
$1)/1800units=$2.55per unit).Profitunderthisunitcost becomes(1,800units($10–
$2.555)=$13,400).Candidates whoselectedthisanswerappear to have a problemin
distinguishingbetweencost of productionand cost of sales.
G
10
Costing
methods
10.1 Thecorrectansweris:Processcosting
Process costing is a costingmethodused whereit is not possibleto identifyseparate units
of production,or jobs,usuallybecause of the continuousnature of the productionprocess.
Themanufactureof liquidsoap is a continuous production process.
10.2
Thecorrectansweris:$606
$
1,690
390
1,300
694
606
Sellingpriceof job
Lessprofitmarkup (30/130)
Totalcost of job
Lessoverhead
Primecost
10.3
Thecorrectansweris:$404
$
100
112
42
70
80
404
Directmaterials(5 $20)
Directlabour(14$8)
Variableoverhead(14$3)
Fixedoverhead(14$5*)
Otheroverhead
Totalcost of job173
250
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 263 of 421
H
q
*Fixedproductionoverheadabsorptionrate =
$200,000
40,000
=$5 per directlabourhour
10.4
Thecorrectansweris:$72,761
Themostlogicalbasis forabsorbingthe overheadjobcosts is to use a percentage of direct
labourcost.
Overhead =
=
$24,600
$126,000
$(14,5003,500 24,600)
$24,600
$126,000
$42,600
= $72,761
10.5
Thecorrectansweris:$217,323
Job number
AA10(26,800+17,275+14,500)+( 14,500 126,000)
42,600
CC20 (18,500+24,600 +72,761)
10.6
WIP
$
101,462
115,861
217,323
Thecorrectansweris:(i),(iii)and (iv)only
Theactual materialand labourcosts fora batch (i and iv)can be determinedfromthe
materialand labourrecordingsystem.Actualmanufacturingoverheadscannot be
determinedfora specificbatch because of the need forallocationand apportionmentof
each itemof overheadexpenditure,and the subsequentcalculationof a predetermined
overheadabsorptionrate. Thereforeitem (ii)is incorrectand item (iii)is correct.
G
10.7
Thecorrectansweris:(i)and (ii)only
10.8
Thevehiclecost per passenger-kilometre(i)is appropriateforcost controlpurposes
because it combines the distancetravelledand the numberof passengerscarried,both of
whichaffect cost.
Thefuelcost foreach vehicleper kilometre(ii)can be usefulforcontrolpurposesbecause it
focuses on a particular aspect of the cost of operatingeach vehicle.
Thefixedcost per kilometre(iii)is not particularlyusefulforcontrolpurposesbecause it
varies withthe number of kilometrestravelled.
Thecorrectansweris:$5.00
10.9
Numberof occupiedroom-nights=40 rooms30 nights65%
=780
Roomservicingcost per occupiedroom-night= $3,900 =$5
780
Thecorrectansweris:$41.67
Weeksduringyear
Hoursworkedper year
=52 – 4 =48
=48 35 hours
=1,680hours
Hourschargeable to clients
=1,68090%=1,512
$3,000 $18,000 $21,000
Hourlycharge rate
=
=
1,512
1,512
=$13.89per hour
Pricefor3-hour'colourand cut' =$13.893 =$41.67
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 264 of 421
Answers 251
A
N
S
W
E
R
S
H
q
10.10 Thecorrectansweris:(i)and (ii)
Acollegeand a hotelare likelyto use servicecosting.Aplumberworkson separately
identifiablejobsand is thereforemorelikelyto use jobcosting.
10.11 Thecorrectansweris:(i),(ii)and (iii)
Anairlinecompany, a railwaycompanyand a firmof accountants are all consideredto be
serviceindustries.
10.12 Thecorrectansweris:$11,466
Assignment789
$
2,160
2,750
3,280
8,190
3,276
11,466
Seniorconsultant– 54 hours$40
Juniorconsultant– 110hours$25
Overheadabsorption– 164hours$20
Totalcost
40%total cost =40%$8,190
Finalfee
10.13 Thecorrectansweris:$170
Totalcost – jobnumber1012
$
45
30
75
50
125
45
170
Directmaterials
Directlabour
Primecost
Productionoverheads(30/7.5$12.50)
Totalproductioncost
Non-productionoverheads(0.6 $75)
Totalcost – jobnumber1012
G
10.14 Thecorrectansweris:$0.002 per kg-km
Firstwecalculatethe total numberof kg-km.
Kgkmtaken
=250,000 kg 7,500 km
=1,875,000,000kg-km
 cost per kg-km=$3,750,000/1,875,000,000=$0.002 per kg-km
10.15 Thecorrectansweris:$0.010
ACCAexaminingteam comments
Thecorrectansweris $0.010.Thecost per kilogram/kilometre
of sand deliveredis the cost
of carryingone kilogramof sand forone kilometre.Kilogramkilometrescan be calculated
by multiplyingthe weightof goodsdeliveredto each customerby the distancecovered.
(500 kg 200km+180kg 1200km=316,000kilogramkilometres.)Iftruckcosts are
dividedby thisfigurea cost of $0.010is obtained.$2.186representsthe cost per kilometre
travelled(($3,060/ 1,400km).$0.003 can be obtainedby dividingtruckcost by 680 kg 
1,400kilometres=952,000.Thisis a meaninglessfigureas it does not allowfordifferent
weightstravellingdifferentdistances.Finally$4.500 representsthe average cost per
kilogramdelivered($3,060/ 680 kg =$4.50).
10.16 Thecorrectansweris:Maturity.
Duringthisperiod,pricestend to fallbut profitsremainhighdue to good sales volume.
10.17 Thecorrectansweris:Growth.
Duringthe growthphase the productbeginsto makea profit.Thisis due to economiesof
scale beingreceivedas increaseddemand forthe productoccurs.
252
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 265 of 421
H
q
10.18 Thecorrectansweris:Marketprice– desiredprofitmargin
Target cost means a productcost estimatederivedby subtractinga desiredprofitmargin
froma competitivemarketprice.
10.19 Thecorrectansweris:Growth.
Theproductlifecyclestages can be summarisedas follows:
Introduction:Basicquality,fewcompetitors,highpromotioncosts
Growth:Asstated inquestion
Maturity:Mostcompetitivestage, productextensionstrategies,forexample,newmarkets
Decline:Exitstrategy needs to be identified.
10.20
Thecorrectansweris:Statement1is true and statement 2 is false
Statement1is true. Moreaccurate feedbackcan be obtainedsincethe costs of research
and developmentare also taken intoaccount. Statement2 is false.Individualprofitability
forproductsis moreaccurate.
10.21 Thecorrectansweris:Anexternalfailurecost
Thisis a cost arisingfrominadequate qualitydiscoveredafter the transferof ownership,an
externalfailurecost.
10.22
Thecorrectansweris:Target costing
Target costinginvolvessettinga target cost by subtractinga desiredprofitmarginfroma
competitivemarketprice.
10.23 Thecorrectansweris:Lifecyclecosting
ACCAexaminingteam comments
G
Traditionalabsorptioncostingassignsdirectcosts and productionoverheadto cost units,
oftenignoringcosts such as designand disposalcosts.
Activity-basedcostingis an alternativeapproach to the traditionalmethodsof absorption
costingwhichidentifiescost driverswhichcause the costs of an organisation’sactivities.
Likeabsorptioncostingit usuallyfocusseson productioncosts, oftenignoringcosts such as
designand disposalcosts.
Target costinginvolvessettinga target cost by subtractinga desiredprofitmarginfroma
competitivemarketprice.
Lifecyclecostingtracks and accumulatescosts and revenuesattributableto a product
overits entirelifecycleallowingthe measurementof a productsprofitabilityoverits entire
life.Itencompassesallof the costs listedinthe statement.
11
Setting
budgets
11.1 Thecorrectansweris:(i),(ii)and (iv)
Coordination (i)is an objectiveof budgeting.Budgetshelpto ensurethat the activities of
all parts of the organisation are coordinated towards a single plan.
Communication(ii)is an objectiveof budgeting.Thebudgetary planningprocess
communicates targets to the managers responsibleforachievingthem,and it shouldalso
providea mechanism for juniormanagers to communicate to more senior staff their
estimatesof what may be achievableintheirpart of the business.
Expansion(iii)isnot initselfan objectiveof budgeting.Althougha budget may be set
withina frameworkof expansion plans, it is perfectlypossibleforan organisationto plan
for a reduction in activity.
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 266 of 421
Answers 253
A
N
S
W
E
R
S
H
q
Resourceallocation (iv)isan objectiveof budgeting.Mostorganisationsface a situationof
limitedresources and an objectiveof the budgetingprocessis to ensurethat these
resourcesare allocatedamongbudget centresinthe mostefficientway.
11.2 Thecorrectansweris:Thecompany'sactivitiesare limitedby the levelof sales it can
achieve
Theprincipal budget factor is the factor whichlimitsthe activitiesof an organisation.
Althoughcash and profitare affected by the levelof sales, sales is not the onlyfactor
whichdeterminesthe levelof cash and profit.
11.3 Thecorrectansweris:$8,688
Thetotal productioncost allowanceina budget flexedat the 83%levelof activitywouldbe
$8,688 (to the nearest $)
Directmaterialcost per 1%=$30
Labourand productionoverhead:
$
At
90%
activity
6,240
At
80%
activity
6,180
Change
10%
60
Variablecost per 1%activity=$60/10%=$6
Substitutingin80%activity:
Fixedcost of labourand productionoverhead = $6,180– (80 $6)
= $5,700
Flexedbudget cost allowance:
$
2,490
Directmaterial$30 83
G
Labourand productionoverhead:
variable$6 83
fixed
498
5,700
8,688
11.4 Thecorrectansweris:Spreadsheetsare veryusefulforword-processing
Spreadsheetsare not usefulforwordprocessing
11.5 Thecorrectansweris:C4
ThegrossprofitforFebwillbe calculatedby takingthe cost ofsales(C3)fromthe sales(C2).
11.6 Thecorrectansweris:=D4– D5
Thenet profitforMarchwillbe calculatedby takingthe expenses(D5)fromthe grossprofit
(D4).
11.7 Thecorrectansweris:=G6/G2100
G8 is the percentage net profitfor May, whichmeans the net profitfor May(G6)must
be dividedby the sales for May(G2)and then multipliedby 100to givea percentage
figure.
+(0.1F4)]
11.8 Thecorrectansweris:=[(0.9F3)
Budgetedproduction=budgeted sales +closinginventory– openinginventory.InMarch,
10%of March'ssales (foundincellF3)willstillbe inventoryat the beginningof the month
and 10%of April'ssales (cellF4)willbe ininventoryat the end of the month.Productionfor
Marchwillthereforebe
254
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 267 of 421
H
G
q
March'ssales (F3)+10%of April'ssales (F4)– 10%of March'ssales (F3)
Or
=[(0.9F3)+(0.1F4)]
11.9 Thecorrectansweris:$4,755(A)
Thevolumevarianceforlast monthwas $4,755Adverse
Thevolumevarianceis the increaseincost resultingfroma change inthe volumeof
activity,ie the differencebetweenthe originalbudget and the flexedbudget.
Volumevariance=$126,100– $130,855
=$4,755(A)
11.10 Thecorrectansweris:$2,725(A)
Theexpenditurevarianceforlast monthwas $2,725Adverse
Theexpenditurevarianceis the differencebetweenthe flexedbudget and the actual
results.
Expenditurevariance=$130,855– $133,580
=$2,725(A)
11.11 Thecorrectansweris:$62,000
ACCAexaminingteam comments
Majorityof candidates incorrectlyselected$72,000(profitper unitactual sales).This
suggests that these candidates knewthat the budget shouldbe flexedto the actual output
levelof 6,000 unitsbut that they failedto appreciate that total fixedcosts (inthiscase
fixedproductionoverhead)do not varywithoutput. Thefixedproductionoverheadcost
per unitcontainedinthe standard cost is an average fixedcost per unitbased on the
budgeted output levelof 8,000 units.Thisimpliesa total fixedproductionoverheadof
$40,000 ($5per unit8,000 units).Thistotal budgeted fixedproductionoverheadwillnot
change withvolume.Thecorrectanswerof $62,000 can be calculatedby multiplyingthe
standard contributionper unitby the actual output leveland the subtractingthe budgeted
fixedproductionoverhead.(($118– $80 – $21)6,000 units– $40,000 =$62,000).Onlya
minorityof candidates selectedthisalternative.
11.12 Thecorrectansweris:$55,000
ACCAexaminingteam comments
Thisquestioncoverssyllabusarea C4d budget flexing.Thecorrectansweris 55,000. To
arriveat thisanswera candidate needs to understandthat contributionvariesinlinear
proportionto volume,but that fixedcosts do not. Accordinglythey need to calculatethat
the contributionat 6,000 unitswillbe $72,000(6,000 ($30-$18)),and that fixedcosts
willbe made up of the budgeted fixedcosts at 4,000 units(4,000 $4 =$16,000)plus
the step up fixedcosts of $1,000,making$17,000intotal. Profitat an output levelof
6,000 unitsis therefore$72,000- $17,000=$55,000. Inshort6,000 units($30– $18)–
4,000 units$4 - $1,000=$55,000. $56,000, chosenby a minorityof candidates, was
nearlycorrect,candidates simplydid not deduct the step infixedcosts. Notethat
distracters(incorrectanswers)inobjectivetestingquestionssometimesare based on
figuresarrivedat by incompletecalculations.Candidates shouldtry to avoidchoosing
answersuntilthey are sure that theircalculationsare complete.
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 268 of 421
Answers 255
A
N
S
W
E
R
S
H
q
11.13 Thecorrectansweris:B8+B7+B4
ACCAexaminingteam comments
Contributionis equal to sales revenuelessvariablecost. B8+B7+B4representssales
revenuelessvariableproductioncosts and variablesellingcosts and is correct.Itis
worryingthat onlya minorityof candidates can correctlydefinecontribution.
11.14 Thecorrectansweris:3,000
ACCAexaminingteam comments
Directmaterialis alwaysa variablecost. Thisis confirmedinthiscase by its deductionfrom
sales to calculatecontribution.Themostsensibleway to calculatea total variablecost
varianceis against a flexedbudget figure.(Itcan be seen that the directlabourvariance
has been calculatedagainst flexedbudget cost inthe spreadsheet.)
Theflexedbudget directmaterialcost (cellC5)has a valueof $27,000($21,600/1,200units
1,500units).Thedirectmaterialvariancebecomes$27,000– $24,000 =$3,000
favourable.
11.15 Thecorrectansweris:$5,000
ACCAexaminingteam comments
Todeterminethe flexedbudget, the sales and costs need to be adjustedto 80%capacity,
notingthat 70%of the costs are fixedand thereforewillnot be flexedbut willremainthe
same as inthe fixedbudget.
Flexedbudget
$
Sales($300,00080%)
240,000
Variablecosts (($300,000– $50,000)30%80%)
(60,000)
(175,000)
Fixedcosts (($300,000– $50,000)70%
Netprofit
5,000
G
Alternative2 is arrivedat by adjustingboth the sales and total cost figuresfor80%and
forgettingthat the fixedcost elementshouldnot be flexedAlternative3 is the adjusted total
cost figurelessthe fixedcost elementAlternative4 is the adjustedsales figurelessthe fixed
cost elementonly.
11.16 Thecorrectansweris:Thebudgeted cash flow,budgeted statement of profitor lossand
budgeted statement of financialposition
Themaster budget is the summarybudget intowhichallsubsidiarybudgets are
consolidated.Itusuallycomprisesthe budgeted statement of profit or loss, budgeted
statement of financial positionand budgeted cash flowstatement.
Themaster budget is used in conjunctionwiththe supporting subsidiary budgets, to
plan and controlactivities.Thesubsidiarybudgets are not inthemselvesa part of the
master budget.
11.17 Thecorrectansweris:(ii),(iv),(v),(i),(vi),(iii)
Sincethere are no productionresourcelimitations,sales wouldbe the principalbudget
factor and the sales budget (ii)wouldbe prepared first.Budgetedinventorychanges
includedinthe finishedgoodsinventorybudget (iv)wouldthen indicatethe required
productionforthe productionbudget (v).Thiswouldlead to the calculationof the material
usage (i)whichwouldthen be adjustedforthe budgeted change inmaterialinventory(vi)
to determinethe requiredlevelof budgeted materialpurchases(iii).Therefore
the correct
answeris (ii),(iv),(v),(i),(vi),(iii).
256
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 269 of 421
H
G
q
11.18 Thecorrectanswersare: Salesvolumefromthe sales budget and Budgetedchange in
finishedgoodsinventory
Sincethere are no productionresourcelimitations,sales wouldbe the principalbudget
factor thereforethe sales budget mustbe prepared beforethe productionbudget . The
budgeted change infinishedgoodsinventorywouldthen indicatethe requiredvolumefor
the productionbudget.
Thematerialpurchases,wouldbe informationderivedfromthe productionbudget after
adjustingformaterialinventorychanges, and the standard directlabourcost per unit,
wouldbe requiredforthe production cost budget, but not forthe productionbudget,
whichis expressed in volumeterms.
11.19 Thecorrectansweris:Salesquantity– openinginventoryof finishedgoods+closing
inventoryof finishedgoods
Anyopeninginventoryavailableat the beginningof a periodwillreduce the additional
quantityrequiredfromproductioninorderto satisfya givensales volume.Anyclosing
inventoryrequiredat the end of a periodwillincrease the quantityrequiredfrom
productioninorderto satisfysales and leavea sufficientvolumeininventory.Thereforewe
need to deduct the openinginventoryand add the requiredclosinginventory.
11.20 Thecorrectansweris:Rawmaterialsinventoriesare budgeted to increase
Oncethe materialusage budget has been prepared, based on the budgeted production
volume,the usage is adjusted forthe budgeted change inmaterialsinventoriesinorderto
determinethe requiredbudgeted purchases.Ifpurchasesexceedproductionrequirements
thismeans that raw materialinventoriesare beingincreased,and the correctansweris C.
11.21 Thecorrectansweris:24,500 units
Units
Requiredforsales
24,000
Requiredto increaseinventory(2,000 0.25)
500
24,500
A
N
S
W
E
R
11.22 Thecorrectansweris:175,000kgs
S
Requiredincreaseinfinishedgoodsinventory
Budgetedsales of Alpha
Requiredproduction
Units
1,000
60,000
61,000
Rawmaterialsusage budget (3 kg)
Budgeteddecrease inraw materialsinventory
Rawmaterialspurchase budget
kg
183,000
(8,000)
175,000
11.23 Thecorrectansweris:16,000units
Budgetedsales
Budgetedreductioninfinishedgoods
Budgetedproductionof completedunits
Allowancefordefectiveunits(10%of output =1/9of input)
Productionbudget
11.24 Thecorrectansweris:$10,500
Activehoursrequiredforproduction=200 6 hours=
Allowanceforidletime(20%of total time=25%of activetime)
Totalhoursto be paid for
$7per hour
Directlabourcost budget
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 270 of 421
Units
18,000
(3,600)
14,400
1,600
16,000
Hours
1,200
300
1,500
$10,500
Answers 257
H
q
11.25 Thecorrect
answer
is:225,000hours
Planned
increase
ininventories
offinished
goods
Budgeted
sales
Budgeted
production
(topassquality
control
check)
Units
4,600
36,800
41,400
Thisis92%oftotalproduction,
allowing
foran8%rejection
rate.
Budgeted
production
= 10041,400=45,000units
92
Budgeted
directlabour
hours
= (5 hours
perunit)225,000hours
11.26 Thecorrect
answer
is:$300,000
Before
youcanworkoutthetotalcost,youhavetodetermine
howmanylabour
hours
are
required.
Youcancalculate
thenumber
ofhours
required
fortheunitsquiteeasily:4,800
5 =24,000hours.
However
20%oflabour
timeisidle,whichmeans
that24,000hours
is
only80%ofthetotalhours
required
toproduce
4,800units.Totalhours
= 24,000
(100/80)
=30,000hours.
Totalcost=30,000hours
 $10perhour= $300,000
11.27 Thecorrect
answer
is:(i),(ii)and(iii)
Statement
(i)istruebecause
certain
factors
areoftenoutofthemanager's
control.
The
levelofsales(orproduction)
willbeoutofthemanager's
control
anda flexed
budget
will
account
forthis.Statement
(ii)istrue.Themajor
purpose
ofa fixedbudget
isatthe
planning
stagewhenitseekstodefine
thebroadobjectives
oftheorganisation.
Statement
(iii)istruebecause
forecast
volumes
areveryunlikely
tobeequaltoactualvolumes
andso
thevariances
willcontain
largevolume
differences.
11.28 Thecorrect
answer
is:$49,480
Received
inSeptember
$
35,280
10,000
4,200
49,480
G
August
sales $60,00060%98%*
Julysales $40,00025%
Junesales $35,00012%
*Thisreduction
allows
forthe2%settlement
discount.
Ifyouselected
$46,260youmisinterpreted
'month
aftersale'tobethemonth
thesalewas
made.Theinvoices
areissued
onthelastdayofeachmonth,
therefore
cashreceipts
in
respect
ofeachmonth's
saleswillbegininthefollowing
month.
$50,200makes
noallowance
forthesettlement
discount
and$50,530includes
thereceipt
ofbaddebts;thoseamounts
willnever
bereceived
cash.
11.29 Thecorrect
answer
is:$60,532
$
40%ofMaysalesforcash(40%$55,000)
22,000
70%ofAprilcreditsalesless2%discount
(70%60%$70,00098%)
28,812
27%ofMarchcreditsales(27%60%$60,000)
9,720
60,532
Ifyouselected
$61,120
youforgottoallowforthetwopercentdiscount.
$66,532works
on
theassumption
thatreceipts
fromcashsalesoccurinthemonth
aftersale;bydefinition,
cashsalesreceipts
occurassoonasthesaleismade.Ifyouselected
$86,620you
calculated
thecreditreceipts
onthebasisthatallsalesweremadeoncredit;
only60 per
centofsaleswereona creditbasis.
258
Management
Accounting
(FMA/MA)
Page 271 of 421
H
G
q
11.30 Thecorrectansweris:$50,200
PaymentsinJune willbe inrespect of Maypurchases.
Lessopeninginventory
Purchasebudget
May
25,200 kg
4,100kg
29,300kg
4,200 kg
25,100kg
$2 per kg =payment forpurchasesinJune
$50,200
Productionrequirements(8,400units3 kg)
Closinginventory
$25,100is the figureforthe quantityof materialto be paid for, not its value.$48,800is
the valueof June purchases,whichwillbe paid forinJuly. Ifyou selected$50,600 your
adjustmentsforopeningand closingmaterialinventorieswerethe wrongway round.
11.31 Thecorrectansweris:$231,000
$
76,400
54,600
231,000
75%Maywagescost =75%8,400 $74 hours
25%Aprilwagescost =25%7,800 $74 hours
Wage paymentsforMay
11.32 Thecorrectansweris:$285,567
Cash sales inDecember($402,00010%)
ReceiptsfromNovembercreditsales ($390,00090%30%99%)
ReceiptsfromOctobercreditsales ($224,00090%70%)
Totalsales receiptsinDecember
11.33 Thecorrectansweris:$45,310
$
Variableproductionoverheadpayment:
forAugustproduction(12,600$5 30%)
forSeptemberproduction(5,500$5 70%)
Totalvariableproductionoverheadpayment
Fixedoverheadcash payment ($9,440– $2,280)
Totalcash payment
11.34 Thecorrectansweris:$14,700
18,900
19,250
38,150
7,160
45,310
Units
3,000
2,000
1,000
Highactivity
Lowactivity
Increase
Variablecost per unit =
$
40,200
104,247
141,120
285,567
$
12,900
11,100
1,800
$1,800
=$1.80per unit
1,000
Fixedcost, substitutinginhighactivity=$12,900– (3,000 $1.80)
=$7,500
Budgetcost allowancefor4,000 units:
Variablecost (4,000 $1.80)
Fixedcost
$
7,200
7,500
14,700
$7,200is the variablecost allowanceonlyand $7,500is the fixedcost allowanceonly.If
you selected$13,460yourvariablecost per unitcalculationwas upsidedown
($1,000/1,800instead of $1,800/1,000).
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 272 of 421
Answers 259
A
N
S
W
E
R
S
H
q
11.35 Thecorrectansweris:$289,000
Workings
11.36
G
11.37
11.38
11.39
11.40
PaidinMonth
July
August
September October
November
Purchases
$
$
$
$
$
July $250,000
59,375(1) 175,000(2) 12,500(3)
August$300,000
71,250(4) 210,000(5) 15,000(6)
September$280,000
66,500(7) 196,000(8) 14,000(9)
289,000
1
$250,000 25%0.95 =$59,375
$250,000 70%
2
=$175,000
3
$250,000 5%
=$12,500
$300,000 25%0.95 =$71,250
4
$300,000 70%
5
=$210,000
$300,000 5%
6
=$15,000
7
$280,000 25%0.95 =$66,500
$280,000 70%
8
=$196,000
9
$280,000 5%
=$14,000
Thecorrectansweris:(i)and (ii)only
Anadverselabourefficiencyvariancemeans that employeesare takingtoo longto
producethe products.Employingmorehighlyskilledlabourshouldhelpto speed up the
processso statement (i)isapplicable.Supervisionof employeesmay helpto improve
efficiencystandards by ensuringlesstimeiswasted by employees.Sostatement (ii)is
applicable.Askingemployeesto workpaid overtimewillnot helpto improvethe efficiency
because it is unlikelyto reducethe numberof hoursworked.Employeesmay evenslow
downfurtherand becomemoreinefficientifthey thinkthat they can workovertimeand be
paid extra wages.Sostatement (iii)is not applicable.
Thecorrectansweris:(iii)only
Thedirectmaterialpricevarianceis too smallto be materialand is thereforenot worth
investigating.
Thelabourrate variancecan be explainedby the companywideincreaseof 2%and so it is
not worthyof investigation.
Thesales volumevarianceis large and shouldbe investigated,eventhoughit isfavourable.
Managersneed to plan forthe futureand need to knowwhetherthe increaseinsales is a
one offor likelyto continueintothe nextquarter.
Thecorrectansweris:Tofacilitatecontrolby establishinga budget relevantto actual
activitylevels
Aflexiblebudgetfacilitatescontrolby establishinga budgetrelevantto actual activitylevels.
Thecorrectansweris:(i)and (ii)only
Statement(iii)is false.Ifoutput levelsare stable, a fixedbudget is appropriateas the
additionaltimeand effortrequiredto producea flexiblebudget wouldnot be justified.
Thecorrectansweris:=B3+C4 – B4
ACCAexaminingteam comments
Toarriveat thisanswercandidates had to understandthat productionunits=sales units+
closinginventoryof finishedgoods– openinginventoryof finishedgoods,and that the
openinginventoryforAugustwas the closinginventoryforJuly. =B3– B4was the most
popularanswerpresumablyon the basis that it totalledthe column.
260
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 273 of 421
H
G
q
11.41 Thecorrectansweris:$74,896
ACCAexaminingteam comments
Theanswermay be calculatedas follows:
Receiptsfrommonth1sales
$80,000 90%60%
Month2 cash sales
$70,000 10%
$70,000 90%40%98%
Month2 creditsales
Totalreceiptsmonth2
12
Implementing
$43,200
$7,000
$24,696
$74,896
budgets
12.1 Thecorrectansweris:Staff suggestionsmay be ignoredleadingto de-motivation
Staff suggestionsmay be ignoredleadingto de-motivation.Psuedo-participationoccurs
whenmanagers pretend to involvestaff but actuallyignoretheirinput.Thismay lead to a
lessrealisticbudget and willcertainlybe de-motivatingifthe staff involvedfindout what is
goingon.
12.2 Thecorrectansweris:(i)and (ii)only
Itis generallyagreed that the existenceof someformof target or expectedoutcomeis a
greater motivationthan no target at all.Therefore(i)is true. Theestablishmentof a target,
however,raisesthe questionof the degree of difficultyor challengeof the target. Therefore
(ii)is true. Ifthe performancestandard is set too highor too lowsub-optimalperformance
couldbe the result.Thedegree of budget difficultyis not easy to establish.Itis influenced
by the nature of the task, the organisationalcultureand personalityfactors.Somepeople
respondpositivelyto a difficulttarget. Others,ifchallenged,tend to withdrawtheir
commitment.So(iii)is not true.
12.3
Thecorrectansweris:Abudget whichis set withoutpermittingthe ultimatebudget holder
to participateinthe budgetingprocess
Abudget whichis set withoutpermittingthe ultimatebudget holderto participateinthe
budgetingprocess.
12.4
Thecorrectansweris:Allof (i),(ii)and (iii)
Participativebudgetingshouldbe used inallthree circumstances.
12.5
13
Thecorrectansweris:Acost whichcan be influencedby its budget holder.
Project appraisal
13.1 Thecorrectansweris:Anopportunitycost
Anopportunitycost is the valueof the benefitsacrificedwhenone courseof actionis
chosen,inpreferenceto another.
13.2
Thecorrectansweris:(i),(iii)and (iv)only
Adecisionis about the future,thereforerelevantcosts are futurecosts (i).Ifa cost is
unavoidablethen any decisiontaken about the futurewillnot affect the cost, therefore
unavoidablecosts are not relevantcosts (ii).Incrementalcosts are extra costs whichwillbe
incurredinthe futurethereforerelevantcosts are incrementalcosts (iii).Differentialcosts
are the differenceintotal costs betweenalternativesand they are thereforeaffected by a
decisiontaken nowand they are associated withrelevantcosts (iv).
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 274 of 421
Answers 261
A
N
S
W
E
R
S
H
q
13.3
Thecorrectansweris:$2,000
$
1,200
800
2,000
Opportunitycost (net realisablevalue)
Cost of disposalinone year's time
Totalrelevantcost of machine
13.4
Thecorrectansweris:(i),(ii)and (iii)only
Purchasesof raw materialswouldbe classedas revenueexpenditure,not capital
expenditure.Theothersare capital expenditure.
13.5 Thecorrectansweris:$30.38
Currentrate is 6%pa payable monthly
 Effectiverate is 6/12%=½%compoundeverymonth
 Inthe sixmonthsfromJanuary to June, interestearned =
($1,000[1.005])
6 – $1,000=$30.38
13.6 Thecorrectansweris:$270
$2,070=115%of the originalinvestment
100
 Originalinvestment= 115$2,070
=$1,800
 Interest
=$2,070– $1,800
=$270
$310.50iscalculated(incorrectly)as follows.
G
H
x
$2,070 =15%
 x =0.15$2,070
=$310.50
Makesure that you alwaystacklethistype of questionby establishingwhat the original
investmentwas first.
13.7 Thecorrectansweris:$15,219
We need to calculatethe effectiverate of interest.
8%per year (nominal)is 2%per quarter. Theeffectiveannual rate of interestis [1.024– 1]=
0.08243=8.243%.
Nowwecan use S =X(1+r)n
S =12,000(1.08243)3
S =$15,218.81
 Theprincipalwillhave grownto approximately$15,219.
13.8
Thecorrectansweris:$1,800inexactlyfouryears fromnow
PVof $1,200inone year
PVof $1,400intwoyears
PVof $1,600inthree years
PVof $1,800infouryears
262
=$1,2000.926=
=$1,4000.857=
=$1,6000.794=
=$1,8000.735=
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 275 of 421
$
1,111.20
1,199.80
1,270.40
1,323.00
G
q
13.9 Thecorrect
answer
is:4.06%
Effective
quarterly
rate
Effective
annual
rate
=1%(4%4)
=[(1.01)
4– 1]
=0.0406=4.06%pa
13.10 Thecorrect
answer
is:9.85%
 A (ba)%
Theformula
tocalculate
theIRRisa%+ 

AB

where a =oneinterest
rate
b=otherinterest
rate
A=NPVatratea
B=NPVatrateb
IRR
 22

=9%+ 
 1%
224


=9+0.85=9.85%
13.11 Thecorrect
answer
is:$1,017
Thediscount
factorfor10yearsat7%is0.508.
 Original
amount
invested
=$2,0000.508
=$1,016
But$1,016
 1.07
$2,000so$1,017
isthecorrect
answer.
10isjustunder
13.12 Thecorrect
answer
is:26.8%
Ifhouse
pricesriseat2%percalendar
month,
thisisequivalent
to(1.02)=1.268
12
or26.8%
peryear.
13.13 Thecorrect
answer
is:$5,073
S
Annuity
= $700
Annuity
factor= 1+6.247(cumulative
factorfor9years,firstpayment
isnow)
= 7.247
Annuity
=
$700=
PVofannuity
Annuityfactor
PVofannuity
7.247
$7007.247= PVofannuity
PVofannuity= $5,073(tothenearest
$)
13.14 Thecorrect
answer
is:9%
Annuity
=
A
N
S
W
E
R
Present
valueofannuity
Annuityfactor
Annuity
factor= 86,400=4.486
19,260
Fromtables,thisannuity
factorcorresponds
toaninterest
rateof9%oversixyears.
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 276 of 421
Answers263
H
G
q
13.15 Thecorrectansweris:$480,000
Thepresentvalueof a perpetuityis:
a
r
where
PV=
a =annuity=$24,000
r =cost of capital as a proportion=5%=0.05
= 24,000
0.05
=$480,000
13.16 Thecorrectansweris:18%
 PV
Theinternalrate of return(IRR)of the investmentcan be calculatedusingthe following
formula.
A (b a)%
IRR=a%+ 


AB

where
a =firstinterestrate =12%
b =secondinterestrate =20%
A=firstNPV=$24,000
B=secondNPV=$(8,000)

24,000
(20 12)%
=12%+ 
24,0008,000

=12%+6%
=18%
13.17 Thecorrectansweris:2 years and 6 months
IRR
Workings
Project Beta
Year
Cash inflow
Cumulativecash inflow
$
$
1
250,000
250,000
2
350,000
600,000
3
400,000
1,000,000
4
200,000
1,200,000
5
150,000
1,350,000
6
150,000
1,500,000
ProjectBetahas a payback periodof between2 and 3 years.
$200,000

12months
Paybackperiod=2 years + 
$400,000

=2 years +6 months
264
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 277 of 421
H
G
q
13.18 Thecorrectansweris:Between3 and 4 years.
Workings
Project Alpha
Year
Cash flow
$
(800,000)
250,000
250,000
400,000
300,000
200,000
50,000
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
Discountfactor
10%
1.000
0.909
0.826
0.751
0.683
0.621
0.564
PV
$
(800,000)
227,250
206,500
300,400
204,900
124,200
28,200
Cum.PV
$
(800,000)
(572,750)
(366,250)
(65,850)
139,050
263,250
291,450
Thediscountedpayback periodis thereforebetweenthree and fouryears.
13.19 Thecorrectansweris:Initialinvestment÷annual net cash inflow
Thepayback periodis the timethat is requiredforthe total of the cash inflowsof a capital
investmentprojectto equal the total of the cash outflows,ie initialinvestment÷annual net
cash inflow.
13.20
Thecorrectansweris:Between10%and 15%
Investment
PVof cash inflow
NPV@10%
$
(60,000)
64,600
4,600
Investment
PVof cash inflow
NPV@15%
$
(60,000)
58,200
(1,800)
TheIRRof the machineinvestmentis thereforebetween10%and 15%because the NPVfalls
from$4,600 at 10%to –$1,800at 15%.Thereforeat somepointbetween10%and 15%the
NPV=0. Whenthe NPV=0, the internalrate of returnis reached.
13.21 Thecorrectansweris:$61,016
Letx =investmentat start of project.
Year
0
1– 5
Cash flow
$
x
18,000
Discountfactor
10%
1.000
3.791
Presentvalue
$
(x)
68,238
7,222
 –x+$68,238=$7,222
x =$68,238– $7,222
x =$61,016
13.22 Thecorrectansweris:Thediscountrate (%)at whichthe net presentvalueof the cash
flowsfroman investmentis zero
IRRis the discountrate at whichthe net presentvalueof the cash flowsfroman investment
is zero.
13.23 Thecorrectansweris:Between3.0 years and 4.0 years
Atthe end of year 3, $74,600has been 'paid back'. Theremaining$15,400forpayback will
be receivedduringyear 4.
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 278 of 421
Answers 265
A
N
S
W
E
R
S
H
q
13.24
Thecorrectansweris:8.67%
(1.021)–
4 1=0.0867=8.67%
13.25 Thecorrectansweris:$18,750
1,500/0.08=18,750
13.26
Thecorrectansweris:InvestmentExe4.04%InvestmentWye4.66%
ACCAexaminingteam comments
Theanswercan be arrivedat by calculation(InvestmentExeannual effectivereturn=1.022
– 1=0.0404 or 4.04%and investmentWyeannual effectivereturn=1.200.25
– 1=0.0466 or
4.66%).Alternativelythe answercan be 'reasoned' out: investmentExe'ssemiannual
compoundingmustresultina highereffectiveannual rate than 4%(2 2%)and a 20%
returnovera 4 year periodmusthave an effectiveannual rate of lessthan 5%(20%÷4
years)whenthe compoundingeffectis allowedfor.
13.27 Thecorrectansweris:$333
ACCAexaminingteam comments
Thecorrectansweris $333.
Afouryear paybackperiodimpliesan (equal)annualcash flowof$12,000÷4 years =
$3,000per year. Asthesecash flowsrunfor6 years the NPVisequalto $333( –$12,000
+annuityfactor for6 years @12%$3,000 =–$12,000+4.111$3,000 =$333).The
–$3,778distracteris based uponan incorrectcalculationof annual cash flow($12,000÷
6 years =$2,000 per year),suggestinga misunderstandingof the payback method.
Inthe –$2,899distracterthe NPVwas based on a projectlifeof 4 years rather than 6
suggestinga failureto read the questioncarefully.
Finally–$5,926'sNPVwas based upona combinationof the othertwodistracters,that is,
an annual cash flowof $2,000 for4 years.
G
13.28
Thecorrectansweris:$36,400
ACCAexaminingteam comments
Theincrementalnet cash flowinthe firstyear is givenas $40,000. Thedepreciationcharge
is not a cash flowand does not need to be consideredina discountedcash flow
calculation.Nofurthercash flowsare mentioned.
Thediscountedcash flowis =$40,000 presentvaluefactor forYear1at 10%per annum=
$40,000 0.909 =$36,360
Tothe nearest $100,thiswouldbe =$36,400
Note:Candidates whoused a calculatorrather than presentvaluetables wouldcalculate
the discountedcash flowas $40,000/1.10=$36,364whichwouldstillroundto $36,400.
13.29 Thecorrectansweris:$6,336
ACCAexaminingteam comments
Theanswercan be calculatedindifferentways.
Twopossibleapproaches are as follows:
Usinga scientificcalculator:$1,0001.085+$1,0001.084+$1,0001.083+$1,000
1
1.082+$1,0001.08=$6,336
or
266
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 279 of 421
H
G
q
2
Usingpresent
valuetables:
Thepresent
valueof$1,000invested
nowandfourfurther
amounts
of$1,000atannual
intervals
is$1,000+$1,000Annuity
factorfor4 periods
at8%=$1,000+$1,0003.312=
$4,312.
Theterminal
valueof$4,312
invested
for5 yearsat8%=$4,312
 1/5yearpresent
value
factorat8%=$4,312
 1/0.681
= $6,332.
Thedifference
between
thetwoanswers
isdowntorounding
inthepresent
value
tables.Bothwouldbeaccepted
ascorrect
astheyarewithin
thetolerance
limitsetfor
theanswer.
13.30 Thecorrect
answer
is:Bothstatements
arefalse.
ACCAexamining
teamcomments
Statement
1isfalsebecause
thepointwhere
thecurveintersects
withtheYaxisat
$120,000
represents
thenetpresent
valueoftheproject
ata discount
rateof0%,notthe
initial
investment.
Statement
2 isfalsebecause
theIRRrepresents
thediscount
ratethatwould
result
inan
NPVofzero.Byinspecting
thegraph,theIRRforthisproject
is13%.
14
Standard costing
14.1 Thecorrect
answer
is:$90
Material
P
Material
S
$ perunit
28
27
7kg$4
3 kg$9
Directlabour5hr$7
Standard
primecostofproductJ
$ perunit
55
35
90
14.2 Thecorrect
answer
is:Astandard
whichincludes
someallowance
forlosses,
wasteand
inefficiencies.
Itrepresents
thelevelofperformance
whichisattainable
under
efficient
operating
conditions
Anattainable
standard
assumes
efficient
levels
ofoperation,
butincludes
allowances
for
normal
loss,wasteandmachine
downtime.
14.3 Thecorrect
answer
is:Theoperating
standards
setforproduction
should
betheattainable
level
Itisgenerally
accepted
thattheuseofattainable
standards
hastheoptimum
motivational
impactonemployees.
Someallowance
ismadeforunavoidable
wastage
andinefficiencies,
buttheattainable
levelcanbereached
ifproduction
iscarried
out
efficiently.
14.4 Thecorrect
answer
is:1.25litres
100
=1.25litres
80
14.5 Thecorrect
answer
is:Focusing
management
reports
onareaswhichrequire
attention
and
ignoring
thosewhichappear
tobeperforming
within
acceptable
limits
Whenmanagement
byexception
isoperated
within
a standard
costing
system,
only
thevariances
whichexceed
acceptable
tolerance
limits
needtobeinvestigated
by
management
witha viewtocontrol
action.Adverse
andfavourable
variances
alikemaybe
subject
toinvestigation,
therefore
'Usingmanagement
reports
tohighlight
exceptionally
goodperformance,
sothatfavourable
results
canbebuiltupontoimprove
future
outcomes'
isincorrect.
Required
liquidinput= 1litre
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 280 of 421
Answers267
A
N
S
W
E
R
S
H
q
Anyefficientinformationsystem wouldensure that onlymanagers whoare able to act
on the informationreceivemanagement reports, evenifthey are not prepared on the
basis of management by exception.Therefore'Sendingmanagement reports onlyto
those managers whoare able to act on the informationcontained withinthe reports'
is incorrect.
14.6 Thecorrectansweris:(i),(ii)and (iii)only
Standard costingprovidestargets forachievement,and yardsticksagainst whichactual
performancecan be monitored(item(i)).Italso providesthe unitcost informationfor
evaluatingthe volumefigurescontainedina budget (item(ii)).Inventorycontrolsystems
are simplifiedwithstandard costing.Oncethe varianceshave been eliminated,all
inventoryunitsare valuedat standard price(item(ii)).
Item(iv)is incorrectbecause standard costs are an estimate of what willhappen inthe
future,and a unitcost target that the organisationis aimingto achieve.
14.7 Thecorrectansweris:$90.00
Standard labourcost per unit=9 hours
15
Variance
100 $9 =$90
90
analysis
15.1 Thecorrectansweris:Price$2,400 (F)
Usage$900 (A)
Sinceinventoriesare valuedat standard cost, the materialpricevarianceisbased on the
materialspurchased.
$
12,000kg materialpurchasedshouldcost ($3)
36,000
but did cost
33,600
Materialpricevariance
2,400 (F)
G
800 unitsmanufacturedshoulduse (14kg)
but did use
Usagevarianceinkg
standard priceper kg
Usagevariancein$
15.2
11,200kg
11,500kg
300 kg (A)
$3
$900 (A)
Thecorrectansweris:$2,500 (A)
$
16,100
18,600
2,500 (A)
2,300 hoursshouldhave cost ($7)
but did cost
Ratevariance
15.3 Thecorrectansweris:$2,800 (F)
260 unitsshouldhave taken (10hrs)
but took(activehours)
Efficiencyvarianceinhours
standard rate per hour
Efficiencyvariancein$
15.4
2,600 hrs
2,200 hrs
400 hrs (F)
$7
$2,800 (F)
Thecorrectansweris:Expenditure$1,656(F)Efficiency$4,140(A)
Standard variableproductionoverheadcost per hour=$11,5505,775=$2
8,280 hoursof variableproductionoverheadshouldcost ($2)
but did cost
Variableproductionoverheadexpenditurevariance
268
H
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 281 of 421
$
16,560
14,904
1,656(F)
G
q
Standard timeallowedforone unit=5,775hours1,925units=3 hours
2,070unitsshouldtake (3 hours)
but did take
Efficiencyvarianceinhours
standard variableproductionoverheadcost per hour
Variableproductionoverheadefficiencyvariance
15.5
6,210hours
8,280 hours
2,070hours(A)
$2
$4,140(A)
Thecorrectansweris:Expenditure$700 (A)Volume$3,200 (F)
Fixedoverhead expenditure variance
Budgetedfixedoverheadexpenditure(4,200units$4 per unit)
Actualfixedoverheadexpenditure
Fixedoverheadexpenditurevariance
$
16,800
17,500
700 (A)
Thevarianceis adversebecause the actual expenditurewas higherthan the amount
budgeted.
Fixedoverhead volumevariance
Actualproductionat standard rate (5,000 $4 per unit)
Budgetedproductionat standard rate (4,200$4 per unit)
Fixedoverheadvolumevariance
$
20,000
16,800
3,200 (F)
Thevarianceis favourablebecause the actual volumeof output was greater than the
budgeted volumeof output.
Ifyou selectedan incorrectoptionyou misinterpretedthe directionof one or both of the
variances.
15.6
Thecorrectansweris:Capacity $1,600(F)Efficiency$400 (F)
Capacity variance
Budgetedhoursof work
Actualhoursof work
Capacity varianceinhours
standard fixedoverheadabsorptionrate per hour*
Fixedproductionoverheadcapacity variance
9,000 hours
9,400 hours
400 hours(F)
$4
$1,600(F)
*$36,000/9,000 =$4 per hour
Efficiencyvariance
1,900unitsof productshouldtake (9,000/1,800hrs)
but did take
Efficiencyvarianceinhours
standard fixedoverheadabsorptionrate per hour*
Fixedproductionoverheadefficiencyvariancein$
9,500 hours
9,400 hours
100hours(F)
$4
$400 (F)
*$36,000/9,000 =$4 per hour
15.7 Thecorrectansweris:(ii)and (iii)only
Statement (i)is not consistentwitha favourablelabourefficiencyvariance.Employeesof
a lowerskilllevelare likelyto worklessefficiently,resultinginan adverse efficiency
variance.
Statement (ii)is consistentwitha favourablelabourefficiencyvariance.Timewouldbe
saved in processing ifthe materialwas easierto process.
Statement (iii)is consistentwitha favourablelabourefficiencyvariance.Timewouldbe
saved in processing ifworkingmethodswereimproved.
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 282 of 421
Answers 269
A
N
S
W
E
R
S
H
q
15.8
Thecorrectansweris:Anadversedirectmaterialcost variancecan be a combinationof a
favourablematerialpricevarianceand an adversematerialusage variance
Directmaterialcost variance=materialpricevariance+materialusage variance
Theadversematerialusage variancecouldbe largerthan the favourablematerialprice
variance.Thetotal of the twovarianceswouldthereforerepresenta net resultof an
adversetotal directmaterialcost variance.
15.9 Thecorrectansweris:$3,500
$
132,500
136,000
3,500 (A)
53,000 kg shouldcost ($2.50)
but did cost
Materialpricevariance
15.10 Thecorrectansweris:$2,500
$
54,000 kg
53,000 kg
1,000kg (F)
2.5
2,500 (F)
27,000 unitsshoulduse (2 kg)
but did use
standard cost per kg
Materialusage variance
15.11 Thecorrectansweris:$36,000 Adverse$25,000 Favourable
Labour rate variance
14,000hoursshouldhave cost ($10per hour)
but did cost
Labourrate variance
G
$
140,000
176,000
36,000 (A)
Labour efficiencyvariance
5,500 unitsshouldhave taken (3 hoursper unit)
but did take
Labourefficiencyvariance(inhours)
standard rate per unit
$
16,500 hrs
14,000 hrs
2,500 hrs (F)
$10
$25,000 (F)
15.12 Thecorrectansweris:$5,000 Adverse
Standard fixedoverheadabsorptionrate per hour=$125,000/25,000=$5 per hour
Fixedoverheadvolumecapacity variance
Budgetedhoursof work
25,000 hrs
Actualhoursof work
24,000 hrs
Fixedoverheadvolumecapacity variance
1,000 hrs (A)
standard fixedoverheadabsorptionrate per hour
 $5
Fixedoverheadvolumecapacity variancein$
$5,000 (A)
15.13 Thecorrectansweris:$10,000Adverse
Thetotal directmaterialsvariancecan be foundby comparingthe flexedbudget figures
withthe actual figures.
Budgetedmaterialcost per unit=$110,000/2,200
=$50
=$50 2,000
Flexedfor2,000 units
=$100,000
270
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 283 of 421
H
q
Totaldirectmaterialsvariance
$
100,000
110,000
10,000 (A)
Flexeddirectmaterialcost
but did cost
Totaldirectmaterialsvariance
15.14 Thecorrectansweris:$20,000 Adverse
Thetotal directlabourvariancecan be foundby comparingthe flexedbudget figureswith
the actual figures.
Budgetedlabourcost per unit =$286,000/2,200
=$130
Flexedfor2,000 units
=$1302,000
=$260,000
Totaldirectlabourvariance
$
260,000
280,000
20,000 (A)
Flexeddirectlabourcost
but did cost
Totaldirectlabourvariance
15.15 Thecorrectansweris:Nil
Thetotal directvariableoverheadvariancescan be foundby comparingthe flexedbudget
figureswiththe actual figures.
Budgetedvariableoverheadcost per unit =$132,000/2,200
=$60
A
N
S
W
E
R
=$60 2,000
=$120,000
Flexedfor2,000 units
G
Totaldirectvariableoverheadvariance
S
$
120,000
120,000
nil
Flexeddirectvariableoverheadcost
but did cost
Totaldirectvariableoverheadvariance
15.16 Thecorrectansweris:(i)is true and (ii)is false
Statement(i)is true. Statement(ii)is false.Producing5,000 standard hoursof workin
5,500 hourswouldgiveriseto an adversefixedoverheadvolumeefficiencyvariance.
15.17 Thecorrectansweris:Bothstatements are true.
15.18 Thecorrectansweris:$10,000Favourable.
Thetotal directmaterialsvariancecan be foundby comparingthe flexedbudget figures
withthe actual figures.
$
50,000
140,000
10,000(F)
Totalmaterialscost shouldhave been
Butwas
Variance
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 284 of 421
Answers 271
H
q
15.19 Thecorrectansweris:$2,500 Adverse
20000
17500
Budgeted
fixed
overhead
cost
15000Volume
variance
Fixed 12500
overhead
cost
$
10000
Fixed
overhead
expenditure
variance
Actual
fixed
overhead
cost
Total
variance
7500
5000
2500
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 x
Number
ofunits
Totalfixedoverheadvariance=$12,500– $10,000=$2,500 Adverse.
15.20
Thecorrectansweris:Expenditurevariance:$5,800 adverse
Theonlyfixedoverheadvarianceina marginalcostingstatement is the fixedoverhead
expenditurevariance.Thisis the differencebetweenbudgeted and actual overhead
expenditure,calculatedinthe same way as foran absorptioncostingsystem.
G
Thereis no volumevariancewithmarginalcosting,because underor overabsorptiondue
to volumechanges cannot arise.
15.21 Thecorrectansweris:Demandforthe productwas higherthan expectedand pricescould
be raisedwithoutadverseeffectson sales volumes.
Raisingpricesinresponseto higherdemand wouldresultina favourablesellingprice
variance.
15.22
Thecorrectansweris:200 units
Totalactual directmaterialcost
Addback variances:directmaterialprice
directmaterialusage
Standard directmaterialcost of production
Standard materialcost per unit
Numberof unitsproduced(2,000 $10)
272
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 285 of 421
$
2,400
(800)
400
2,000
$10
200
H
q
15.23
Thecorrectansweris:800 kg
Sincethere was no change ininventories,the usage variancecan be used to calculatethe
materialusage.
Savinginmaterialused comparedwithstandard =
$400(F)
=200 kg
$2per kg
Standard materialusage foractual production(200 units5kg)
Usagevarianceinkg
Actualusage of material
15.24
Thecorrectansweris:$1,200(F)
$
14,000
15,200
1,200(F)
200 unitsshouldsellfor($70)
but did sellfor
Sellingpricevariance
15.25
1,000kg
200 kg (F)
800 kg
Thecorrectansweris:$900 (A)
Budgetedsales volumeper month=
=
Budgetedprofitmarginper unit =
Budgetedmaterialcostof sales
Standardmaterialcost per unit
$2,300
=230 units
$10
Budgetedmonthlyprofitmargin
Budgetedmonthlysalesvolume
= $6,900 =$30 per unit
230
G
Budgetedsales volume
Actualsales volume
Salesvolumevarianceinunits
Standard profitper unit
Salesvolumevariancein$
15.26 Thecorrectansweris:4,200
230 units
200 units
30 units(A)
$30
$900 (A)
Actualexpenditure=$(48,000+2,000) =$50,000
Overheadabsorbed =$(50,000– 8,000) =$42,000
Overheadabsorptionrate per unit=$48,000 4,800 =$10
 Numberof unitsproduced=$42,000 $10=4,200
15.27 Thecorrectansweris:$3.40
Totalstandard cost of materialpurchased– actual cost of materialpurchased=Price
variance
Totalstandard cost
= $21,920+$1,370
= $23,290
Standard priceper kg = $23,290/6,850
= $3.40
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 286 of 421
Answers 273
A
N
S
W
E
R
S
H
G
q
15.28
Thecorrectansweris:Price$1,530(A) Volume$2,250(F)
Actualsales
Budgetedsales
Varianceinunits
standard contributionper unit($(27– 12))
Salesvolumevariancein$
Revenuefrom2,550 unitsshouldhave been ($27)
but was
Sellingpricevariance
2,550 units
2,400 units
150units(F)
$15
$2,250(F)
$
68,850
67,320
1,530(A)
15.29 Thecorrectansweris:$1,000Adverse
$
10,000 units
9,800 units
200 units(A)
$5
$1,000 (A)
Budgetedsales volume
Actualsales volume
Salesvolumevariance(units)
standard profitper unit
Salesvolumeprofitvariance(in$)
15.30
Thecorrectansweris:$1,200
Directmaterial price variance
$
30,000
31,200
1,200(A)
12,000litresshouldhave cost ($2.50)
Butdid cost (12,000$2.50 1.04)
Directmaterialpricevariance
15.31 Thecorrectansweris:1,212
H
Standard cost per unit=10.5litres$2.50 per litre
=$26.25per unit
Standard cost of actual production=standard cost +variance
=$(12,000litres$2.50)+1,815
=$(30,000+1,815)
=$31,815
 Actualproduction=standard cost of actual production/standardcost per unit
=31,815/$26.25
=1,212units
15.32 Thecorrectansweris:$4,500 Favourable
Salesrevenuefor9,000 unitsshouldhave been ($12.50)
but was
Salespricevariance
15.33
Thecorrectansweris:$17,000
$
127,500
144,500
17,000(A)
8,500 unitsshouldhave cost ($15)
but did cost (8,500$17)
274
$
112,500
117,000
4,500 (F)
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 287 of 421
q
15.34
Thecorrectansweris:$2,635underabsorbed
Absorbedoverhead(12,4001.02$4.25)
Actualoverhead
Under-absorbedoverhead
15.35
Thecorrectansweris:$8,500
$
10,000
500
(2,000)
8,500
Standard contribution
Salespricevariance
Variablecost variance
15.36
$
53,754
56,389
2,635
Thecorrectansweris:$12,600(A)
Thesales volumevarianceina marginalcostingsystemis valuedat standard contribution
per unit,rather than standard profitper unit.
Contributionper unitof E=$15– $8 =$7
Salesvolumevarianceintermsof contribution=
$9,000(A)
$7=$12,600(A)
$5
15.37 Thecorrectansweris:Absorptioncostingprofitswillbe higherand closinginventory
valuationshigherthan those undermarginalcosting.
Closinginventoryvaluationunderabsorptioncostingwillalwaysbe higherthan under
marginalcostingbecauseofthe absorptionoffixedoverheadsintoclosinginventoryvalues.
Theprofitunderabsorptioncostingwillbe greaterbecausethe fixedoverheadbeingcarried
forwardinclosinginventoryisgreaterthan the fixedoverheadbeingwrittenoffinopening
inventory.
G
15.38
Thecorrectansweris:$2,720lower
Ifmarginalcostingis used to valueinventoryinstead of absorptioncosting,the difference
inprofitswillbe equal to the change ininventoryvolumemultipliedby the fixedproduction
overheadabsorptionrate =80 units$34 =$2,720
Sinceclosinginventoryare higherthan openinginventories,the marginalcostingprofitwill
be lowerthat the absorptioncostingprofit(so$2,720higheris incorrect).Thisis because
the marginalcostingprofitdoes not 'benefit'fromthe increaseinthe amountof fixed
productionoverheadtaken to inventory(ratherthan to the statement of profitor loss).
Ifyou selected$3,400 loweror higheryou based the differenceon 100unitsof opening
inventory.
15.39 Thecorrectansweris:$258,948
Standard marginalcostingreconciliation
Originalbudgeted contribution
Salesvolumevariance
Standard contributionfromactual sales
Sellingpricevariance
Variablecost variances
Totaldirectmaterialvariance
Totaldirectlabourvariance
Totalvariableoverheadvariance
Actualcontribution
$
290,000
(36,250)
253,750
21,875
275,625
(6,335)
11,323
(21,665)
258,948
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 288 of 421
Answers 275
A
N
S
W
E
R
S
H
q
15.40
Thecorrectansweris:(i)and (ii)only
ACCAexaminingteam comments
Thisquestionrelatesto study guideheadingD1(b).
Thecorrectansweris (i)and (ii)only.Ina standard absorptioncostingsystemthe sales
volumemarginvarianceis based upon profitper unit,whereasundera marginalcosting
systemit is based uponcontributionper unit.Ina standard absorptioncostingsystemthe
total fixedoverheadvarianceincludesexpenditureand volumevariances.Undermarginal
costingonlythe expenditurevarianceis included.Variablecost variancesare the same
underboth systems.Only15%of candidates selectedthe correctalternative.Themost
frequentanswerswere(i)only(37%of candidates),and (ii)only(30%of candidates).This
is essentiallya knowledgebased question,and the poorresultssuggest that candidates
need to do moreworkinthisarea.
15.41 Thecorrectansweris:$109,000
ACCAexaminingteam comments
Thecorrectansweris $109,000,but was chosenby onlya handfulof candidates. The
correctanswercan be obtainedby workingbackwardsby adding appropriateadverse
variancesand subtractingappropriatefavourablevariancesfromactual profit.Standard
profiton actual sales is exactlywhat it says, actual unitsmultipliedby standard profitper
unit.Asit is based on actual units,a profitadjustmentforthe differencebetweenbudgeted
and actual volumesis not required,and hence the sales volumevarianceshouldbe
ignored.Thecalculationcan be mosteasilyunderstoodby lookingat the standard cost
operatingstatement below.
$
Budgetedprofit
not required
Salesvolumevariance
not needed
Standard profiton actual
109,000
Salespricevariance
5,000 favourable
Totalvariablecost variance
7,000 adverse
Fixedcost expenditurevariance
3,000 favourable
Fixedcost volumevariance
2,000 adverse
Actualprofit
108,000
Ifcandidates understandhowthe operatingstatement worksthe correctanswercan be
quicklycalculatedas $108,000+$2,000 – $3,000 +$7,000 – $5,000 =$109,000.
Incorrectanswerswerefairlyevenlyspread across the other3 alternatives,suggestinga
large amountof guessingby candidates. $115,000representsthe correctcalculationof
budgeted profit(that is the standard profitfigureforbudgeted volume).Thiswas not the
questionasked.
G
$107,000representsthe answerobtainedifcandidates added back favourablevariances
and subtracted adversevariances.Finally$101,000representsa calculationof budgeted
profitifcandidates added back favourablevariancesand subtracted adversevariances.
Performanceon another questioninvolvingstandard cost operatingstatements inthe same
examwas also poor.
Thissuggestsa lackof understandinginthisarea.
276
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 289 of 421
H
q
15.42
Thecorrectansweris:$485,000
ACCAexaminingteam comments
Thisquestioncoverssyllabusarea D3a.Thecorrectanswercan be obtainedby working
backwardsfromthe actual profitfigure.Becauseweare workingbackwards,adverse
variancesmustbe added back and favourablevariancesmustbe deducted to get to the
budgeted profitfigure.Itis also importantto rememberthat the fixedproductionoverhead
capacity and efficiencyvariancesare subdivisionsof the fixedproductionoverheadvolume
variance,and it is importantto avoiddoublecounting.
Thecorrectansweris therefore
Actualprofit
Add:Salesvolumeprofitvariance
Add:Directlabourefficiencyvariance
Add:Fixedproductionoverheadvolumevariance
Less:Fixedproductionoverheadexpenditure
Budgetedprofit
$000
500
10adverse
15adverse
10adverse
50 favourable
485
Only19%of candidates correctlyselectedthisfigure,makingthisquestionthe worst
answeredinthe exam.
15.43
Thecorrectansweris:$15,000A $2,000 F $8,000 F
ACCAexaminingteam comments
Thecorrectanswercan be arrivedat by lookingfora combinationof variancesthat satisfy
twocriteria(i)Thetotal of the variancesmustadd to $5,000 adverseas actual profitis
$5,000 lessthan budgeted profit(ii)Asbudgeted profitis $30,000 ($25,000actual plusa
$5,000 adversevariance)and standard profiton actual sales is $15,000(given)then the
sales volumevariancemustbe $15,000adverse.Questionson standard cost operating
statements have been mentionedinpreviousreportsand are commonlyamongstthe worst
answeredquestionsinthe exam.
G
15.44
Thecorrectansweris:$29,000
ACCAexaminingteam comments
Ihave mentionedinpreviousreportsthat candidates appear to experiencedifficulties
withquestionsinvolvingstandard costingoperatingstatements and the reconciliationof
budgeted and actual performance.Inthisquestioncandidates weregivenan actual profit
figureand a listof variances.Toget to budgeted profitthey needed to (i)add back adverse
variancesand to deduct favourablevariancesto actual profitto arriveat budgeted profit.
And(ii)indoingso they also needed to avoiddoublecounting.Thefixedoverheadvolume
variance($3,000F)is equal to the sumof the fixedoverheadcapacity variance($4,000F)
and the fixedoverheadefficiencyvariance($1,000A),so it is importantnot to includeall
three and onlyto deduct $3,000 not $6,000.
15.45
Thecorrectansweris:$9,000 adverse
ACCAexaminingteam comments
Thisis calculatedby findingthe balancingfigure.Thetotal variancebetweenbudgeted
contributionand actual contributionis $5,000 adverse($20,000– $15,000).Thesales
volumeand sales pricevariancessumto $4,000 favourable,so to balance, the variable
cost variancemustbe $9,000 adverse.Questionson the reconciliationof budgeted and
actual profitsor contributionsregularlycause candidates difficultyinthisexamand future
candidates are recommendedto study thisarea carefully.
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 290 of 421
Answers 277
A
N
S
W
E
R
S
H
q
15.46
Thecorrectansweris:$213,000
ACCAexaminingteam comments
Thisquestiontests syllabusarea D3b, the reconciliationof budgeted and actual
contributionunderstandard marginalcosting.Itis an area that candidates have found
difficultin the past, and once again it generated the worstansweredquestionin the
exam.Thesafest way to answerthis type of questionis to layout the relevantsection
of the standard costingoperating statement and to 'plug in' the figuresprovided,as
shownbelow:
Flexedbudget contribution
(=actual sales unitsstandard contribution)
Salespricevariance
Totalvariablecost variance
Actualcontributionis therefore
Thisresultsinthe correctanswer,213,000.
$
200,000
(5,000)
18,000
213,000
15.47 Thecorrectansweris:$295,000
ACCAexaminingteam comments
Thisquestioncoverssyllabusarea D3b.Thisis commonlythe worstansweredsectionof the
exam.Thecorrectansweris $295,000,and was the secondmostpopularchoiceamongst
candidates. Thiscouldbe arrivedat by calculatingthe standard contributionforactual
sales (5,000 units$60 =$300,000)and then deductingthe adversesales pricevariance
($300,000– $5000 =$295,000).$303,000 was the mostpopularselection.Candidates
choosingthisalternativeincorrectlyadjustedstandard contributionon actual sales for
both the sales pricevarianceand the sales volumecontributionvariance.Thisis incorrect
because the sales volumecontributionvariancelinksstandard contributionon budgeted
sales withthat on actual sales.Inotherwordsthey weredoublecountingthe effect of the
sales volumecontributionvariance.
G
15.48
Thecorrectansweris:$21,500
ACCAexaminingteam comments
Toarriveat the correctanswercandidates had to adjust the budgeted profitforallthe
variancesgiven.($25,000– $1,000+$2,000 – $4,000 – $500 =$21,500.
Somecandidates went on to deduct budgeted fixedoverheadsfromthis figureto get
$9,500. Thiswas incorrectbecause budgeted fixedoverheadswouldhave been already
deducted in calculatingbudgeted profitand hence these candidates weredouble
counting.
Candidates whoselected$33,500adjusted budgeted profitforallof the variances,but
then wenton to add back fixedoverheadfigureas ifcalculatingactual contribution.
Lastlycandidates whoselected$40,000 attempted to calculateactual contribution,but
got the variancesignagethe wrongway round.($25,000+$1,000– $2,000 +$4,000
+$12,000=$40,000
278
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 291 of 421
H
q
15.49
Thecorrectansweris:$242,200
ACCAexaminingteam comments
Previousexaminerreportshave mentionedcandidate’spoorperformanceinthisarea of the
syllabus.
Standard profitfromactual sales is calculatedby subtractingthe adversesales volume
variancefromthe budgeted profit(standard profitforbudgeted sales).Thereforethe sales
volumevarianceis not needed inthiscalculation,as it has already been accounted forin
calculatingthe standard profitforactual sales ($240,000).Usingit again wouldbe double
counting.
Actualprofitcan be calculatedby adjustingstandard profitforactual sales forthe sales
priceand productioncost variances.
Notethat inthiscase there are fourfixedoverheadvariancesgiven.Asthe fixedoverhead
volumevarianceis the summationof the capacity and efficiencyvariances,care mustbe
taken not to doublecount.
Actualprofitis therefore=$240,000 +$4,200 +$2,300 – $500 – $1,800– $2,000 =
$242,200
Alternative1includesthe sales volumeprofitvarianceand hence doublecountsit.
Alternative2 doublecountsthe fixedoverheadvolumevariance.Alternative3 double
countsboth the sales volumeprofitvarianceand the fixedoverheadvolumevariance.
16
Target
setting
16.1 Thecorrectansweris:Theyshouldbe easilyachievable
Attainable(whichis part of the SMART
objectivesframework)is differentfrom'easily
achievable'.Theobjectivesshouldbe motivationalwhichmeans that they shouldbe at
least a littlebit challenging.
G
16.2
Thecorrectansweris:Factorsfundamentalto strategicsuccess
16.3
Thecorrectansweris:(i),(ii)and (iv)only.
Themissionstates the aimsof the organisation.Thestrategy outlineswhat the organisation
shouldbe doing;the valuesand the policiesset limitsto the waysthe strategy may be
convertedintoperformance.Profitabilityis an objectiveand relatesto the criticalsuccess
factors forbusinesssuccess.
16.4
Thecorrectansweris:(i)only
Reducingtrainingcosts may mean that the businessis faced witha skillsshortage inthe
longterm.(ii)and (iii)shouldbenefitthe businessinthe longterm.
16.5
Thecorrectansweris:Itis whenthere is a bias towardsshorttermrather than longterm
performance.
Longertermobjectivesare sacrificed.
16.6
Thecorrectansweris:CO2emissions
CO2emissionsare probablymorelikelyto be measuredbecause of governmentlegislation.
Theyare not one of the usualmeasuresof performance(dependingon the industry).
16.7 Thecorrectansweris:Bothstatements are true.
16.8
Thecorrectansweris:Performancemeasurementinvolvescomparingactual performance
against a target and the missionstatement representsthe organisation'soveralltarget.
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 292 of 421
Answers 279
A
N
S
W
E
R
S
H
G
q
16.9
Thecorrectansweris:'Middletier'objectivesto facilitatethe planningand controlof
individualfunctionswithinthe organisation
Tacticalobjectivesare middle-tierobjectivesthat facilitatethe planningand controlof
individualfunctionswithinthe organisation.
16.10 Thecorrectansweris:Salesand revenueare likelyto decrease inthe secondhalfof the
year and performanceshouldbe measuredinthat context.
16.11 Thecorrectansweris:Long-termobjectivesforthe organisationas a whole
Strategicobjectivesare long-termobjectivesforthe organisationas a whole.
16.12 Thecorrectanswersare: Adanger of benchmarkingis that inappropriatecomparisonslead
to incorrectconclusionsand Theultimateaimof benchmarkingis to improveperformance.
Benchmarkingcan be internal,forexamplecomparisonagainst another department.The
mainaimof benchmarkingis improvedperformance,whichcouldjustas readilybe inthe
area of qualityas incost.
16.13 Thecorrectansweris:Functional
Thisis an exampleof functionalbenchmarking.
16.14 Thecorrectansweris:Competitive
Thisis an exampleof competitivebenchmarking.
16.15 Thecorrectansweris:(iii)onlyReturnon capital employed.
16.16 Thecorrectansweris:Short-termisminvolvesprioritisingshort-termresultsabovethe
organisation'slong-termprospects.
17
Financial
performance
measurement
17.1 Thecorrectansweris:Cash flow
Cash flowinformationisa financialperformancemeasure.Theotheroptionsare allnonfinancialindicators(NFIs).
17.2 Thecorrectansweris:0.6875
Acidtest ratio =
=
Currentassets inventory
Currentliabilities
40,000 1,250
60,000
=0.6875
17.3 Thecorrectansweris:Currentratio:Decrease Acidtest: Decrease
ACCAexaminingteam comments
Thecorrectansweris- both ratioswilldecrease. Theopeningcurrentratio(current
assets/current liabilities)is$1.8m/$1.0m=1.8,and the openingacid test (currentassets less
stock/ currentliabilities)is $1.3m/$1.0m=1.3.Purchasing(say)$1.0mof inventoryon short
termcreditwilldecrease the currentratio to ($1.8m+$1m)/($1.0m+$1.0m)=1.4.Theacid
test wouldalso decrease to $1.8m/($1.0m+$1.0m)=0.9. Only23%of candidates selected
thisalternative.On thistype of questionifthe answeris not immediatelyclear candidates
shouldsubstituteinsomesimplenumbersto test out the effectsof a transaction.
280
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 293 of 421
H
G
q
17.4 Thecorrectansweris:Returnon investment:Decrease Residualincome:Increase
ACCAexaminingteam comments
Thecorrectansweris Returnon investment:Decrease Residualincome:Increase.Thenew
project'sreturnon investmentis lessthan that of the investmentcentre and thiswillresultin
a reductioninits returnon investment.Howeverbecause the projectoffersa returnhigher
than the cost of capital it willincreasethe investmentcentre's residualincome.Themost
popularanswerwas Returnon investment:Decrease Residualincome:Decrease,with
29%of candidates mistakenlybelievingthat the newprojectwouldresultina decrease in
both returnon investmentand residualincome.Thismistakesuggestsa lackof
understandingof residualincome.
17.5 Thecorrectansweris:63.9%
$3,450,000/ $5,400,000 =63.9%
17.6 Thecorrectansweris:24.1%
$1,735,000/ $7,200,000=24.1%
17.7 Thecorrectansweris:Liquidity
Thecurrentratio measuresliquidity.
17.8 Thecorrectansweris:53.4%
$670,000/ ($670,000+$585,000)=53.4%
17.9 Thecorrectansweris:Liquidity
Theacid test ratio measuresliquidity.
A
N
S
W
E
R
17.10 Thecorrectansweris:Decreasefrom20%to 15%
Profit
100%
Returnon investment=
Capitalemployed
For20X7ROI
=
7,500 100%=20%
37,500
For20X8ROI
=
9,000 100%=15%
60,000
S
17.11 Thecorrectansweris:7.5times
Assetturnover =
=
Sales
Capitalemployed
450,000
60,000
=7.5times
17.12 Thecorrectansweris:ROI– yes RI– yes
TheROItarget is13%and the cost of capital is 12%.TheROIis calculatedas
$30,000/$200,000 100%=15%and so the projectwouldbe accepted. TheRIis
calculatedas $30,000 – (12%$200,000)=$6,000. Theprojectwouldbe accepted.
17.13 Thecorrectansweris: (i),(ii)and (iii).
Thefiguresneeded to calculateROIare easilyavailablefromthe financialaccounting
records.
17.14 Thecorrectansweris:Workstudy.
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 294 of 421
Answers 281
H
q
17.15 Thecorrectansweris:Eliminatecosts and Reducecosts
Valueanalysisfocuseson costs, not sales volumesor prices.
17.16 Thecorrectansweris:Valueanalysisconsiderscost value,exchangevalue,use valueand
esteemvalue.
17.17 Thecorrectansweris:Increase
ACCAexaminingteam comments
Thisquestiontests SyllabusheadingE2f. Thecorrectanswerwas selectedby a minorityof
candidates. Ausefulway of answeringmany ratioanalysisquestionsis to substitutesome
simplenumbersintothe problem.Forexample,ifthe divisioncurrentlyearns an ROI
(operatingprofitovernet assets) of 20%,thiscouldbe representedby operatingprofitof
$20,000 and net assets of $100,000.Residualincomeis calculatedby operatingprofit–
(net assets imputedinterestrate). Aresidualincomeof $1,000couldbe representedby
an operatingprofitof $11,000lessan imputedinterestcharge of $50,000 20%.Therefore
the newROIwouldbecome(existingoperatingprofit+projectoperatingprofit)÷(existing
net assets +projectnet assets) =($20,000+$11,000)÷ ($100,000+$20,000)=25.83%=
an increaseinROI.Far quickerthoughis to realisethat a projectofferinga positiveresidual
incomeat an imputedinterestrate of 20%mustbe offeringa returnhigherthan 20%,and
thereforemustimprovethe existingROIof 20%.
Alternative‘notpossibleto tellfromthisinformation’was the mostpopularchoice.This
possiblysays moreabout candidates’knowledgeof residualincomethan the sufficiencyof
informationinthe question.Residualincomehas been highlightedas an area of weakness
inpreviousreports.
17.18 Thecorrectansweris:Returnon capital employed
ACCAexaminingteam comments
G
H
Governmentactionshave a huge potentialeffect on the performanceof companies.
Governmentsubsidies,such as the rent subsidyinthisquestion,need to be excludedfrom
managerialperformanceindicatorsto allowfaircomparisons.Thisis because they are not
controllableby shop managers.ROCEwouldnot providea faircomparisonof managerial
performancebecause the operatingprofitused to calculatereturnon capital employed,is
calculatedafter deductingrentalcharges. Managersinthe Southdivisionwouldhave an in
builtadvantage overthose inthe Northdivisionbecause of this.Noneof the other measures
includerentalcost so wouldnot sufferfromthisdisadvantage.
17.19 Thecorrectansweris:Capital gearing- IncreaseCurrentratio - Increase
ACCAexaminingteam comments
Thecapital gearingratio is calculatedas non-currentliabilities÷ ordinaryshareholders
funds(thisis sometimesdescribedas the debt to equityratio)or non-currentliabilities÷
(ordinaryshareholdersfunds+non-currentliabilities)(sometimesdescribedas debt to
equity+debt ratio) Afiveyear bank loanwillincreasethe company'snon-current
liabilities.Undereitherdefinitionabovethiswillincreasecapital gearing. Thecurrentratio
is calculatedas currentassets ÷currentliabilities.Areductioninoverdraftwillreducea
company'scurrentliabilitieswillthereforeincreasethe valueof the currentratio.
Forthose havingdifficultyinprocessingthe data giveninthe questionIwouldsuggest that
they 'invent'somesimplenumbersto representthe existingpositionand then processthe
data inthe questionto see the effect on the ratios.Thisapproach is usefulinmany ratio
analysisproblems
282
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 295 of 421
G
q
17.20 Thecorrectansweris:$144,000
ACCAexaminingteam comments
Controllableprofitis calculatedby deductingcontrollableexpensesfromcontrollable
revenues.Revenuesand variablecosts are usuallycontrollableby the divisionalmanager.
Thecontrollabilityof fixedcosts depends uponthe responsibilitiesgivento the divisional
manager. Inthiscase weare toldthat only20%of the fixedcosts (20%$80,000 =
$16,000)are controllableby the divisionalmanager. Controllableprofitis therefore
$160,000– $16,000=$144,000.
17.21 Thecorrectansweris:15%
ACCAexaminingteam comments
Controllablereturnon investment(ROI)is calculatedas (controllableprofit/controllable
investment)100.
Salesand directcosts are normallycontrollableat divisionallevel.Allocatedcosts referto
costs that are charged directlyto the divisionand are usuallycontrollableat divisional
level.Apportionedcosts referto indirectcosts that are charged to cost centreson a logical
but arbitrarybasis. Headofficecosts are not controllableat divisionallevel.
Controllableprofitis therefore$14,000– $2,000 =$12,000
ControllableROI=$12,000/$80,000=15%
Alternative2 representscontribution/controllable
investment.Alternative3 represents
divisionalprofit/controllableinvestmentAlternative4 represents(contribution– apportioned
head officecosts)/controllableinvestment.
18
Assessing
non-financial
performance
A
N
S
W
E
R
S
18.1 Thecorrectansweris:Efficiency
18.2
Thecorrectansweris:Bothare true.
18.3
Thecorrectansweris:Thebalanced scorecardapproach enablesorganisationsto consider
allareas of performancerelevantto achievingtheirstrategicgoals.
TheBalancedScorecardapproach enablesorganisationsto considerallareas of
performancerelevantto achievingtheirstrategicgoals.
18.4
Thecorrectansweris:Topreventa narrowfocuson short-termfinancialperformance.
18.5
Thecorrectansweris:Customer,innovationand learning,financialand internalbusiness
process.
18.6
Thecorrectansweris:Achievingagreed targets
Effectivenesscan onlybe measuredintermsof achievedperformance.Economyconsists
of minimisingcosts,forexample,by obtainingsuitableinputsat the lowestprice.Efficiency,
inthe narrowsenseused here,consistsof achievingthe greatest outputper unitof input:
avoidingwasteof inputswouldcontributeto this.Achievinga givenlevelof profitisa
measureof overallefficiencyinitswidersenseand wouldrequireproperattentionto all
three of these matters.
18.7 Thecorrectansweris:Levelof refundsgiven
Thelevelof refundsgivenshouldbe used inthe customerperspective.IfBalanceCo has to
offera highlevelof refunds,thisis likelyto indicatea lowlevelof customersatisfactionwith
its product.
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 296 of 421
Answers 283
H
q
18.8
Thecorrectansweris:(i)and (ii)
Thenumberof customercomplaintsand the numberof repeat ordersas a proportionof
total orderswillreflectthe qualityof servicecustomersfeelthey have receivedfromthe
business.Althoughsales volumewillbe affected by the business'sabilityto retain
customers,increasingsales is a moredirectmeasureof the business'smarketing
effectivenessthan its servicequality.
18.9 Thecorrectansweris:(ii)and (iii)are non-financialobjectives.
18.10 Thecorrectanswersare: Netprofitmarginsand Employeeabsentee rates
Varianceanalysisand defectiveunitswouldbe moreappropriateformanufacturing
organisationswithlarge productionvolumes.
18.11 Thecorrectansweris:(i)and (ii)only
Relativemarketshare is usuallya measureof competitiveness.Efficiencyand productivity
are measuresof resourceutilisation.
18.12 Thecorrectansweris:Cost per consignment.
Numberof customercomplaintsand clientevaluationinterviewswouldbe measuresof
quality.Depotprofitleaguetables is a measureof profit.
19
Mixed Bank 1
19.1 Thecorrectansweris:$286.76
$ per unit
20.00
69.40
176.12
265.52
21.24
286.76
Material
Labour
Productionoverhead(14hours$12.58)
Totalproductioncost
Generaloverhead(8%$265.52)
G
19.2
Thecorrectansweris:Process1Abnormalloss Process2 Abnormalloss
Input
Normalloss
Expectedoutput
Actualoutput
Abnormalloss
19.3
(8%)
Process1
kg
47,000
3,760
43,240
42,000
1,240
(5%)
Process2
kg
42,000
2,100
39,900
38,915
985
Thecorrectansweris:Theactual sellingpriceper unitexceededthe standard sellingprice
per unit.
Theactual sales revenueis higherthan the flexedbudget sales revenue.Sincethe effect of
a sales volumechange has been removedfromthiscomparisonthe higherrevenuemustbe
caused by a higherthan standard sellingprice.
19.4 Thecorrectansweris:Beconstant per unitof output
Variablecosts are conventionallydeemed to increase or decrease in direct proportionto
changes in output. Thereforethe correct answeris Beconstant per unit of output. 'Vary
per unit of output as productionvolumechanges' and 'Vary, in total, fromperiodto
periodwhenproductionis constant' implya changing unit rate, whichdoes not comply
withthis convention.'Beconstant in total whenproductionvolumechanges' relates to a
fixedcost.
284
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 297 of 421
H
q
19.5
Thecorrectansweris:Noneof them
Noneof the criticismsapply inallcircumstances.
Criticism(i)has somevaliditybut evenwhereoutput is not standardisedit may be possible
to identifya numberof standard componentsand activitieswhosecosts may be controlled
effectivelyby the use of standard costs. Criticism(ii)also has somevaliditybut the use
of informationtechnologymeans that standards can be updated rapidlyand more
frequently,so that they may be usefulforthe purposesof controlby comparison.Criticism
(iii)can also be addressed insomecircumstances.Theuse of idealstandards and more
demandingperformancelevelscan combinethe benefitsof continuousimprovementand
standard costingcontrol.
19.6
Thecorrectansweris:Cost of acquiringor enhancingnon-currentassets
Capital expenditureis the cost of acquiringor enhancingnon-currentassets.
19.7 Thecorrectansweris:ProductionCost Centre D
Overheadexpenditure
Directlabourhours
Machinehours
Overheadabsorptionrate
19.8 Thecorrectansweris:$113,600
A
18,757
3,080
B
29,025
6,750
$6.09
$4.30
C
46,340
D
42,293
3,380
$13.71
2,640
$16.02
Productioncost per unit=$3.60+($258,000/60,000)=$7.90
Profit=700,000 – (56,0007.90)– 144,000=$113,600
$
Revenue
Productioncosts:
Variable
(56,000+4,000) $3.60
Fixed
Closinginventory(4,000 $7.90)
G
216,000
258,000
(31,600)
Thecorrectansweris:Profitwillbe higher;inventoryvalueswillbe lower
Inventorylevelshave decreased so marginalcostingwillresultinhigherprofitsand lower
inventoryvaluesthan absorptioncosting.
19.10 Thecorrectansweris:Aproductproducedat the same timeas otherproductswhichhas a
relativelylowvaluecomparedwiththe otherproducts
Aby-productcan be definedas being'output of somevalue,producedincidentallywhile
manufacturingthe mainproduct'.
'Aproductproducedat the same timeas other productswhichhas no value'is incorrect
because a by-producthas somevalue.
'Aproductproducedat the same timeas other productswhichrequiresfurtherprocessing
to put it ina saleablestate' is incorrectbecause thisdescriptioncouldalso apply to a joint
product.
'Aproductproducedat the same timeas other productswhichhas a relativelylowvolume
comparedwiththe otherproducts'is incorrectbecause the valueof the productdescribed
couldbe relativelyhigh,eventhoughthe output volumeis relativelylow.
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 298 of 421
A
N
S
W
E
R
S
(442,200)
257,600
(144,000)
113,600
Fixednon-productioncosts
19.9
$
700,000
Answers 285
H
q
19.11 Thecorrectansweris:$370,300
Directmaterialcost per 1%activity=$2,000
Directlabourcost per 1%activity =$1,500
Productionoverhead
At
60% activity
At
80% activity
Change 20%
Variablecost per 1%change inactivity= $8,000 =$400
20
Substitutingin80%activity:
Variablecost =80 $400
Totalcost
 Fixedcost
$
54,000
62,000
8,000
$
32,000
62,000
30,000
Otheroverheadis a whollyfixedcost
Budget flexedat 77%levelof activity
$'000
154.0
115.5
Directmaterial77$2,000
Directlabour77$1,500
Productionoverhead:
Variable77$400
Fixed
Otheroverhead
30.8
30.0
40.0
370.3
G
Ifyou selected$330,300you did not includea fixedcost allowanceforthe otheroverhead.
$373,300ignoresthe fact that productionoverheadis a semi-variablecost and $377,300
simplymultipliesthe total cost for70%activityby a factor of 1.1.Thismakesno allowance
forthe fact that there is an elementof fixedcosts withinproductionoverhead,and other
overheadis whollyfixed.
19.12 Thecorrectansweris:12.1%
%
= a%+  A baIRR


AB

wherea is one interestrate
b isthe otherinterestrate
Ais the NPVat rate a
Bis the NPVat rate b

IRR =10%+ 

2,700
1510
3,7402,700 %

=10%+2.1%
=12.1%
19.13 Thecorrectansweris:$38,328
Presentvalue=$8,000 +($8,0003.791)= $38,328
286
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 299 of 421
H
q
19.14 Thecorrectansweris:Loweringthe sellingpriceby 15%
Loweringthe sellingpriceby 15%is best describedas a shorttermtactical plan.
19.15 Thecorrectansweris:Theabsorptioncostingprofitwouldbe $10,000greater
Fixedcosts per unit
=$164 =$4
Unitsinclosinginventory=17,500– 15,000=2,500 units
Profitdifference
=inventoryincreaseinunitsfixedoverheadper unit
=2,500 $4 =$10,000
Inventoriesincreased,thereforefixedoverheadwouldhave been carriedforwardin
inventoryusingabsorptioncostingand the profitwouldbe higherthan withmarginal
costing.
Ifyou selected'Theabsorptioncostingprofitwouldbe $10,000less'you calculatedthe
correctprofitdifference,but misinterpretedthe 'direction'of the difference.
Ifyou selectedeitherof the othertwooptions,you evaluatedthe inventorydifferenceat
variablecost and fullcost respectively.
19.16 Thecorrectansweris:$802,000
Totalpurchase costs =annual demand purchase price
=20,000 $40 per unit
=$800,000
Order costs
Numberof orders=
Annualdemand 20,000units
=
=40 ordersper year
500unitsEOQ
A
N
S
W
E
R
G
Cost per
=40 orders$25 per order
S
Totalordercosts =$1,000
Holdingcosts
Averageinventoryheld=EOQ/2=500/2 =250 units
Itcosts $4 to holdeach unitof inventory
 Holdingcosts =average inventoryheld$4 per unit
=250 units$4 per unit=$1,000
Total annual costs of inventory
$
800,000
1,000
1,000
802,000
Purchasecosts
Ordercosts
Holdingcosts
Total
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 300 of 421
Answers 287
H
G
q
19.17 Thecorrectansweris:a =28 and b =+2.6
Theleast squares methodof linearregressionanalysisinvolvesusingthe followingformulae
fora and b inY=a +bX.
nXY
XY
b = nX(X)
2
2
58,104
100400
= 
5 2,0401002
40,520 40,000
= 10,20010,000
520
200
=2.6
Atthisstage, you can eliminatethe firstand thirdoptions.
Yb X
a=
n
b
400 – 2.6 
100
=
5 

5
=28.
19.18 Thecorrectansweris:$115,000
Recruit
Retrain
$'000
$'000
4 newemployees(4 $40,000)
160
Trainingcost
15
Replacements
00
160
115
Thesupervisioncost wouldbe incurredanyway and isnot a relevantcost, sincean existing
manager is used. Similarly,the salariesof the existingemployeesare not relevant.
Thelowestcost optionis to retrainthe existingemployees,at a total relevantcost of
$115,000.
19.19 Thecorrectansweris:0.17
nxyxy
r=


2
2
2
2
nxx
nyy

6
14
2
15

84 30
54
=
=
=
=0.172778=0.17
312.54
6
30
2
6

130
15

176
555
2
2



(to 2 dec places)
19.20 Thecorrectansweris:Thetotal productioncost of the jobis $440 (to the nearest $)
$
Directmaterials10kg $10
00
Directlabour20 hours$5
00
Primecost
200
Variableproductionoverhead20 hours$2
40
Fixedproductionoverhead20 hours$10*
200
Totalproductioncost
440
Selling,distributionand administration
50
Totalcost
490
=
*Overheadabsorptionrate =
288
$100,000
=$10per labourhour
10,000
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 301 of 421
H
q
20
Mixed Bank 2
20.1
Thecorrectansweris:Aninnovationand learningperspective
Atarget of providingat least 40 hoursof trainingeveryyear to improveskillsand
productivityhas a learningand growthperspective.
Thecorrectansweris:(i),(ii)and (iii)only
20.2
20.3
20.4
Trend,seasonalvariationand cyclicalvariationare allcomponentsof timeseriesforecasts.
Randomvariationcannot be includedbecause it can neverbe predicteddue to the random
nature.
Thecorrect answeris:Profitbefore interest and tax ÷ (Ordinaryshareholders'funds +
Non-currentliabilities)100
20.5
Thecorrectansweris:Performancetesting.
Performancetestingaimsto ensurethe desiredlevelof qualityis achieved.Re-inspection
cost is an internalfailurecost. Administrationof customercomplaintssectionis an external
failurecost and traininginqualitycontrolis a preventioncost.
Thecorrectanswersare: Directlabourand variableproductionoverhead
20.6
Theproductionmanagerisnot goingto be able to controlimputedinterestofcapitalinvested
or depreciationon machineryas theseare decisionsmade by the managementaccountant.
Thecorrectansweris:3.50
Letx =the numberof hours12,250unitsshouldhave taken
12,250unitsshouldhave taken
but did take
Labourefficiencyvariance(inhrs)
Labourefficiencyvariance(in$)
G
x hrs
41,000hrs
x – 41,000hrs
= $11,250(F)
$11,250(F)
 Labourefficiencyvariance(inhrs) =
$6
S
= 1,875(F)
 1,875hrs
 standard hoursfor12,250units
=(x– 41,000)hrs
= 41,000+1,875
= 42,875hrs
 Standard hoursper unit
=
42,875hrs
12,250units
= 3.50 hrs
20.7
Thecorrectansweris:$300,000
20.8
($200,000+((100,000– 80,000) $5)=$300,000
Thecorrectansweris:(ii)only
Youare not givenany informationinthe questionabout the actual quantityof fuelused.
Youare onlytoldabout the total cost. Don'tbe put offby the differentnumberof km– all
wewant is the differenceinfuelquantity.
So,to decidehowthe quantityhas changed from20 8 to 20 9 weneed to take account
of the priceincrease.
First,wecan re-state the 20X9priceintermsof 20X8prices.Thisiswherethe index
numberscomein.
$1,440million120/240=$720
Sonowweknowthat in20X8prices,the fuelcost $600 in20X8and $720in20X9.The
increase=720– 600 =120.Thisis a percentage increaseof 120/600100%=20%
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 302 of 421
A
N
S
W
E
R
Answers 289
H
q
20.9
20.10
Thecorrectansweris:Theyare an efficientmethodof storingtext based files
Theyare not an efficientmethodof storingtext based files.
Thecorrectansweris:$5,000
(6,000 units– 5,000 units)$25,000 ÷5,000 units
20.11 Thecorrectansweris:(i)only
Itrecognisesthat overheadcosts are not alwaysdrivenby the volumeof production
20.12 Thecorrectansweris:17.6%

IRR= a%+  A ba%


AB


where a is one interestrate
Ais the NPVat rate a
b is the otherinterestrate
Bis the NPVat rate b
IRR =14%+[(16,000/(16,000+10,500))
6%
=14%+3.6%
=17.6%
20.13
Thecorrectansweris:Adversefixedoverheadcapacity variance.
20.14
Thecorrectansweris:
Currentratio
Quick
Reduceby 10%
Reduceby 20%
Beforethe newinventoryis bought the currentratiois as follows:
Currentassets of $40mdividedby currentliabilitiesof $20m=$40/$20 =2
Whenthe inventoryof$5mispurchased,thisincreasesthe currentassets (inventory)and the
currentliabilities(payables– becauseit wasbought'on credit')so the newcurrentratio=
G
40 +5
=1.8
20 +5
Soyou can see that the ratiohas reducedfrom2 to 1.8.Adifferenceof 0.2. Asa
percentage thisis 0.2/2 100=10%
Thequickratio involvesremovinginventory.We are toldinthe questionthat after buying
$5m,there is $10mso wecan deduce that beforethe newinventorypurchase,there is$5m
of inventory.
40 5
=1.75
20
Afterthe purchase,the currentliabilitiesincreaseby 5 so the quickratiobecomes:
40 5
=1.4
25
Soyou can see that the quickratiohas reducedby 0.35. Asa percentage thisis 0.35/1.75
100=20%
20.15 Thecorrectansweris:Clustersampling
20.16
Thecorrectansweris: $18,000
(5,000 $1220 ÷120)+8,000 =$18,000
20.17 Thecorrectansweris:$5,200 Favourable
$57,200– (5,200$50,000 ÷5,000 units)=$5,200 favourable
290
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 303 of 421
H
G
q
20.18
Thecorrectansweris:$800 Favourable
(5,200units– 5,000 units)$20,000 ÷5,000 units=$800
20.19
Thecorrectansweris:Thevariablecost per unit.
20.20
Thecorrectansweris:RIwillincreaseand ROIwilldecrease.
21
Mixed Bank 3
21.1 Thecorrectansweris:Multi-stage
Thesampleis selectedinstages, firstlyby constituencies.Thecorrectansweris multi-stage
samplingas thismethodinvolvesdividingthe populationintoa numberof sub-populations
and then selectinga smallsampleof these sub-populationsat random.Eachsubpopulationis then dividedfurther.Stratifiedsamplinginvolvesdividingthe populationinto
strata and then takinga randomsamplefromeach stratum.Randomsamplingis where
everymemberof the populationhas an equal chance of beingselectedand systematic
samplingis whereeverynth itemafter a randomstart is selected.
21.2
Thecorrectansweris:$55,400
Change ininventories=(8,500– 7,100)litres
=1,400litres
Differenceinprofit =1,400$4
=$5,600
Absorptioncostingprofitwillbe lowerthan marginalcostingprofitsby $5,600.
Thereforeabsorptioncostingprofit=$61,000– $5,600
=$55,400
21.3
Thecorrectansweris:Graph C
Thecost describedis knownas a semi-variablecost. Semi-variablecosts consistof a fixed
amountup to a certainlevelof activitywhichisrepresentedby a straighthorizontallineon
the graph. Ata certainpointa variableelementinintroducedand the cost lineslopes
upwardsat a constant rate as the levelof activityincreases.
21.4
Thecorrectansweris:$88,095
Variableoverhead
=($83,585– $73,950)/ (15,100– 12,750)
=$9,635/ 2,350
=$4.10per square metre
Fixedoverhead
=$73,950– ($4.1012,750)
=$73,950– $52,275
=$21,675
Overheadsfor16,200m2=$21,675+($4.1016,200)
=$21,675+$66,420
=$88,095
21.5
Thecorrectansweris:$20.50
Actualoverheadswere$694,075and under-recoveredoverheadswere$35,000.
Sooverheadrecoveredfor32,150hoursat absorptionrate x =$(694,075– 35,000)=
$659,075.
 32,150x=$659,075
 x =$659,075/ 32,150
=$20.50
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 304 of 421
Answers 291
A
N
S
W
E
R
S
H
G
q
21.6
Thecorrectansweris:179degrees
Totalcost =$4,630,000
Cat food=$2,300,000 / $4,630,000360 degrees=179degrees
21.7 Thecorrectansweris:=SUM(B6:D6)
Allformulaeinspreadsheetsneed to start withan equalssign.TheSUMfunctionis used to
total valuesinspreadsheets.
21.8 Thecorrectanswersare:
Activity-basedcostingis a formof absorptioncosting.
Activity-basedcostingis an alternativeto traditionalvolume-basedcostingmodels.
ABCis an alternativeto traditionalvolume-basedcostingmodels,whereproduction
overheadis absorbed on the basis of the volumeof direct labour hours or machinehours
worked.However,it is stilla formof absorptioncostingbecause productionoverheads
are absorbed into product costs. ABCidentifiescosts withsupport activitiesand the
overheadcosts of a product or servicecouldreflectthe long-runvariablecost of that
product or service.ABCcan be used for costingservicesas wellas products. Although
ABClooksat the costs of activities,it is not a costingmethod for identifyingrelevant
costs for decision-making.
21.9 Thecorrectansweris:Itmay lead to excessiveinvestmentinshort-termprojects
Itmay lead to excessiveinvestmentinshort-termprojects.Focusingon payback willlead to
choosingshort-termprojects.Ittends to emphasisethose projectswhichmakea quick
return.
21.10 Thecorrectansweris:(i),(ii),(iv),(v)esteemvalue,exchangevalue,use value,cost value.
21.11 Thecorrectansweris:$5
Whoopieprimecost $ per unit
Directmaterial
2.00
Directlabour
2.50
Directexpense
0.50
5.00
Rememberthat primecost is the total of alldirectcosts. Thefixedcost of $3.15per unitis
excludedfromthe primecost calculation.
21.12 Thecorrectanswersare:
Wheninventorylevelsare constant
Whenopeningand closinginventoryvolumesare the same
Whenno inventoryis heldas openinginventoryand no inventoryis heldas closing
inventory
Absorptioncostingand marginalcostingwillgiveriseto the same profitsifinventorylevels
do not change, ie, whenopeningand closinginventoryvolumesare the same, whenno
inventoryis heldas openinginventoryand no inventoryisheldas closinginventoryand
wheninventorylevelsare constant.
21.13 Thecorrectansweris:Notionalwholeunitswhichrepresentincompletework
Notionalwholeunitswhichrepresentincompletework.Aunitof output inrelationto which
costs may be ascertaineddescribesa cost unit.Thequantityof workachievableinone
hourat standard levelsof performancedescribesa standard hour. Aunitof output whichis
identicalto otherspreviouslymanufacturedinthe same processis incorrectbecause all
completedunitsinprocesscostingare identical.
292
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 305 of 421
H
q
21.14 Thecorrectansweris:Totalcost =$65,000 +($3unitsproduced)
Highestproduction 3,000 units $74,000
Lowestproduction 1,500units $69,500
1,500units
$4,500
Variablecost per unit=$4,500 / 1,500=$3 per unit
Totalcost
=fixedcost +($3unitsproduced)
$74,000
=fixedcost +($33,000)
Fixedcost
=$74,000– $9,000
Fixedcost
=$65,000
21.15 Thecorrectansweris:(ii)is true and (i)is false
(i)is false.Strategic planning is carriedout by seniormanagement.Linemanagers willbe
concernedwithoperational planning. (ii)is true. Themanagementaccountant may
frequentlyhave to take intoaccount non-financialinformation.
21.16 Thecorrectansweris:(i),(ii)and (iv)only
Theonlysamplingmethodthat does not requirea samplingframeis quota sampling,
therefore(i),(ii)and (iv)onlyis the correctoption.
21.17 Thecorrectansweris:1.1
Asthisis a multiplicativemodel,the seasonalvariationsshouldsum(inthiscase) to 4
(an average of 1)as there are fourquarters.
LetX=seasonalvariationinquarter 4
1.2+1.3+0.4 +X=4
A
N
S
W
E
R
2.9 + X=4
X=4 – 2.9
G
X=1.1
21.18 Thecorrectansweris:Thetrend lineforsales decreased betweenquarter 1and quarter 2.
Fora multiplicativemodel,the seasonalcomponentS =Y/T
T=Y/S
1
Quarter
2
Seasonalcomponent(S)
1.2
1.3
Actualseries(Y)
$125,000
$130,000
Trend(T)(=Y/S)
$104,167 $100,000
Thetrend lineforsales has thereforedecreased betweenquarter 1and quarter 2.
21.19 Thecorrectansweris:Totalfixedcosts
Theinterceptis the pointat whichthe lineon a graph crossesthe y axis.Itrepresentsthe
total fixedcosts.
21.20
Thecorrectansweris:(i)and (ii)are true
Flexiblebudgets helpmanagers to deal withuncertaintyby allowingthemto see the
expectedoutcomesfora range of activitylevels.SoStatement(i)is true. Aflexedbudget
providesa moremeaningfulcomparisonbecause it showswhat costs shouldhave been for
the actual levelof activityachieved.
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 306 of 421
Answers 293
S
H
q
22
Mixed Bank 4
22.1
Thecorrectansweris:Settingcost cuttingtargets
22.2
Short-termismiswhenthereisa biastowardsthe short-termratherlong-termperformance.
OptionAencouragesa long-termviewand goalcongruence.OptionBusesmultipletargets
to encouragea long-termview.Ifbudgettargets are unrealisticallytough,a managerwillbe
forcedto maketread-offsbetweenthe shortand long-term,thereforeoptionDisusefulfor
encouraginga long-termview.Settingcost cuttingtargets couldlead to a reductioninR&D
expenditure,qualitycontrol,customerserviceand staff training.Thesecouldallhinderthe
long-termperformanceofthe business.
Thecorrectansweris:Applyinga zerodefect philosophyto the managementof all
resourcesand relationshipswithinan organisation
'Identifyingthe factors whichcause the costs of an organisation'smajoractivities'
describesABC.'Trackingand accumulatingcosts and revenuesattributableto each
productoverits life'describeslife-cyclecostingand 'Estimatingproductcosts by
subtractinga desiredprofitmarginfroma sellingprice'describestarget costing.
22.3
Thecorrectansweris:Normalloss=$840 Abnormalloss=$880
Step 1Determineoutput and losses
Input
15,000 kg
Normalloss(10%) 1,500 kg
Expectedoutput 13,500 kg
Actualoutput
13,000 kg
Abnormalloss
500 kg
Step 2 Calculate cost per unit of output and losses
Scrap valueof normalloss(1,500$0.56)
$840
Scrap valueof abnormalloss(500 $0.56) $280
$1,120
G
Cost per expectedunit=
$22,500 $2,100$840
=$1.76
13,500
Step 3 Calculate total cost of output and losses
Output
(13,000$1.76) $22,880
Normalloss
(1,500$0.56)
$840
Abnormalloss (500 $1.76)
$880
$24,600
294
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 307 of 421
H
q
22.4
Thecorrectansweris:$106,700
Statementof profitor lossforMayundermarginalcosting
May
$
Sales
A(4,300$85)
U(2,600$60)
Openinginventory
A
U
Variablecosts
A(4,500$50)
U(3,100$48)
225,000
148,800
373,800
Lessclosinginventory
A(200 $50)
U(500 $48)
(10,000)
(24,000)
0
0
0
Variablecost of goodssold
Contribution
Fixedcosts
Profit
22.5
$
365,500
156,000
521,500
339,800
181,700
75,000
106,700
Thecorrectansweris:$19.50
Thisis a questioninwhichyou have to workbackwards.
750 kg shouldhave cost ($p)
Butdid cost
Materialpricevariance
G
A
N
S
W
E
R
?
$13,500
$1,125 (F)
The750 kg shouldhave cost $13,500+$1,125=$14,625
S
Thestandard cost per kg is therefore$14,625/750=$19.50
22.6
Thecorrectansweris:Stratified
Stratifiedsamplingis a methodof samplingwhichinvolvesdividingthe populationinto
strata or categories.
22.7
Thecorrectansweris:$25.20
P
100× 1 =125
P
0
P =$31.50
1
22.8

100$31.50
=125
P
0

100$31.50
= P0 =$25.20
125
Thecorrectansweris:Bothstatements are true.
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 308 of 421
Answers 295
H
q
22.9
Thecorrectansweris:5
Thepointat whichthe straightlinecrossesthe y axisis the interceptand thisis the value
of a. Thegradientis b.
y =a +bx
$270=$20 +(b ×50)
$270– $20 =50b
$250
=b
50
b =5
22.10 Thecorrectansweris:$318,000
Marginalcosting:
$'000
Sales(25,000$80)
Openinginventory
Variableproductionoverhead(W1)
0
1,560
,
1,560
(60)
Lessclosinginventory(W2)
Variablecost of sales
Contribution
Lessfixedcosts (W3)
Profit
$'000
2,000
.
,500
500
182
318
Workings
(1)
26,000 units$60 =$1,560,000
(2)
Productionunits+openinginventory– sales
G
Valuedat marginalcost:
=closinginventory
=26,000 +0 – 25,000 =1,000units
1,000$60
=$60,000
(3) Fixedproductionoverhead+fixedsellingcosts =$113,000+$69,000 =$182,000
22.11 Thecorrectansweris:$323,500
Absorptioncosting
OAR=Budgetedoverhead/ budgeted production=$143,000/26,000=$5.5/unit
Asinventoryhas increased,absorptioncostingwillreporta higherprofitthan marginal
costing.
Thedifferenceinprofit= change ininventoryvolumefixedproductionoverheadper unit
= 1,000$5.5
= $5,500
Marginalprofit
= $318,000
 absorptionprofit = $318,000+$5,500 =$323,500
22.12
Thecorrectansweris:
29,000 units
35,000 units
$163,000
$211,000
Step 1Findthe highestand lowestlevelsof activity(notethat thisis the activityleveland is
not necessarilythe highestand lowestcost).
Inthiscase weonlyhave twolevelsof activityso wehave to use those.
296
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 309 of 421
H
q
Step 2 Comparethe activityleveland costs foreach of these but deduct the extra step up
fixedcost for34,000 units
Numberof
units
34,000
28,000
6,000
Highest
Lowest
Increase
Cost
$
208,000 – 30,000 =178,000
160,000
18,000
Thisshowsthat foran increasein6,000 unitsthere has been a cost increaseof $18,000.
Thereforethe variablecost per unitcan be estimatedas:
Variablerate of increase =
$18,000/6,000units
=
$3 per unit
Step 3 We can nowfindthe fixedelementof the cost at each activitylevel,by substituting
the variablerate intothe activitylevels,withthe fixedelementappearing as the balancing
figure.
Fixedcost at 28,000 units=$160,000– (28,000$3)=$76,000
Fixedcost at 34,000 units=$208,000 – (34,000$3)=$106,000
Noticethat the fixedcost at 34,000 unitsis $30,000 higherthan at 28,000 units.Thisis
reassuringas weweretoldthisoriginally.Alternativelyto findthe fixedcost at 34,000 units
wecouldhave justcalculatedthe fixedcost at 28,000 unitsand then added on the extra
$30,000.
Cost at 29,000 units=$76,000+(29,000$3)=$163,000
Cost at 35,000 units=$106,000+(35,000$3)=$211,000
22.13 Thecorrectansweris:$4,250Favourable
G
9,200 hoursshouldhave cost ($12.50)
but did cost
Directlabourrate variance
22.14
Thecorrectansweris:$5,250Adverse
2,195unitsshouldhave taken (4 hours)
but did take
Directlabourefficiencyvariance(inhours)
standard rate pre hour
22.15
$
115,000
110,750
4,250 (F)
8,780hours
9,200 hours
420 hours(A)
12.50
5,250 (A)
Thecorrectansweris:953
=
Ch
=
2 15250,0002CoD
3,000,000
=EOQ
=953 (to the nearest wholeunit)
3.3
1103%
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 310 of 421
Answers 297
A
N
S
W
E
R
S
H
q
23
Mixed Bank 5
23.1
Thecorrectansweris:
19,000units
21,000units
$210,000
$235,000
Step 1We have been toldwhat the fixedcost elementisfor22,000 unitsso wecan break
the total cost intoits fixedand variableelementsand then findthe variablecost per unit
fromthis.
Variablecost of 22,000 units=$245,000– $25,000
Variablecost per unit=
$245,000 $25,000
$10
22,000
Step 2 Nowthat wehave the variablecost per unit,wecan substitutethisintothe lower
levelactivityto findthe fixedelementforan activitylevelbelow20,000.
Fixedelementforloweractivitylevel=$200,000 – (18,000$10)=$20,000.
Step 3 We can nowfindthe cost at activitylevelsof 19,000and 21,000units.Remember
the fixedelementwillbe differentineach case because of the step.
Cost at 19,000units=$20,000 +(19,000$10)=$210,000
Cost at 21,000units=$25,000 +(21,000$10)=$235,000
23.2
Thecorrectansweris:20%
Returnon investment=Profit/capitalemployed
Profit
=$30,000 +($300,00010%)
=$60,000
G
H
ROI
23.3
=$60,000/$300,000
=20%
Thecorrectansweris:
Statement(i)
False
Statement(ii)
True
23.4
Apurchase requisitioniscompletedinthe departmentwhichrequiresthe goodsand then
sent to the purchasingdepartmentwherea purchase orderisraisedto send to the supplier.
Thereforestatement (i)isfalse.Statement(ii)is true.
Thecorrectansweris:$41,000
23.5
Thefixedoverheadexpenditurevarianceisnot relevantto a reconciliationofbudgetedand
actual contributions.Fixedcostsare deductedafterwardsfromcontributionto arriveat
profit.Thefigureof$40,000giveninthe questionas the 'standard contributionon actual
sales'meansthat the effectofthe salesvolumecontributionvariancehas alreadybeen taken
intoaccountinarrivingat that figureof$40,000.Budgetedcontributionisadjustedforthe
salesvolumecontributionvarianceto arriveat the figurefor'standard contributionon actual
sales'.Thereforethe onlyvariancethat needsto be takenintoaccountinthisparticular
questionisthe favourablesalespricevarianceas follows:[40,000+1,000]=$41,000.
Thecorrectansweris:91.2%
Theactual costs were$93,600and whencomparedwiththe flexedbudget thisgave an
adverse varianceof $2,400. Thereforethe flexedbudget was [93,600−2,400]=$91,200.
Budgetsare flexedbased on activity levels.As$100,000of directcosts representeda 100%
activitylevelthen flexedbudget directcosts of $91,200representsa 91.2%levelof activity
[actualactivityas a %of the fixedbudget].
298
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 311 of 421
q
23.6
Thecorrectansweris:$13,800
Step 1Determineoutput and losses
Input
10,000 litres
Normalloss(5%)
500 litres
Expectedoutput 9,500 litres
Actualoutput
9,200 litres
Abnormalloss
300 litres
Step 2 Calculate cost per unit of output and losses
Scrap valueof normalloss(500 $38)
$19,000
Scrap valueof abnormalloss(300 $38) $11,400
$30,400
Cost per expectedunit=
$456,000 $19,000
=$46
9,500
Step 3 Calculate total cost of output and losses
Output
(9,200$46) $423,200
Normalloss
(500 $38)
$19,000
Abnormalloss (300 $46)
$13,800
$456,000
23.7
Thecorrectansweris:$52.97
P
100 1 =175
P
0
A
N
S
W
E
R
P =$92.70
1
G
23.8

100$92.70
=175
P
0

100$92.70
= P =$52.97
0
175
Thecorrectansweris:$600,000
$200,000 ÷
23.9
S
120
=$600,000
360
Thecorrectansweris:300
Thepointat whichthe straightlinecrossesthe y axisis the interceptand thisis the value
of a. Thegradientis b =$40.
y =a +bx
$1,100=a +($4020)
$1,100– $800 =a
a =300
23.10
Thecorrectansweris:$47,500
$
Actualfixedproductionoverheads
Absorbedfixedproductionoverheads(5,500×$7)
Under-absorbedfixedproductionoverheads
X
38,500
9,000
Actualfixedproductionoverheads =$38,500+$9,000
=$47,500
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 312 of 421
Answers 299
H
q
24
Budgeting
24.1
Task 1
(i) January closinginventoryunits=880 units(4,400units20%)
(ii) Marchsales units=4,840 units(4,4001.1)
(iii) Mayproductionunits=5,856units(5,3241.1),as sales forJune are the same as
Maythere willnot be any change ininventorylevels(giventhat closinginventoryis
to remainat 20%of sales)so sales equal production.
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Salesof M(units) 4,000
4,400
4,840
5,324
5,856
5,856
Opening
500
880
968
1065
1,171
1,171
inventory
Closing
880
968
1065
1,171
1,171
,171
inventory
Production
4,380
4,488
4937
5,430
5,856
5,856
Task 2
Thecorrectansweris:$151,250
Kg
MaterialG requiredforproduction:20,000 units3kg
60,000
Openinginventory
(3,000)
Closinginventory
3,500
Purchases
60,500
Costs of purchases@$2.50 per kg
$151,250
Task 3
Thecorrectansweris:Timedelayswiththe issueof bank statements
Purchase of non-current assets
Forexample,supposean asset is purchasedfor$20,000 and depreciationis charged at
10%of the originalcost. Thecash outflowduringthe year is $20,000 (and thisdoes not
appear inthe statement of profitor loss).Thedepreciationcharge =10%$20,000 =
$2,000. Thisis charged to the statement of profitor lossand willreduceoverallprofits.
Sale of non-current assets
Whenan asset issoldthereisusuallya profitor losson sale.Forexample,an asset witha net
bookvalueof$15,000couldbe soldfor$11,000,givingriseto a losson disposalof$4,000.
Theincreaseincash flowduringthe year =$11,000sale proceeds.Therewillbe no effect on
the statement of profitor loss.
Thelosson sale of non-currentassets =$4,000. Thiswillbe recordedinthe firm's
statement of profitor lossand willreduceoverallprofits.
Depreciationof non-current assets
Depreciationis a non-cash itemand willthereforebe a reason whyprofitand cash flow
differ.
Task 1
G
24.2
$'000
Salesreceipts
820
Purchasepayments
575
Overheadpayments
95
Workings
Salesreceipts
Purchasepayments
Overheadpayments
300
=860 +45 – 85 =820
=600 +75 – 100=575
=100+40 – 45 =95
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 313 of 421
H
q
Task 2
$
ReceiptsinMarchrelatingto January sales 21,000$30 60%
378,000
ReceiptsinMarchrelatingto Februarysales 22,000 $30 1.04×40%
274,560
TotalMarchreceipts
652,560
Task 3
Thecorrectansweris:
24.3
Itis amendedinresponseto changes inthe levelof activity
Aflexiblebudget is a budget whichis designedto change as volumesof output change.
Task 1
Top tips. Makesure that you alwaysread the questioncarefully.Notethat sales are
invoicedat the end of the month.
Class A(W1)
Class B(W2)
Workings
(1) Class Acustomers
Nov
$'000
Dec
$'000
50
63
36
Jan
$'000
105
50
A
N
S
W
E
R
Octobersales
50%receivedDecember$100,00050%=$50,000
30%receivedJanuary $100,00030%=30,000
G
S
Novembersales
50%receivedJanuary $150,00050%=$75,000
(2)
Class Bcustomers
Octobersales
60%receivedNovember$60,000 60%=$36,000
25%receivedDecember$60,000 25%=$15,000
10%receivedJanuary $60,000 10%=$6,000
Novembersales
60%receivedDecember$80,000 60%=$48,000
25%receivedJanuary $80,000 25%=$20,000
Decembersales
60%receivedJanuary $40,000 60%=$24,000
Task 2 Thecorrectansweris:$22,000
Onlyitemsof cash outflowsshouldbe includedinthe cash budget. Forfixedoverheadsat
HMCo thisis comprises:$10,000rent, $1,000vehiclerunningcosts and $11,000wages.
Deprecationis not a cash flow.
Task 3 Thecorrectansweris:Annualoverheadcharge fromHeadOfficebased on the floor
space occupiedby the machine
Thisis not a cash flow,whereasthe purchase priceof the asset alongwiththe delivery
costs are cash out flowsand the proceedsfromthe sale of the oldasset is a cash inflow.
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 314 of 421
Answers 301
H
q
24.4
Task 1
Price index
Working
MaterialA
143
(1.40/0.98)100
MaterialB
116
(1.10/0.95)100
MaterialC
77
(0.92/1.20)100
MaterialD
104
(1.14/1.10)
100
Task 2
Thecorrectansweris:$20,000
Usingthe high-lowmethod:
Units
$
High
14,000
72,500
Low
10,000
57,500
Difference
4,000
15,000
Variablecost per unit:$15,000/4,000=$3.75
Substitutevariablecost intototal cost equationto givefixedcost
72,500– (3.7514,000)=20,000
Task 3
G
24.5
Thecorrectansweris:11,000unitsof ProductJ beingmanufacturedinJuly
Thehigh-lowequationshouldbe used foractivitylevelswithinthe range of data levels
already observed.IfRJMmade 15,000units,the forecastusingthe highlowequation
wouldbe lessaccurate because it wouldinvolveextrapolation,whereas11,000unitswould
not. Similarlymakinga differentproduct(R)or producingthemina differentfactory would
be likelyto alter the cost structure.
Task 1
Thecorrectansweris:=(E2– B2)/ (E3– B3)
Ifbracketsare NOTused ie E2– B2/ E3– B3then the divisionie B2/ E3willbe done before
the subtractionand thiswillgivethe wronganswer.
Task 2
Thecorrectansweris: y =$79,739+2.1x
High
Low
Variablecost =
$
259,541
(214,559)
44,982

Units
85,620
(64,200)
21,420
Fixedcost =$259,541– (85,620$2.1)=$79,739
Task 3
Thecorrectansweris:=SUM(E4:E8)
Thisformulawilladd up the valuesof XYinthe columnaboveto givea total.
302
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 315 of 421
=$2.1/unit
H
G
q
Task 4
Whenadvertisingis $500 per month
Whenadvertisingis $1,500per month
Whenadvertisingis $1,800per month
Whenadvertisingis $2,800 per month
24.6


Regressionanalysisshouldonlybe used forforecastingwithinthe relevantrange. HereMB
Co has experienceof spendingbetween$900 and $2,100.Anythingaboveor belowthis
levelisextrapolationand wouldmakethe forecastlessreliable.
Task 1
Thecorrectansweris:
C2: $250,000
H3:$60,000
D4:$75,000(w1)
D5:$15,000(w2)
D6:0 – depreciationis not a cash flowand shouldthereforenot be included
E8:0.826
Workings
1
Extracontributionper unit$6 – $4.50 =$1.50
$1.5050,000 units=$75,000
2
Extrafixedcosts attributableto newtechnologyare $15,000per year (75%$20,000)
Task 2
A
N
S
W
E
R
Thecorrectansweris:

Ittakes intoaccount the timevalueof money

Itdoes not requirethe company’scost of capital
AsIRRdiscountsfuturecash flowsit takes intoaccount the timevalueof money.TheIRR
calculatesthe breakevencost of capital, whichmeans that it does not requirea cost of
capital to be calculated.Thisis a benefitas inrealitycalculatinga cost of capital can be
complicatedand timeconsuming.
ItisNPV,not IRRwhichisconsideredto be the superiorinvestmentappraisaltechnique
because NPValwayscorrectlyranksprojects
IRRis not quickand simpleto calculatecomparedto techniquessuch as the payback
periodand it is based on cash flowsand not profits.
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 316 of 421
Answers 303
S
H
q
24.7
Task 1
Relevant
Investmentof $450,000 inthe newequipment
X
Depreciationof $90,000 overeach of the fiveyears
Staff trainingcosts of $20,000
Irrelevant
X
X
Temporarymanager's salary of $4,000
X
Conferencecosts of $3,000
X
Interestcosts of $6,000 per year
X
Investmentof $450,000 inthe newequipment is relevant– because ifthe investmentis not
made thisequipmentwouldnot be purchased.
Depreciationof $90,000 overeach of the fiveyears is irrelevant– depreciationis a notional
amount(iean accountingentry)and not a cash flow,thereforeit is nevera relevantcost.
Staff trainingcosts of $20,000 are relevant– thistrainingis a futurecost because it will
onlyneed to be incurredifthe equipmentis purchased.
Temporarymanager's salary of $4,000 is irrelevant– the manager is not goingto be paid
any extra salary as a resultof the project.Asthere is no incrementalcost to the company
as a whole,thisis not a relevantcost.
Conferencecosts of $3,000 are irrelevant– the conferenceand thistraininghas already
happened and the cost of it is a sunkcost. Thecompanywillnot get the moneyback ifthe
equipmentis not purchased.
Interestcosts of $6,000 per year are irrelevant– interestisa financecost. Thediscount
rate providesthe investorcompensationforinterest,whichmeans that interestis nevera
relevantcost.
Task 2
Incrementalsales inYear1=$90,000
PVof maintenancecosts overthe lifeof the contract =$37,910
Additionalelectricitycosts =$27,500
Workings
1
Increaseinsales =($550,000- $500,000)=$50,000
Increasedue to the project=($50,000+$40,000)=$90,000
G
304
2
Annuityfactor forfiveyears at 10%=3.791
Presentvalue=(3.791$10,000)=$37,910
3
Totalsales inYear1=$550,000
Additionalelectricity=($550,0000.05) =$27,500
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 317 of 421
H
q
24.8
Task 1
Expenditure
Capital
Purchaseof newdeliveryvan
Revenue
x
Roadtax fornewdeliveryvan
x
Repairsto customertoilets
x
Extensionof customercar park
x
Thepurchase of the newdeliveryvan and the extensionto the customercar park are both
classifiedas capital expenditurebecause they willdeliverbenefitsto the company, for
morethan one year.
Theroad tax is a runningcost of the van and shouldbe treated as revenueforthe period,
alongwiththe repairsto the toilets.Thetoiletshave not been improvedor enhanced by the
expenditure,theiruse has merelybeen maintained.
Task 2
Thecorrectansweris:235
Sales
Less:openinginventory
Add:closinginventory(W1)
Manufacture
W1:SalesforJuly:200 1.25=250 units
Units
200
(15)
50
235
Closinginventoryis 20%July's sales =0.2 250 =50 units
A
N
S
W
E
R
Task 3
G
(i)
1,000m2
(ii)
Requiredforproduction(9010m)
2
Pluswaste
Purchase
$10,800
m2
900
100
1,000
S
90 units8 hours$15per hour=$10,800
24.9
Task 1
Totalcost of 9,800 units
Totalcost of 7,700units
Variablecost of 2,100units
Thevariablecost per unitis $3.
=
=
=
$
44,400
38,100
6,300
Totalcost of 9,800 units
Variablecost of 9,800 units(9,800$3)
Fixedcosts
=
=
=
$
44,400
29,400
15,000
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 318 of 421
Answers 305
H
q
Task 2
Thecorrectansweris $3,000
Budget
9,000 units
$
Sales($5)
45,000
Variablecosts ($3)
27,000
Contribution
18,000
Fixedcosts
15,000
Profit
3,000
Task 3
80%of capacity =8,000 units
100%of capacity =10,000units
Sales($5)
Variablecosts ($3)
Contribution
Fixedcosts
Profit
24.10
Flexiblebudget
8,000 units
$
40,000
24,000
16,000
15,000
1,000
Flexiblebudget
10,000units
$
50,000
30,000
20,000
15,000
5,000
Task 1
Thepayback period
X
Netpresentvalue
G
H
Discountedpayback period
Internalrate of return
Returnon capital employed
X
Returnon capital employedand payback take no account of whencosts or revenuesare
incurredor receivedwhendeterminingtheirvalue.Approachesthat use discountedcash
flow(net presentvalue,IRRand discountedpayback)are consideredto be more
sophisticated,based on the principlethat cash receivedinthe futureis not worthas much
as cash receivedtoday.
Task 2
Thecorrectansweris:2.25 years
20,000 +30,000 =50,000 willbe paid back at the end of year 2, leaving10,000to be
repaid inyear 3.10,000/40,000=0.25, so payback occursafter 2.25 years
306
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 319 of 421
G
q
Task 3
$
NPV
Discountedpayback
Year
0
1
2
3
4
35,000
2.76
years
Cash flow
(60,000)
20,000
30,000
40,000
50,000
15%
1
0.870
0.756
0.658
0.572
NPV
(60,000)
17,400
22,680
26,320
28,600
CumulativePV
(60,000)
(42,600)
(19,920)
6,400
35,000
35,000
Discountedpayback period
= 2 +(19,920/26,320)years
= 2.76years (approximately2 years and 9 months)
Thiscompareswitha non-discountedpayback periodof 2.25 years forthe same project.
Task 4
Thecorrectansweris:True
25
Standard
25.1
Task 1
costing
Thecorrectansweris:$20,000 Adverse
Thesales volumevarianceina marginalcostingsystemis valuedat standard contribution
per unitrather than standard profitper unit.
Contributionper unitof DG=$22 – $12=$10
Salesvolumevarianceintermsof contribution=
$12,000
$10=$20,000 Adverse.
$6
Task 2
Thecorrectansweris:
Thedifferencebetweenactual and budgeted volumemultipliedby the standard absorption
rate per unit.
Incorrectanswers:
Thedifferencebetweenbudgeted hoursof workand the actual hoursof workmultipliedby
the standard absorptionrate per unit– thisis the fixedoverheadvolumecapacity variance
Thedifferencebetweenthe fixedoverheadincurredand the fixedoverheadabsorbed – this
is howto calculatethe fixedoverheadtotal variance
Thedifferencebetweenthe budgeted fixedoverheadexpenditureand the actual fixed
overheadexpenditure– thisis howto calculatethe fixedoverheadexpenditure variance
Task 3
Thecorrectanswersare:
Offerovertimepay to the company’sexistingskilledemployeeson a pieceworkbasis – this
wouldencourageexistingemployeesto workmoreefficiently.
Implementtrainingforthe temporaryemployees– thiswouldenable temporaryemployees
to workmoreefficiently.
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 320 of 421
Answers 307
A
N
S
W
E
R
S
H
G
q
Incorrect
answers
Increase
thehourly
ratepaidtotemporary
workers
– increasing
thehourly
paywillnot
directly
increase
efficiency.
Reduce
thenumber
ofsupervisors
– thiscouldinfactreduce
efficiency
ifemployees
are
notbeingmonitored.
Task4 $3,500(A)
$
53,000kgshould
havecost(×$2.50*)
132,500
Butwas
136,000
Material
pricevariance
3,500(A)
*Budgeted
material
costperkg=$125,000/(25,000
units 2 kg)
25.2 Task1
Thecorrect
answer
is:
Connolly
usesstandard
absorption
costing.
Inthelastmonth
actualselling
pricewas
higherthanstandard.
Actualunitssoldwere1,000lessthanbudgeted
andactualsalesrevenue
was$910,000
Production
was100unitslessthanbudgeted.
Materials
caused
thebiggest
costvariance,
where
a decision
topaylessthanstandard
priceresulted
inthecompany
using800kgmorethanflexedbudget.
Explanation
ofanswers
Absorption
costing
– fixedoverheads
areincluded
inthestandard
costcard.
Selling
pricewashigher
thanstandard
duetothefavourable
selling
pricevariance.
Actualunitssoldwere1,000lessthanbudget
duetotheadverse
salesvolume
variance
of
$50,000($50,000/$50
standard
profit= 1,000units).
Salesrevenue
=$910,000.
Thiscanbecalculated
bytakingtheactualunits thebudgeted
SP(9,000$100)andaddingthe$10,000favourable
salespricevariance.
Production
of100unitslessthanbudget
canbecalculated
bytakingthefixedoverhead
volume
variance
anddividing
itbythefixedoverhead
standard
costperunit($1,000/$10)
=
100units
Materials
pricewasfavourable
therefore
Connolly
musthavepaidlessthanstandard
price.
800kgmorethanflexed
budget
canbecalculated
bytakingthe$8,000material
usage
variance
anddividing
itbythe$10standard
costperkg.
25.3 Task1
Salesvolume
variance
Standard
contribution
onactualsales
Salespricevariance
Actualsalesrevenue
generated
fromactualsalesunits
Actualsalesunitsshould
havegenerated
revenue
of
Therefore
anadverse
variance
of
Actualcontribution
Budgeted
contribution
(20,000$50)
Salesvolume
variance
Standard
contribution
onactualsales
Salespricevariance
308
Management
Accounting
(FMA/MA)
Page 321 of 421
$75,000Favourable
(21,500–20,000)
$50
$1,075,000
($1,000,000
+ $75,000)
$21,500
Adverse
$2,128,500
$2,150,000
(21,500$100)
$21,500
$1,053,500
1,000,000
75,000
F
1,075,000
21,500
A
1,053,500
H
G
q
Costvariances
Totaldirectmaterial
variances
Totaldirectlabour
variances
Totalvariable
production
overhead
variances
15,000
10,000
5,000
Actualcontribution
Alternative
method:
Actualsalesrevenue
andcostsperunit
Sales
Directmaterials
Directlabour
Variable
overheads
Contribution
Actualcontribution:
$ perunit
25.68
9.55
14.77
Sales
21,500@$99
Opening
inventory
Variable
production
cost
22,000@$50
Lessclosing
inventory
22,000–21,500
@$50
Contribution
Task2
Adverse
Favourable
Favourable
1,053,500
$ perunit
99.00
(50.00)
49.00
$
–
(2,128,500/21,500)
(565,000/22,000)
(210,000/22,000)
(325,000/22,000)
$
2,128,500
1,100,000
25,000
(1,075,000)
1,053,500
Thecorrectansweris:
Actualsalesunitsweregreater
thanbudgeted
salesunits
Salesvolume
variance
looksatthedifference
between
actualsalesunitsandbudgeted
salesunitsmultiplied
bybudgeted
contribution.
25.4 Task1
High-low
method
Budgeted
variable
overhead
pertonne
Usingthehigh-low
technique:
Changeintotalbudgetedoverhead
Changeinvolume
$264,000 $200,000
= 9,000 5,000tonnes
Budgeted
variable
overhead
pertonne=
=$16pertonne
Budgeted
fixedoverhead
fortheperiod
Iftotaloverhead
at9,000tonnes
=
Variable
overhead
=9,000tonnes
$16pertonne
=
Budgeted
fixedoverheads
$
264,000
(144,000)
120,000
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 322 of 421
Answers309
A
N
S
W
E
R
S
H
q
Task 2
Variances
Fixedoverhead expenditure variance
Budgetedexpenditure
Actualexpenditure
Fixedoverheadexpenditurevariance
Fixedoverhead volumevariance
Actualproductionat standard rate (6,500$24)
Budgetedproductionat standard rate
Fixedoverheadvolumevariance
Task 3
$120,000
$125,000
$5,000 (A)
$156,000
$120,000
$ 36,000 (F)
Thecorrectansweris:Absorbedoverheadsexceedactual overheads
Overabsorptionwilloccurwhenthe amountof overheadsabsorbed exceedthe actual
amountof overheads.
25.5
Task 1
Variances
Variance
$
Fixedoverheadexpenditure
3,000 (W1)
Fixedoverheadefficiency
4,000 (W2)
Fixedoverheadcapacity
6,000 (W3)
(W1)Fixedoverheadexpenditurevariance
Budgetedfixedoverheads
Actualfixedoverheads
Fixedoverheadexpenditurevariance
G
Favourableor
Adverse
F
A
F
$
26,000
23,000
3,000
H
F
(W2)Fixedoverheadefficiencyvariance
14,000sets shouldhave taken ( 0.5 hrs)
Butdid take
std fixedoverheadabs rate per hour
7,000 hrs
8,000 hrs
1,000hrs
$4
$4,000
A
A
(W3)Fixedoverheadcapacity variance
Budgetedhoursof work(13,0000.5 hrs)
Actualhoursof work
std fixedoverheadabs rate per hour
6,500 hrs
8,000 hrs
1,500hrs
$4
6,000
F
F
Task 2
Volumevariance
Efficiencyvariance
Expenditurevariance
Over-absorptionof fixedoverheads
Labourproductivitywas lowerthan expected
Fixedoverheadexpenditurewas lowerthan
expected
Capacity variance
Labourworkedmorehoursthan expected
Thecapacity and efficiencyvariances attempt to explainthe cause of over-absorption
indicatedby the volumevariance.
310
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 323 of 421
q
25.6
Thehighernumberof labourhoursworkedcomparedto budget resultedin$6,000 more
overheadabsorbed than budgeted. However,the higherhoursof labourworkedwerea
resultof inefficientlabouruse as indicatedby the labourefficiencyvariance.Thisresulted
inthe $4,000 adversefixedoverheadefficiencyvariance.Thereforethe overallvolume
varianceis only$2,000 favourable.
Task 1
Thedirect material total variance
$
225,000
175,000
50,000 (F)
2,500 unitsshouldhave cost
but did cost
Directmaterialtotal variance
Thedirect material price variance
12,000kg of Wshouldhave cost
but did cost
MaterialWpricevariance
$
180,000
175,000
5,000 (F)
Thedirect material usage variance
2,500 unitsshouldhave used (6 kg)
but did use
Usagevarianceinkg
Standard cost per kg
Usagevariancein$
5,000 kg
2,000 kg
3,000 kg (F)
$15
$45,000 (F)
Summary
$
5,000 (F)
45,000 (F)
50,000 (F)
Pricevariance
Usagevariance
Totalvariance
Task 2
G
Thecorrectansweris:$15,000adverse.
Thisis calculatedby findingthe balancingfigure.Thetotal variancebetweenbudgeted
contributionand actual contributionis $10,000adverse($30,000– $20,000).Thesales
volumeand sales pricevariancessumto $5,000 favourable,so to balance, the variable
cost variancemustbe $15,000adverse.
Task 3
Thecorrectanswersare:
25.7
Anincreaseindirectmaterialprices
Anincreaseinraw materialusage per unit
Incorrectanswers:
Unitsproducedbeinggreater than budgeted – thiswouldnot cause the variancedue to the
variancebeingbased on the flexedbudget
Unitssoldbeinggreater than budgeted – unitssoldare not a cause of a directmaterial
variance,it wouldbe based on unitsproduced.
Task 1
Totallabourvariance
$1,000Adverse(W1)
Labourrate variance
$4,250Favourable(W2)
Labourefficiencyvariance
$5,250Adverse(W3)
W1Totallabourvariance
Actualunitsshouldcost 2,1954 hours$12.20=$109,750
Actuallabourdid cost =$110,750
Therefore$1,000Adversevariance
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 324 of 421
Answers 311
A
N
S
W
E
R
S
H
G
q
W2Labour
ratevariance
Actualhours
paidshould
cost9,200$12.50=$115,500
Actuallabour
didcost=$110,750.
Therefore
$4,250favourable
W3Labour
efficiency
variance
Actualproduction
should
use2,1954 hours
= 8,780hours
Actualproduction
diduse9,200hours
Therefore
420hours
adverse
variance
valued
atstandard
costof$12.50=$5,250
Task2
Thecorrect
answer
is:
Actualproduction
tooklonger
thanexpected
Incorrect
answers:
Therateactually
paidtoworkers
washigher
thanthestandard
– thiswould
notimpact
on
theefficiency
variance
asthedifference
inproduction
timeisvalued
atthestandard
rate
perhour.
Therateactually
paidtoworkers
waslower
thanthestandard
- thiswould
notimpact
on
theefficiency
variance
asthedifference
inproduction
timeisvalued
atthestandard
rate
perhour.
Actualproduction
wasquicker
thanexpected
– thiswould
result
ina favourable
efficiency
variance
Task3
Thecorrect
answer
is:
Salesvolume
variance
Thesalesvolume
variance
would
bevalued
atstandard
contribution
under
marginal
costing
butatstandard
profitunder
absorption
costing.
25.8 Task1
STANDARD
COSTCARDFORAWIDGET
Directmaterials
$
$
X– 5 kg$2
10
Z – 2 metres
$5
10
20
Directlabour
Skilled
– 3 $15
45
Unskilled
– 6 $3
18
63
Standard
directcost
83
Variable
production
overhead
– 3 $3.00
Standard
variable
costofproduction
9
92
Fixedproduction
overhead
– 3 $3.33(W)
Standard
fullproduction
cost
10
102
Administration,
selling
anddistribution
overhead
Standard
costofsale
20
122
Standard
profit(15%122)
18.30
Standard
salesprice
40.30
Working
Fixedoverhead
absorption
rate=($100,000/(10,000
3))=$3.33perskilled
labour
hour
312 Management
Accounting
(FMA/MA)
Page 325 of 421
H
q
25.9
Task 2
Thecorrectansweris:
Thedifferencebetweenwhat the sales revenueshouldhave been forthe quantitysold,and
what it was
Task 1
Directlabourtotal variance
Thisis the differencebetweenwhat 3,000 unitsshouldhave cost and what they did cost.
$
3,000 unitsshouldhave cost (3 hrs $5)
45,000
but did cost
43,700
Directlabourtotal variance
1,300(F)
Thetotal variancecan then be analysed intothe rate varianceand the efficiencyvariance
as follows:
Directlabour rate variance
$
10,000hoursof workshouldhave cost
50,000
but did cost
43,700
Directlabourrate variance
6,300 (F)
Directlabourefficiencyvariance
3,000 unitsof Fab shouldhave taken (3 hrs)
but did take
Efficiencyvarianceinhours
standard rate per hour
Efficiencyvariancein$
9,000 hrs
10,000hrs
1,000hrs (A)
$5
$5,000 (A)
$
6,300 (F)
5,000 (A)
1,300(F)
G
Ratevariance
Efficiencyvariance
Totalvariance
Task 2
Thedirectlabourrate varianceis the differencebetweenthe standard cost and the actual
cost forthe actual numberof hours paid for.
Task 3
Thecorrectansweris:$31
25.10
$
Actualmaterialcost
96,000
Variance
(3,000)(A)
Shouldhave cost
93,000
$93,000/ 3,000 units=$31per unit
Task 1
Thecorrectansweris $7.45
12,600hrs shouldhave cost ($7.50)=$94,500
Butdid cost $93,825 ($94,500– $675)
Cost per hr =$93,825/ 12,600=$7.446 ($7.45)
$7.75and $7.60are incorrectbecause they are both abovethe standard rate per hour,
and the rate variancewas favourable.Ifthe rate varianceis favourable,then the actual
rate mustbe belowstandard. $7.44is incorrectbecause it resultsfromusing10,800hours
inthe calculations,rather than the actual hours.
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 326 of 421
Answers 313
A
N
S
W
E
R
S
H
q
Task 2
Thecorrectansweris:30,500 kg
Quantityof Sparkleused =Y
6,000 unitsshouldhave used (5 kg)
30,000 kg
but did use
Ykg
Usagevarianceinkg
(Y– 30,000) kg
standard priceper kg
$20
Usagevariancein$
$10,000(A)
 20(Y– 30,000)=10,000
Y– 30,000
=500
 Y
=30,500 kg
Task 3
Thecorrectansweris:$139,500
Thecorrectansweris arrivedat by deductingappropriateadversevariancesand adding
appropriatefavourablevariancesfromstandard profit.Aprofitadjustmentforthe
differencebetweenbudgeted and actual volumesis not required,and so the sales volume
varianceshouldbe ignored.Theanswercan thereforebe calculatedas:
$135,000– $4,000 +$5,500 – $7,500+$10,500=$139,500.
Task 4
Thecorrectanswersare:
Thesales volumevariancewillbe valuedat standard contributionmargin.
Therewillbe no fixedcost volumevariance.
Thesales volumevariancewillbe valuedat standard contributionmargin(salespriceper
unitminusvariablecosts of sale per unit),not standard profitmargin.
Inmarginalcosting,fixedcosts are not absorbed intoproductcosts and so there are no
fixedcost variancesto explainunder- or over-absorptionof overheads.Thereis therefore
no fixedcost volumevariance(althoughthere willbe a fixedcost expenditurevariance).
G
26
Performance
26.1
Task 1
measurement
Returnon capital employed
Operatingprofitmargin
Assetturnover
Percentageof sales attributableto newroutes
Task 2
20.0%($22million/$110
million)
8.8%($22million/$250million)
2.3 times($250million/$110
million)
5.2%($13million/$250million)
Percentageof customerwhomakea complaint 3%(37,500/1,250,000)
Percentageof flightsdelayed
15%(375,000/2,500,000)
Task 3
Abalanced scoredcard measuresperformancefromfourperspectives:financial,internal
businessprocess,innovationand learningand customer.
Flyrite’sperformancemeasureof percentage of sales attributable to new routes would
be categorisedunderthe innovationand learningperspectiveof the balanced scorecard.
314
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 327 of 421
H
G
q
26.2
Task 1
Returnon sales
5%
($5,000/$100,000)
Assetturnover
5 times
($100,000/$20,000)
Marketshare
10%
($100,000/$1,000,000)
Returnon investment
25%
($5,000/$20,000)
$3,000
$5,000 – (10%$20,000)
Residualincome
Task 2
Thecorrectanswersare:
Itmakesdivisionmanagers aware of the cost of financingtheirdivisions– thisis correctas
imputedinterestis deducted fromprofit
Itgivesan absolutemeasureof performance– thisis correctas it providesa monetary
measurein$’s
Incorrectanswers:
Itenablesthe performanceof divisionsof differentsizesto be compared– thisis and
advantage of ROInot RI
Itrelatesthe sizeof the division’sincometo the sizeof the investment– thisis an
advantage of ROInot RI
Task 3
26.3
Thecorrectanswersare:
Numberof newproductslaunched– thisis a measureof growth
Numberof customercomplaints– thisis a measureof customersatisfaction
Incorrectanswers:
Profitper productand Salesrevenueper productthese are measuresof financialsuccess.
Task 1
Performance
measure
20X1
Returnon capital employed(to twodecimalplaces)
Operatingprofitmargin(to twodecimalplaces)
31.25%
(3,500– 1,750-500)/(3,200+800)
35.71%
(3,500– 1,750-500)/3,500
Assetturnover(to twodecimalplaces)
0.875times
3,500/(3,200+800)
Interestcover(to twodecimalplaces)
15.63
(3,500– 1,750– 500)/80
Gearing(debt/debt +equity)
(to twodecimalplaces)
20.00%
800/(3,200+800)
Inventorydays (to the nearest wholeday)
52 days
(250/1,750)365
Receivablesdays (to the nearest wholeday)
42 days
(400/3,500)365
Payablesday (to the nearest wholeday)
38 days
(180/1,750)365
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 328 of 421
Answers 315
A
N
S
W
E
R
S
H
q
26.4
Task 2
Thecorrectansweris:Non-financialsuccess. Thisis not a perspectiveof the balanced
scorecard.Thefourperspectivesare:
Financial
Innovationand learning
Internalbusinessprocess
Customer
Task 1
ROI=$10m/$40m=25%
RI=$10m– (10%$40m)=$6m
Task 2
Thecorrectanswersare:
Proposal1willincreaseROI- false
Proposal1willincreaseRI- true
Proposal2 willdecreased ROI- false
Proposal2 willdecrease RI- true
Proposal 1
Newprofit=$10m+$1m=$11m
Newcapital employed=$40m+$5m=$45m
NewROI=11/45=24%thereforeROIwilldecrease
NewRI=$11m– (10%$45m)=$6.5mthereforeRIwillincrease
Proposal 2
Newprofit=$10m– $1.5m =$8.5m
Newcapital employed=$40m– $10m=$30m
NewROI=$8.5/$30 =28%– thereforeROIwillincrease
NewRI=$8.5 – (10%$30m)=$5.5m– thereforeRIwilldecrease
G
26.5
Task 3
Thecorrectanswersare:
Itis moreeasilyunderstoodby divisionalmanagers.– Thisis true as it is quoted as a simple
%returnas opposedto dealingwithan appliedfinancingcost inRI
Ithelpsincomparingthe performanceof the managers of divisionsof differentsizes.– This
is true due to the fact that ROIis a relativemeasureshowingprofitas a percentage of the
investment.
Incorrectanswers:
Itgivesan absolutemeasureof performance.– Thisis not true as it givesa percentage
return. RIgivesan absolutemeasureof performance
Itmakesmanages aware of the cost of financingtheirdivision.– Thisis not true. Thisis an
advantage of RI
Task 1
Returnon investmentfordivisionJC
Returnon investmentfordivisionGC
ResidualincomefordivisionJC
ResidualincomefordivisionGC
Marketshare fordivisionJC
AssetturnoverfordivisionGC
316
20% (700/3,500)
15% (675/4,500)
$350 ($700– (10%$3,500))
$225 ($675– (10%$4,500))
2%
($50,000/$2,500,000)
13times($60,000/$4,500)
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 329 of 421
H
G
q
Task 2
Thecorrectanswersare:
Comparisonsbetweendivisionsof differentsizesis difficult- Forexampleone divisionmay
have a higherRI,but thiscouldbe because it’slargera largerdivision.
Itdoes not relate the sizeof the centresincometo the sizeof the investment
Incorrectanswers:
Itdoes not makedivisionalmanagers aware of the cost of financingtheirdivisions– it does
by applyingan imputedinterestcharge
Itis not directlyrelated to net presentvalue(NPV)– it is by incorporatingthe cost of capital
viathe imputedinterestcharge.
Task 3
Thecorrectanswersare:
Numberof newcustomers– thisis a measureof growth
%increaseinmarketshare – thisis also a measureof growth
Incorrectanswers
26.6
Returnon sales
Salesto each newcustomer
Theseare both examplesof financialperformancemeasures.
Task 1
20X6
(i)
Grossprofitmargin
43.90%
(ii)
Returnon capital employed
27.18%
(iii) Assetturnover
1.34times
(iv) Currentratio
1.77
(v)
1.20
Quickratio
(vi) Inventoryholdingperiodindays
46.11days
(vii) Payablespayment periodindays
81.45days
(viii) Receivablesperiodindays
49.86days
A
N
S
W
E
R
S
Workings
20X6
(i)
Grossprofitmargin
(ii)
Returnon capital employed
(2,540– 1,425/2,540)100%=43.90
(2,540–1,425– 600)/(1,650+36 +347+180–
318)100%=27.18
(iii) Assetturnover
(2,540/1,650+36 +347+180- 318)=1.34
(iv) Currentratio
(347+180+36/318)=1.77
(v)
Quickratio
(347+36/318)=1.20
(vi) Inventoryholdingperiodindays
(180/1,425)365 =46.11
(vii) Payablespayment periodindays
(318/1,425)365 =81.45
(viii) Receivablesperiodindays
(347/2,540)365 =49.86
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 330 of 421
Answers 317
H
q
Task 2
26.7
Thecorrectansweris:
Internalbusinessprocess
Thequalityof productsor servicesis an aspect of operationalperformance.Qualityaffects
customerperceptions,but is underthe controlof management.
Task 1
Thecorrectansweris:W
Level Maintenancecost
$
W
10,000
8,000
X
Y
9,750
7,500
Z
Salesvaluelost
$
15$1,000
21$1,000
19$1,000
27$1,000
Totalcost
$
25,000
29,000
28,750
34,500
LevelW shouldbe chosengiventhat it is the lowestcost option.
Task 2
Measure
CSF
95%customercomplaintresolution
G
26.8
X
Successfulrelationshipswithkeysuppliers
X
Negotiationof favourabletermsfornewprojectfinance
X
Gain inmarketshare by 2%each month
X
Lowerthe cost of capital by 1.5%
X
Task 3
Thecorrectansweris:Aperformancerequirementthat is fundamentalto competitive
success– thisdescribesa CSF.
Incorrectanswers:
Astatement of what the organisationintendsto achieveovera periodof time- describes
strategicobjectives.
Ameasurableindicatorof organisationalperformance- describesa KPI.
Abasic beliefof the peoplewhoworkinthe organisation- describesorganisationalvalues
and culture.
Task 1
Assetturnover
Inventorydays
Payablesdays
Currentratio
Quickratio
Returnon capital employed
318
KPI
2.26times
6.96days
50.38 days
0.86
0.78
24.81%
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 331 of 421
H
G
q
Task 2
X
Aslowdownintrading
Alengtheningof the timetaken by customersto pay fortheirgoods
X
Abuild-upininventorylevels
Areductionininventorylevels
Alengtheningof the average timetaken to pay suppliers
26.9
Alengtheninginventoryturnoverperiodfromone year to the nextindicateseithera
slowdownintradingor a build-upininventorylevels,suggestingthat investmentin
inventoriesis becomingexcessive.Paymentsfromcustomersand paymentsto suppliersare
not relevantto inventoryratio calculations.
Task 3
Thecorrectansweris:
Theygiveearlywarningsignsof problems
Animportantreason forthe use of non-financialperformancemeasuresis that they give
earlywarningsignalsof problems.Forthisreason, they are oftenreferredto as 'leading
indicators'.
Incorrectanswers:
Financialperformancemeasuresare oftendescribedas 'laggingindicators';that is,they
tellthe firmthat somethinghas gone wrongafter it has gone wrong.Itis not necessarily
true that non-financialindicatorsare moreimportantthan financialones,but the use of
non-financialperformancemeasuresgivesa firma chance of correctingproblemsbefore
they go too far. Theymay be moreunderstandablefornon-financialstaff, but that is not
the reason whythey are termed'leadingindicators'.
Task 1
Indicator
Financial
Numberof customercomplaints
%increaseinmarketshare
Earningsper share
Machinedowntime
Employeeattitudes
Residualincome
Non-financial
S
X
X
X
X
X
X
Task 2
Thecorrectansweris:25%
($150,000– $25,000)/ $500,000 =25%
Task 3
Thecorrectansweris:$15,000
Residualincome(RI)= profit– imputedinterestcharge on investment
We need to findthe levelof investment
Ifthe returnon investment=20%,then $60,000 represents20%,so the investmentmust
be $60,000/20%=$300,000.
ThereforeRI=$60,000 – ($300,0000.15)=($60,000– $45,000)=$15,000
Task 4
Residualincomeis an absolutemeasure
Returnon equityis a relativemeasure
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 332 of 421
A
N
S
W
E
R
Answers 319
H
q
26.10
Task 1
Capacity ratio =
Actualhours worked100%= 1,300 100%=130%
hours
1,000Budgeted
Activityratio =
Standard hoursproduced 100%= 1,225 100%=123%
Budgetedhours
1,000
Efficiencyratio=
Standard hoursproduced 100%= 1,225 100%=94%
hoursworked
1,300Actual
Task 2
More labour
hours were
worked than
budgeted
Capacity ratio
Labour hours
produced
fewer units
per hour
than
budgeted
Labour hours
produced
more units
per hour
than
budgeted
Fewer labour
hours were
worked than
budgeted
X
Efficiencyratio
X
Acapacity ratio of over100%means that morelabourhourswereworkedthan budgeted.
Anefficiencyratio of over100%means that efficiencywas greater than budgeted ie the
labourforceproducedmoreunitsper hourthan budgeted.
Task 3
Thecorrectanswersare: Theultimateaimof benchmarkingis to improveperformanceand
Benchmarkingis suitablefornon-profitseekingentities.
‘Competitivebenchmarkingcan be used to compareinternaldepartments’is incorrect.
Competitivebenchmarkingis used to comparemeasureswitha competitor’s(ieit is
externalto the companyas opposedto beinginternal).
‘Benchmarkingis quickand straightforward’is incorrect.Thereare severallimitationsto
benchmarkingincludingthe difficultyindecidingwhichactivitiesto benchmark.Itcan
thereforebe timeconsuming.
G
320
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 333 of 421
H
q
Appendix
sheet
–
and
Formulae
tables
G
H
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 334 of 421
q
G
H
322
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 335 of 421
G
q
Formulae
sheet
given
in the
exam
Regressionanalysis
y=a +bx
a=
Y bx

n
n
b=
nxyxy
nx(x)
2
2
r=
nxyxy
(nx(x))(ny(y))
2
2
2
2
Economicorder quantity
2C D
0
C
h
Economicbatch quantity
2C D
0
1D
h
 RC

Arithmeticmean
x
fx
X=
X= (frequencydistribution)
fn
Standard deviation
2
(xx)2
fx2 fx

=
  (frequencydistribution)
f f
n
H
Variance
2
Co-efficient of variation

CV=
x
Expected value
EVpx
Formulasheet and tables
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 336 of 421
323
G
q
Present
value
table
-n
Presentvalueof £1ie (1+r)
wherer =interestrate,
n =numberof periodsuntilpayment
Periods
(n)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Discountrates
1%
2%
0.990 0.980
0.980 0.961
0.971 0.942
0.961 0.924
0.951 0.906
0.942 0.888
0.933 0.871
0.923 0.853
0.914 0.837
0.905 0.820
0.896 0.804
0.887 0.788
0.879 0.773
0.870 0.758
0.861 0.743
(n)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
11%
0.901
0.812
0.731
0.659
0.593
0.535
0.482
0.434
0.391
0.352
0.317
0.286
0.258
0.232
0.209
324
12%
0.893
0.797
0.712
0.636
0.567
0.507
0.452
0.404
0.361
0.322
0.287
0.257
0.229
0.205
0.183
(r)
3%
0.971
0.943
0.915
0.888
0.863
0.837
0.813
0.789
0.766
0.744
0.722
0.701
0.681
0.661
0.642
4%
0.962
0.925
0.889
0.855
0.822
0.790
0.760
0.731
0.703
0.676
0.650
0.625
0.601
0.577
0.555
5%
0.952
0.907
0.864
0.823
0.784
0.746
0.711
0.677
0.645
0.614
0.585
0.557
0.530
0.505
0.481
6%
0.943
0.890
0.840
0.792
0.747
0.705
0.665
0.627
0.592
0.558
0.527
0.497
0.469
0.442
0.417
7%
0.935
0.873
0.816
0.763
0.713
0.666
0.623
0.582
0.544
0.508
0.475
0.444
0.415
0.388
0.362
8%
0.926
0.857
0.794
0.735
0.681
0.630
0.583
0.540
0.500
0.463
0.429
0.397
0.368
0.340
0.315
9%
0.917
0.842
0.772
0.708
0.650
0.596
0.547
0.502
0.460
0.422
0.388
0.356
0.326
0.299
0.275
10%
0.909
0.826
0.751
0.683
0.621
0.564
0.513
0.467
0.424
0.386
0.350
0.319
0.290
0.263
0.239
13%
0.885
0.783
0.693
0.613
0.543
0.480
0.425
0.376
0.333
0.295
0.261
0.231
0.204
0.181
0.160
14%
0.877
0.769
0.675
0.592
0.519
0.456
0.400
0.351
0.308
0.270
0.237
0.208
0.182
0.160
0.140
15%
0.870
0.756
0.658
0.572
0.497
0.432
0.376
0.327
0.284
0.247
0.215
0.187
0.163
0.141
0.123
16%
0.862
0.743
0.641
0.552
0.476
0.410
0.354
0.305
0.263
0.227
0.195
0.168
0.145
0.125
0.108
17%
0.855
0.731
0.624
0.534
0.456
0.390
0.333
0.285
0.243
0.208
0.178
0.152
0.130
0.111
0.095
18%
0.847
0.718
0.609
0.516
0.437
0.370
0.314
0.266
0.225
0.191
0.162
0.137
0.116
0.099
0.084
19%
0.840
0.706
0.593
0.499
0.419
0.352
0.296
0.249
0.209
0.176
0.148
0.124
0.104
0.088
0.074
20%
0.833
0.694
0.579
0.482
0.402
0.335
0.279
0.233
0.194
0.162
0.135
0.112
0.093
0.078
0.065
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 337 of 421
H
G
q
Annuity
table
Presentvalueof an annuityof 1ie
11
r
n
r
wherer =interestrate,
n =numberof periods
Periods Discountrates (r)
(n)
1%
2%
3%
1
0.990 0.980 0.971
2
1.970 1.942 1.913
3
2.941 2.884 2.829
4
3.902 3.808 3.717
5
4.853 4.713 4.580
6
5.795 5.601 5.417
7
6.728 6.472 6.230
8
7.652 7.325 7.020
9
8.566 8.162 7.786
10
9.471 8.983 8.530
11
10.368 9.787 9.253
12
11.255 10.575 9.954
13
12.134 11.34810.635
14
13.004 12.106 11.296
15
13.865 12.849 11.938
(n)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
11% 12%
0.901 0.893
1.713 1.690
2.444 2.402
3.102 3.037
3.696 3.605
4.231 4.111
4.712 4.564
5.146 4.968
5.537 5.328
5.889 5.650
6.207 5.938
6.492 6.194
6.750 6.424
6.982 6.628
7.191 6.811
13%
0.885
1.668
2.361
2.974
3.517
3.998
4.423
4.799
5.132
5.426
5.687
5.918
6.122
6.302
6.462
4%
5%
0.962 0.952
1.886 1.859
2.775 2.723
3.630 3.546
4.452 4.329
5.242 5.076
6.002 5.786
6.733 6.463
7.435 7.108
8.111
7.722
8.760 8.306
9.385 8.863
9.986 9.394
10.563 9.899
11.118 10.380
14%
0.877
1.647
2.322
2.914
3.433
3.889
4.288
4.639
4.946
5.216
5.453
5.660
5.842
6.002
6.142
15%
0.870
1.626
2.283
2.855
3.352
3.784
4.160
4.487
4.772
5.019
5.234
5.421
5.583
5.724
5.847
6%
0.943
1.833
2.673
3.465
4.212
4.917
5.582
6.210
6.802
7.360
7.887
8.384
8.853
9.295
9.712
7%
0.935
1.808
2.624
3.387
4.100
4.767
5.389
5.971
6.515
7.024
7.499
7.943
8.358
8.745
9.108
8%
0.926
1.783
2.577
3.312
3.993
4.623
5.206
5.747
6.247
6.710
7.139
7.536
7.904
8.244
8.559
9%
0.917
1.759
2.531
3.240
3.890
4.486
5.033
5.535
5.995
6.418
6.805
7.161
7.487
7.786
8.061
10%
0.909
1.736
2.487
3.170
3.791
4.355
4.868
5.335
5.759
6.145
6.495
6.814
7.103
7.367
7.606
16%
0.862
1.605
2.246
2.798
3.274
3.685
4.039
4.344
4.607
4.833
5.029
5.197
5.342
5.468
5.575
17%
0.855
1.585
2.210
2.743
3.199
3.589
3.922
4.207
4.451
4.659
4.836
4.988
5.118
5.229
5.324
18%
0.847
1.566
2.174
2.690
3.127
3.498
3.812
4.078
4.303
4.494
4.656
4.793
4.910
5.008
5.092
19%
0.840
1.547
2.140
2.639
3.058
3.410
3.706
3.954
4.163
4.339
4.486
4.611
4.715
4.802
4.876
20%
0.833
1.528
2.106
2.589
2.991
3.326
3.605
3.837
4.031
4.192
4.327
4.439
4.533
4.611
4.675
Formulasheet and tables
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 338 of 421
325
H
G
q
Area
under
the
normal
curve
Tofindthe area underthe normalcurvebetweenthe mean and a pointZstandard deviations
abovethe mean, use the table below.Thecorrespondingarea fora pointZstandard deviations
belowthe mean can be foundthroughusingsymmetry.
x 
Z

Standard normaldistributiontable
0.00
0.01
0.02
0.03
0.04
0.05
0.06
0.07
0.08
0.09
0.0 0.0000 0.0040 0.0080 0.0120 0.0160 0.0199 0.0239 0.0279 0.0319 0.0359
0.1 0.0398 0.0438 0.0478 0.0517 0.0557 0.0596 0.0636 0.0675 0.0714 0.0753
0.2 0.0793 0.0832 0.0871 0.0910 0.0948 0.0987 0.1026 0.1064 0.1103 0.1141
0.3 0.1179 0.1217 0.1255 0.1293 0.1331 0.1368 0.1406 0.1443 0.1480 0.1517
0.4 0.1554 0.1591 0.1628 0.1664 0.1700 0.1736 0.1772 0.1808 0.1844 0.1879
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
0.1915
0.2257
0.2580
0.2881
0.3159
0.1950
0.2291
0.2611
0.2910
0.3186
0.1985
0.2324
0.2642
0.2939
0.3212
0.2019
0.2357
0.2673
0.2967
0.3238
0.2054
0.2389
0.2704
0.2995
0.3264
0.2088
0.2422
0.2734
0.3023
0.3289
0.2123
0.2454
0.2764
0.3051
0.3315
0.2157
0.2486
0.2794
0.3078
0.3340
0.2190
0.2517
0.2823
0.3106
0.3365
0.2224
0.2549
0.2852
0.3133
0.3389
1.0
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
0.3413
0.3643
0.3849
0.4032
0.4192
0.3438
0.3665
0.3869
0.4049
0.4207
0.3461
0.3686
0.3888
0.4066
0.4222
0.3485
0.3708
0.3907
0.4082
0.4236
0.3508
0.3729
0.3925
0.4099
0.4251
0.3531
0.3749
0.3944
0.4115
0.4265
0.3554
0.3770
0.3962
0.4131
0.4279
0.3577
0.3790
0.3980
0.4147
0.4292
0.3599
0.3810
0.3997
0.4162
0.4306
0.3621
0.3830
0.4015
0.4177
0.4319
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
0.4332
0.4452
0.4554
0.4641
0.4713
0.4345
0.4463
0.4564
0.4649
0.4719
0.4357
0.4474
0.4573
0.4656
0.4726
0.4370
0.4484
0.4582
0.4664
0.4732
0.4382
0.4495
0.4591
0.4671
0.4738
0.4394
0.4505
0.4599
0.4678
0.4744
0.4406
0.4515
0.4608
0.4686
0.4750
0.4418
0.4525
0.4616
0.4693
0.4756
0.4429
0.4535
0.4625
0.4699
0.4761
0.4441
0.4545
0.4633
0.4706
0.4767
2.0
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
0.4772
0.4821
0.4861
0.4893
0.4918
0.4778
0.4826
0.4864
0.4896
0.4920
0.4783
0.4830
0.4868
0.4898
0.4922
0.4788
0.4834
0.4871
0.4901
0.4925
0.4793
0.4838
0.4875
0.4904
0.4927
0.4798
0.4842
0.4878
0.4906
0.4929
0.4803
0.4846
0.4881
0.4909
0.4931
0.4808
0.4850
0.4884
0.4911
0.4932
0.4812
0.4854
0.4887
0.4913
0.4934
0.4817
0.4857
0.4890
0.4916
0.4936
2.5
2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
0.4938
0.4953
0.4965
0.4974
0.4981
0.4940
0.4955
0.4966
0.4975
0.4982
0.4941
0.4956
0.4967
0.4976
0.4982
0.4943
0.4957
0.4968
0.4977
0.4983
0.4945
0.4959
0.4969
0.4977
0.4984
0.4946
0.4960
0.4970
0.4978
0.4984
0.4948
0.4961
0.4971
0.4979
0.4985
0.4949
0.4962
0.4972
0.4979
0.4985
0.4951
0.4963
0.4973
0.4980
0.4986
0.4952
0.4964
0.4974
0.4981
0.4986
3.0
0.4987 0.4987 0.4987 0.4988 0.4988 0.4989 0.4989 0.4989 0.4990 0.4990
326
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 339 of 421
H
q
Mock
Exam
1
(Specimen
Exam)
G
H
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 340 of 421
q
G
H
328
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 341 of 421
q
Foundations
in
Accountancy
/ACCA
FMA/MA
Management
Mock
Accounting
Examination
(Specimen
1
Exam)
G
H
Questions
Time allowed
This examination
2 hours
is divided into two sections:
Section A – 35 questions,
Section B – 3 questions,
each worth 2 marks
each worth 10 marks
All questions within each section are compulsory
DO NOT OPEN THIS EXAMINATION UNTIL YOU ARE READY TO
START UNDER EXAMINATION CONDITIONS
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 342 of 421
329
q
G
H
330
Management
Accounting
(FMA/MA)
Page 343 of 421
q
Section A – ALL35 questions
1
are compulsory
and MUST be attempted
Amanufacturingcompanybenchmarksthe performanceof its accounts receivable
departmentwiththat of a leadingcreditcard company.
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
Whattype of benchmarkingis the companyusing?

Internalbenchmarking
2
3

Competitivebenchmarking

Functionalbenchmarking

Strategicbenchmarking
(2 marks)
Whichof the followingBESTdescribestarget costing?

Settinga cost by subtractinga desiredprofitmarginfroma competitivemarketprice

Settinga priceby adding a desiredprofitmarginto a productioncost

Settinga cost forthe use inthe calculationof variances

Settinga sellingpriceforthe companyto aimforinthe longrun
(2 marks)
Informationrelatingto twoprocesses(Fand G) was as follows:
Process
Normallossas Input
Output
%of input
(litres)
(litres)
F
8
65,000
58,900
G
5
37,500
35,700
Foreach process,was there an abnormallossor an abnormalgain?
G
ProcessF
ProcessG
H
Abnormalloss
Abnormalgain




(2 marks)
4
Thefollowingbudgeted informationrelatesto a manufacturingcompanyfornextperiod:
Units
$
Production
14,000
Fixedproductioncosts 63,000
Sales
12,000
Fixedsellingcosts
12,000
Thenormallevelof activityis 14,000unitsper period.
Usingabsorptioncostingthe profitfornextperiodhas been calculatedas $36,000
Whatwouldbe the profitfornextperiodusingmarginalcosting?
$
(2 marks)
Mockexam1(Specimenexam):Questions 331
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 344 of 421
q
5
TheEastlandPostalServiceis governmentowned.Thegovernmentrequiresit to providea
parceldeliveryserviceto everyhomeand businessinEastlandat a lowpricewhichis set
by the government.ExpressCouriersCo is a privatelyownedparceldeliverycompanythat
also operates inEastland.Itis not subjectto governmentregulationand mostof its
deliveriesare to large businesseslocatedinEastland'scapital city. Youhave been asked to
assess the relativeefficiencyof the managementof the twoorganisations.
Whichof the followingfactors shouldNOTbe allowedforwhencomparingthe ROCEof the
twoorganisationsto assess the efficiencyof theirmanagement?

Differencesinpricescharged

Differencesinobjectivespursued

Differencesinworkforcemotivation

Differencesingeographicareas served
(2 marks)
6
7
G
Underwhichsamplingmethoddoes everymemberof the target populationhave an equal
chance of beinginthe sample?

Stratifiedsampling


Randomsampling
Systematicsampling

Clustersampling
(2 marks)
ACompanymanufacturesand sellsone productwhichrequires8 kg of raw materialinits
manufacture.Thebudgeted data relatingto the nextperiodare as follows:
Units
19,000
4,000
3,000
Sales
Openinginventoryof finishedgoods
Closinginventoryof finishedgoods
Kg
Openinginventoryof raw materials
50,000
Closinginventoryof raw materials
53,000
Whatis the budgeted raw materialpurchasesfornextperiod?
kg
(2 marks)
332
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 345 of 421
H
q
8
Upto a givenlevelof activityineach periodthe purchase priceper unitof a raw materialis
constant. Afterthat pointa lowerpriceper unitappliesboth to furtherunitspurchasedand
also retrospectivelyto allunitsalready purchased.
Whichof the followinggraphs depictsthe total cost of the raw materialsfora period?
$
$
BA
0
0
$
G
9
10
$
C
0

Graph A

Graph B

Graph C

Graph D
D
0
H
(2 marks)
WhichTWOof the followingare benefitsof budgeting?

Ithelpscoordinatethe activitiesof differentdepartments

Itfulfilslegalreportingobligations

Itestablishesa systemof control

Itis a startingpointforstrategicplanning
(2 marks)
Thefollowingstatementsrelateto the participationofjuniormanagementinsettingbudgets:
1
2
3
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
Itspeeds up the settingof budgets
Itincreasesthe motivationof juniormanagers
Itreducesthe levelof budget padding
Whichof the abovestatements are true?

1only

2 only

2 and 3 only

1,2 and 3
(2 marks)
Mockexam1(Specimenexam):Questions 333
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 346 of 421
q
11
Acompanyhas a capital employedof $200,000. Ithas a cost of capital of 12%per year.
Itsresidualincomeis $36,000.
Whatis the company'sreturnon investment?
%
12
(2 marks)
Acompanyhas calculateda $10,000adversedirectmaterialvarianceby subtractingits
flexedbudget directmaterialcost fromits actual directmaterialcost forthe period.
WhichTWOof the followingcouldhave caused the variance?

Anincreaseindirectmaterialprices

Anincreaseinraw materialusage per unit

Unitsproducedbeinggreater than budgeted

Unitssoldbeinggreater than budgeted
13
(2 marks)
Acompanyhas recordedthe followingvariancesfora period:
Salesvolumevariance
$10,000Adverse
Salespricevariance
$5,000 Favourable
Totalcost variance
$12,000Adverse
Standard profiton actual sales forthe periodwas $120,000.
Whatwas the fixedbudget profitforthe period?

$137,000

$103,000
G


14
15
334
$110,000
$130,000
H
(2 marks)
Whichof the followingare suitablemeasuresof performanceat the strategiclevel?
1
2
3


Returnon investment
Marketshare
Numberof customercomplaints
1and 2
2 only


2 and 3
1and 3
(2 marks)
WhichTWOof the followingare feasiblevaluesforthe correlationcoefficient?


+1.40
+1.04

0

–0.94
(2 marks)
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 347 of 421
q
16
Acompany'soperatingcosts are 60%variableand 40%fixed.
Whichof the followingvariances'valueswouldchange ifthe companyswitchedfrom
standard marginalcostingto standard absorptioncosting?

Directmaterialefficiencyvariance
17

Variableoverheadefficiencyvariance

Salesvolumevariance

Fixedoverheadexpenditurevariance
(2 marks)
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
ABCCo has a manufacturingcapacity of 10,000units.Theflexedproductioncost budget
of the companyis as follows:
Capacity
60%
100%
Totalproductioncosts
$11,280
$15,120
Whatis the budgeted total productioncost ifit operates at 85%capacity?
$
18
(2 marks)
Usingan interestrate of 10%per year the net presentvalue(NPV)of a projecthas been
correctlycalculatedas $50. Ifthe interestrate is increasedby 1%the NPVof the project
fallsby $20.
Whatis the internalrate of return(IRR)of the project?

7.5%
G
19

11.7%

12.5%

20.0%
H
(2 marks)
Afactory consistsof twoproductioncost centres(Pand Q)and twoservicecost centres
(Xand Y).Thetotal allocatedand apportionedoverheadforeach is as follows:
P
$95,000
Q
$82,000
X
$46,000
Y
$30,000
Ithas been estimatedthat each servicecost centre does workforothercost centresinthe
followingproportions:
P
Q
X
Y
Percentageof servicecost centre Xto
50
50
–
–
Percentageof servicecost centre Yto
30
60
10
–
Thereapportionmentof servicecost centre costs to othercost centresfullyreflectsthe
aboveproportions.
Afterthe reapportionmentof servicecost centre costs has been carriedout, what is the
total overheadforproductioncost centre P?

$124,500

$126,100

$127,000

$128,500
(2 marks)
Mockexam1(Specimenexam):Questions 335
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 348 of 421
q
20
Acompanyalwaysdeterminesits orderquantityfora raw materialby usingthe Economic
OrderQuantity(EOQ)model.
Whatwouldbe the effectson the EOQand the total annual holdingcost of a decrease in
the cost of orderinga batch of raw material?
Higher
Lower
EOQ


Annualholdingcost


(2 marks)
21
Acompanywhichoperates a processcostingsystemhad work-in-progressat the start of
last monthof 300 units(valuedat $1,710)whichwere60%completeinrespect of allcosts.
Lastmontha total of 2,000 unitswerecompletedand transferredto the finishedgoods
warehouse.Thecost per equivalentunitforcosts arisinglast monthwas $10.Thecompany
uses the FIFOmethodof cost allocation.
Whatwas the total valueof the 2,000 unitstransferredto the finishedgoodswarehouse
last month?

$19,910
22
G


$20,000
$20,510

$21,710
(2 marks)
Identifywhethereach of the followingstatements about the uses of BigData analyticsin
organisationsis true or false.
Ithelpsto better understandcustomerbehaviourand
preferences
Ithelpsto analyse the efficiencyof businessprocessesin
real time
23
True
False




(2 marks)
Thenumberof dailycomplaintsto a localgovernmentofficehas a mean of 12and a
standard deviationof 3 complaints.
Whatis the coefficientof variationas a %?
%
24
336
(2 marks)
Underwhichof the followinglabourremunerationmethodswilldirectlabourcost alwaysbe
a variablecost?

Dayrate

Piecerate


Differentialpiecerate
Groupbonusscheme
(2 marks)
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 349 of 421
H
q
25
Acompanymanufacturesand sellsa singleproduct.Intwoconsecutivemonthsthe
followinglevelsof productionand sales (inunits)occurred:
Month1
Month2
Sales
3,800
4,400
Production
3,900
4,200
TheopeninginventoryforMonth1was 400 units.Profitsor losseshave been calculatedfor
each monthusingboth absorptionand marginalcostingprinciples.
Whichof the followingcombinationsof profitsand lossesforthe twomonthsis consistent
withthe abovedata?
Absorptioncostingprofit/(loss) Marginalcostingprofit/(loss)
Month1
Month2
Month1
Month2
$
$
$
$
26

200
4,400
(400)
3,200

(400)
4,400
200
3,200

200
3,200
(400)
4,400

(400)
3,200
200
4,400
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
(2 marks)
Thefollowingstatements relate to the advantages that linearregressionanalysishas over
the highlowmethodinthe analysisof cost behaviour:
1
2
3
Thereliabilityof the analysiscan be statisticallytested
Ittakes intoaccount allof the data
Itassumeslinearcost behaviour
Whichof the abovestatements are TRUE?
G
27
H

1only

1and 2 only

2 and 3 only

1,2 and 3
(2 marks)
Acompanyoperates a processinwhichno lossesare incurred.Theprocessaccount forlast
month,whenthere was no openingwork-in-progress,was as follows:
Processaccount
Costs arising
$
624,000
Finishedoutput (10,000units)
Closingwork-in-progress(4,000 units)
–––––––––––
624,000
–––––––––––
$
480,000
144,000
–––––––––––
624,000
–––––––––––
Theclosingworkinprogresswas completeto the same degree forallelementsof cost.
Whatwas the percentage degree of completionof the closingwork-in-progress?

12%

30%

40%

75%
(2 marks)
Mockexam1(Specimenexam):Questions 337
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 350 of 421
q
28
Whichof the followingwouldNOTbe expectedto appear inan organisation'smission
statement?

Theorganisation'svaluesand beliefs

Theproductsor servicesofferedby the organisation

Quantifiedshorttermtargets the organisationseeksto achieve

Theorganisation'smajorstakeholders
(2 marks)
29
Anorganisationoperates a pieceworksystemof remuneration,but also guarantees its
employees80%of a time-basedrate of pay whichis based on $20 per hourforan eight
hourworkingday. Threeminutesis the standard timeallowedper unitof output. Piecework
is paid at the rate of $18per standard hour.
Ifan employeeproduces200 unitsineighthourson a particularday, what is the
employee'sgrosspay forthat day?
$
30
G
31
Acompany uses an overheadabsorptionrate of $3.50 per machinehour, based on
32,000 budgeted machinehours for the period.Duringthe same periodthe actual total
overheadexpenditureamounted to $108,875and 30,000 machinehours wererecorded
on actual production.
Byhowmuchwas the total overheadunderor overabsorbed forthe period?

Underabsorbed by $3,875

Underabsorbed by $7,000

Overabsorbed by $3,875

Overabsorbed by $7,000
(2 marks)
WhichTWOof the followingstatements relatingto managementinformationare true?




32
(2 marks)
Itis producedforpartiesexternalto the organisation
Thereis usuallya legalrequirementforthe informationto be produced
Nostrictrulesgovernthe way inwhichthe informationis presented
Itmay be presentedinmonetaryor non monetaryterms
(2 marks)
Acompany'ssales inthe last year inits three differentmarketswereas follows
$
Market1
100,000
Market2
149,000
Market3
51,000
Total
300,000
Ina pie chart representingthe proportionof sales made by each regionwhat wouldbe the
angle of the sectionrepresentingMarket3?

17degrees

50 degrees

61degrees

120degrees
(2 marks)
338
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 351 of 421
H
G
q
33
Theresultsof a chemistryexaminationare normallydistributedwitha mean scoreof 56
and a standard deviationof 12.
Whatis the percentage probabilitythat a student willscoremorethan 80?
%
34
(2 marks)
Thepurchase priceof an itemof inventoryis $25 per unit.Ineach three monthperiodthe
usage of the itemis 20,000 units.Theannual holdingcosts associated withone unitequate
to 6%of its purchase price.Thecost of placingan orderforthe itemis $20.
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
Whatisthe economicorderquantity forthe inventoryitem(to the nearest wholeunit)?
(2 marks)
%
35
Acompanyuses marginalcosting.Thefollowingvariancesoccurredinthe last periodwhen
the actual net profitwas $40,000.
Materials
Labour
Overheads
Salesprice
Salesvolumecontribution
$900 adverse
$1,000favourable
$700 adverse
$500 favourable
$900 favourable
Whatwas the budgeted net profitforthe last period?

$41,500

$40,800

$38,500

$39,200
H
(2 marks)
Mockexam1(Specimenexam):Questions 339
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 352 of 421
q
Section B – ALLTHREE questions
attempted
36
are compulsory
and MUST be
Cab Co ownsand runs350 taxisand had sales of $10millioninthe last year. Cab Co is
consideringintroducinga newcomputerisedtaxitrackingsystem.
Theexpectedcosts and benefitsof the newcomputerisedtrackingsystemare as follows:
(a) Thesystemwouldcost $2,100,000to implement.
(b) Depreciationwouldbe providedat $420,000 per year.
(c) $75,000has already been spent on staff traininginorderto evaluatethe potentialof
the newsystem.Furthertrainingcosts of $425,000wouldbe requiredinthe first
year ifthe newsystemis implemented.
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
Salesare expectedto riseto $11millioninYear1ifthe newsystemis implemented,
thereafterincreasingby 5%per year. Ifthe newsystemis not implemented,sales
wouldbe expectedto increaseby $200,000 per year.
Despiteincreasedsales, savingsinvehiclerunningcosts are expectedas a resultof
the newsystem.Theseare estimatedat 1%of total sales.
Sixnewmembersof staff wouldbe recruitedto manage the newsystemat a total
cost of $120,000per year.
Cab Co wouldhave to take out a maintenancecontract forthe newsystemat a cost
of $75,000per year forfiveyears.
Intereston moneyborrowedto financethe projectwouldcost $150,000per year.
(i) Cab Co's cost of capital is 10%per year.
Task 1
Inorderto determinewhethera computerisedtrackingsystemshouldbe introduced,
indicatewhethereach of the followingis a relevantor an irrelevantcost fora net present
value(NPV)evaluation.
G
Computerisedtrackingsysteminvestmentof $2,100,000

Depreciationof $420,000 ineach of the fiveyears

Staff trainingcosts of $425,000

Newstaff total salary of $120,000per annum

Staff trainingcosts of $75,000

Interestcost of $150,000per annum

Picklist
Relevant
Irrelevant
(5 marks)
Task 2
Calculatethe followingvaluesifthe computerisedtrackingsystemis implemented.
Incrementalsales inYear1
$
Savingsinvehiclerunningcosts inYear1
$
Presentvalueof the maintenancecosts overthe lifeof the contract
$
(3 marks)
340
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 353 of 421
H
G
q
Task 3
Cab Co wishesto maximisethe wealthof its shareholders.Ithas correctlycalculatedthe
followingmeasuresforthe proposedcomputerisedtrackingsystemproject:
–
Theinternalrate of return(IRR)is 14%
–
Thereturnon average capital employed(ROCE)is 20%
–
Thepayback periodis fouryears
Required
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
Whichof the followingis TRUE?

Theprojectis worthwhilebecause the IRRis a positivevalue
37

Theprojectis worthwhilebecause the IRRis greater than the cost of capital


Theprojectis not worthwhilebecause the IRRis lessthan the ROCE
Theprojectis not worthwhilebecause the payback is lessthan fiveyears
(2 marks)
CastildaCo manufacturestoy robots.Thecompanyoperates a standard marginalcosting
systemand valuesinventoryat standard cost.
Thefollowingis an extract of a partly completedspreadsheetforcalculatingvariances.
A
B
C
1
Standard Cost Card – Toy Robot
$ per robot
2
Sellingprice
3
Directmaterial
1materialper unit
20
4
Directlabour
6 hours@$8 per hour
48
5
Productionoverhead
24
6
Standard contribution
28
7
Actualand budgeted activity levelsin units
8
Sales
25,000
25,600
9
Production
25,000
26,000
120
10 Actualsales revenue and variable costs
11
Sales
Budget
Actual
$
3,066,880
12 Directmaterial(purchasedand used)
532,800
13 Directlabour(150,000hours)
1,221,000
14 Variableproductionoverhead
614,000
15 Variances
$
16 Totaldirectmaterialsvariances
12,800
Adverse
17 Directlabourrate variances
21,000
Adverse
18 Directlabourefficiencyvariances
48,000
Favourable
19 Totalvariableproductionoverheadvariances
10,000
Favourable
Mockexam1(Specimenexam):Questions 341
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 354 of 421
H
q
Task 1
Whichformulawillcorrectlycalculatethe directlabourefficiencyvarianceincellB18?

=(C9C4)– B13

=B13– (C9C4)

=(C9C4)– (150,0008)

=(150,000– (C96))8
(2 marks)
Task 2
CastildaCo uses a standard cost operatingstatement to reconcilebudgeted contribution
withactual contribution.Astandard cost operatingstatement forMonth1is givenbelow
withsomeinformationmissing.
Completethe reconciliationforthe standard cost operatingstatement forMonth1shown
below.
Standard cost operatingstatement Month1
$
$
Budgetedcontribution
700,000


Standard contributionon actual sales
Salespricevariance

711,680
Cost variances
Totaldirectmaterialsvariance
Directlabourrate variance
Directlabourefficiencyvariance
Totalvariableproductionoverheadvariance
G
12,800Adv
21,000Adv
48,000 Fav
10,000Fav
24,200 Fav
Fav
Actualcontribution
735,880
Picklist
Fixedoverheadvolumevariance
Totalsales variance
Salesvolumevariance
Adv
(6 marks)
Fav
Task 3
Castilda'smanagementaccountant thinksthat the directlabourrate and efficiency
variancesforMonth1couldbe interrelated.
WhichTWOof the followingcouldexplaintheirinterrelationship?

Lowergrade labourperformedtasks lessefficiently

Aproductivitybonuswas paid to directlabour

Highergrade labourperformedtasks moreefficiently

(2 marks)
Actualproductionwas lessthan budgeted
342
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 355 of 421
H
G
q
38
NicholsonCo sellsmobiletelephones.Itsuppliesits customerswithtelephonesand wireless
telephoneconnections.Customerspay an annual fee plusa monthlycharge based on calls
made.
Thecompanyhas recentlyemployeda consultantto installa balanced scorecardsystem
of performancemeasurementand to benchmarkthe resultsagainst those of Nicholson
Co's competitors.Unfortunatelythe consultantwas calledaway beforethe workwas
finished.Youhave been asked to completethe work.Thefollowingdata is available.
NicholsonCo
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
Operating data for the year ended 30 November20X0
Salesrevenue
$480 million
Salesattributableto newproducts
$8 million
Averagecapital employed
$192million
Profitbeforeinterestand tax
$48 million
Averagenumberof customers
,960,000
Averagenumberof telephonesreturnedforrepaireach day
0,000
Numberof billqueries
2,000
Numberof customercomplaints
21,600
Numberof customerslost
17,600
Averagenumberof telephonesunrepairedat the end of each day
804
Task 1
Calculatethe followingratiosand otherstatisticsforNicholsonCo forthe year ended
30 November20X0.
Returnon capital employed
%
Returnon sales (net profitpercentage)
%
Assetturnover
times
Averagewaitfortelephonerepair
days
6 marks)
Task 2
Calculatethe followingstatisticsforNicholsonCo. (Giveyouranswersto twodecimal
places.)
Percentageof customerslostper annum
%
Percentageof sales attributableto newproducts
%
(2 marks)
Task 3
Completethe followingexplanationof a balanced scorecard.
Abalanced scorecardmeasuresperformancefromfourperspectives:customer,innovation

and learning,financialand
Picklist
processflexibility
internalbusinessprocess
non-financialsuccess
Mockexam1(Specimenexam):Questions 343
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 356 of 421
H
q
Thescorecardis balanced inthat it requiresmanagers to:

Picklist
offsetbad performanceinone area withgood performanceinanother
deliverperformanceinallfourareas
achieveon an equal numberof KPIsineach perspective
(2 marks)
(Total = 100 marks)
G
H
344
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 357 of 421
q
Answers
Mock
to
Exam
1
G
H
DO NOT TURN THIS PAGE UNTIL YOU HAVE
COMPLETED THE MOCK EXAM
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 358 of 421
q
G
H
346
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 359 of 421
q
Section A
1
Thecorrectansweris:Functionalbenchmarking
2
Thecorrectansweris:Settinga cost by subtractinga desiredprofitmarginfroma
competitivemarketprice
3
Thecorrectanswersare: ProcessF AbnormallossProcessG Abnormalgain
F:normalloss=65,000 8%=5,200. Actualloss(65,000– 58900)=6,100
G: normalloss=37,5005%=1,875.Actualloss(37,500– 35,700)=1,800
Therefore,F showsan abnormallossand G showsan abnormalgain
4
Thecorrectansweris:$27,000
OAR=Budgetedoverhead/budgetedproduction=$63,000/14,000=$4.50 per unit
Inventoryhas risenby 2,000 unitsso absorptioncostingwillreporta higherprofitthan
marginalcosting.2,000 $4.50 =$9,000
Absorptioncostingprofit
$36,000
$9,000
$27,000
Marginalcostingprofit
5
Thecorrectansweris:Differencesinworkforcemotivation
6
Thecorrectansweris:Randomsampling
7
Thecorrectansweris:147,000kg
Production(units)
=Closinginventory+sales – openinginventory
=3,000 +19,000– 4,000
G
=18,000
Rawmaterialpurchases =Closinginventory+production– openinginventory
=53,000 kg +(18,0008 kg)– 50,000 kg
8
9
=147,000kg
Thecorrectansweris:Graph D
Thecorrectanswersare: Ithelpscoordinatethe activitiesof differentdepartmentsand It
establishesa systemof control
10
Thecorrectansweris:2 only
11
Participativebudgetingincreasesthe motivationof juniormanagers
Thecorrectansweris:30%
Returnon investment
=Profit/capitalemployed
Profit
=$36,000 +($200,00012%)
=$60,000
ROI
12
=$60,000/$200,000
=30%
Thecorrectanswersare: Anincreaseinmaterialpricesand Anincreaseinraw material
usage per unit
Mockexam1:Answers 347
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 360 of 421
A
N
S
W
E
R
S
H
q
13
Thecorrectansweris:$130,000
(Budgetedsales volume– actual sales volume)standard profitper unit=$10,000(A)
14
Standard profiton actual sales =(actual sales unitsstandard profitper unit)=$120,000
Fixedbudget profit=$120,000+$10,000=$130,000
Thecorrectanswersare: 1and 2
15
Returnon investmentand marketshare
Thecorrectanswersare: 0 and -0.94
16
Thecorrelationcoefficientshouldbe between-1and 1
Thecorrectansweris:Salesvolumevariance
17
Thecorrectansweris:$13,680
Usethe high-lowmethodto determinethe fixedand variableelements
100
$15,120
60
$11,280
40
$3,840
$3,840/40 =$96per %
Fixedelement:$15,120– (10096)=$5,520
For85%capacity, productioncost wouldbe 5,520 +(85$96)=$13,680
18
Thecorrectansweris:12.5%
 a (BA)
IRR=A+ 

a b

 50

=10+ 50 30 1


G
19
=12.5%
Thecorrectansweris:$128,500
Totaloverhead
ReallocateY
ReallocateX
20
H
P
95,000
9,000
Q
82,000
18,000
24,500
128,500
24,500
X
46,000
3,000
49,000
(49,000)
Y
30,000
(30,000)
Thecorrectansweris:EOQ:LowerAnnualholdingcost: Lower
Adecrease inthe orderingcost wouldreducethe EOQ(as smallerquantitiescouldnowbe
ordered)and also the holdingcost (as lowerinventorieswouldbe kept)
21
Thecorrectansweris:$19,910
22
OpeningWIP
Completionof 300 units(300 40%10)
1,700units@$10
Totalvalue2,000 units
Thecorrectanswersare: Trueand True.
$
1,710
1,200
7,000
19,910
One of the mainuses of BigData analyticsis to helpunderstandcustomers.Beingable to
processBigData means that businessprocessescan be analysed inreal time.
348
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 361 of 421
q
23
Thecorrectansweris:25%
Coefficientof variation=(Standarddeviation/mean)100=(3/12)100=25%
24
Thecorrectansweris:Piecerate
25
Thecorrectanswersare:
Absorptioncostingprofit/(loss) Marginalcostingprofit/(loss)
Month1
Month2
Month1
Month2
$
$
$
$
200
3,200
(400)
4,400
26
Closinginventoryat the end of Month1=openinginventory+production– sales
Thecorrectansweris:1and 2 only
27
Thecorrectansweris:75%
Cost per unitof finishedoutput (480,000/10,000)
$48
28
Cost per unitof work-in-progress(144,000/4,000)
$36
Thereforethe WIPis 75%completed
Thecorrectansweris:Quantifiedshorttermtargets the organisationseeksto achieve
29
Thecorrectansweris:$180
Productioninone standard hour=20 units
Pay for200 units=200/20 18=$180
30
G
31
32
Thisis abovethe guaranteed rate.
Thecorrectansweris:Underabsorbed by $3,875
Overheadabsorbed (30,000 $3.5)
105,000
Actualoverhead
108,875
Under-absorbed
3,875
Thecorrectanswersare: Nostrictrulesgovernthe way inwhichthe informationis
presented.Itmay be presentedinmonetaryor non-monetaryterms
Thecorrectansweris:61degrees
51,000 360 =61
o o
300,000
33
Thecorrectansweris:2.28%
34
Z-score=(80 – 56)/12=2
Fromthe normaldistributiontable, 2 =0.4772
Tofindthe probabilityof scoringmorethan 80: 0.5 – 0.4772=0.0228
Thecorrectansweris:1,461
EOQ=
35
Ch
2 20 420,0002CoD
 3,200,000
==
=1,460.59
25 6%
1.5
Thecorrectansweris:$39,200
$40,000 +$900 – $1,000+$700 – $500 – $900 =$39,200
$38,500is arrivedat by not includingoverheads.
$40,800 is arrivedat by deductingadversevariancesand adding favourablevariances.
$41,500is arrivedat by deductingadversevariancesand adding favourablevariancesand
not includingoverheads.
Mockexam1:Answers 349
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 362 of 421
A
N
S
W
E
R
S
H
q
Section B
36
Task 1
(i)
Computerisedtrackingsysteminvestmentof $2,100,000
Relevant
(ii)
Depreciationof $420,000 ineach of the fiveyears
rrelevant
(iii) Staff trainingcosts of $425,000
Relevant
(iv) Newstaff total salary of $120,000per year
Relevant
(v)
rrelevant
Staff trainingcosts of $75,000
(vi) Interestcost of $150,000per year
rrelevant
Relevantcosts are futureincrementalcash flows.Non-relevantcosts includesunkcosts,
committedcosts and notional(imputed)costs.
(i) Relevant.Thisisa futureincrementalcash outflow.
(ii) Irrelevant.Thisisnot a cash flow.
(iii) Relevant.Thisis a futureincrementalcash outflow.
(iv) Relevant.Thisis a futureincrementalcash outflow.
(v) Irrelevant.Thiscost has already been incurredand is thereforea sunkcost.
(vi) Irrelevant.Theinterestis onlyrelevantifit representsan identifiedlostopportunityto
use the financeforsomealternativepurpose.
Task 2
Incrementalsales inYear1(W1)
$800,000
Savingsinvehiclerunningcosts inYear1 (W2)
$110,000
Presentvalueofthe maintenancecostsoverthe lifeofthe contract(W3)
Answerrange:
$284,000- $285,000
Workings
1
Ifthe trackingsystemdid not go ahead then the sales inYear1wouldbe $10million+
$200,000 =$10,200,000.
Ifthe trackingsystemdid go ahead then the sales inYear1wouldbe $11,000,000.
Theincrementalsales are the differencebetweenwhat the sales wouldhave been
withoutthe trackingsystemand what they wouldbe withthe trackingsystem.
$11,000,000– $10,200,000=$800,000.
2
Year1
$'000
Sales
11,000
Vehiclerunningsavings(1%)
110
3
Themaintenancecost is an annuity, ie,it is the same amounteveryyear forthe five
years. We can thereforeuse the cumulativediscountfactor for5 years at 10%.
G
NPV=$75,0003.791=$284,325.
Itis also possibleto calculatethe presentvalueof each year and add themup. There
willbe a smallroundingdifference.
Year1 Year2 Year3 Year4 Year5
$
$
$
$
$
Maintenancecost 75,000 75,000 75,000 75,000 75,000
Discountfactor
0.909 0.826
0.751 0.683 0.621
Presentvalue
68,175 61,950 56,325 51,225 46,575
NPV
284,250
350
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 363 of 421
H
G
q
Task 3
37
Thecorrectansweris:Theprojectis worthwhilebecause the IRRis greater than the cost of
capital.
'Theprojectis worthwhilebecause the IRRis a positivevalue'is incorrectbecause the IRR
needs to exceedthe cost of capital to makethe projectworthwhile.
'Theprojectis not worthwhilebecause the IRRis lessthan the ROCE'is incorrectbecause
the IRRneeds to exceedthe cost of capital to makethe projectworthwhile.
'Theprojectis not worthwhilebecause the payback is lessthan fiveyears' is incorrect
because the cut-offperiodfordecidingon the payback periodis arbitraryand wedon't
knowwhat Cab Co considersto be acceptable.
Task 1
=(C9C4)– (150,0008)
Task 2
Standard cost operatingstatement Month1
Budgetedcontribution
$
$
700,000
16,800 Fav
Sales volumevariance (W1)
Standard contributionon actual sales
Salespricevariance(W2)
716,800
5,120 Adv
711,680
Cost variances
Totaldirectmaterialsvariance
Directlabourrate variance
Directlabourefficiencyvariance
Totalvariableproductionoverheadvariance
12,800Adv
21,000Adv
48,000 Fav
10,000Fav
Actualcontribution
Workings
1
Budgetedsales volume
Actualsales volume
Salesvolumevarianceinunits
standard contributionper unit
Salesvolumevariance
24,200 Fav
735,880
25,000 units
25,600 units
600 units(F)
$28
$16,800(F)
2
Salesrevenuefrom25,600 unitsshouldhave been ($120)
but was ($15.30)
Sellingpricevariance
$
3,072,000
3,066,880
5,120(A)
Task 3
Thecorrectanswersare:

Aproductivitybonuswas paid to directlabour

Highergrade labourperformedtasks moreefficiently
Whentwovariancesare interdependent(interrelated)one willusuallybe adverse and the
other one favourable.
Ifemployeesina workforceare paid higher rates forexperience and skill,usinga highly
skilledteam shouldincuran adverse rate variance at the same timeas a favourable
efficiencyvariance.
Mockexam1:Answers 351
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 364 of 421
A
N
S
W
E
R
S
H
q
38
Task 1
Returnon capital employed(W1)
Returnon sales (net profitpercentage)(W2)
Assetturnover(W3)
Averagewaitfortelephonerepair(W4)
Task 2
Percentageof customerslostper year (W5)
Percentageof sales attributableto newproducts(W6)
25%
10%
2.5 times
Answerrange: 29-30 days
6.00%
Answerrange: 1.66-1.67%
Task 3
Completethe followingexplanationof a balanced scorecard.
Abalanced scorecardmeasuresperformancefromfourperspectives:customer,innovation
and learning,financialand internal business process
Thescorecardis balanced inthat it requiresmanagers to:
deliverperformance in all four areas
Workings
G
$48 millionProfit
100%=25%
=
Capitalemployed $192million
1
Returnon capital employed =
2
Netprofitpercentage =
3
Assetturnover=
4
Averagewaitfortelephonerepair=
Netprofit 100%= $48 million100%=10%
Sales
$480 million
Sales
100%= $480 million=2.5
Capitalemployed
$192million
H
Averagenumberof telephonesunrepairedat end of day 365 days
Numberof telephonesreturnedforrepair
=
5
Percentageof customerslostper year =
=
6
804
365=29.3days
10,000
Numberof customerslost 100%
Totalnumberof customers
117,600
100%=6%
1,960,000
Percentageof sales attributableto newproducts=
Salesattributableto newproducts
100%
Totalsales
=
352
$8m
100%=1.67%
$480m
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 365 of 421
q
Mock
Exam
2
G
H
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 366 of 421
q
G
H
354
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 367 of 421
q
Foundations
in
Accountancy
/ACCA
FMA/MA
Management
Mock
Accounting
Examination
2
G
H
Questions
Time allowed
This examination
2 hours
is divided into two sections:
Section A – 35 questions,
Section B – 3 questions,
each worth 2 marks
each worth 10 marks
All questions within each section are compulsory
DO NOT OPEN THIS EXAMINATION UNTIL YOU ARE READY TO
START UNDER EXAMINATION CONDITIONS
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 368 of 421
355
q
G
H
356
Management
Accounting
(FMA/MA)
Page 369 of 421
G
q
Section A – ALL35 questions
1
2
3
are compulsory
and MUST be attempted
Threeyears ago the priceindexappropriateto MaterialZhad a valueof 140.Itnowhas a
valueof 180.Thematerialcosts $3,500 per kg today.
Whatwas its cost per kg three years ago?

$1,167

$2,722

$4,500

$6,222
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
(2 marks)
Whichof the followingstatements is/are true?
(i)
(ii)
Quota samplingis a non-probabilitysamplingmethod
Stratifiedrandomsamplinginvolvesdividingthe populationintocategories

Statement(i)is true and statement (ii)is false

Statement(i)is falseand statement (ii)is true

Bothstatements are true

Bothstatements are false
(2 marks)
Amanufacturingcompanyhas fourtypes of cost (identifiedas T1,T2,T3and T4)
Thetotal cost foreach type at twodifferentproductionlevelsis:
Cost type
Totalcost for125units
Totalcost for180units
$
$
T1
1,000
1,260
T2
1,750
2,520
T3
2,475
2,826
T4
3,225
4,644
WhichTWOcost types wouldbe classifiedas beingsemi-variable?

T1

T2

T3

T4
H
(2 marks)
Mockexam2: Questions 357
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 370 of 421
q
4
DCo has presentedinformationon a particularcost inthe formof a linegraph.
500
450
400
350
Cost
$
300
250
200
10
20
30
40
Level
ofactivity
(units)
Basedon the graph, whichTWOof the followingstatements are correct?

Ata levelof activityof 30 unitsthe total cost is $350

Thefixedelementof the cost is $200

Thecost appears to be non-linear

5
G
Thevariableelementof the cost is$10per unit
(2 marks)
Theperformanceof a publiclyfundedhospitalis monitoredusingmeasuresbased upon
the 'three Es'.Themostimportantperformancemeasureis consideredto be the
achievementof hospitaltargets forthe successfultreatment of patients.
Whichof the three Esbest describesthisabovemeasure?

Economy

Externality
6
358

Effectiveness

Efficiency
(2 marks)
Arethe followingstatements true or false?
(i)
(ii)

Lifecyclecostingassesses a product'sprofitabilityoverits entirelife
Theaimof lifecyclecostingis to understandproductprofitabilitymorefully
Statement(i)is true and statement (ii)is false

Statement(i)is falseand statement (ii)is true

Bothstatements are true

Bothstatements are false
(2 marks)
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 371 of 421
H
q
7
8
Whichof the followingtasks wouldusuallybe carriedout firstinthe budgetary planning
process?

Identifythe principalbudget factor

Establishthe levelof sales demand

Calculatethe predeterminedoverheadabsorptionrate

Establishthe organisation'slongtermobjectives
(2 marks)
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
Whichof the followingstatements are correct?
(i) Strategicinformationis mainlyused by seniormanagementinan organisation
(ii) Productivitymeasurementsare examplesof tactical information
(iii) Operationalinformationis requiredfrequentlyby its mainusers
9

(i)and (ii)only

(i)and (iii)only

(i)only

(i),(ii)and (iii)
(2 marks)
AcompanymanufacturestwoproductsP1and P2 ina factory dividedintotwocost
centres,Xand Y.Thefollowingbudgeted data are available:
Cost centre
X
Y
$88,000
$96,000
Allocatedand apportionedfixedoverheadcosts
Directlabourhoursper unit:
ProductP1
3.0
1.0
ProductP2
2.5
2.0
Budgetedoutput is 8,000 unitsof each product.Fixedoverheadcosts are absorbed on a
directlabourhourbasis.
Whatis the budgeted fixedoverheadcost per unitforProductP2?

$10
G
10

$11

$12

$13
(2 marks)
Amanufacturingcompanyuses a machinehourrate to absorb productionoverheads,
whichwerebudgeted to be $130,500for9,000 machinehours.Actualoverheadincurred
were$128,480and 8,800 machinehourswererecorded.
Whatwas the total underabsorptionof productionoverheads(to the nearest whole
number)?
$
(2 marks)
Mockexam2: Questions 359
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 372 of 421
H
q
11
WhichTWOof the followingare disadvantagesof flexiblebudgets?

Theyare not veryusefulfordecision-making

Theyare moretimeconsumingto prepare than fixedbudgets

Theyfailto providean appropriateyardstickforcost controlpurposes

Theyare based on a set of assumptionswhichmay be oversimplistic
(2 marks)
12
Acompanyoperatesa jobcostingsystem.Job number605 requires$300 ofdirectmaterials
and $400 of directlabour.Directlabouris paid at the rate of $8 per hour. Production
overheadsare absorbed at a rate of $26 per directlabourhourand non-production
overheadsare absorbed at a rate of 120%of primecost.
Whatis the total cost of jobnumber605?

$2,000

$2,400

$2,840

$4,400
(2 marks)
13
WhichTWOof the followingare advantages of a participativeapproach to budgeting?

Improvedacceptance of the budget

Budgetaryslackis reduced

Improvedmotivation

Relativelyfast budget preparation
(2 marks)
G
H
14
Whichof the followingvarianceswouldbe showninan operatingstatement prepared
undera standard marginalcostingsystem?
(i) Variableoverheadexpenditurevariance
(ii) Variableoverheadefficiencyvariance
(iii) Fixedoverheadexpenditurevariance
(iv) Fixedoverheadvolumevariance

(i),(ii)and (iv)

(i),(iii)and (iv)

(i),(ii)and (iii)

(ii),(iii)and (iv)
(2 marks)
15
Acompany'sbudgeted sales forlast monthwere10,000unitswitha standard selling
priceof $20 per unitand a contributionto sales ratio of 40%.Lastmonthactual sales of
10,500unitswithtotal revenueof $204,750wereachieved.
Whatwerethe sales priceand sales volumecontributionvariances?
Salespricevariance($)
Salesvolumecontributionvariance($)

5,250 Adverse
4,000 Favourable

5,250 Adverse
4,000 Adverse

5,000 Adverse
4,000 Favourable

5,000 Adverse
4,000 Adverse
(2 marks)
360
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 373 of 421
q
16
Acompany
operates
a standard
absorption
costing
system.
Thestandard
fixedproduction
overhead
rateis$15perhour.
Thefollowing
datarelate
tolastmonth:
Actualhours
worked
Budgeted
hours
Standard
hours
foractualproduction
5,500
5,000
4,800
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
Whatwasthefixedproduction
overhead
capacityvariance?

$7,500Adverse
17
18
G
19
20

$7,500Favourable

$10,500Adverse

$10,500Favourable
(2 marks)
Valueanalysis
canachieve
whichTWOofthefollowing?

Eliminate
costs

Reduce
costs

Increase
quantity
sold

Increase
salesprice
(2 marks)
Howdoessetting
objectives
relate
tothemission
statement
ofanorganisation?

Themission
givesmanagers
a focusforsetting
objectives

Themission
stateswhattheobjectives
are

Themission
hasnothing
todowithsetting
objectives

Themission
andtheobjectives
areidentical
H
(2 marks)
Whichofthefollowing
statements
bestdescribe
critical
success
factors?
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
Thefinancial
ratiosusedbyanalysts
toevaluate
theorganisation
Thepersonal
objectives
ofthestrategic
management
team
Derived
fromthemission
statement
andobjectives
oftheorganisation
Thekeyareasthata business
needstosucceed
in,toensure
itachieves
overall
aims

(i),(ii),(iii)and(iv)

(ii)and(iv)only

(i)and(iii)only

(iii)and(iv)only
(2 marks)
Whichofthefollowing
bestdescribes
tacticalinformation?

Mainly
qualitative
withsomenumerical
analysis

Sourced
largelyfromexternal
andinformal
sources

Mainly
quantitative,
internal
andgenerated
frequently

Basedonoperational
information
withsomeinterpretation
applied
(2 marks)
Mockexam2:Questions361
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 374 of 421
q
21
Acompanyhas twoproductiondepartmentsand twoservicedepartmentswiththe
followingfixedoverheads:
Production
Service
A
B
C
D
$'000
$'000
$'000
$'000
1,000
1,200
1,200
1,600
ServicedepartmentC dividesits timebetweenthe otherdepartmentsinthe ratio3:2:1
(forA,B,and Drespectively).DepartmentDspends 40%of its timeservicingDepartmentA
and 60%servicingDepartmentB.Ifallservicedepartments'overheadsare allocatedto
productiondepartments,the total fixedoverheadcost of DepartmentAis:

$2,400,000

$2,200,000


22
23
(2 marks)
WhichTWOof the followingwilllead to an abnormallossarising?




G
$1,320,000
$2,320,000
Totallossesare lessthan expected
Totallossesare greater than expected
Totaloutput is lessthan expected
Totaloutput is greater than expected
(2 marks)
Aninvestmentwillproducean annual returnof $1,500inperpetuitywiththe firstreceipt
startingin3 years' time.
Whatis the presentvalueof thisperpetuitydiscountedat 6%?

$21,000



$22,250
$25,000
$25,250
(2 marks)
24
Organisationsoftenhave to makea trade-offbetweenshort-termand long-term
objectives.Whichof the followingstatements are correct?
True False
Makingshort-termtargets realisticcan encouragea long-termview


Linkingmanagers' rewardsto share pricemay encouragea long-termview


(2 marks)
25
Acompanyuses 9,000 unitsof a componentper year. Thecomponenthas a purchase
priceof $40 per unitand the cost of placingan orderis $160.Theannual holdingcost of
one componentis equal to 8%of its purchase price.
Whatis the EconomicOrderQuantity(to the nearest unit)of the component?
units
362
(2 marks)
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 375 of 421
H
q
26
Considerthe followingstatements:
(i)
Job costingis onlyapplicableto serviceorganisations.
(ii)
Batchcostingcan be used whena numberof identicalproductsare manufactured
togetherto go intofinishedinventory.
Iseach statement TRUEor FALSE?
Statement(i)
Statement(ii)
27

False
False

False
True

True
True

True
False
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
(2 marks)
Anorganisationabsorbs overheadson a machinehourbasis. Theplannedlevelof activity
forlast monthwas 30,000 machinehourswitha total overheadcost of $247,500.Actual
resultsshowedthat 28,000 machinehourswererecordedwitha total overheadcost of
$238,000.
Whatwas the total underabsorptionof overheadlast month?
$
28
(2 marks)
Thefollowinginformationrelatesto a manufacturingcompanyfornextperiod:
units
$
Production
14,000
Fixedproductioncosts
63,000
Sales
12,000
Fixedsellingcosts
12,000
Usingabsorptioncostingforthe profitfornextperiodhas been calculatedas $36,000.
Whatwouldthe profitfornextperiodbe usingmarginalcosting?
G
$
29
(2 marks)
Informationrelatingto twoprocesses(Fand G) was as follows:
Process
Normallossas %of input
Inputlitres
F
8
65,000
G
5
37,500
Foreach process,was there an abnormallossor an abnormalgain?
ProcessF
ProcessG
Output litres
58,900
35,700
Abnormalgain
Abnormalloss




(2 marks)
Mockexam2: Questions 363
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 376 of 421
H
G
q
30
Lastmonth27,000 directlabourhourswereworkedat an actual cost of $236,385and the
standard directlabourhoursof productionwere29,880.Thestandard directlabourcost
per hourwas $8.50.
Whatwas the labourefficiencyvariance?

$17,595Adverse



31
$17,595Favourable
$24,480Adverse
$24,480Favourable
(2 marks)
Thepharmacy ina busy hospitaluses pre-determinedrates forabsorbingtotal overheads,
based on the budgeted numberof prescriptionsto be handled.Arate of $7per prescription
has been calculated,and the followingoverheadexpenditureshave been estimatedat two
activitylevels.
Totaloverheads
$
97,000
109,000
Numberof prescriptions
13,000
16,000
Duringa particularperiodfixedoverheadswere$45,000.
Basedon the data above,what was the budgeted levelof activityinprescriptionsto be
handledduringthe periodinquestion?
prescriptions
32
33
(2 marks)
H
Whichone of the followingwouldbe classifiedas indirectlabour?

Assemblyworkerson a car productionline


Bricklayersina housebuildingcompany
Forklifttruckdriversinthe storesof an engineeringcompany

Tutorsina privateeducationbusiness
(2 marks)
Thecorrelationcoefficient(r)formeasuringthe connectionbetweentwovariables(xand y)
has been calculatedas 0.6.
Howmuchof the variationinthe dependentvariable(y)is explainedby the variationinthe
independentvariable(x)?
%
364
(2 marks)
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 377 of 421
G
q
34
Ina processwherethere are no work–in–progressinventories,twojointproducts(J and K)
are created. Information(inunits)relatingto last monthis as follows:
Product
J
K
Openinginventoryof
finishedgoods
100
400
Sales
6,000
4,000
Closinginventoryof
finishedgoods
300
200
Joint productioncosts last monthwere$110,000and these wereapportionedto joint
productsbased on the numberof unitsproduced.
Whatwerethe jointproductioncosts apportionedto productJ forlast month?

$63,800
35

$64,000

$66,000

$68,200
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
(2 marks)
Budgetedresultsand actual resultsforSeptemberare shownbelow.
Fixedbudget
12,000units
$
Sales
600,000
Directcosts
(144,000)
Fixedcosts
(70,000)
Profit/(loss)
386,000
Whatis the profitforthe flexedbudget?

$360,267

$355,600

$356,100

$425,600
Actual
11,200units
$
571,200
(145,600)
(69,500)
356,100
H
(2 marks)
Mockexam2: Questions 365
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 378 of 421
q
Section B – ALL THREE questions are compulsory and MUST be attempted
36
GraffsCohasproduced
thegraphbelow
showing
thestandard
fixedoverhead
costper
unit,thetotalbudgeted
fixedoverhead
costandtheactualfixedoverhead
costforthe
month
ofJune.Theactualnumber
ofunitsproduced
inJunewas7,500units.
20000
17500
Actual
fixed
overhead
cost
15000
Fixed 12500
overhead
cost
$
10000
Budget
fixed
overhead
cost
7500
5000
2500
G
H
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 x
Number
ofunits
produced
Task1
Calculatethefollowing
figures.
Theover-orunder-absorbed
overhead
forJune
$
Over-/Under-
Thefixedoverhead
expenditure
variance
forJune $
Adverse/Favourable
$
Adverse/Favourable
Thefixedoverhead
volume
variance
forJune
(6 marks)
Task2
WhichTWOofthefollowing
factorsshouldbeconsidered
beforeinvestigating
an
adverse
material
usagevariance?

Worldwide
increase
incostofrawmaterial

Tolerance
limits

Interrelationship
withadverse
labour
ratevariance

366
Costinvolved
intheinvestigation
Management
Accounting
(FMA/MA)
Page 379 of 421
(2 marks)
G
q
Task 3
GraffsCo is consideringusingstandard marginalcostingas the basis forvariance
reportinginthe future.Whichvariances for fixedproduction overhead wouldbe shown
in a marginal costing operating statement?
37
Yes
No
Fixedproductionoverheadexpenditurevariance


Fixedproductionoverheadcapacity variance


Fixedproductionoverheadefficiencyvariance


(2 marks)
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
HFCo is consideringtwodifferent(mutuallyexclusive)investmentoptions,investmentA
and investmentB.
Task 1
Anet presentvalue(NPV)table has been partiallycompletedforinvestmentA.Complete
the presentvaluesto twodecimalplaces foreach cash flow,usinga discountrate of 10%.
Present
Year
Cash flow
value
$'000
$'000
0
(350)
1
50
2
110
3
130
4
150
5
100
(3 marks)
What is the net present value of investmentAto the nearest wholethousand dollars?
$
2 marks)
Task 2
InvestmentBrequiresan initialinvestmentof $250,000, and has a net presentvalueof
$40,000 usinga cost of capital of 10%.Ata cost of capital of 15%,the net presentvalue
is $(1,000).
Calculate the InternalRate of Return(IRR)of investmentBto the nearest wholenumber.
3 marks)
%
Task 3
TheIRRsand NPVsforinvestmentsAand Bhave been compared.
Arethe followingstatements true or false?
True
False
Investmentswitha positiveNPVare worthwhile.


On the basis of NPV,the investmentwiththe higherNPV
shouldbe chosen.


InvestmentswithIRRabovezeroare alwaysworthwhile.


(2 marks)
Mockexam2: Questions 367
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 380 of 421
H
q
38
Themanagementaccountant of VinCo has collectedthe followinginformationforthe year
ending31December20X8.
VinCo operating data for the year ended 31December20X8
Capital employed
$4,000,000
Operatingprofit
$600,000
Salesrevenue
$3,600,000
Numberof buses inoperation
40 buses
Totalnumberof passenger seats available
1,920seats
Totalnumberof passenger kilometrestravelled
39,000,000 passenger kilometres
Totalbus kilometrestravelled
3,250,000 kilometres
Totalfuelconsumed
764,705litres
Required
Task 1
Calculate the followingratios and other statistics for VinCo for the year ended
31December20X8.
Returnon capitalemployed(tothe nearestwholenumber)
%
Returnon sales (to the nearest wholenumber)
Averagemaximumcapacity per bus (to the nearest
wholenumber)
%
Averagebus occupancyas a percentage of
maximumcapacity (to the nearest wholenumber)
Averagebus kmtravelledper litreof fuel
(to twodecimalplaces)
G
seats per bus
%
km/litre
(6 marks)
Task 2
WhichTWOof the followingare reasons for using non-financial performance
measures?

Todiscourageshort-termism

Topreventscrutinyof financialperformance

Toprovideleadingindicatorsforfinancialperformance
(2 marks)

Toappear sociallyresponsible
Task 3
Selectthe correcttype of benchmarkingforeach scenariofromthe drop downlist.
Comparingthe fuelconsumptionof vehicleswiththose of a road haulage company.
Select...

Internal
Functional
Competitive
Strategic
368
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 381 of 421
H
q
Comparingbus kilometrestravelledwiththose of a rivalbus company.
Select...

Internal
Functional
Competitive
Strategic
(2 marks)
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
(Total = 100 marks)
G
H
Mockexam2: Questions 369
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 382 of 421
q
G
H
370
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 383 of 421
q
Answers
Mock
to
Exam
2
G
H
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 384 of 421
q
G
H
372
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 385 of 421
q
Section A
1
Thecorrectansweris:$2,722
2
$3,500  140 =$2,722
180
Thecorrectansweris:Bothstatements are true.
3
Thecorrectanswersare: T1and T3
Cost type
T1
T2
T3
T4
Totalcost for
125units
$
1,000
1,750
2,475
3,225
Cost per unit
@125units
$
8.00
14.00
19.80
25.80
Totalcost for
180units
$
1,260
2,520
2,826
4,644
Cost per unit
@180units
$
7.00
4.00
13.75
25.80
Cost types T1and T3have differentcosts per unitat differentactivitylevelsand are
thereforemostlikelyto be classifiedas semi-variablecosts.
Cost types T2and T4have the same cost per unitat differentlevelsof activityand are
thereforewhollyvariablecosts.
4
Thecorrectanswersare: Statements1and 2.
Thevariableelementof the cost iscalculatedusingany numberof units.
Using10units,total cost lessfixedelement=$250 – $200 =$50
$50 / 10=$5 per unit.
Thereforestatement 4 is incorrect.Statement3 is incorrectbecause a straightlineon a
graph showsthat the cost is linear.
G
5
Thecorrectansweris:Effectiveness
6
Thecorrectansweris:Bothstatements are true.
S
Lifecyclecostingtracks and accumulatedcosts and revenuesattributableto each product
overthe entireproductlifecycle.Thismeans that moreaccurate feedbackinformationis
availableon the organisation'ssuccessor failureindevelopingnewproducts.
7
Thecorrectansweris:Establishthe organisation'slongtermobjectives
8
Theannual budget is set withinthe frameworkof the long-term plan. It acts as
the firststep towards the achievement of the organisation's long-term objectives.
Therefore,the longterm objectivesmust be establishedbefore any of the other budget
tasks can be undertaken and the correct answeris 'Establishthe organisation'slongterm
objectives'.
Thecorrectanswersare: (i),(ii)and (iii)
9
Statements(i),(ii)and (iii)are allcorrect.
Thecorrectansweris:$13
Cost centre
x
$
88,000
Overheads
Budgeteddirectlabourhours
ProductP1
24,000 hours
ProductP2
20,000 hours
44,000 hours
y
$
96,000
8,000 hours
16,000hours
24,000 hours
Mockexam2: Answers 373
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 386 of 421
A
N
S
W
E
R
H
q
Budgetedoverheadabsorptionrate
Cost centre X=
$88,000
=$2 per directlabourhour
44,000 hours
Cost centre Y=
$96,000
=$4 per directlabourhour
24,000 hours
Budgetedfixedoverheadcost per unit– ProductP2
Cost centre x =2.5 hours$2 per directlabourhour
=$5
Cost centre y =2 hours@$4 per directlabourhour
=$8
10
 fixedoverheadper unitof ProductP2 =$(5+8)
=$13
Thecorrectansweris:$880
Overheadabsorbed (8,800machinehours$14.50*)
Actualoverhead
Under-absorbedoverhead
*Budgetedoverheadabsorptionrate =
11
G
12
$
127,600
128,480
880
$130,500
=$14.50per machinehour
9,000 machinehours
Thecorrectanswersare: Theyare moretimeconsumingto prepare than fixedbudgets and
Theyare based on a set of assumptionswhichmay be oversimplistic
Managersmay not have timeavailableto prepare flexiblebudgets to coverallpossible
scenarios.Therefore,they willoftenmakesimplifyingassumptions.Theyare usefulfor
decisionmakingas they are flexedto the actual levelof activity,and thereforeallowactual
costs to be comparedagainst the standard costs forthat actual activity.
Thecorrectansweris:$2,840
Totalcost – jobnumber605
Directmaterials
Directlabour
Primecost
Productionoverheads($26$400/$8)
Non-productionoverheads(120%$700)
Totalcost – jobnumber605
$
300
400
700
1,300
2,000
840
2,840
13
Thecorrectanswersare: Improvedacceptance of the budget and Improvedmotivation.
14
Itusuallytakes longerto producea participativebudget than to producean imposed
budget. Inthe processof participativebudgeting,managers may deliberatelyoverestimate
costs, introducingbudgetary slack,so that they willnot be blamedforpossiblefuturepoor
results.
Thecorrectanswersare: (i),(ii)and (iii).
Thefixedoverheadvolumevariancerepresentsthe over-or under-absorptionof overheads
caused by a change inproductionvolume.Thismeans that the fixedoverheadvolume
variancecannot ariseina standard marginalcostingsystem,onlyinan absorptioncosting
system.
374
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 387 of 421
H
G
q
15
Thecorrect
answers
are:Salespricevariance
$5,250Adverse.
Salesvolume
contribution
variance
$4,000Favourable.
$
210,000
204,750
5,250(A)
Salesrevenue
from10,500unitsshould
havebeen$20)
butwas
Salespricevariance
contribution
perunit
=0.4
$20
 contribution
perunit=0.4$20
=$8
Budgeted
sales
Actualsales
Salesvolume
variance
standard
contribution
perunit
Salesvolume
contribution
variance
16
10,000units
10,500units
500units(F)
$8
$4,000(F)
Thecorrect
answer
is:$7,500Favourable
Budgeted
hours
ofwork
Actualhours
ofwork
Fixedproduction
overhead
capacityvariance
standard
fixedproduction
overhead
rate
Fixedproduction
overhead
capacityvariance
(in$)
5,000hours
5,500hours
500hours
(F)
$15
7,500(F)
17 Thecorrect
answers
are:Eliminate
costsandReduce
costs
18
Valueanalysis
focuses
oncosts,notsalesvolumes
orprices.
Thecorrect
answer
is:Themission
givesmanagers
a focusforsetting
objectives
19
Themission
statement
givesthepurpose
andstrategy
oftheorganisation.
Thebusiness
willthenusethisasa focusforsetting
appropriate
objectives.
Thecorrect
answer
is:(iii)and(iv)only
20
Bymonitoring
thecritical
success
factors,
management
ensure
thattheyareontrack
tosucceed
intheirmission
andobjectives.
Thepersonal
objectives
ofthestrategic
management
teamshould
mirror
thecritical
success
factors
oftheorganisation,
butare
likelytocontain
personal
objectives
suchasindividual
development
targets.
TheCSFsmay
contain
someofthefinancial
ratiosusedbyanalysts
toevaluate
theorganisation
butthere
willbeotherqualitative
factors
aswell.TheCSFsshould
drivetheinformation
requirements
oftheorganisation
– nottheotherwayround.
Thecorrect
answer
is:Basedonoperational
information
withsomeinterpretation
applied
21
Tactical
information
ismedium
termanddrawn
largelyfrominternal/operational
sources.
Itisthejobofmiddle
management
toanalyse
itfurther
inordertouseitfordecision
making.
Quantitative
information
thatisgenerated
frequently
isnormally
foundatthe
operational
levelandqualitative
information
froma rangeofsources
willbefoundmoreat
thestrategic
level.
Thecorrect
answer
is:$2,320,000
Fixedoverheads
C (3:2:1)
D(40:60)
A
$'000
1,000
600
B
$'000
1,200
400
720
2,320
1,080
C
$'000
1,200
(1,200)
D
$'000
1,600
200
1,800
(1,800)
Mockexam2:Answers375
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 388 of 421
A
N
S
W
E
R
S
H
G
q
22
23
Thecorrectanswersare:
Ifmorelosseshave been incurredthan expected,the lossis abnormallyhigh.
Ifoutput islessthan expected,lossesmustbe higherthan expected.
Thecorrectansweris:$22,250
Valueof incomeone year beforefirstreceiptis due:
$1,500/0.06=$25,000
Discountingback to today usinga discountfactor of 6%over2 years:
PV=$25,000 0.890
24
=$22,250
Thecorrectansweris:Bothare true.
25
Ifbudget targets are unrealisticallytough, a manager willbe forcedto maketrade-offs
betweenthe shortand longterm.Linkingmanagers' rewardsto share pricemay encourage
goal congruence.
Thecorrectansweris:949units
EOQ= 2 Co D/ Ch
Co=$160
D=9,000 units
Ch=8%$40 =$3.20
EOQ= 2 1609,000/3.2
26
=949units
Thecorrectansweris:Statement(i)is falseand statement (ii)is true.
27
Job costingcan also be used inmanufacturingorganisations.
Thecorrectansweris:$7,000
28
Overheadabsorptionrate =$247,500/30,000=$8.25
Absorbedoverheads=28,000 $8.25=$231,000
Actualcost =$238,000
Underabsorption=238,000 – 231,000=$7,000
Thecorrectansweris:$27,000
29
Thefixedoverheadabsorbed intothe inventoryvaluationis the differenceinthe marginal
costingprofit.
Inventory=14,000– 12,000=2,000 units
Valueof fixedproductioncosts absorbed intoinventory
=2,000 63,000/14,000
=$9,000
Marginalcostingprofit=36,000 – 9,000 =$27,000
Thecorrectansweris:ProcessF Abnormalloss.ProcessG Abnormalgain.
ProcessF:
ProcessG:
Expectedoutput =92%65,000 =59,800 litres
Actualoutput =58,900 litres
Thereis an abnormalloss
Expectedoutput =95%37,500=35,625litres
Actualoutput =35,700litres
Thereis an abnormalgain
376
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 389 of 421
H
q
30
Thecorrectansweris:$24,480Favourable
Labour efficiencyvariance
5,500 unitsshouldhave taken (3 hoursper unit)
but did take
Labourefficiencyvariance(inhours)
standard rate per unit
31
$
29,880
27,000
2,880
$8.50
$24,480
hrs
hrs
hrs (F)
(F)
Thecorrectansweris:15,000
Variableoverhead+fixedoverhead=total overhead
 Fixedoverheadper prescription=$7– $4 =$3
Totalfixedoverheads
=$45,000
 Budgetedactivitylevel= $45,000 =15,000prescriptions
$3
32
Thecorrectansweris:Forklifttruckdriversinthe storesof an engineeringcompany
Thedriversare not workingdirectlyon engineeringprojects
33
Thecorrectansweris:36%
Thevariationis givenby the coefficentof determination,r2
r2=0.6 0.6 =0.36 =36%
34
Thecorrectansweris:$68,200
A
N
S
W
E
R
Productioninunits:
J: 6,000 – 100+300 =
K:4,000 – 400 +200 =
G
6,200
3,800
10,000
S
Joint costs apportionedto J:
6,200/10,000$110,000=$68,200
35
Thecorrectansweris:$355,600
Budgetedsales per unit=$600,000/12,000=$50 per unit
Budgeteddirectcosts per unit=$144,000/12,000=$12per unit
Budgetedfixedcosts are $70,000
Flexedbudget for11,200units
$
Sales(11,200$50)
560,000
Directcosts (11,200$12)
(134,400)
Fixedcosts
(70,000)
Profit
355,600
Mockexam2: Answers 377
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 390 of 421
H
q
Section B
36
Fixed
overhead
cost
$
G
H
Task1
Theover-orunder-absorbed
overhead
forJune(W1)
$2,500
UnderThefixedoverhead
expenditure
variance
forJune(W2)
$5,000
Adverse
Thefixedoverhead
volume
variance
forJune(W3)
$2,500
Favourable
Workings
1
Actualfixedoverhead
cost– fixedoverhead
absorbed
=$17,500
– $15,000= $2,500
Under
absorbed
2
Fixedoverhead
expenditure
variance
=$12,500
– $17,500
= $5,000Adverse
3
Fixedoverhead
volume
variance
=$15,000– $12,500
= $2,500Favourable
Task2
Thecorrect
answers
are:Tolerance
limits
andCostinvolved
intheinvestigation.
Tolerance
limits
relate
tomateriality.
Variances
should
onlybeinvestigated
iftheyare
significant
andworthy
ofinvestigation.
Similarly,
a variance
should
onlybeinvestigated
ifthebenefits
outweigh
thecostsand
therefore
thecostsinvolved
intheinvestigation
needtobeconsidered.
Aworldwide
increase
inthecostofrawmaterial
should
notaffectthematerial
usageand
therefore
doesnotneedtobeconsidered.
Anadverse
labour
ratevariance
willnotbe
related
toanadverse
material
usagevariance
andtherefore
doesnotneedtobe
considered.
378
Management
Accounting
(FMA/MA)
Page 391 of 421
q
Task 3
Thecorrectanswersare:
Fixedproductionoverheadexpenditurevariance
Fixedproductionoverheadcapacity variance
37
Yes
No
Fixedproductionoverheadefficiencyvariance
No
Ina marginalcostingsystemthe onlyfixedoverheadvarianceis an expenditurevariance
Task 1
Calculationof net presentvalueat a discountrate of 10%.
Discount
Year
Cash flow
factor
$'000
10%
0
(350)
1.000
1
50
0.909
2
110
0.826
3
130
0.751
4
150
0.683
5
100
0.621
Present
value
$'000
(350.00)
45.45
90.86
97.63
102.45
62.10
48.49
TheNPVis $49,000 (to the nearest $'000)
Task 2
Thecorrectansweris:15%

=10+  40 15
10IRR
401
% =14.9%(15%to the nearest wholenumber)


A
N
S
W
E
R
G
Task 3
Investmentswitha positiveNPVare worthwhile.
On the basis of NPV,the investmentwiththe higherNPVshouldbe chosen.
TRUE
TRUE
InvestmentswithIRRabovezeroare worthwhile.
FALSE
Statement1istrue. ApositiveNPVmeans that the present value of the cash inflowsfroma
projectis greater than the present value of the cash outflows.
Statement2 istrue. On the basis of NPValone,the projectwiththe higher NPVshould be
chosen.
38
Statement3 is false.Ifa projectearns a higherrate of returnthan the cost of capital, it will
be worthwhileundertaking.
Task 1
Returnon capital employed(W1)
Returnon sales (W2)
Averagemaximumcapacity per bus (W3)
Averagebus occupancyas a percentage of maximumcapacity (W4)
Averagebus kmtravelledper litreof fuel(W5)
5%
7%
48 seats per bus
25%
4.25 km/litre
Mockexam2: Answers 379
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 392 of 421
S
H
q
Workings
1
Returnon capital employed
(Operatingprofit÷Capital employed100)
$600,000 ÷$4,000,000 100=
2
3
4
5
15%
Returnon sales (net profitpercentage)
Operatingprofit÷Salesrevenue100
$600,000 ÷$3,600,000 100
Averagemaximumbus capacity
Totalnumberof passenger seats available÷numberof
buses
1,920seats ÷40 buses
Averagebus occupancy
Totalnumberof passenger kmtravelled÷
(TotalkmtravelledAveragemaximumbus capacity)
39,000,000 km÷(3,250,00048 seats) 100%
Averagekmtravelledper litreof fuel
Totalkmtravelled÷Totalfuelconsumed
3,250,000 kilometres÷764,705litres
17%
48 seats per bus
25%of maximum
capacity
4.25 km/litre
Task 2
Thecorrectanswersare: Todiscourageshort-termismand Toprovideleadingindicatorsfor
financialperformance.
Akeyreason whynon-financialperformancemeasuresare used is that they are
consideredto be a leadingindicatorof financialperformance.Forexample,ifcustomer
satisfactionis low,thiscouldimplya futurefallinprofitsdue to decreased sales demand.
Thenon-financialmeasureof poorcustomersatisfactionhas givenan indicationthat the
financialmeasureof futuresales (and thereforeprofit)may change.
Task 3
Comparingthe fuelconsumptionof vehicleswiththose of a road haulage company=
Functionalbenchmarking.
G
Comparingbus kilometrestravelledwiththose of a rivalbus company=Competitive
benchmarking
380
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 393 of 421
H
q
Mock
Exam
3
G
H
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 394 of 421
q
G
H
382
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 395 of 421
q
Foundations
in
Accountancy
/ACCA
FMA/MA
Management
Mock
Accounting
Examination
3
G
H
Questions
Time allowed
This examination
2 hours
is divided into two sections:
Section A – 35 questions,
Section B – 3 questions,
each worth 2 marks
each worth 10 marks
All questions within each section are compulsory
DO NOT OPEN THIS EXAMINATION UNTIL YOU ARE READY TO
START UNDER EXAMINATION CONDITIONS
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 396 of 421
383
q
G
H
384
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 397 of 421
q
Section A – ALL35 questions
1
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
Tohelpconsumersunderstandthe purposeof an organisation
Tocomplywithgovernmentregulations
Toguidethe actionsof an organisation
3 only
1and 3 only
1and 2 only
1,2 and 3
(2 marks)
WhichTWOof the followingstatements about top-downbudgets are true?




G
Spreadsheetscan be used to depictdata graphically
Spreadsheetscannot be used forsensitivityanalysis
Theformula=B5+B6+B7can also be representedby the formulaSUM(B5:B7)
The formula=9^2 wouldgivethe answer3
(2 marks)
Whichof the followingdescribethe purposesof missionstatements?
(1)
(2)
(3)




3
and MUST be attempted
Whichof the followingstatements about spreadsheetsis true?




2
are compulsory
Thereis littleor no inputfromoperatingstaff
Theyare effectiveinlarge organisations
Theyimproveteam morale
Theyare relativelyquickto produce
(2 marks)
4
WhichTWOof the followingwouldbe showninan operatingstatement prepared undera
standard marginalcostingsystem?

Fixedproductionoverheadefficiencyvariance

Fixedproductionoverheadcapacity variance

Fixedproductionoverheadexpenditurevariance

(2 marks)
Salesvolumevariance
5
Budgetedresultsand actual resultsforSeptemberare shownbelow:
Flexedbudget
2,000 units
$
Sales
60,000
Directcosts
(24,000)
Fixedcosts
(10,000)
Profit/(loss)
26,000
Whatis the profitforthe flexedbudget?

$19,400

$20,600

$21,100

$22,100
Actual
1,700units
$
52,700
(23,800)
(9,500)
19,400
(2 marks)
Mockexam3: Questions 385
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 398 of 421
H
q
6
Whichof the followingcontrolactionscouldbe used to eliminatean adversedirectlabour
efficiencyvariance?
(1)
(2)
(3)




7
Recruitmorehighlyskilledlabour
Purchasecheaper materials
Checkthat the standard is accurate
1and 2 only
1and 3 only
2 only
3 only
Ina period,openinginventorieswere12,600unitsand closinginventorieswere14,100units.
Theprofitbased on marginalcostingwas $50,400 and profitbased on absorptioncosting
was $60,150.
Whatis the fixedoverheadabsorptionrate per unit(to the nearest cent)?

$4.00

$4.27

$4.77

$6.50
8
G
(2 marks)
LGis inthe processof settingstandard costs fornextperiod.ProductF uses twotypes of
material,Mand N.6 kg of materialMand 5 kg of materialNare to be used, at a standard
priceof $2 per kg and $3 per kg respectively.
Threehoursof skilledlabourand one hourof semi-skilledlabourwillbe requiredforeach
unitof F. Wage rates willbe $8 per hourand $6 per hourrespectively.
Productionoverheadis to be absorbed at a rate of $4 per labourhour. 10%is to be added
to total productioncost to absorb administration,sellingand distributioncosts.
Whatis the standard cost of productionforone unitof F?

$57.00

$69.00

$73.00

9
(2 marks)
$80.30
(2 marks)
Amanufacturingcompanyproducesa productthat has to pass throughtwoprocesses,
ProcessIand ProcessII,beforecompletion.
InProcessI10%of unitsinputare lostviaevaporation,and allgood output is transferredto
ProcessII.
InJune, 2,000 unitswereinputto ProcessIat a cost of $6.50 per unitand conversioncosts
were$5,000. Output transferredto ProcessIIwas 1,500units.
Whatwas the valueof the abnormallossinJune?

$2,000

$3,000

$4,000

$5,000
(2 marks)
386
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 399 of 421
H
q
10
Thefollowinginformationrelatesto the machiningdepartmentof a manufacturing
organisation:
Period1
Machinehours
Budget
Actual
20,000
19,000
Overheads
$
400,000
350,000
Overheadsare absorbed on the basis of machinehours.
Whatwas the total overabsorptionof productionoverheadsforPeriod1(to the nearest
wholenumber)?
$
11
12
G
(2 marks)
WhichTWOof the followingsituationswouldhelpto explaina favourablesales volume
variance?

Increasedcompetitoractivityledto a reductioninthe numberof unitssold

Customersweregivendiscountsat a higherlevelthan standard inorderto
encourageincreasedsales volume

Theunitcost of productionwas lowerthan standard and sellingpriceswere
maintainedat the standard level,so that a higherprofitwas achievedper unitsold

Higherqualitymaterialsuppliesledto improvementsinthe qualityof the final
(2 marks)
output, whichcustomersfoundattractive
Acompanyhas identifiedtwomutuallyexclusiveprojectswhichhave an equivalenteffect
on the riskprofileof the company.
Project1
2.8 years
$17,200
23%
19%
Discountedpayback period
Netpresentvalue
Internalrate of return
Returnon investment
Project2
3.2 years
$18,700
22%
21%
Thecost of capital is 15%.
Assumingthat the directorswishto maximiseshareholderwealthand no shortage of
capital is expected,whichprojectshouldthe companychoose?

1because it has the shorterpayback period
13
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S

2 because it has the highernet presentvalue

1because it has the higherinternalrate of return

Bothprojectsbecause they both have a positivenet presentvalue
(2 marks)
WhichTWOof the followingwouldbe part of the capital expenditurebudget?

Purchasesof raw materials

Refurbishmentof existingfactory premises

Annualmaintenancecosts of an existingasset

Replacementof existingmachinery
(2 marks)
Mockexam3: Questions 387
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 400 of 421
H
G
q
14
15
Whatare the five'V'sassociated withbig data?


Volume,velocity,visibility,veracity,value
Variability,volume,verification,veracity,value


Value,volume,velocity,variety,veracity
Velocity,visibility,variety,volume,verification
(2 marks)
Asales analyst has establishedthe followingtrend figuresand seasonalvariationsfora
company'ssales:
Year7
Year8
Averageseasonalvariation
1
$'000
1,500
1,557
–18
2
$'000
1,528
1,580
+3
3
$'000
1,552
1,608
+29
4
$'000
1,530
1,632
–14
Theanalyst forecaststhat the trend willincreaseby $25,000 per quarter inyears 9 and 10.
Whatis the forecastsales valueforthe firstquarter of year 10($'000)?

$1,714

$1,739


16
$1,757
$1,775
(2 marks)
ExtractsfromD'srecordsfromlast periodare as follows:
Budget
1,925units
$11,550
5,775
Production
Variableproductionoverheadcosts
Labourhoursworked
H
Actual
2,070units
$14,904
8,280
Whatis the variableproductionoverheadefficiencyvariance?

$1,656Adverse



17
(2 marks)
WhichTWOof the followingcharacteristicsrelate to managementaccounts as opposedto
financialaccounts?




388
$4,140Favourable
$3,726Adverse
$4,140Adverse
Theyare used forexternalreporting
Thereis no legalrequirementto prepare them
Theyare concernedonlywithpast, historicdata
Theyincludeboth financialand non-financialdata
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 401 of 421
(2 marks)
q
18
Thefollowingtimestaken to producea batch of 100unitsof ProductXhave been recorded:
12,34, 14,15,21,24, 9, 17,11,8
Whatis the mediantime?

14.00
19

14.10

14.50

14.60
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
(2 marks)
MistletoeCo has long-termloanliabilitiesof $253,400and shareholders'fundsof
$511,000.
Whatis MistletoeCo's capital gearingratio?

49.6%
20

33.2%

201.7%

98.4%
Whichof the followingis NOTa feature of activitybased costing?

Itrecognisesthat a singlefactor such as machinehourscannot be the driverof all
overheadcosts

Itseeksto recognisethe causes of the costs of activitiesthroughthe use of cost
drivers
G
21
(2 marks)

Itallocatesthe costs associated withcost driversintocost pools

Ituses a basis such as labourhoursto incorporateoverheadsintoproductcosts
(2 marks)
Thefollowinginformationrelatesto water consumptionduringApril,May,June and July:
Month
Litres
consumed
April
2,750
37,500
May
3,100
39,600
June
2,900
38,750
July
3,035
43,200
Usingthe high-lowmethod,what is the cost of water consumedinAugustif45,800 litres
are used?

$4,133

$3,385

$3,517

$3,165
Cost ($)
(2 marks)
Mockexam3: Questions 389
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 402 of 421
H
q
22
23
WhichTWOof the followingare examplesof unstructureddata?


Telephonebills
Images


Transactionhistory
Videos
(2 marks)
Afoodcompanyincurredthe followingcosts last year foreach of its three different
markets:
Confectionery
$3,750,000
Beverages
$5,300,000
Nutrition
$1,470,000
Ifa piechart wereused to representthe proportionof costs incurredby each area, what
wouldbe the angle of the sectionrepresentingconfectionery?

50 degrees
24


128degrees
181degrees

270degrees
(2 marks)
Whichof the followingstatements are correct?
True False
Functionalbenchmarkingis a methodof comparingone operatingunit
or functionwithanother withinthe same industry
Competitivebenchmarkingis a type of benchmarkingaimedat strategic
actionand organisationalchange
G
25




(2 marks)
Anextract fromTCo's sales budget showsthe followingsales values:
June
$80,000
July
$70,000
August
$90,000
50%of T'ssales are forcash. Of the creditsales, 60%are expectedto pay inthe month
after sale and take a 2%discount;39%are expectedto pay inthe secondmonthafter sale,
and the remaining1%are expectedto be bad debts.
Whatis the valueof sales receiptsfromcreditcustomersto be showninthe cash budget
forAugust(to the nearest $)?
$
390
(2 marks)
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 403 of 421
H
q
26
Economy,efficiencyand effectivenesscan be studiedand measuredintermsof inputs,
outputsand impacts.
Arethe followingstatements true or false?
(1) Aschoolmay measureinputsintermsof pupil/teacherratio.
27
(2)
Aschoolmay measureoutputs by monitoringwhethertrainedteachers are being
fullyused to teach the subjectsthey have been trainedfor.

Bothstatements are true

Bothstatements are false

Statement1is true and statement 2 is false

Statement2 is true and statement 1is false
(2 marks)
WhichTWOof the followingare propertiesof the normaldistributioncurve?

28

Thearea underthe curvetotals 100%of the probabilities
Themean is denoted by sigma

Thearea to the leftof the mean is 1

Itis symmetrical
(2 marks)
Thefollowingdata relatesto inventoryitemSK024:
Usage
600 - 1,400unitsper day
Leadtime
5 - 10days
EOQ
40,000 units
Whatis the re-orderlevel?
G
H
units
29
(2 marks)
Arethe followingstatements true or false?
Theobjectiveof a budgetary planningand control
systemis to maximiseprofit
Identifyingobjectivesis the firststage inthe planning
and controlcycle
30
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
True
False




(2 marks)
Anaccountant is selectinga sampleof invoicesforchecking.Theinvoicesare numbered
sequentially.Thefirstinvoiceis selectedrandomlyand is invoicenumber3.
Theythen selecteveryfourthinvoiceto completethe sample.
Whatis thistype of samplecalled?

Multi-stage

Simplerandom

Stratified

Systematic
(2 marks)
Mockexam3: Questions 391
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 404 of 421
q
31
Ina period,there was a favourablelabourefficiencyvarianceof $27,000.Thestandard
wagesrate per hourwas $6 and 30 hourswereallowedforeach unitas standard.
Giventhat the actual labourhoursworkedwere43,500, howmany unitswereactually
produced?
units
32
Whichof the followingdata sourceswouldsocialmediabe classedas?




33
(2 marks)
Sensor
Machine
Transactional
Human
(2 marks)
Thefollowinginformationrelatesto Job 3579,whichis beingcarriedout by MHCo to meet
a customer'sorder.
Materialsissuedto job3579
Materialstransferredto job3579
Overtimepremium
Productionoverhead
$5,000
$400
$1per hour
$5 per directlabourhour
Grade Xlabour(directlabour):200 hoursat $3 per hourbasic rate. 100of these hours
wereworkedinovertime,at the requestof the customer,inorderto completethe jobas
earlyas possible.
Asupervisorrecordedon theirjobsheet that 20 hoursof theirtimewas spent on thisjob.
Theyare paid $5 per hour, and the cost of theirtimeis treated as a directlabourcost inthe
company'scost accounts.
Whatis the fullproductioncost of Job 3579?

$6,200
G
34


$6,400
$7,100

$7,300
Whichof the followingis consideredto be an inventoryholdingcost?




392
(2 marks)
Disruptionto productionschedules
Lossof customergoodwill
Shippingand handlingcosts
Inventoryobsolescence
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 405 of 421
(2 marks)
H
q
35
ThewholesalepriceindexinEastlandis made up fromthe pricesof thirtyfiveitems.The
quantitiesand pricesfor20X1and 20X3wererecordedand the followingis informationis
available:
P0Q0
PnQ0
P0Qn
PnQn
450
555
475
540
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
Whatis the priceindexin20X3usinga Laspeyres'index?

97.3

105.6

113.7

123.3
(2 marks)
G
H
Mockexam3: Questions 393
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 406 of 421
q
Section B – ALLTHREE questions
36
are compulsory
and MUST be attempted
WeasleyCo makescomputersand suppliesa helpdeskserviceto its customers.Customers
pay an initialfee forthe computerand a monthlyfee forthe supporthelpdesk.
Operatingdata forthe year ended 31December20X2
Salesrevenue
$375million
Salesattributableto newproducts
$7.5million
Averagecapital employed
$225million
Profitbeforeinterestand tax
$45 million
Averagenumberof customers
1,900,000
Averagenumberof computersreturnedforrepaireach day
9,000
Numberof customerslost
95,000
Averagenumberof computersunrepairedat the end of the day
300
Task 1
Calculate the followingratios and other statistics for Weasley Co for the year ended
31December20X2.
Returnon capital employed
%
Returnon sales (net profitpercentage)
%
Assetturnover
G
Averagewaitforcomputerrepair(indays to 1dp)
days
Percentageof customerslostper year
%
Percentageof sales attributableto newproducts
%
(6 marks)
Task 2
WhichTWOof the followingstatements about the use of non-financial indicators
are true?

Theyare lesslikelyto be manipulatedthan financialones

Theyprovideshorttermincentivesformanagers

Theyare leadingindicatorsof financialperformance

Theyare easierformanagers to understandthan financialratios
(2 marks)
Task 3
WeasleyCo is consideringthe use of valueanalysis.
(1) Valueanalysisinvolvesthe systematicinvestigationof everysourceof cost
(2) Valueanalysisconsidersthree aspects of value
Whichof the statements is/are true?

Statement1is true and statement 2 is false

Statement2 is true and statement 1is false

Bothstatements are true

394
Bothstatements are false
(2 marks)
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 407 of 421
H
q
37
KleanCo has produceda scatter diagramshowingthe weeklytotal costs of production
($)plottedagainst the weeklyoutputs(units).Abroadlylinearpattern is evident,with
r =0.9. Theregressionequationis:
Costs =$1,500+($15unitsof output)
Fiftydata pointshave been includedinthe analysis,withoutput rangingfrom100unitsto
1,000units.Output nextweekis plannedto be 500 units.
Task 1
Q
U
E
T
IO
N
S
S
Weeklyfixedcosts are approximately $
Variablecosts per unitare on average $
Nextweek'sproductioncosts are likelyto be approximately $
(4 marks)
Task 2
Arethe followingstatements true or false?
True False
Thereisverylittlecorrelationbetweenweeklycostsofproductionand production


level
90%of the variationinweeklycosts can be explainedby the amountproduced 

Giventhe information,any forecastusingthe regressionequationis likely
to be veryunreliable


(3 marks)
Task 3
KleanCo sets itsfixedbudgetat 100%capacity. Thebudgetedsalesare $600,000and
budgetednet profitis$50,000.Budgetedcostsare 20%fixedcostsand 80%variablecosts.
Whatis the flexedbudget fornet profitat 70%capacity?
G
$
38
(3 marks)
PJRCo operates a standard costingsystemforits singleproductand allinventoriesare
maintainedat standard cost. Duringa periodthe followingdetailswererecorded.
Therewas no openingand closingworkinprogress.
Thestandard cost forthe productwas:
$ per unit
Materials(8kgat $5 per kg)
40
Labour(5 hoursat $7per hour)
35
Fixedproductionoverheads
25
100
Thestandard unitrate foroverheadsis based on budgeted productionof 2,600 unitsfor
the period.
$
Purchaseof materialson credit(19,748kg)
118,488
Wages paid (14,100hours)
101,520
Fixedproductionoverheadspaid
72,490
Materialissuesto production(at standard cost)
106,075
2,700unitswerecompletedduringthe period.
Mockexam3: Questions 395
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 408 of 421
H
q
Salesvariancesare as follows.
$ per
unit
Salespricevariance
$4,167 (A)
Salesvolumeprofitvariance
$27,500 (A)
Fillinthe appropriateboxesinthe operatingstatement to calculatethe standard profit
fromactual sales and the actual profit.SelectAto denote adverseand F to denote
favourable.
$
Budgetedprofit
210,000
Salesvolumeprofitvariance
A/F
Standard profitfromactual sales
Variances
Salesprice
$
A/F
Materialprice
Materialusage
Labourrate
Labourefficiency
1,925
2,820
A/F
A/F
A/F
A/F
Fixedoverheadexpenditure
A/F
Fixedoverheadvolume
A/F
A/F
Actualprofit
G
H
(10marks)
396
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 409 of 421
q
Answers
Mock
to
Exam
3
G
H
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 410 of 421
q
G
H
398
Management
Accounting
(FMA/MA)
Page 411 of 421
G
q
Section A
1
Thecorrectansweris:Spreadsheetscan be used to depictinformationgraphically
Spreadsheetsare veryusefulforsensitivityanalysis.Theformula=B5+B6+B7can also be
representedby the formula=SUM(B5:B7).Theequalssignis missinginthe question.The
formula=9^2 wouldgivethe answer81as it is 9 9.
2
Thecorrectansweris:1and 3 only.
3
Thereare no governmentregulationsthat state that an organisationmusthave a mission
statement.
Thecorrectanswersare:
4

Thereis littleor no inputfromoperatingstaff

Theyare relativelyquickto produce
Topdownbudgetingis moreeffectiveis smallorganisations.One of the problemsof top
downbudgetingis that is can reducethe feelingof team spiritand morale.
Thecorrectanswersare:
5
Fixedproductionoverheadexpenditurevariance

Salesvolumevariance

Thefixedproductionoverheadefficiencyvarianceand the fixedproductionoverhead
capacity variancecannot ariseina standard marginalcostingsystem.Theyare
subdivisionsof the fixedproductionoverheadvolumevariancewhichrepresentsthe under
or overabsorptionof fixedoverheadscaused by a change inthe productionvolume.Since
fixedoverheadis not absorbed intoproductioncosts ina marginalcostingsystem,this
situationcannot arise.
Thefixedproductionoverheadexpenditurevarianceis the onlyvarianceforfixed
productionoverheadthat arisesina standard marginalcostingsystem.
Thecorrectansweris:$20,600
Budgetedsales per unit=$60,000 / 2,000 =$30 per unit
Budgeteddirectcosts per unit=$24,000 / 2,000 =$12per unit
Budgetedfixedcosts are $10,000
Flexedbudget for1,700units:
Sales(1,700$30)
Directcosts (1,700$12)
Fixedcosts
Profit
S
$
51,000
(20,400)
(10,000)
20,600
6
Thecorrectansweris:1and 3 only.
7
Anadversedirectlabourefficiencyvariancecouldbe due to lowerskilledlabourtherefore
usinghigherskilledlabourcouldhelp.
Thecheaper materialsmay affect the labourefficiencyvariance,because cheaper
materialsmay be moredifficultto handle.However,thiswouldlead to an adverselabour
efficiencyvarianceand thereforestatement 2 is incorrect.
Anotherreason forvariancesis out of date standards so it is usefulto checkthese.
Thecorrectansweris:$6.50
Increaseininventoryduringthe period=14,100– 12,600=1,500units
Differenceinprofits=$60,150– $50,400 =$9,750
Profitsundermarginaland absorptioncostingbases are differentbecause of the fixed
overheadsincludedininventories.
Fixedoverheadabsorptionrate =Differenceinprofits/ Change ininventory
=$9,750/ 1,500units=$6.50
Mockexam3: Answers 399
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 412 of 421
A
N
S
W
E
R
H
q
8
Thecorrectansweris:$73.00
$
Perunit
12
15
MaterialM6kg$2
MaterialN5kg$3
Skilledlabour3 hours$8
Semi-skilledlabour1hour$6
Productionoverhead4 labourhours$4
Standard productioncost
9
$
Perunit
24
6
27
30
16
73
Ifyou selected$57.00you did not includeany productionoverhead,whichis a part of
productioncost.
$69.00bases the absorptionon the skilledlabourhoursonly.
$80.30 includesthe absorptionof administrationoverhead;however,the questionasks for
the standard cost of production;alwaysread the questioncarefully!
Thecorrectansweris:$3,000
Process1costs =inputcosts +conversioncosts =(2,000 $6.50)+$5,000 =$18,000
Expectedoutput =input– normalloss=2,000 – (2,000 10%)= 1,800units
Therefore,cost per unitforProcess1=$18,000/ 1,800units=$10per unit
Abnormalloss=input– normalloss– output =2,000 – 200 – 1,500=300 units
Valueof abnormalloss=300 units$10=$3,000
10
Thecorrectansweris:$30,000
Overheadabsorbed (19,000machinehours$20*)
Actualoverhead
Over-absorbedoverhead
G
*Budgetedoverheadabsorptionrate =
11
$
380,000
350,000
30,000
$400,000
=$20 per machinehour
20,000 machinehours
Thecorrectanswersare: Customersweregivendiscountsat a higherlevelthan standard
inorderto encourageincreasedsales volumeand Higherqualitymaterialsuppliesledto
improvementsinthe qualityof the finaloutput, whichcustomersfoundattractive.
Increasedcompetitoractivitywouldresultinan adversesales volumevariancebecause
volumesare reduced.
12
13
Ahigherprofitper unitwouldnot affect the sales volumevariancebecause the varianceis
evaluatedat the standard profitper unit.
Thecorrectansweris:2 because it has the highernet presentvalue.
NPVis the best methodwheremutuallyexclusiveprojectsexist,and its use willalways
ensureshareholderwealthis maximised.
Notethat the questionstates that the projectsare mutuallyexclusive.Thismeans that only
one projectcan be undertakenand thereforethe answer'both projects'is incorrect.
Thecorrectanswersare: Refurbishmentof existingfactory premisesand Replacementof
existingmachinery.
Purchasesof raw materialsand the annual maintenancecosts of an existingasset are
formsof revenueexpenditureand wouldnot formpart of the capital expenditurebudget.
Refurbishmentof an existingfactory wouldbe classifiedas capital expenditure,as would
the replacementof existingmachineryand thereforeformpart of the capital expenditure
budget.
400
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 413 of 421
H
q
14
Thecorrectansweris:Volume,velocity,variety,veracity,value
15
Thewidelyquoted definitionprovidedby Gartner refersto high-volume,high-velocityand
high-varietyinformation.Veracity(trustinthe data) and value(valueto the business)are
oftenconsideredto be the fourthand fifthVs.
Thecorrectansweris:$1,739.
TrendforYear10quarter 1=$1,632,000(Year8 quarter 4) +($25,0005) =$1,757,000
16
Forecast=Trend+seasonalvariation=$1,757,000- $18,000=$1,739,000
Thecorrectansweris:$4,140(A)
Std variableproductionoverheadcost per hour=Budgetedvariableoverheadproduction
costs / Budgetedlabourhours=$11,550/ 5,775=$2 per hour.
Std timeallowedper unit=Budgetedlabourhours/ budgeted production=5,775/ 1,925=
3 hoursper unit
2,070unitsshouldtake (3 hours)
6,210hours
Butdid take
8,280 hours
Efficiencyvarianceinhours
2,070hours(A)
standard variableproductionoverheadrate
$2
Efficiencyvariance(in$)
4,140(A)
17
Thecorrectanswersare:


Thereis no legalrequirementto prepare them
Theyincludeboth financialand non-financialdata
Characteristicsof managementaccounts include:
Theyare distributedinternally.

G
18

Theydo lookat past data but also includeforecastsof the futureforplanning
purposes.

Thereis no legalrequirementto prepare them.

Theyincludeboth financialand non-financialdata.

Theperiodcovered,theircontents,formatetc are decidedby management.
Theyhelpmanagementplan, controland makedecisions.

Thecorrectansweris:14.50
Thefirstthingto do is to arrange the timesinthe orderof magnitude.
8, 9, 11,12,14,15,17,21,24, 34
Thereare ten itemsand the medianis the arithmeticmean of the 5th and 6th items.
19
(14+15)/ 2 =14.50
Thecorrectansweris:33.2%
Gearing=Priorchargecapital(long-termdebt)/ (Priorchargecapital+shareholders'equity)
20
=$253,400/ ($253,400+$511,000)
=33.2%
Thecorrectansweris:Ituses a basis such as labourhoursto incorporateoverheadsinto
productcosts
Thisis a feature of traditionalabsorptioncostingmethods.
Mockexam3: Answers 401
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 414 of 421
A
N
S
W
E
R
S
H
q
21
Thecorrectansweris:$3,165
Variablecost per unit=($3,035– $2,750)/ (43,200– 37,500)=$0.05 per unit
Fixedcost =$3,035– (43,200$0.05)=$875
Totalcost inAugust=$875+(45,800$0.05)=$3,165
22
Thecorrectanswersare:
Images.
Videos.
23
Structureddata is easilysearchablebecause it is usuallyinrowsand columns,such as
data stored ina spreadsheet.Unstructureddata is oftenqualitativeand cannot be
organisedintoa database.
Thecorrectansweris:128degrees
Totalcosts are $10,520,000.
Confectionery=3,750,000/10,520,000360 =128
24
Thecorrectansweris:Bothare false.
25
Internalbenchmarking(notfunctionalbenchmarking)is a methodof comparingone
operatingunitor functionwithanother withinthe same organisation.Strategic
benchmarking(notcompetitivebenchmarking)isa type of benchmarkingaimedat
strategicactionand organisationalchange.
Thecorrectansweris:$36,180
60%of July creditsales less2%discount($70,000
50%60%98%)
39%of June creditsales ($80,00050%39%)
G
26
27
$
20,580
15,600
36,180
Thecorrectansweris:Statement1is true and Statement2 is false.
Outputsare the resultsof an activity,measurableas the servicesactuallyproducedand
the qualityof the services.Statement2 looksat whetherresourcesare beingused fortheir
purposeand thereforecoverinputsrather than outputs.Anexampleof an output measure
fora schoolwouldbe howmany students go on to furthereducation.
Thecorrectanswersare: Thearea underthe curvetotals 100%of the probabilitiesand Itis
symmetrical
Themean is denoted by mew().Thearea to the leftof the mean is 0.5.
28
Thecorrectansweris:14,000units
29
Thereorderlevel=maximumusage per day maximumlead time
=1,400units10days
=14,000units
Thecorrectansweris:False.True.
30
Thereasonsforhavingthe planningand controlsystemincludeensuringthat the
organisationachievesits objectives.However,not allbusinessesstriveforprofit
maximisation,eg non-profitseekingbusinesses.
Thecorrectansweris:Systematic
Themethoddescribedis systematicsampling,wherebyeveryfourthitemis selectedafter a
randomstart.
Inmulti-stagesampling,the populationisdividedintosmallerand smallergroups,a
randomsampleof groupsbeingtaken at each stage of division.
402
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 415 of 421
H
q
Ina simplerandomsample,everyiteminthe populationhas an equal chance of being
includedinthe sample.
Instratifiedsampling,the populationis dividedintostrata/categories and a random
sampletaken fromeach stratum beingproportionalto the total ineach stratum.
31
Thecorrectansweris:1,600units
Actualhoursworked
Hourssaved comparedwithstandard*
43,500 hours
4,500 hours
Standard hoursforunitsproduced
48,000 hours
48,000 / 30 hours=1,600units
*Asthere was a favourablelabourefficiencyvarianceof $27,000,thisis equivalentto a
savingof $27,000/$6=4,500 hours
32
Thecorrectansweris:Human
33
Machineor sensordata is data that comesfromthe output of devicesthat detect input
fromtheirsurroundings.Transactionaldata is data that comesfromthe transactionsof an
organisation.Humanor socialdata sourcesare fromhumans,such as socialmediaposts.
Thecorrectansweris:$7,300
Materialsissuedto Job 3579
Materialstransferredto Job
Grade Xlabour(200 hours$3 per hour)
Overtimepremium(seenote)
Supervisorcost (20 hours$5 per hour)
Productionoverhead($5220 hours)
Totalproductioncost
$5,000
$400
$600
$100
$100
$1,100
$7,300
Note
Sincethe overtimewas workedat the specificrequestof the customer,inorderto complete
hisjobmorequickly,it is treated as a directproductioncost. Thereforethe overtime
premium=100hours$1=$100
G
34
Thecorrectansweris:Inventoryobsolescence
35
Ifinventoryis heldforlongperiodsthere is a higherriskof it becomingobsoletebeforeit
can be sold.Disruptionof productionschedulesand lossof customergoodwill(forexample
customersdecidingto try an alternativesupplier)are morelikelyto occurifthere is a stock
out, the likelihoodof whichis increasedby holdingloweramountsof inventory.Shipping
and handlingcosts are orderingcosts and are likelyto increaseifa reductioninthe
inventoryholdingperiodis achievedby placingsmaller,morefrequentorders.
Thecorrectansweris:123.3
Laspeyres'priceindex= PnQ0P0Q0
/
=(555/ 450)100=123.3
Ifgot thisquestionwrong,you calculatedthe wrongindex:
Laspeyres'quantityindex= P0QnP0Q0
/
=(475/ 450)100=105.6
/ P0Qn
Paasche priceindex= PnQn
=(540/ 475)100=113.7
Paasche quantityindex= PnQnPnQ0
/
=(540/ 555)100=97.3
Mockexam3: Answers 403
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 416 of 421
A
N
S
W
E
R
S
H
q
Section B
36
G
37
Task 1
Returnon capital employed
($45m/ $225m)
20%
(Profit/ Capital employed)100
100
Netprofitpercentage
($45m/ $375m)
12%
(Netprofit/ Sales)100
100
Assetturnover
$375m/ $225m
1.7
(Sales/ Capital employed)
Averagewaitforrepair
(300 / 9,000)
12.2days
(Numberof unrepaired/ Numberreturned)365 days
365
Percentageof customerslostper year
(95,000/
5%
(Numberof customerslost/ Totalnumberof customers) 1,900,000)100
100
Percentageof sales attributableto newproducts
($7.5m/ $375m)
2%
(Salesattributableto newproducts/ Totalsales)100
100
Task 2
Thecorrectanswersare: Theyare lesslikelyto be manipulatedthan financialones and
Theyare leadingindicatorsof financialperformance.
Non-financialperformancemeasuresare leadingindicatorsof financialperformance- as
an example,ifcustomersatisfactionis lowthiscan implya futurefallinsales demand.
Itis financialperformancemeasuresthat provideshorttermincentivesformanagers, so
option2 is not correct.
Itis not necessarilythe case that managers willfindnon-financialmeasureseasierto
understandthan ratios(option4) - there are a range of possiblenon-financialmeasures,
somemorecomplicatedthan others,and many financialratiosare veryeasy to
understand.
Task3
Thecorrectansweris:Statement1is true and statement 2 is false
Statement2 isfalsebecause there are fouraspects of value:cost value,exchangevalue,
use valueand esteemvalue.
Task 1
Weeklyfixedcosts =$1,500
Variablecosts per unitare on average =$15
Nextweek'sproductioncosts =$9,000
Workings
Alinearequationof the formy =a +bxhas fixedcosts of a and variablecosts per unitof b.
Therefore,fixedcosts =$1,500and variablecost =$15per unit
If500 unitsare producedthen the total cost wouldbe $1,500+($15500) =$9,000
Task 2
Thereis verylittlecorrelationbetweenweeklycosts of productionand production
level
FALSE
90%of the variationinweeklycosts can be explainedby the amountproduced
FALSE
Giventhe information,any forecastusingthe regressionequationis likelyto be
veryunreliable
FALSE
Ifr =0.9, there is a highdegree of correlationbetweenweeklycosts of productionand
productionlevel.Statement(i)is not correct.
Ifr =0.9, r2(coefficientof determination)= 81%(0.9^2)and 81%of the variationinweekly
costs can be explainedby the amountproduced.Statement(ii)is not correct.
Ifr =0.9 and a linearpattern is evident,forecastsare likelyto be reliable,not unreliable.
Statement(iii)is not correct.
404
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 417 of 421
H
G
q
Task 3
Thecorrectansweris $2,000
Flexedbudget
$
420,000
(308,000)
(110,000)
2,000
Sales($600,00070%)
Variablecosts (($600,000– $50,000)80%70%)
Fixedcosts (($600,000– $50,000)20%
Netprofit
38
Task 1
$
210,000
27,500 (A)
182,500
Budgetedprofit
Salesvolumeprofitvariance
Standard profitfromactual sales
Variances
Salesprice
Materialprice
Materialusage
Labourrate
Labourefficiency
Fixedoverheadexpenditure
Fixedoverheadvolume
$
4,167
19,748
1,925
2,820
4,200
7,490
2,500
Adverse
Adverse
Favourable
Adverse
Adverse
Adverse
Favourable
34,000 (A)
148,500
Actualprofit
Directmaterial price variance
A
N
S
W
E
R
$
98,740
118,488
19,748 (A)
19,748kgof materialshouldcost ($5)
Butdid cost
Directlabour efficiencyvariance
2,700unitscompletedshouldtake (5 hours)
Butdid take
Efficiencyvarianceinhours
standard rate per hour
S
$
13,500 hours
14,100 hours
600 hours (A)
$7
$4,200
(A)
Thematerialusage varianceisfavourablebecause 2,700unitsshouldhave used 2,700
8kg=21,600kg but the actual usage was only19,748kg.
Thelabourrate varianceis adversebecause 14,100hoursshouldhave cost 14,100$7=
$98,700but the actual cost was $101,520.
Fixedproduction overhead expenditure variance
$
Budgetedfixedproductionoverheadexpenditure(2,600$25)
65,000
Actualfixedproductionoverheadexpenditure
72,490
7,490 (A)
Fixedproduction overhead volumevariance
$
Actualproductionachievedat standard rate (2,700$25 per unit)
67,500
Budgetedproductionat standard rate (2,600$25 per unit)
65,000
2,500 (F)
Mockexam3: Answers 405
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 418 of 421
H
q
G
H
406
ManagementAccounting(FMA/MA)
Page 419 of 421
FMA/MA
MANAGEMENT
ACCOUNTING
(02/21)
q
REVIEWFORM
Name:
Address:
Date:
HowhaveyouusedthisPractice&Revision
Kit?
(Tickoneboxonly)
Onitsown(bookonly)
Ona BPPin-centrecourse
Ona BPPonlinecourse
Ona coursewithanothercollege
Other
Duringthe past sixmonthsdo yourecall
seeing/receiving
any ofthe following?
(Tickas manyboxesas arerelevant)
Ouradvertisement
inACCA
Student
Accountant
Ouradvertisement
inTeachAccounting
Otheradvertisement
Ourbrochurewitha letterthroughthepost
ACCA
E-Gainemail
BPPemail
Ourwebsitewww.bpp.com
Whydidyoudecideto purchasethisPractice
&RevisionKit?(Tickoneboxonly)
Haveusedcomplementary
Workbook
HaveusedBPPTexts/Workbooks
inthepast
Recommendation
byfriend/colleague
Recommendation
bya lecturerat college
Sawadvertising
Other
Which(ifany)aspectsofouradvertisingdo
youfinduseful?
(Tickas manyboxesas arerelevant)
Pricesandpublication
datesofneweditions
Information
onPractice&Revision
Kit
content
Facilitytoorderbooks
Noneoftheabove
G
H
Haveyouusedthe companionWorkbookforthissubject?
Yes
No
Yourratings,commentsand suggestionswouldbe appreciatedonthe following
areas
Veryuseful
Useful
Notuseful
Good
Adequate
Poor
Introductory
section(HowtousethisPractice&
Revision
Kit)
'DoYouKnow'checklists
'DidYouKnow'checklists
Possiblepitfalls
Questions
Answers
Mockexams
Structure&presentation
Icons
Excellent
OverallopinionofthisKit
Doyouintendto continueusingBPPproducts?
Yes
No
Pleasevisithttps://www.bpp.com/request-support
to provideyourfeedbackforthismaterial
Cùng ôn tập ACCA - ACCA Revision
facebook.com/groups/accarevision
Page 420 of 421
q
FMA/MA
MANAGEMENT
ACCOUNTING
(02/21)
REVIEWFORM(continued)
Please
noteanyfurther
comments
andsuggestions/errors
below
G
H
Page 421 of 421
Download